erim Report
 US €NVIftONM€NTfll PROTECTION RG€NCV
            OfFK€of€NFOflC€M€NT
      Of FK€ of G€N€RflL€NFORC€M€NT
            UJflSHINGTON, D.C. 20460
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS
FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS
                StaHonary Source Enforcement Series

-------
                                 EPA-340/1 -77-020
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

    NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS
   FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS
                       by

                  PEDCo Environmental, Inc.
                   11499 Chester Road
                   Cincinnati, Ohio 45246
                   Contract No. 68-01-4147
                     Task No. 15
                EPA Project Officer: Kenneth Malmberg
                     Prepared for

               U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
               Division of Stationary Source Enforcement
                  Washington, D.C. 20460

                     June 1977

-------
The Stationary Source Enforcement series of reports is issued by
the Office of General Enforcement, Environmental Protection Agency,
to assist the Regional Offices in activities related to enforcement
of implementation plans, new source emission standards, and hazardous
emission standards to be developed under the Clean Air Act.  Copies of
Stationary Source Enforcement Reports are available - as supplies permit -
from the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Administration,
General Services Division, MD-35, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
27711, or may be obtained, for a nominal cost, from the National Technical
Information Service, 5285, Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22151.
This report has been reviewed by the Environmental Protection Agency and
approved for publication.  Approval does not signify that the contents
necessarily reflect the views and policies of the Agency, nor does mention
of trade names or commercial products constitute endorsement or recommenda-
tion for use.
                   PUBLICATION  NO.  EPA-340/1-77-020
                                   1i

-------
                            ACKNOWLEDGMENT
     This manual was prepared for the U.S. Environmental  Protection
Agency by PEDCo Environmental, Inc.  under the direction of Kenneth
Malmberg, Project Officer.  Appreciation is gratefully extended to the
Division of Stationary Source Enforcement, Office of General  Enforcement
for their assistance and cooperation.
                                   iii

-------
                           TABLE  OF  CONTENTS

                                                                     Page
  I.  INTRODUCTION TO NATIONAL  EMISSION  STANDARDS  FOR  HAZARDOUS     "     1-1
      AIR POLLUTANTS
 II.  Part 61  -  NATIONAL  EMISSION  STANDARDS  FOR  HAZARDOUS AIR          II-l
      POLLUTANTS
     Subpart  A  - General  Provisions                                   II-2
     Subpart  B  - National  Emission Standard for Asbestos              11-6
     Subpart  C  - National  Emission Standard for Beryllium             11-10
     Subpart  D  - National  Emission Standard for Beryllium             11-11
                  Rocket Motor Firing
     Subpart  E  - National  Emission Standard for Mercury               11-12
     Subpart  F  - National  Emission Standard for Vinyl  Chloride        11-14
     Appendix A - Compliance Status  Information                      II-A-1
     Appendix B - Test Methods                                       II-A-7
                  Method 101 - Reference  method for determination     II-A-7
                   of paniculate and gaseous mercury emissions
                   from  stationary sources  (air streams).
                  Method 102 - Reference  method for determination     II-A-13
                   of particulate and gaseous mercury emissions
                   from  stationary sources  (hydrogen  streams).
                  Method 103 - Beryllium  screening method.            II-A-19
                  Method 104 - Reference  method for determination     II-A-20
                   of beryllium emissions from  stationary  sources.
                  Method 105 - Method for determination of mercury   II-A-25
                   in wastewater  treatment  plant  sewage sludges.
                  Method 106 - Determination of vinyl  chloride        II-A-27
                   from  stationary sources.
                  Method 107 - Determination of vinyl  chloride        II-A-29
                   content of  inprocess wastewater samples, and
                   vinyl  chloride content of polyvlnyl chloride
                   resin,  slurry, wet cake, and latex samples.
III.  REFERENCES (Full text of  revisions)                              III-l

 IV.  PROPOSED AMENDMENTS                                             IV-1

-------
                           1.   INTRODUCTION
     The 1970 Amendments to the Clean Air Act are considered  a  landmark
in the nation's efforts to control  air pollution.   They  established  the
authority to control pollutants on  the basis of their  effects,  sources,
and best means of control.  Section 112 of that legislation provided  for
establishment of National Emission  Standards for Hazardous Air  Pollutants,
commonly referred to as NESHAPs. This manual  is a compilation  of  those
emission standards.
     A hazardous air pollutant is defined as "...  an air pollutant to
which no ambient air quality standard is applicable and  which in the
judgment of the Administrator may cause, or contribute to, an increase
in mortality or an increase in serious irreversible or incapacitating
reversible, illness".  Thus the Administrator must prescribe  a  NESHAP
for each hazardous pollutant at a level judged to provide an  ample
margin of safety to protect the public health.  They are emission
standards rather than ambient air standards but are based solely on
health effects.  The determination  that a pollutant is hazardous precedes
public hearings and can be reversed only if hearings introduce  contrary
evidence.  Acquisition of the necessary health effects data to  support
the establishment of a hazardous pollutant standard is difficult and
time-consuming.  However the NESHAPs are unique in that  they  apply to
both new ami existing sources.  All new sources are subject to  control
                                   1-1

-------
Immediately upon promulgation of a standard and all  existing  sources are
to be in compliance within 90 days of promulgation unless  granted  an
extension.  Furthermore, although costs might be considered when deter-
mining what constitutes an "ample margin of safety", such  considerations
are not explicitly required by Section 112.
     Section 112 of the Clean Air Act defines three steps  to  be  followed
in the establishment of emission standards for hazardous pollutants.
The first requirement is that the Administrator publish a  list of  those
air pollutants for which he intends to establish emission  standards.
There were eleven toxic substances appraised as candidates for the first
list of hazardous air pollutants: asbestos, arsenic, beryllium,  cadmium,
chromium, lead, mercury, nickel, polychlorinated blphenyls, polycyclic
organic matter, and vanadium.  Major selection criteria included  (1) the
severity of the associated human diseases, (2) the length  of  time  between
exposure and disease, with the longer periods considered especially
dangerous, (3) the portion of the total human intake relatable to  air-
borne substances, and (4) the linkage between sources of emissions and
reported cases of diseases attributed to the pollutant. Consultations
were held with federal agencies, advisory committees, and  other  experts.
All consulted groups recommended that the initial list be  limited  to
asbestos, beryllium, and mercury.  In addition, a National Academy of
Sciences study concluded that control of asbestos be undertaken  as
quickly as possible, and the HEW report, "Hazards of Mercury", concluded
that it was urgent to use all possible means to reduce exposure  to
                                   1-2

-------
mercury immediately.  Thus an initial  list containing asbestos,  beryllium,
and mercury was published in the Federal  Register on March 31,  1971.
     The second step in establishing standards requires that, within  180
days after an air pollutant is included in a published list,  the Ad-
ministrator publish proposed regulations  establishing emission  standards
for such pollutant together with a notice of public hearing within
thirty days.  Pursuant to this requirement, proposed regulations for  the
control of emissions of asbestos, beryllium, and mercury were published
in the Federal Register on December 7, 1971.
     Following the required waiting periods and public hearings, the
final step, promulgation, took place on April 6, 1973.  Clarifying
regulations were promulgated May 3, 1974.  Since then the NESHAPs have
undergone several revisions, including the addition of vinyl  chloride
from facilities that manufacture both vinyl chloride monomer  and poly-
vinyl chloride.  Sources and pollutants covered by the NESHAPs  are
listed in Table 1.  In addition, investigations are underway  for several
pollutants to determine the optimum control option for each.
     All regulations promulgated under Section 112 of the Clean Air Act,
represented in full as amended, follow in Section II.  The reference
numbers indicate that issue of the Federal Register which revised the
original rules promulgated on April 6, 1973.  A reference number after a
main heading indicates that entire section was revised or added; a
number at the end of a paragraph means only that paragraph was  revised
or added.  Section III contains the full  text of all revisions, including
the preamble to each revision.  Section IV is the complete text of all
proposed amendments.
                                   1-3

-------
                      Table I - SUMMARY OF NESHAP
Pollutant

Asbestos
 Date

 4/6/73
                        10/14/75
Beryllium
 4/6/73
Mercury
Vinyl Chloride
 4/6/73


10/14/75

10/21/76
          Applicable to

Asbestos mills
Roadway surfacing (asbestos tailings)
Manufacturing of products containing
 asbestos (textiles, cement, fire-
 proofing and insulating materials,
 friction products, paper, millboard,
 felt, floor tile, paints, coatings,
 caulks, adhesives, and sealants)
Chior-alkali manufacture
Demolition
Spraying

Manufacture of shotgun shells and
 asphalt concrete
Renovation
Fabricating
Insulating
Waste disposal

Extraction plants
Ceramic plants
Foundries
Incinerators
Propel 1ant plants
Machining operations
Rocket motor firing

Ore processing
Chior-alkali manufacture

Sludge dryers or incinerators

Ethylene dichloride manufacture
Vinyl chloride manufacture
Polyvinyl chloride manufacture
                                   1-4

-------
 SECTION  II
NATIONAL  EMISSION
 STANDARDS FOR
 HAZARDOUS AIR
  POLLUTANTS
      II

-------
   Title 40—Protection of Environment

     CHAPTER 1—CNVIRONMENTAL
          PROTECTION AGENCY
      SUKHAPTCM  C—AIM  raOQMAM*

PART 61—NATIONAL EMISSION STAND- .
ARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS '
                                            •1.86  Emission standard  (or  ethylene  41-
                                                    chlortde,  vinyl  chloride and poly-
                                                    Tlnyl chloride plants.
                                            •1.66  Equivalent equipment and procedure*.
                                            11.67  Emission testa.
                                            •1.86  Emission monitoring.
                                            •149  Initial report.
                                            61.70  Semiannual report.
                                            «1.71  Beoordkeeplng.
             irtA-
•1.01
•i.oa
61.03
61.04
61.06
61.06

61.07

61.08
61.08
61.10
61.11
61.13
61.13
61.14
61.16
61.16
                                      or
Applicability.
Definition*.
Abbreviations.
Address.
Prohibited activities.
Determination  of   constructor!
  modification.
Application for approval of construe*
  tlon or modification.
Approval by Administrator.
Notification of startup.
Source reporting and waiver request.
Waiver of compliance.
Emission tests and monitoring.
Waiver of emission tests.
Source test and analytical methods.
Availability of information.
State authority.
   Bukpert •—National Emhslen •UMtord *sr
61.SO  Applicability.
•1.31  Definitions.
•1.39  Emission standard.
•1.23  Air cleaning.
•1.84  Beportlng.
Appendix A—Compliance Status Information.

Appendix B—Test Methods.

Method 101—Reference method for determi-
  nation of partlculate and gaseous mercury
  •missions from  stationary  sources  (air
  streams).
Method 102—Reference method for determi-
  nation of partlculate and gaseous mercury
  •missions from stationary sources (hydro-
  gen streams).
Method 10*—Beryllium screening method.
Method 104—Reference method for determi-
  nation  of beryllium •missions from sta-
  Monary sources.
Method  106—Method (or  determination of
       mercury  la wastewater  treatment
       plant sewage sludges. '
MBTMOC  106—DETUKINATION or VIHTL
<  OXLOinn FBOU BTATIONAKT BODICES 26
                                                   ) 107—DrmicnvATioM or Varn. CKU>-
                                              miaf OoHTDrr or iMrsxxatas WA*TBWATB>
                                              fiAMHJES. ASTO VOTTL CBUUXDI OOSTTBIfT OT
                                              foLrmm. CBLOUDS Ram, BUTBST, W«r
                                              fi*^*^ AMP I^kRZ BASCTLSS 28
   Bubp«it C— national Emta^
                  Beryllium
61.30
61.31
61.32
•1.33
•1M
•1.40
•1.41
•1.43
•1 .4*

•1.44
       Applicability.
       Definitions.
       Emission standard.
       Stack sampling.
       Air sampling.
       AppllcabUlty.
       Definitions.
       Emission standard.
       •mission testing — rocket Bring or pro-
         pellent disposal.
       Stack sampling.
                                        AUTBOMTT: Bectlon 113 of the Clean Air
                                      Act as added by sec. 4 (a) of Pub. L. 91-804.
                                      84 Stat. 1686 (43 UB.C. 1887C-7); section 114
                                      of the Clean Air Act, as added by sec. 4(a)
                                      of Pub. L. 91-604, 84 Stat. 1687, and amended
                                      by Pub. L. 93-319. sec. 6(a) (4). 88 Stat. 369
                                      (43  UB.C. 1867C-9);  section  301 (a)  of the
                                      Clean Air Act, as amended by sec. 16(c) (3)
                                      of Pub. L. 91-604,  B4 Btat. 1718 (43  O.B.C.
                                      l«67e(aM. *•
              national Emleelen Btendard for
                  Mercury
 •1.60  Applloablltty.
 •1.61  Definitions.
 •149  Emission standard.
 •IAS  stack sampling.  _
       BJBudge sampling. '
       •mlssmn mojilenrtni
 Bubpert r— NsOwwl Emtoftton Btandenl fw Vinyl

 Bee.
 •140  AppllcabUlty.
 •1.61  Definitions.
       emission  standard for ethylen* 01-
         ehlortde plants.
       Emission standard for vinyl  chloride
         plant*.
 •1.64  Emission standard for poiyvinyl chlo-
         ride plants.
 •1.69
                                                             II-l

-------
      Cubport A—General Provbtom

0 61.01  Applicability.
  The provisions  at  this part apply to
the own«r or operator of any stationary
cource for which a standard Is prescribed
under this part


0 61.02  Definitions
  As used In this part, all terms not de-
fined herein shall have the meaning given
them In the act:
  (a) "Act" means the Clean Air Act (42
TJ.S.C. 1857 et seq.).
  (b)  "Administrator" means the Ad-
ministrator of  the Environmental Pro-
tection Atrancy or hlo authorised ropro-
cantotlve.
  (c)  "Alternative method" means any
method of campling and analytinR for
an air pollutant which Is not a reference
method or  an   equivalent  method but
which has  been  demonstrated to the
Administrator'*  satisfaction to produce,
in specific cases,  results adequate for
hit determination  of compliance. * .
   "Construction" means fabrication,
erection, or installation of  a otationary
source.
  (g)  "Effective  date"  Is  the date of
promulgation In  the FEDBEAL RBGISTXB
of an applicable standard or other regu-
lation under this part.
  (h)  "Equivalent method" means any
method of  sampling and analyzing for
on air pollutant which has  been demon-
strated to the  Administrator's satisfac-
tion to have a consistent and quantita-
tively known relationship to the reference
method, under specified conditions.
  (i)  "Existing source" means any sta-
tionary source which is not a new eouroo.
   (j) "Modification" means any physical
change in, or change in the method of
operation of, a stationary source which
increases  the amount of any hazardous
air pollutant emitted by such source or
•which results  in the emission  of  any
hazardous air  pollutant not previously
emitted, except that:
   (1) Routine  maintenance, repair, and
replacement ahall  not  be  considered
physical changes,  and
   (2)  The  following ahall  not be con-
Bidered a  change  in  the method of
operation:
   (1) An increase in the production rate,
If such Increase does not exceed the op-
erating design capacity of the stationary
cource:
    An Increase in hours of operation.
   (b) "New cource" means any stationary
cource, the construction or modification
of which is commenced after the publi-
cation in the FKIHEIUL RMIDTCT of pro-
posed  national  cmkslon standards for
hazardous  air pollutants which will be
applicable  to such source.
   (1) "Owner or  operator"  means  pay
person who owns. leases, operates, con-
trols, or supervises a stationary cource.
     "Stationary source"  means  any
building, structure, facility,  or installa-
tion which emits  or may  emit any air
pollutant which has been designated as
hazardous by the Administrator.
 C 61.08  Abbreviation*.
  The  abbreviations used  In this  part
 have the following meanings:
  •C—Degrees Centigrade.
 of m—-Cubic feet per minute.
  ft'—Square feet.
  ff—Cubic feet.
  •P—Degrees Fahrenheit.
  in—Inch.
    1—Liter.
  ml—Mllliliter.
  M—Molar.
  m*—Cubic meter.
 nm—Nanometer.
 O3—Ounces.
 v/v—Volume per volume.
 yd?—Square yards.
 w.a.—Water cage.
 InHg—Inches of mercury.
 inHO—Inches of water.
 B—Orams.
 mo—Milligrams.
 N—Normal.
 •R—Degree Ranltlne.
 min—Minute
 sec—Second.
 ave.—Average.
 ID.—Inside diameter.
 OJ>,—Outside diameter.
 fig—Microsrams (10"* cram).
 %—Percent.
 Re—Mercury.
 Bo—Beryllium,
  Region III (Delaware, District of Columbia,
Pcaneytvama, Maryland. Virginia, West Wr-
rtnla), Curtis Building, Sixth and Walnut
Ctseeto. phUedalphla, Fonnaytvnaia lOrOfl.
  Region IV (Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Mto-
etesippl, Kentucky, Korth Carolina, South
Carolina, Tennessee), Suit* 800, 1431 Peach-
tsto Street, Atlanta, Oeorgla 80309.
  8£*rk>& V (ni*nf>**.  Trt^tlapft, ££lnncoota,
yi"Vl'B""i Ohio, Wieoondn), 230  South Dear-
(bora,  Chicago, Illinois  «O60*  M7
  Csgion  VI (Aifcnnrt*, Loatdana,  Ew»
Hoxloo,  OMahoma, Texas),  1COO  Pattercon
Ctareot, Dallas. Texaa 78301.
  Beglon VTI (loWa, Kansas, Uieouri, We-
tonaka). 1735 Baltimore Street, Kama* City,
Mteonri 63108.
  Bejlon vm (Colorado, Montana, North Da-
.tota,  South Dakota, Utah, Wyoming), lea
Unooln Tower*, I860 IJnooln Street, Dtnvar,
Colorado 80908.
  Beaton IX  (Arizona, California, Hawaii,
ITovada,  Ouam, American1 Samoa), 100  Cali-
fornia Street. Ban Francleoo, California Mill.
  •Xtogion X  (Waihiagton, Oregon, Idaho,
Aloika), 1300 Sixth Avenue, teattle, Waah-
toffton 08101.

   (b) Section 112  Dulld-
 taff, W PoOerai Ptasa (POley Oquaro), Bern
 Bcxtt. K.T. 10007.
   PI ma County Air Pollution Control  Dtf-
  trtot, 181 XTest Congrea Street. Tuoxon AZ
  06701. 30

   (B)  | reserved|

   (P)  California 5.6,18,20,21,2429.31

   Day Area  Air Pollution  Control DUtrlot,
  C39 XUb Street, Ban Pran«lecotOA 04109.
   Del Norte County Air Pollution Control
  District. CourthouM. Crencent City. CA 96631.
   Frexno County Air Pollution Control Dis-
  trict. 616 8. Cedar Avenue.  Fresno. CA 93702.
   Humboldt County Air Pollution -Control
  Dlntrlct, 6900 S. Broadway,  Eureka, CA 96601.
   Kern County Air Pollution Control  Dis-
  trict.  1700 Flower  Street  (P.O. Box  997)
  BakenOeld. CA 93302.
   Madera County Air Pollution Control Dln-
  trlct. 136 W. Yoflemlte Avenue,  Mndera, CA
  93637.
   Mendoclno County Air Pollution Control
  DUtrlct, County  Courthoime,  Uklah,  CA
  06482.
   Monterey Bay Unified Air Pollution Con-
  trol District. 420 Church  Street (P.O: Box
  487). SallnaA. CA 93901.
   Northern  Sonoma County  Air Pollution
  Control District, 3313 Cnanate Road. Santa
  Boca. CA 96404.
   Sacramento County Air  Pollution Control
  District. 8701  Branch Center Hoad, Saera-
  taento, CA 96827.
                                                       II-2

-------
   B»n Dte*o County  Air Pollution Control
• District. S160 Chesapeake Drive, San Diego.
 CA92123.
   San Joaouln Count? Air Pollution Control
 Dlntrlct. 1601 E. Har.«lton Street (P.O. Box
 SOOt). Stockton. OA 0M01.
   ftunu Barber* Air Pollution Control Dla-
 wlet 4440 Call* Beat,  Santa Barter*. CA
 WHO
   Stanlalau* Omintr  Air Pollution Control
 Diofrlct. 630 Scenic Drive. Modmto. CA 66360.
   Trtnltv Countr Air  Pollution Control DU-
 trtet. Box AJ. Weavervllle. CA 99003
   Ventura County Air Pollution Control Dis-
 trict. 695 E. Santa Clara Street. Venture.. CA.
 M001.
    State of Connecticut, Department
 of Environmental  Protection, State Of-
 fice  Building.  Hartford.   Connecticut
 06116.1C

    (!»-(*) |reaarved|.

   (L) State of Georgia, Environmental Pro-
 tection Division. Department or Natural B*-
 eourcee. 970 Washington Street. B.W, At-
 lanta. Georgia 60*84. 19


   (M)--(») (niasrved].
    (AA)-(DD)  (reeerved).
    4

     (reserved).


  (UU)— *tate of Vermont, Agency of Envlron-
  soental Protection, Box 480. Montpeller. Ver-
  mont 06603.33

    (W) Commonwealth of Virginia. Vir-
  ginia State Air Pollution Control Board,
  Room  1106. Ninth Street Offlce Building.
  Richmond, Virginia 23219. "

    (1) Washington; State of Wash-
 ington, Department of  Ecology, Olym-
 pla, Washington B8504.
   (11) Northwest Air Pollution Author-
 ity, 207 Pioneer Building, Second and
 Pine Streets, Mount Vemon,  Washing-
 Ion 06273.  .
   (ill)  Puget Bound Air Pollution Con-
 trol Agency,  410 West Harrison Street,
 Seattle, Washington 981 IB.
   (Iv)  Spokane  County Air Pollution
 Control Authority, North 811 Jefferson.
 Spokane.  Washington 99201.
   (T) Yaklma County Clean Air Author-
 ity. County Courthouse. Yaklma, Wash-
 ington 98901. ^l*
   (vl)  Olympic Air Pollution Control  Au-
  thority, 130 East State Avenue, Olympta.
  Washington 98601.
   (vtl)  Southwest Air Pollution Control Au-
  thority, Bulte 7601 B. NE Basel Dell Avenue.
  Vancouver, Washington SS66fi. «

    (XX)  | re-erred).

  _ (2) of the
 act. .
  (e) Ninety days after the effective date
 of any standard  prescribed under this
 part, no owner or operator  shall operate
 any «"<«""g stationary source in viola-
 tion of  such standard, except under  a
 waiver granted by the Administrator in
 accordance with  this subpart or under
 an exemption  granted by the President
 under section  112(e) (2) of the set.
   (d)  No owner  or  operator subject to
 the provisions of this part shall fail to
 report, revise  reports,  or report source
 test results as required under this part.

 1614)6   Determination *f construction
     •r modification.
   Upon  written application by an owner
 or operator, the Administrator will make
 a determination of whether actions taken
 or intended to be taken by such owner
 or operator Constitute construction  or
 modification   or  the  commencement
 thereof  within the meaning of this part.
 .The Administrator will within  80 days
 of  receipt  of  sufficient information to
 evaluate an application, notify the owner
 or operator of his determination.

 161.07   Application for  Approval  of
                                        ro. »os mi.
                                         (CZ) (fMrv

                                         (AAA)-(lwg) I
                         I.
    —U.B. Virgin Islands: VS. Vir-
  gin islands Department of Conservation
  and Cultural Affairs, P.O. Box 678, Char-
                                                                                                         ipprova
                                                                                                         ion.
      conalroetion or modlfieat.
   (a) The owner or operator of any new
 source to which a standard  prescribed
 under this part is  applicable shall, prior
 to the date. on which construction or
 modification is planned to commence, or
 within 80 dars after the effective date
 in the case of a new source that already
 has commenced construction  or modifi-
 cation and has not begun operation, sub-
 mit to the Administrator  an application
 for approval  of  such  construction or
 modification. A separate application shall
 be submitted for each stationary source.
   (b) Each application shall  include:
   (1) The name and address of the ap-
 plicant.
   (2) The location or proposed location
 of the source.
   (8) Technical information describing
 the proposed nature, sise, design, operat-
 ing design capacity, and method of oper-
 ation of the source, «r»»n«'«««f a descrip-
 tion of any  equipment to be used for
    itrol of tnlnlfmr 'Iftffh trrrinfrffl In-
                                                          II-3

-------
formation nhall include calculations  of
emission estimates in sufficient detail  to
permit assessment of the validity of ouch
calculations.
0 61.08  Approval by Administrator.
   The Administrator xrfll, within 00
days of receipt of sufficient Information
to evaluate an application under $ 61.07.
notify the owner or operator of approval
or intention to deny approval of con-
otructlon or modification.
   (b> If the Administrator •determines
that a  stationary source  for  which on
application pursuant to I 61.07 was sub-
mitted  will,  if  properly operated, not
cause emissions in violation of a stand-
ard, he will approve the construction or
modification of such source.
    Prior to  denying any application
for approval of construction or modifica-
tion pursuant to this section, the Admin-
istrator will notify the owner or operator
ranking such application of the Admin-
istrator's intention to issue such denial,
together with:
   (1) Notice of the  Information and
findings on which such Intended denial
is based, and
   (2) Notice of opportunity   for such
owner or operator to present, within such
time  limit  as  the Administrator shall
specify, additional information or argu-
ments to the Administrator prior to final
action on such application.
   (d) A final determination to deny any
application for approval will be in writ-
ing and will set forth the specific grounds
on which such denial is based. Such final
determination  will be  made  within 60
days of presentation of additional infor-
mation or arguments,  or 60 days after
the final date specified for presentation,
if no presentation is made.
   (e) Neither the submission of  an ap-
plication for approval  nor the Admin-
istrator's granting of approval to con-
struct or modify shall:
   CD  Relieve an owner or operator of-
legal responsibility for compliance with
any applicable provision of this part or
of any other applicable Federal, State,
or local requirement, or
   (2)  Prevent  the  Administrator from
ImplementlnB or enforcing this port or
 taking any other action  under the act.


8 61.09  Notification of itorttip.
   (a)  Any owner or operator of a source
which  has an  initial  startup  after the
effective date of a  standard  prescribed
under this part shall furnish the Admin-
 istrator written notification as follows:
   (DA notification of the anticipated
 date of initial  startup  of the  source not
 more than 60 days nor less than 30 dayo
 prior to such date.
   (2) A notification of the actual date
 of initial otartup of the eource within IS
 dayi after ouch date.


 0 61.10   Source reporting and waiver r*.
      quest.
    (a)  The  owner or  operator  of  any
 oxiatins couroo. or any  new eource to
 which a standard prescribed under thin
part is applicable which had  an initial
startup which preceded the effective date
of a standard prescribed under this part
ohall, within 90 days after the effective
date,  provide the following Information
in writing to the Administrator:
   (1) Name  and address of the owner
or operator.
   (2) The location of the source.
   (3) The type of hazardous pollutants
emitted by the stationary source.
   (4) A brief description of the nature,
olze, design, and method of operation of
the stationary eource including the  op-
erating design capacity of ouch eource.
Identify each point of emission for each
hazardous pollutant.
   (5) The average weight per month of
the hazardous materials being processed
by the source, over  the last 12 months
preceding the date of the report.
   (6) A description of the existing con-
trol equipment for each emission  point.
   (i)  Primary control devlce(s) for each
hazardous pollutant.
   (11)  Secondary control devlce(s)  for
each hazardous pollutant.
   (ill) Estimated control efficiency (per-
cent) for each control device.
   (7)  A statement by the owner or oper-
ator of the source as to whether he  can
comply with the standards prescribed in
this part  within 90 days, of  the effective
date.
   (b)  The owner or operator of an exist-
ing source unable to operate in compli-
ance with any standard prescribed under
this part  may request a waiver of com-
pliance with such standard for a period
not exceeding 2 years from the effective
date. Any request shall be in writing  and
shall include the following information:
   (1)  A  description  of the controls to
be installed to comply with the standard.
   (2)  A compliance  schedule, including
the date each step toward compliance will
be reached. Such list shall  include as a
minimum the following dates:
   (i)  Date by which contracts for emis-
sion control systems or process modifica-
tions will be awarded, or date by which
orders will be Issued for the purchase
of component parts to accomplish emis-
sion  control or process modification;
   (11) Date  of initiation of onslte con-
 struction or Installation of emission con-
 trol equipment or process change;
   (ill) Date by which onslte construc-
 tion  or installation  of emission control
 equipment or process modification is to
 be completed; and
   (iv) Date by which final compliance is
 to be achieved.
   (3) A  description of interim emission
 control steps which will be taken during
 the waiver period.
    (c) Changes in the  information  pro-
 vided under paragraph (a) of this section
 shall be  provided to the Administrator
 within 30 days after such change, except
 that if changes will result from modifica-
 tion 'of the  source,  as  defined in I 61.02
 (J).-the  provisions of f 61.07  and 161.08
 are applicable.
    (d)  The  format  for reporting under
 this oection ia included as appendix A of
 this part. Advice on reporting the status
 •of compliance may  be obtained from the
 Adminictrator.
§ 61.11  'Waiver of compliance.
  (a) Based on the information provided
in any request under 5 61.10, or other in-
formation, the Administrator may grant
a waiver of compliance with a standard
for  a period not exceeding 2 years from
the effective date of such standard.
  (b)  Such waiver will be in writing and
will:
  (1)  Identify  the  stationary  eource
covered.
  (2)  Specify the termination date of
the waiver. The waiver may be termi-
nated at an earlier date if the conditions
specified under paraoraph (b) (3) of this
caction ore not met.
  (3)  Specify dates by which steps to-
ward compliance ore to be taken; and
impose such additional conditions as the
Administrator determines to be  neces-
sary to assure installation of the neces-
sary controls  within the  waiver period,
and to assure protection of the  health
of persons during the waiver period.
  (c)  Prior to denying any  request for
a waiver pursuant to this section, the
Administrator will notify  the owner or
operator making such request of the Ad-
ministrator's  intention  to  issue  such
denial, together with:
  (1)  Notice of  the  information and
findings on which ouch intended denial
is based, and
   (2)  Notice  of  opportunity for  ouch
owner or operator  to present,  within
such  time limit  as  the Administrator
specifies, additional information or argu-
ments to'the Administrator prior to final
action on such request.
   (d) A final determination to deny any
request for a waiver will be in writing
and will set forth the specific grounds on
which such  denial is based. Such final
 determination will be  made within 60
 days after presentation of additional in-
formation or arguments, or 60 days after
the final date specified for such presen-
 tation, if no presentation is made.
 .  (e) The  granting  of  a waiver under
 this  section shall not abrogate the Ad-
 mlnistrator'a authority under section 114
 of the act
 0 61.12  Emieaion UOU and Monitoring.
   (a) Emission  tests  and  monitoring
 shall be conducted and reported as set
 forth in this part and appendix B to this
 part.
   (b) The  owner or operator of a new
 source subject to this  part, and at the
 request of the Administrator, the owner
 or operator of an existing  source sub-
 ject to this part, shall provide or cause
 to be provided,  emission testing facili-
 ties as follows:
   (1) Sampling ports adequate  for test
 methods  applicable to such source.
   (2) Safe sampling platform(s).
   (3) Safe  access to  sampling  plat-
 form (s) .
   (4) Utilities for campling and testing
 equipment.
 0 61.13  \7atrer of emicdon teita.
   (a) Emission teats  may be  tmlred
 upon written application to the Admin-
                                                          II-4

-------
istrator if, in bis Judgment, the iource
is meeting the standard, or if the source
is operating under a waiver of compliance
or has requested a wairer of compliance.
  (b) If application for waiver of the
•mission test is made, such  application
•hall  accompany the information re-
quired by | 61.10. The appropriate  form
is contained  in appendix A to this  part.
  .
  (c) The Administrator may. after no-
tice  to the owner or operator, withdraw
approval  of   an  alternative  method
granted under paragraphs (a), (b)  or
(d) of this section. Where the test results
using an alternative method do not ade-
quately indicate  whether  a source is In
compliance  with  a  standard, the Ad-
ministrator may require the use of the
reference method  or its  equivalent.'
   Method 105 In Appendix B to this
part is hereby approved by the Adminis-
trator as  an  alternative  method  for
sources subject to ( 61.52(b).'
 g 61.15   Availability of information. 23

   The availability to the public  of  In-
 formation provided to, or otherwise ob-
 tained by, the Administrator under this
 part shall be governed by Part 2 of this
 chapter.
  161.16   Suue ••thoritv.
    <*)  The provisions of this part shall
  not be construed In any manner to pre-
  clude  any State or political subdivision
  thereof from:
    (1)  Adopting and enforcing any emis-
  sion limiting regulation applicable to a
  •tatlonary  source,  provided that such
  emission  limiting regulation Is not leu
  stringent than the standards prescribed
  under this part.
    <2)  Requiring the owner or operator
  of a stationary source, other than a sta-
  tionary source owned or operated by the
  United States, to obtain permits, licenses,
  or approvals prior to Initiating construc-
  tion, modification, or operation of such
  Mftiroe.
                                                        II-5

-------
         B— National Cmtoelon Standard
             twAobaotos
0 61.20  Appliee&iUty.
  The provisions of this cubpart ore ap-
plicable  to those couroes cpecifled Jn
00122.

G«L£1  Dcfintton*.
  Terms vceA to. this uubpart ore defined
In the act, in subpart A of this part, or In
this section as follows:
  (a) "Asbestos" means actinolite', «mo-
dte. anthophyllite, chrysotile, crocidolite,
tremolite.
  (b)  "Asbestos  material" means as-
bestos or- any .material  containing as-
bestos.
  (c)  ~Particulate asbestos material"
means finely divided particles of asbestos
material.
  (d)  "Asbestos tailings"  means  Buy
colid •waste product of asbestos mining or
milling operations •which contains  as-
bestos.
  (e)  "Outside air" means the air out-
eide buildings and structures.
    "Visible  emissions"  means any
emissions which  ore visually detectable
trtthout the old of Instruments and which
contain porticulaie csbestos material.
    "Asbestos mill" means any facility
engaged in the conversion or any Inter-
mediate step In the conversion of asbestos
ore into commercial asbestos.  Outside
storage of asbestos materials Is not con-
sidered a part of such facility. 2
   . z
  (J) "Demolition" means the  wrecking
or  taking' out of  any load-supporting
otructural member and any related re-
moving  or .stripping of friable asbestos
materials. *• '
  (k) "Friable asbestos material" means
ony material that contains more than 1
percent asbestos by weight and that can
be  crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to
powder, when  dry, by hand pressure.  '
   (1)  "Control device  asbestos  waste"
means  any asbestos-containing  waste
material that IB collected In a pollution
control device. '
    "Structural member" means any
 toad-supporting member, ouch  as beams
 and load-supporting  walls; or any non-
 load-supporting member, cuch as ceUinas
 and non-load-supporting nolle.36
 0 61.22   Emission otandord.
   (a)  Asbestos mills: There shall be no
 risible emissions to the outside air from
 any asbestos mill except as  provided In
 paragraph (f) of this section. *

   (b)  Roadways: The curfcclng of road-
 way* with asbestos  tailings  or with as-
 bostoa-oontalnlng waste that Is Gener-
 ated by any couroe subject to paragraphs
 (e), ,  of this cactlon Is
 prohibited,  except for temporary road-
 ways on an area of asbestos ore deposits.
 The deposition of asbestos tailings or as-
 bestos-containing waste on roadways
 covered  with  snow or ice  Is considered
 "surfacing." '
   (c)  Manufacturing: There shall be no
 visible emissions to  the outside air, ex-
 cept as provided  in paragraph  the notification requirements of par-
cffraph  (dHDOi) ore met 2/'
  (11) Written notification shall be post-
marked or delivered to the Administrator
at least 20 days prior to  commencement
of demolition and shall  Include the in-
formation required by paragraph (d) (2)
of this section, with the exception of the
information required bv paragraphs (d)
<2> (HI), (vi). (vil).  (vlll).and  (ix).and
shall state  the measured  or estimated
amount of friable asbestos material used
for insulation and flreprooflng which Is
present. Techniques  of estimation shall
ba explained. V
  (2) Written notice of Intention to de-
molish or renovate shall be provided to
the Administrator by the owner or opera-
tor of the demolition or renovation oper-
                                                        II-6

-------
otlon. Such notice (hall  be  postmarked
or delivered to the Administrator at toast
10 days prior to commencement of demo-
lition, or  as early as possible  prior to
commencement of emergency demolition
cubject to paragraph (d) (6)  of  this eec-
tion, and as early as possible  prior to
commencement of renovation. Such no-
tice shall include the following Informa-
tion:   '
   (i)  Name of owner or operator.
   (11) Address of owner or operator.
   (Ill)  Description of the building, struc-
ture, facility,  or Installation to be de-
molished  or   renovated,  Including  the
size, age, and  prior use of the structure,
and the approximate amount  of friable
asbestos material used for Insulation and
fireproof! ng.
   (Iv)  Address or location of the build-
Ing, structure, facility, or Installation.
   (v) Scheduled starting and comple-
tion dates of demolition or renovation.
   (vl)  Nature of planned demolition  or
renovation find method(s)  to be  em-
ployed.
   (vll) Procedures  to be employed  to
meet the requirements of this paragraph
and paragraph (J) of this section.
   (vtil) The name and address or loca-
tion of the waste disposal site where the
friable asbestos waste will be deposited.
   (Ix) Name, title, and authority of the
State or local governmental representa-
tive who has ordered a demolition which
is subject to  paragraph  (d)(6) of this
nectlon.
   (3) (1) For  purposes of  determining
whether a planned renovating  operation
constitutes a  renovation  within  the
meaning of this paragraph, the amount
of friable asbestos  material  to be re-
moved or stripped shall  be:
   (A) For planned renovating  opera-
tions Involving individually non-sched-
uled operations, the additive amount of
friable asbestos material  that can be pre-
dicted will be removed or stripped at a
source over the maximum period of time
for which a prediction can be made. The
period shall be not less than 30 days and
cot longer than one year.
   (B) For each planned renovating op-
eration not covered by paragraph (d) (3)
 (1)(A), the total  amount of friable as-
bestos material that can  be  predicted
 will be removed or stripped  at a source.
   (11) For  purposes   of  determining
 whether  an  emergency renovating op-
 eration constitutes  a renovation within
 the  meaning of this  paragraph,  the
 amount of friable asbestos material to
 be removed or stripped shall be the total
 amount of friable asbestos  material that
 will be removed or stripped as a result
 of  the  sudden, unexpected event that
 necessitated  the renovation.
   (4) The following procedures shall be
 used to prevent emissions of partlculate
 asbestos  material to outside air:
    (1)  Friable asbestos  materials, used
 to Insulate or fireproof  any pipe, duct,
 boiler, tank,  reactor, turbine, furnace,
 or structural member, shall be removed
 from any building, structure,  facility or
 installation  subject to  this paragraph.
 Such removal ohall occur before wreck-
 too  or  dismantling of  any  portion  of
 each building, otructure, faculty, er in-
 otoUattoa that uould break up the fri-
oblo  oobotos  material*  and  before
wrecking or dismantling of  any other
portion  of  ouch  building,  otructure,
facility, or installation that would pre-
clude access to such materials for sub-
oequent  removal.  Removal  of  friable
osbestos  materials  used for insulation
or  flreprooflng of  any  pipe, duct, or
structural member which are encased in
concrete or other similar structural ma-
terial is  not required  prior  to demoli-
tion,  but such material shall be ade-
quately wetted whenever exposed dur-
ing demolition.
  (11)  Friable asbestos materials  used
to  Insulate or  fireproof pipes,  ducts,
boilers, tanks,  reactors, turbines, fur-
naces, or structural members shall be
adequately wetted during stripping, ex-
cept as 'provided in paragraphs (d) (4)
(iv),  (d)(4)(vi) or  (d)(4)(vli)  of  this
section.
  (ill) Pipes,  ducts, boilers, tanks,  re-
actors, turbines, furnaces, or structural
members that are  Insulated or fire-
proofed  with friable asbestos materials
may be taken out of any building, struc-
ture,  facility, or installation subject to
this paragraph as  units or  In sections
provided the friable asbestos materials
exposed during cutting or disjointing are
adequately  wetted  during  the  cutting
or  disjointing  operation.  Such  units
shall not be dropped or thrown to  the
ground,  but shall be carefully  lowered
to ground level.
  (iv) The  stripping of friable asbestos
materials used to insulate  or fireproof
any pipe, duct, boiler, tank, reactor, tur-
bine, furnace, or structural member that
has been removed as a unit or in sections
as provided in paragraph (d) (4Hill) of
this section shall be performed In  ac-
cordance with paragraph (d) (4) (ii) of
this section. Rather than comply  with
the wetting requirement, a local  exhaust
ventilation  and collection system  may
be used to prevent emissions to the out-
side, air. Such local exhaust ventilation
systems  shall be designed and operated
to capture the asbestos partlculate mat-
ter produced by the stripping of friable
 asbestos material. There shall be no
visible emissions to the outside air from
such local exhaust ventilation and col-
lection systems except  as  provided in
paragraph (f)  of this section.
   (v) All friable asbestos materials that
have been removed or stripped  shall be
adequately  wetted  to  ensure that  such
materials remain wet during all  remain-
ing stages of demolition or renovation
and  related handling operations. Such
materials shall not be dropped or thrown
to the ground or a lower floor. Such ma-
terials  that  have  been  removed or
stripped  more  than  60   feet above
 ground level, except those'materials re-
moved as units or in sections,  shall be
 transported to the ground via dust-tight
 chutes or containers.
   (vi) Except as specified below, the wet-
 ting  requirements of this paragraph are
suspended when the temperature at the
 point of wetting is below 0°c (32°F).
When friable asbestos materials are not
 wetted due to freezing temperatures, ouch
 materials on pipes, ducta, boilers, tanks,
 rcactoro, turbines, f urooocs, or otructurol
members shall, to the maximum extent
possible, be removed as units or In sec-
tions prior to wrecking. In no case shall
the requirements of paragraphs (d> (4)
(Iv) or (d)(4)(v)  be suspended due to
freezing temperatures.
  (vii) For renovation operations, local
exhaust ventilation and  collection sys-
tems may be used, Instead of-wetting as
specified in paragraph (d) (4) (11), to pre-
vent emissions of  partlculate  asbestos
material to outside  air when damage to
equipment resulting from the wetting
would be unavoidable. Upon request and
supply of adequate information, the'Ad-
ministrator will determine whether dam-
age to equipment resulting from wetting
to comply with the provisions of this par-
agraph would be unavoidable. Such local
exhaust ventilation systems shall be de-
signed and operated to capture the asbes-
tos participate matter produced by the
stripping and removal of friable asbestos
material. There shall be no visible emis-
sions  to the outside air from such local
exhaust ventilation  and  collection sys-
tems, except as provided in paragraph
(f)  of this section. 2,7
  (5)  Sources subject to  this paragraph
arc exempt from the requirements of
5S61.05(a), 61.07, and 61.09.
  (6)  The demolition of a building, struc-
ture, facility, or installation, pursuant to
an order of an authorized representative
of a State or local governmental agency,
issued because that building is  structur-
ally unsound and in danger of Imminent
collapse Is exempt from all but the fol-
lowing requirements of paragraph (d) of
this section:
  (i)  The notification requirements spec-
ified by paragraph (d) (2) of this section:
  (11)  The requirements  on stripping of
friable asbestos materials from previously
removed units or sections as specified in
paragraph (d)(4)(lv) of this section;
  (ill) The wetting, as specified by para-
graph (d) (4) (v) of this section, of fri-
able asbestos  materials that have been
removed or stripped;
   (Iv) The portion of the structure being
demolished that contains friable asbes-
tos materials shall be adequately wetted
during the wrecking operation.  '
   (e>  Spraying: There shall be no visible
emissions to  the outside air  from  the
Bpray-on application of materials con-
taining more than 1 percent asbestos, on
a dry weight basis, used to Insulate or
fireproof equipment and machinery, ex-
cept as provided in paragraph (f) of this
section. Spray-on materials used to insu-
late or .fireproof  buildings, structures,
pipes, and  conduits shall  contain  less
than  1 percent asbestos on a dry weight
basis.
  (1)  Sources subject to tola paragraph
ore exempt  from the requirements of
I 61.05(a), I 61.07. and I 81.09.-
   (2)  Any owner or operator who  in-
tends  to opray asbestos materials which
contain more than  1 percent asbestos on
a dry weight basis to Insulate or fireproof
equipment and machinery  shall report
such  Intention to the Administrator at
least  20 days prior to the commencement
of  the spraying operation.  Such report
ohall  Include the following information: 1
  (1)  Nome of owner or operator.
                                                         II-7

-------
  (11) Address of owner or operator.
  (Ul)  3Losattoa o? opreytag operation.
  (Jv)  IPyacsflures to feo gollowefl feo> seat
  (f)  Etether Mian meet toe rao-visible-
omlsslon  requirements  as opscified  by
EKirssraphs (D).  (e). .  (e). (h), (J).
and (k) of this section, an owner or op-
erator may elect to use the methods spec-
ified by 6 61.23 to clean emissions con-
taining participate asbestos material be-
fore  such emissions escape  to,  or are
vented to. the outside air.
  (5) Where febe presence of uncombined
water  to £he cole reason tfor failure teo
maeet  6he Eio-visIble-<2Mlssion s^gulre-
menfc off uorosrapha (a),  (c), <<8>,,  of tills
section, from  any of the  following op-
erations if they use commercial asbestos
or from  any  building  or structure 'in
which such operations are conducted.
  (1) The fabrication of cement building
products.
  (2) The fabrication of friction prod-
ucts, except those  operations  that  pri-
marily install asbestos friction materials
on motor vehicles.
  (3) The fabrication of cement or slli-
eate board for ventilation  hoods: ovens;
electrical panels; laboratory furniture;
bulkheads, partitions and ceilings  for
marine construction; and flow  control
devices for the molten metal Industry.
  (i)  Insulating: Molded insulating ma-
terials which are friable and  wet-applied
insulating materials which  are  friable
after drying. Installed after the effective
date of those  regulations, shall contain
ao commercial asbestos. The provisions
of fchis paragraph do not apply to insu-
lating materials which are spray applied;
such   materials  are  regulated   under
081.22.
  (j)  Waste disposal for manufacturing,
^fabricating. demolition,  renovation  and
opraylng  operations: The  owner or op-
erator of any source covered under the
provisions of paragraphs  Ic). (d>. (e),
or (h) of this section shall meet the fol-
lowing standards :
  < I > There shall be no visible emissions
to fche outside air, except as provided in
paragraph (J)(3) of this section, dur-
ing the collection:  processing, Including
incineration ;  packaging;  transporting;
or deposition of any asbestos-containing
waste  material which  is  generated by
oueh cource.
  (2) All asbestos-containing waste ma-
terial  ohall be deposited  at waste dis-
posal sites which are operated In accord-
once with the provisions of B 31.25.
  43) Rather than meet the  requirement
of paragraph (JMl) of this section, an
owner  or operator  may elect  to  use
either of fche disposal methods specified
wider (JH3H1) and (11)  of  this  section,
or on alternative disposal  method which
teas received prior approval by the Ad-
be  thoroughly  mixed with water into a
olurry  and  other  asbestos-containing
waste  material   shall  be  adequately
netted. There  shall be no visible emls-
oions to the outside air from the collec-
tion,  mixing and wetting operations, es-
eept as provided in paragraph (f > of this
cectlon.
  (B) After netting,  all asbestos-con-
joining  tjaste  material shall be sealed
into leak-tight containers while wet, and
ouch containers  shall  be deposited  at
waste disposal  sites which are operated
in  accordance  with the  provisions  of
0 81.25.
  <1C) 'She esatairaero ostscifiefi rande?
CXJSusrapb. (JH3H1HB) of  fcals cectioa
ofeall be labeled  with  a  warning  tobel
that  otates:
   U) Treotoenfc of
      tsaatorflal with water :
              device aobeotoo waato ohall
            Coatalno Aabaotos
   Avoid Opontng or Breaking Container
      Breathing Aobestoo ID Hazardous
             to Vour Health

 Alternatively,  warning  labels opeclfled
 by  Occupational  Safety and  Health
 Standards of the Department of Labor,
 Occupational Safety and Health Admin-
 istration  (OSHA) under 29 CFR, 1810.-
 93a(s)(2)(il) may be used.
   (11) Processing of asbestos-containing
 waste material into non-friable forms:
   (A) All  asbestos-containing   waste
 material shall be formed into non-friable
 pellets or other shapes and deposited at
 waste disposal sites which are operated
 in accordance with the provisions of
 6 61.25.
   (B) There shall be  no visible emis-
 sions to the outside air from  the collec-
 tion   and   processing  of   asbestos-
 containing  waste  material,- except as
 specified in paragraph (f ) of this section.
   (4) For the purposes of  this para-
 graph  (j),  the  term  all asbestos-con-
 taining  waste  material  as  applied to
 demolition  and renovation  operations
 covered by paragraph  TOee302
-------
paragraphs (1) (5) (1) or (U) of this sec-
tion are met, or where a natural barrier
adequately deters access by the general
public.  Upon request and supply  of  ap-
propriate   Information,  the  Adminis-
trator will determine whether a fence or
a natural barrier adequately deters ac-
cess to the general public.
  (5) Rather than meet the requirement
of paragraph  (ltd) of this section, an
owner may elect to meet the require-
ments of  this paragraph or may  use an
alternative control method for emissions
from inactive waste disposal sites which
has  received  prior  approval toy  the
Administrator.
  (1) The  asbestos-containing  waste
material shall be covered  with at least
15  centimeters  (ca. 6 Inches)  of com-
pacted  non-asbestos-containing  mate-
rial, and  a cover of vegetation shall be
grown and maintained on  the area ade-
quate to prevent exposure of the asbes-
tos-containing waste material; or
  (il) The  asbestos-containing  waste
material shall be covered with at least 60
centimeters (ca. 2 feet)  of  compacted
non-asbestos-containing  material   and
maintained to  prevent exposure of the
asbestos-containing waste; or
  (ill)  For Inactive waste disposal sites
for asbestos tailings, a resinous or petro-
leum-based dust suppression agent which
effectively binds dust and  controls wind
erosion shall be applied. Such agent shall
be used as recommended for the  partic-
ular asbestos tailings by the  dust sup-
presslon  agent  manufacturer.  Other
equally effective dust suppression agents
may be used upon prior approval by the
Administrator. For purposes of this para-
graph,  waste crankcase oil Is not con-
uldered a dust suppression agent. 1
 Q 61.23  Air-deanm*.
  If air-cleaning is elected, as permitted
 by  ||61.22(f) and 61.22(d) (4) (Iv), the.
 requirements of this section must be met.
  (a) Fabric  filter  collection  devices
must be  used, except as noted in para-
graphs (b) and (c) of this section. Such
devices must be operated at a pressure
drop of no more than 4 inches water gage.
as measured across the filter fabric. The
airflow permeability, as determined  by
ASTM method D737-69. must not exceed
SO  ft'/min/ft* for  woven fabrics or 85
f tVmln/ft' for felted fabrics, except that
40  ft'/mln/ft' for woven  and 45 ft1/
mm/ft* for felted fabrics is allowed for
filtering  air from  asbestos or« dryoro.
Each square yard of felted fabric must
 weigh at least 14 ounces and be at least
 one-sixteenth  inch  thick  throughout.
 Synthetic  fabrics mutt not contain  fill
 yam other than that which is spun.
   
-------
  Subpart C—•Notional Emluion Standard
             for Beryllium


0 61.80  Applicability.
  The provisions of this subpart are ap-
plicable  to  the   following  stationary
sources:
  (a) Extraction plans, ceramic plants.
foundries,  incinerators, and  propellant
plants which process beryllium ore, beryl-
lium, beryllium oxide, beryllium alloys,
or beryllium-containing waste.
  (b)  Machine shops which process
beryllium, beryllium oxides, or any alloy
when such alloy contains more than 5
percent beryllium  by weight.

§ 61.31  Definition*.
  Terms used in  this subpart are de-
fined in the act,  in subpart A of this
part, or  in this section as follows:
  (a)  "Beryllium" means  the element
beryllium. Where weights or  concentra-
tions are specified, such weights or con-
centrations apply to beryllium  only,
excluding the weight or concentration of
any associated elements.
  (b)  "Extraction plant" means  a  fa-
cility  chemically  processing  beryllium
ore to beryllium metal, alloy, or oxide,
or performing  any of the  intermediate
steps in these processes.
  (c) "Beryllium ore" means any  natu-
rally  occurring   material   mined  or
gathered for Its beryllium  content.
  (d)  "Machine shop" means a facility
performing cutting,  grinding, turning,
honing,   milling,   debarring,  lapping.
electrochemical machining, etching, or
other similar operations.
  (e)  "Ceramic plant" means a manu-
facturing plant producing ceramic items.
   (f)  "Foundry"  means & facility en-
gaged in  the melting  or  casting of
beryllium metal or alloy.
  (g)   "Beryllium-containing  waste"
means  material   contaminated  with
beryllium  and/or  beryllium compounds
used or generated during any process or
operation performed by a source subject
to this subpart.
  (h) "Incinerator" means cay furnace
used in the process of burning waste for
the  primary  purpose of reducing  the
volume of the waste by removing com-
bustible matter.
   (1) "Propellant" means a fuel and oxi-
dizer physically or chemically combined
which undergoes  combustion to provide
roclcet propulsion.
   <])  "Beryllium alloy" means any metal
to  which beryllium has been  added in
order to Increase its  beryllium content
and which contains more than 0.1 per-
cent beryllium by weight.
   (k) "Propellant  plant"  means  any
facility  engaged in the mixing, casting,
or  machining  of  propollant.
 8 61.92  EmUilon standard.
   (a) Emissions to the atmosphere from
 stationary sources subject to the provi-
 sions of this subpart shall not exceed 10
 grams of beryllium over a 24-hour period.
 except as provided in paragraph  (b) of
 this caction.
   (b) Rather than meat the require-
 ment of paragraph (a) of this cectton,
 an  owner or operator nay  request ap-
proval from the Administrator to meet
on ambient concentration limit on beryl-
lium in the  vicinity  of the  stationary
cource of 0.01  pg/m', averaged over a
80-day period.
  (1) Approval of such requests may be
granted by the Administrator provided
that:
  (1)  At least 3 years of data is avail-
able which in the judgment of the Ad-
ministrator demonstrates  that the fu-
ture ambient  concentrations of beryllium
in the vicinity of  the stationary  source
will not exceed 0.01 pg/m', averaged over
a 30-day period. Such  3-year period shall
be the 3 years ending  30 days before the
effective date of this standard.
  (11) The owner or  operator requests
such approval in writing within 30  days
after tbe effective  date of this standard.
  (Ill) Tbe owner or operator submits a
report to tbe Administrator within 45
days  after the effective  date of  this
standard which report Includes the fol-
lowing Information:
  (a) Description of  sampling method
including the method and  frequency of
calibration.
  (b) Method of sample analysis.
  (c) Averaging technique for determin-
ing 30-day average concentrations.
  (d) Number, identity,  and  location
 (address,  coordinates, or distance and
beading from plant) of sampling sites.
  (e) Ground  elevations  and   height
above ground of sampling Inlets.
  (/) Plant  and   sampling area plots
showing emission points and sampling
sites. Topographic features significantly
affecting  dispersion   including   plant
building heights and  locations shall be
included.
  (0) Information necessary for  esti-
mating dispersion including stack height,
inside diameter,  exit gas  temperature,
exit velocity  or flow rate, and beryllium
concentration.
  (ft) A description of data and  proce-
dures (methods or models) toed  to de-
sign the air sampling network (i.e., num-
ber and location of sampling sites).
  «) .Air sampling data Indicating beryl-
lium concentrations in tbe vicinity of tbe
(stationary source for the «-year period
specified  in  paragraph (b)Q)  of this
 section. This data shall be  presented
 chronologically and  include  the beryl-
 lium concentration and location of each
 individual sample taken by tbe network
 and tbe corresponding 30-day average
 beryllium concentrations.
   (2)  Within  60 days after receiving
 such report, the Administrator will notify
 tbe owner or operator in writing whether
 approval is granted  or denied. Prior to
 denying approval to comply with tbe pro-
 visions of paragraph  (b) of this section,
 the  Administrator   will  consult  with
 representatives of the stationary source
 for wliich tbe demonstration report was
 submitted.
   (c) Tbe burning of beryllium  and/or
 beryllium-containing waste, except pro-
 pellants, is prohibited except in incinera-
 tors, emissions from  which must comply
 xrttb tbe standard.
 Q61.8S  Slock eatapUnjj.
   to) Unless a waiver of omission testing
is obtained under { 61.13, each owner or
operator  required   to  comply   with
{ 61.32(a) shall test emissions from his
source,
  (1) Within  90  days of the effective
date in the case of an existing source or
a new source which has an initial startup
date preceding tbe effective date; or
  (2) Within 60 days of startup in tbe
case of a new source which did not have
on initial startup date preceding the ef-
fective date.
  (b) The Administrator shall be  noti-
fied at least 30 days prior to an emission
test so that he may at his option observe
the test.
  (c) Samples shall be taken over such a
period or periods as are necessary to ac-
curately  determine the maximum emis-
sions which will  occur in any 24-hour
period. Where emissions depend upon the
relative frequency of operation of differ-
ent types of processes, operating hours,
operating capacities,  or other factors,
the  calculation of maximum 24-hour-
period emissions  will  be based on that
combination of factors which is likely to
occur during  the subject period and
which result in the maximum emissions.
Mo changes in the operation shall be
made, -which would potentially Increase
emissions above that determined by the
most recent source test, until a new emis-
sion level has been estimated by calcula-
tion and tbe results reported to the Ad-
ministrator.
  (d) All samples shall be analyzed and
beryllium emissions shall be determined
within 30 days after the source test. All
determinations shall be reported to tbe
Administrator by a registered letter dis-
patched before tbe close of the next busi-
ness day following such determination.
  (e) Records  of emission test results
and other data needed to determine total
emissions shall be retained at the source
and made available, for Inspection by the
Administrator, for a nUnimy^ of 2 years.
0 61.34  Air campling.
  (a)  Stationary cources  subject  to
I Bl.J2(b) shall locate air sampling sites
in accordance with a plan approved by
tbe  Administrator. Such Bites shall be
located in such a manner as is calculated
to detect  maximum  concentrations of
beryllium in the  ambient air.
   (b) All monitoring sites shall be op-
erated continuously except for a reason-
able time allowance for Instrument main-
tenance and  calibration, for changing
filters, or for replacemet of equipment
needing major repair.
   (c) Filters shall be analyzed and con-
centrations calculated within 80 days
after filters  are collected.  Records of
concentrations at all sampling sites and
other data needed to determine such con-
centrations shall be retained at the source
and made available, for Inspection by the
Administrator, for a minimum of 2 years.
   (d)  Concentrations measured  at all
sampling sites shall be reported to tbe
Administrator every 80 days by a  regis-
tered letter.
   (e) The Administrator may at any time
require changes in, or expansion of, tbe
                                                         11-10

-------
  Subpart D—National Emission Standard
     lor B«rylllum Rocket Motor Firing


 16L40  Applicability.
  The provisions of this subpart are ap-
 plicable  to  rocket motor test sites.
 161.41  Definition!.
  Terms used In this subpart are defined
 in the Act, In Subpart A of this part, or
 In this section as follows:
  
-------
 Cubport E—National Emission Standard
              for Mercury
£61.50  Applicability.

  The provisions of this subpart are ap-
plicable to those stationary sources which
process mercury ore to recover mercury,
use mercury chlor-alkall cells to produce
chlorine gas and alkali metal hydroxide.
and incinerate or dry wastewater treat-
ment plant sludge.
 0 61.51  Definition*.
  Terms used In this rabport ore defined
 in the act, in subpart A of this part, or In
 this o«ction &s follows:
  (a) "Mercury" means the element mer-
 cury, excluding any associated elements,
 and includes mercury in particulates, va-
 pors, aerosols, and compounds.
  (b)  "Mercury  ore"  means a mineral
 mined specifically for ite mercury con-
 tent.
  (c) "Mercury ore processing  facility"
 means a facility  processing mercury  ore
 to obtain mercury.
   "Hydrogen gas stream"  means a
 hydrogen stream formed in the  chlor-
 alkali cell denuder.
   (i) "End box" means  a  container(s)
 located on one or both ends of a mercury
 chlor-alkali  electrolyzer which  serves
 as  a connection between the electrolyzer
 and  denuder for  rich and  stripped
 amalgam.
   (j> "End   box  ventilation  system"
 means a ventilation system which col-
 lects mercury emissions  from the end-
 boxes, the  mercury pump  oumpa, and
 their water colectlon systems.
    "Cell room" meant a otructure(o)
 housing  one  or  more mercury electro-
 lytic chlor-alkall cells.
   (1) "Oludoe" means sludge produced by
 a trefttenent plant that processes munici-
 pal or industrial waste waters.  '
   (m)  "Sludge  dryer" means  a  device
 used to reduce the moisture content of
 Dludge by heating to temperature* above
 66*C 
-------
   (3) The Administrator shall be notl-
 fled at least 30 days prior to an emission
 test, so that he may at his option observe
 the test.
   (4) Samples shall be taken over such
 a period  or periods as are necessary to
 determine  accurately  the  maximum
 emissions which will occur in a 24-hour
 period. No changes shall be made in the
 operation which  would potentially In-
 crease  emissions above the level deter-
 mined by the most recent stack test, un-
 til the new emission level has been esti-
 mated by calculation and the results re-
 ported  to the Administrator.
   (5) All samples shall be analyzed, and
 mercury  emissions shall  be determined
 within  30 days after the stack test. Each
 determination shall be reported to the
 Administrator by a registered letter dis-
 patched before the close of the next busi-
 ness day following such  determination.
   (6)  Records  of emission test results
 and other data needed to determine total
 emissions shall be retained at the source
 and shall be made available, for Inspec-
 tion by the Administrator, for a mini-
 mum of 2 years.  <
 § 61.54   Sludge sampling.
   (a)  As  an  alternative  means  for
.demonstrating compliance with | 61.52
 (b).  an  owner  or operator  may  use
 Method 105 of Appendix B and the proce-
 dures specified In this section.
   (1)  A sludge test shall  be conducted
 within 90 days of the effective date of
 these regulations In the case of an exist-
 ing source or a new source which has an
 Initial startup date preceding the effec-
 tive date; or
   (2)  A sludge test shall  be conducted
 within 90 days of startup in the case of a
 new source which did not have an Initial
 startup date preceding the effective date.
  (b) The Administrator shall be notified
 at least 30 days prior to a sludge sampling
 test, so that he may at his option observe
 the test
   (c) Sludge shall be sampled according
 to paragraph  (c)(l)  of   this section.
 sludge charging rate for the plant shall
 be determined  according  to paragraph
 (c) (2)  of this section,  and the  sludge
 analysis shall be performed according to
 paragraph (c) (3) of this section.
   (1) The sludge shall be  sampled after
 dewaterlng and before  Incineration or
 drying,  at a location that provides a
 representative sample of the sludge  that
 is  charged to the incinerator or dryer.
 Eight consecutive  grab samples shall be
 obtained at intervals of between 45 and
 60 minutes and thoroughly mixed  into
 one sample. Each of the eight grab sam-
 ples shall have a volume of at leant 200
 ml but not more than 400 ml.  A total of
 three composite  samples  shall  be ob-
 tained within an operating  period of 24
 hours. When the 24-hour operating pe-
 riod is  not continuous, the total sam-
 pling period shall not  exceed 72 hours
 after the first  grab sample la obtained.
 Samples shall not be exposed to any  con-
 dition that may result  In mercury  con-
 tamination or loss.
  <2>  The  maximum  24-hour  period
sludge incineration or drying rate shall
be determined byuse of a flow rate meas-
urement device  that  can measure the
mass rate of sludge charged to the In-
cinerator or dryer with an  accuracy of
±5  percent  over  Its operating  range.
Other methods of measuring sludge mass
charging rates may be used If they have
received prior approval by the Adminis-
trator.
  (3)  The handling, preparation,  and
analysis of sludge samples shall  be ac-
complished according to Method 105 In
Appendix B of this part.
  (d)  The mercury emissions  shall be
determined  by  use of the  following
equation:
            E)/,=l X 10-« cQ
where
  Ewf^Mcrcury emissions, g/day.
  o  «=Mcrcury concentration of sludge on ft
         dry  solids  baala,   (5)
and (6), or f 61.64(f)  and (g).
                                                           11-13

-------
  Cubpart F—National Emlttlon Standard
            for Vinyl Chlorldo **
061.60  Applicability.
   (a)  This oubpart  applies  to  plants
which produce:
   (1) Ethylene dichlorlde by reaction of
oxygen  and  hydrogen  chloride with
othylene,
   <2)  Vinyl chloride  by any process,
ond/or
   (3) One or more polymers containing
any fraction of polymerized vinyl chlo-
ride.
   (b) This  subpart does not apply  to
equipment used In research and develop-
ment If  the reactor used to polymerize
the vinyl chloride processed in the equip-
ment has a capacity of no  more than
0.19m' (60 gal).
    Sections of this subpart other than
I 61.64(a)(l), (b), (c), and  (d)  do not
apply to equipment used In research and
development If the reactor used  to po-
lymerize the vinyl chloride processed In
the equipment has a capacity of greater
than 0.19 m* (50 gal) and no more than
4.07 m' (1100 gal),
 g 61.61  Definition*.
   Terms used In this subpart are  defined
m the Act, In subpart A of this part, or
In this section as follows:
     "Ethylene  dichlorlde pUnt"  In-
cludes any plant which produces ethyl-
ene dichlorlde by reaction of oxygen and
hydrogen chloride with ethylene.
   (b)  "Vinyl chloride plant" Includes
any plant which produces vinyl chloride
by any process.
   (c) "Polyvlnyl chloride plant" includes
 any plant where vinyl chloride alone or
in combination with other materials la
 polymerized.
   (d) "Slip gauge" means a gauge which
has a probe that moves through the gas/
 liquid Interface In a storage or transfer
 vessel and  Indicates the level of vinyl
 chloride in the  vessel by  the physical
 otate  of the material  the gauge  dis-
 charges.
   (e) "Type of resin" means the broad
 classification of resin referring  to the
 basic manufacturing process for produc-
 ing that resin, Including, but not limited
 to, the suspension, dispersion, latex, bulk,
 and solution processes.
   (f) "Grade of resin" means the sub-
 division of resin classification which de-
 ocribes it as a unique resin, I.e., the moat
 exact description of a resin with no fur-
 ther subdivision.
    (g) "Dispersion resin" means a resin
 manufactured In such away as  to form
 fluid dispersions when dispersed In a
 plasticlzer  or  plasticizer/dlluent mix-
 tures.
    (h) "Latex resin" means a resin which
 la produced by a polymerization process
 which initiates from free radical catalyst
 Bites and is sold undried.
    (1) "Bulk resin' 'means a resin which
 la produced by a polymerization process
  In which no water is used.
    (J) "Inprocess wastewater" means any
  water which, during manufacturing or
  processing,  comes Into direct  contact
  with vinyl chloride or polyvlnyl  chloride
  or raulta from the production or uce of
any raw material, Intermediate product,
finished product, by-product, or waste
product  containing  vinyl chloride  or
polyvlnyl  chloride but  which  has not
been discharged to a wastewater treat-
ment process or discharged untreated OB
wastewater.
  (k) "Woitewater treatment process"
includes  any process  which  modifies
characteristics such as BOD,  COD, TS8,
and pH. usually for the purpose of meet-
ing effluent guidelines and standards; it
does not include any process the purpose
of which is to remove vinyl chloride from
water  to  meet  requirements of  this
oubpart.
  (1> "In vinyl chloride service" means
that a piece of equipment contains or
contacts either a liquid  that is at least
10 percent by weight vinyl chloride or a
gas that is at least 10 percent by volume
vinyl chloride.
  (m>  "Standard  operating  procedure"
means a formal written procedure offi-
cially adopted by the  plant owner or
operator and available on a routine basis
to those persons responsible for carrying
out the procedure.
   "Run" means  the net period of
time during which an emission sample Is
collected.
  (o> "Ethylene dlchloride purification"
Includes any part of the process of ethyl-
ene dichlorlde production which  follows
ethylene  dichloride  formation and In
which  finished ethylene  dichlorlde  is
produced.
  (p) "Vinyl chloride purification"  In-
cludes any part of the process of vinyl
chloride production which follows vinyl
chloride formation and in which finished
vinyl chloride is produced.
  (q) "Reactor" includes any vessel in
which vinyl chloride is partially or totally
polymerized Into polyvlnyl chloride.
  (r> "Reactor opening loss" means the
emissions  of vinyl  chloride  occurring
when a reactor is vented to  the  atmos-
phere for  any purpose  other than an
emergency relief discharge as defined in
|61.65(a).
  (s) "Stripper" includes any vessel In
which residual vinyl chloride is removed
from polyvlnyl chloride resin,  except
bulk resin, in the slurry  form by  the use
of heat and/or vacuum. In the  case of
bulk resin, stripper  Includes any vessel
which is used to remove residual vinyl
chloride from polyvlnyl chloride resin
immediately following  the polymeriza-
tion step in the plant process flow.
 0 61.62   Em!talon (landord for ethylvnr
     dichloride plants.
   An owner or operator of an ethylene
 dichloride plant shall comply with the
 requirements of this section and I 61.66.
   (a)  Ethylene dichloride purification:
 The concentration of vinyl  chloride In
 all exhaust gases discharged to the at-
 mosphere from any  equipment used in
 othylene dichlorlde purification is "not
 to exceed 10 ppm, except as provided In
 101.6S(a). This  requirement does not
 apply  to  equipment  that  has  been
 opened, fa out of operation, and met the
requirement In I 61.65(b) before being
opened.
  (b) Oxychlorlnation reactor:  Except
as provided in 561.65(a), emissions of
vinyl chloride to the atmosphere from
each oxychlorlnatlon reactor are not to
exceed 0.2 g/kg the 100 percent ethylene
dichloride product from the oxychlori-
natton process.

§ 61.63  F.miooion  Mattdard  for  vinyl
     rlilortdr plimU.
  An owner or operator of a vinyl chlo-
ride plant shall comply with the require-
ments of this section and i 61.65.
  (ai Vinyl chloride formation and puri-
fication:  The concentration of  vinyl
chloride in all exhaust gases discharged
to the atmosphere from any equipment
used in vinyl chloride formation and/or
purification is not to exceed 10 ppm, ex-
cept as provided in  J 61.65(a). This re-
quirement does not  apply to equipment
that hns been opened, is out of operation,
and met  the  requirement in i 61.65
<6> (li before being opened.

8 61.64  EmiHftion Mandard  for polvvinyl
     rliloiidr plunU.
  An owner or operator of a polyvinyl
chloride plant shall comply  with the re-
quirements of this section and 8 61.6S.
  (a>  Reactor: The following require-
ments apply to reactors:
  (1> The concentration of vinyl chlo-
ride in all exhaust  gases discharged to
the atmosphere from each reactor is not
to exceed 10 ppm, except as provided in
paragraph  (a) (2)  of  this  section and
 i 61.65(a>.
   (2) The reactor opening loss from each
reactor  Is not to exceed  0.02  g vinyl
chloride'Kg (0.00002 lb vinyl chloride/
lb>  of.  polyvinyl  chloride product, with
the product determined on a dry solids
basis. This requirement applies to any
vessel which  is used as a reactor or as
both a reactor and a  stripper. In the
 bulk process, the product means the
gross product of prepolymerization and
 postpolymerlzation.
   (3> Manual vent valve discharge: Ex-
cept for an emergency manual vent valve
discharge, there is to be no discharge to
 the atmosphere from  any manual vent
 valve on a polyvinyl chloride reactor In
vinyl  chloride  service.  An emergency
 manual vent valve  discharge means  a
 discharge to the atmosphere which could
 not have been avoided by taking meas-
 ures to prevent the discharge. Within 10
 days of any discharge to the atmosphere
 from any manual vent valve, the owner
 or  operator of the source from which the
 discharge occurs shall submit to the Ad-
 ministrator a report in writing contain-
 ing information on the source, nature
 and cause of the discharge, the date and
 time of the discharge, the  approximate
 total vinyl chloride loss during  the dis-
 charge, the method used for determining
 the vinyl chloride loss, the action that
 was taken to prevent the discharge, and
 measures adopted to prevent future dis-
 charges.
    (b)  Stripper:  The  concentration of
 vinyl chloride In all exhaust gases dis-
 eharced  to  the  atmosphere from each
                                                         11-14

-------
dripper b not to exceed 10 ppm, except
oa provided In  | 81 .65 (a). This require-
ment does not  apply to equipment that
bas been opened, is out of operation, and
met the requirement in i 61.65(b) (6) (1)
before being opened.
   (c)  Mixing, weighing,  and  holding
containers: The  concentration of  vinyl
chloride in all  exhaust  gases discharged
to the atmosphere  from  each  mixing,
weighing, or holding container in  Ylnyl
chloride  cervice  which  precedes  the
atripper (or the reactor if  the plant has
no stripper) in the  plant process flow is
not to exceed 10 ppm, except as provided
in } 61. 65 (a). This requirement does not
apply  to   equipment  that  has  been
opened, is out of operation, and met the
requirement in  { 6l.65(b> (6) (i) before
 being opened.
    Monomer  recovery  system. The
 concentration  of vinyl chloride in all ex-
 haust gases discharged to  the  atmos-
 phere from each monomer recovery oys-
 tem is not to  exceed 10 ppm, except  as
 provided in i 61. 65 (a).  This requirement
 does not apply  to  equipment that has
 been opened, is out of operation, and met
 the requirement in ( 61.65(b) (6) (i) be-
 fore being opened.
   (e) Sources following the stripper (s» :
 The following  requirements  apply  to
 emissions  of vinyl  chloride  to  the at-
 mosphere  from  the combination  of  all
 sources following the stripper (s) [or the
 reactor(s)  if  the  plant  has  no  strlp-
 per(s) 1 in the  plant  process  flow In-
 cluding but not limited to, centrifuges.
 concentrators, blend tanks, filters, dry-
 ers, conveyor air  discharges/  baggers,
 storage containers,  and inprocess waste-
 water:
    (1) In polyvlnyl  chloride plants using
 stripping  technology  to  control vinyl
 chloride emissions,  the weighted average
 residual vinyl chloride concentration  in
 all grades of polyvlnyl  chloride resin
 processed  through  the stripping opera-
 tion  on each calendar day, measured
 immediately after  the stripping  opera-
 tion is completed,  may not exceed:
    (1)  2000 ppm for  polyvlnyl  chloride
 dispersion resins, excluding latex resins;
    (ii> 400 ppm for all other  polyvlnyl
 chloride  resins.  Including  latex  resins,
 . averaged separately for each type  of ra-
  in; or
    (2)  In poly vinyl chloride plants con-
 trolling  vinyl chloride  emissions with
  technology other  than stripping or  in
  addition  to stripping,  emissions of vinyl
  chloride  to  the  atmosphere  may  not
  exceed:
    (1)2 g/kg (0.002 Ib/lb) product from
  the stripper (s>  lor  reactor (s)  if  the
  plant has no  strlpper(s) ] for dispersion
  polyvlnyl chloride  resins,  excluding latex
  resins, with the product determined on a
  dry lolldi basis;                    .  >
    (it) 0.4 g/kg (0.0004  Ib/lb) product
  from the  strippers (or reactor(s) if the
  plant has no stripper (a)]  for  all other
  polyvlnyl chloride  resins, including latex
  resins, with the product determined on
  a dry solids basis.
   if>1.6."  Rmlimioii MunHm-d for rll
       dichluritir, vin.il rliloridr and polj-
       vinyl rlilorid* pUnlt.

    An owner or operator of an othylene
(Uchloride, vinyl chloride,  and/or poly-
vinyl  chloride plant shall comply with
the requirements of this section.
   (a) Relief valve discharge: Except for
an emergency relief discharge, there  is
to be no discharge to the atmosphere
from  any relief valve on any equipment
in vinyl chloride service.  An emergency
relief discharge means a discharge which
could not have  been avoided by  taking
measures to prevent the discharge. With-
in 10 days of any relief valve discharge,
the owner or operator of the source from
which the relief valve discharge occurs
shall submit to  the Administrator a re-
port  in  writing containing information
on the source, nature and cause of the
discharge, the date and time of the dis-
charge, the approximate total vinyl chlo-
ride loss during the discharge, the meth-
od used for determining the vinyl chlo-
ride loss, the action that was taken to
prevent  the  discharge,  and measures
adopted to prevent future discharges.
   (b) Fugitive emission sources:
   (1) Loading and unloading lines: Vinyl
chloride emissions from loading and un-
leadlng lines which  are  opened  to the
atmosphere after each loading  or un-
 loading operation  are to  be  minimized
 ns follows:
   (1) After  each  loading or unloading
operation and before  opening a  loading
or unloading line to the atmosphere, the
quantity of vinyl chloride  in all parts of
each loading or unloading line that are
to be opened to the atmosphere  is to be
reduced so that the parts combined con-
 tain no greater than 0.0038 m1 (0.13 ff)
of vinyl chloride, at standard tempera-
 ture and pressure; and
   (11) Any  vinyl chloride  removed from
a loading or unloading line  in  accord-
ance with paragraph (b)(l)(i)  of this
cection is to be ducted through a control
system from which the concentration of
vinyl chloride in the exhaust gases does
not exceed  10 ppm, or equivalent as pro-
 vided in | 61.66.
    (2) Slip gauges: During loading or un-
 loading operations,  the   vinyl  chloride
 omissions from each slip  gauge  in vinyl
 chloride service are to be minimized  by
 ducting  any vinyl  chloride  discharged
 from the slip gauge  through a  control
 oystem from which the concentration of
 vinyl chloride in the  exhaust gases does
 not exceed 10 ppm, or equivalent as pro-
 vided in 161.66.
    (3) Leakage from  pump, compressor,
 and agitator seals:
    (i) Rotating pumps:   Vinyl  chloride
 emissions  from  seals on all  rotating
 pumps in vinyl chloride service are to be
 minimized by installing  sealless pumps,
 pumps with double mechanical  seals, or
 equivalent  as  provided  in  |61.66.  If
 double  mechanical seals  are used, vinyl
 chloride emission from the seals are to
 be minimized by maintaining the pres-
 sure between the two seals so that any
 leak that occurs is into  the pump;  by
 ducting any vinyl chloride between the
 two seals through a control system from
 which the concentration of  vinyl chlo-
 ride in the exhaust  gases does not ex-
 ceed 10 ppm; or equivalent as  provided
 In | 01.66.
    (11)  Reciprocating  pumps: Vinyl chlo-
 ride emissions from ceals on aQ recipro-
cating pumps m vinyl chloride  service
are to be minimized by installing double
outboard seals, or equivalent as provided
In {61.66. If double outboard seals are
used,  vinyl chloride emissions from the
ceals are to be minimized by maintaining
the pressure between  the two seals so
that any  leak that occurs Is  Into the
pump; by ducting any  vinyl chloride be-
tween the two oeols through a control
system from which the concentration of
vinyl  chloride in the exhaust gases does
not exceed 10  ppm;  or equivalent as
provided in { 61.66.
   (iii)  Rotating   compressor:   Vinyl
chloride emissions from  seals on all ro-
tating  compressors in  vinyl  chloride
service are to be minimized by installing
compressors  with  double mechanical
seals, or equivalent as provided In f 61.66.
If double mechanical seals are used, vinyl
chloride emissions from  the seals are to
be minimized by maintaining the pres-
sure between the two  seals so  that any
leak that occurs is into the compressor;
by ducting any vinyl  chloride between
the two seals through a control system
from which the concentration of  vinyl
chloride in the exhaust gases  does not
exceed 10 ppm; or equivalent as provided
in £ 61.66.
   , all gases
which are manually vented from equip-
ment hi vinyl chloride service  are to be
ducted through a  control system from
which the concentration of vinyl chloride
in the exhaust case* does not  exceed 10
 ppm; or equivalent a* provided in I 01.06.
                                                         11-15

-------
  (6) Opening  of   equipment:  Vinyl
chloride  emissions  from  opening  of
equipment (including loading or unload-
ing lines that are not opened to the at-
mosphere after each loading or unload-
ing operation) are to be minimized as
follows:
  (1)  Before opening any equipment for
any reason, the quantity of vinyl chlo-
ride is to be reduced so that the  equip-
ment contains no more than 2.0 percent
by volume vinyl chloride or 0.0950 m* (25
gal>  of  vinyl  chloride, whichever  is
larger, at  standard temperature  and
pressure; and
  (ii) Any vinyl chloride removed from
the equipment in accordance with para-
grnph (b) (6) (i) of this section is to be
ducted through a control system from
which the  concentration of vinyl chlo-
ride in the exhaust pases  does not exceed
10  ppm. or  equivalent  as provided  in
{ 61.66.
  (71 Samples: Unused portions of sam-
ples rontfltninp tit least  10 percent by
weight vinyl chloride are to be returned
to the process, and sampling techniques
are to be such that sample containers in
vinyl chloride service are purged into  a
closed process system.
   (8) Leak  detection and elimination:
Vinyl chloride  emissions due to leaks
from equipment in vinyl chloride service
are to be minimized by  instituting and
implementing  a formal leak  detection
and elimination program. The owner or
operator shall  submit a description of
the program to the Administrator for
approval. The  program  is to be  sub-
mitted  within 45 days  of the effective
date of these regulations, unless a waiver
of  compliance Is granted under  5 61.11.
If a waiver of compliance is granted, the
program is  to  be 'submitted  on  a date
•cheduled   by the  Administrator. Ap-
proval of a program will be granted by
the Administrator provided he finds:
   U> It Includes a reliable and accurate
 vinyl chloride monitoring system for de-
 tection of major leaks and identification
 of  the general area of the plant where a
 leak is located. A vinyl chloride monitor-
 ing system  means a device which obtains
 air samples from one or more points on
 a continuous sequential basis and ana-
 lyzes the samples  with  gas chromatog-
 raphy or, if the owner  or operator as-
 sumes that all hydrocarbons  measured
 are vinyl chloride, with infrared spectro-
 photometry flame Ion detection, or an
 equivalent or alternative method.
    (11) It includes a reliable and accurate
 portable hydrocarbon detector to be used
 routinely to find small leaks and to pin-
 point the major leaks indicated by tho
 vinyl chloride  monitoring  system.  A
 portable hydrocarbon detector means &
 device  which  measures  hydrocarbons
 with  a  sensitivity  of at least  10 ppm
 and IK of such design and size that it can
 be used to measure emissions from local-
 ized points.
    < 111) It provides for an acceptable cali-
 bration and maintenance  schedule  for
 the vinyl chloride monitoring system and
 portable hydrocarbon detector.  For tht
 vinyl chloride monitoring system, a dally
 opan check is to be conducted with a
 concentration of vinyl chloride equal to
 the  concentration defined as a leak ac-
cording to paragraph (b) (8) (vi) of this
section. The calibration is  to  be  done
with either:
  (A)  A calibration  gas  mixture pre-
pared from the cases specified In sections
6.2.1 and 5.2.3 of Test Method 106, or
  (B i A calibration gas cylinder contain-
ing  the appropriate concentration  of
vinyl chloride. If a calibration gas cylin-
der  is used, the analysis must be trace-
able to the National Bureau of Stand-
ards or to a  gravimetrically calibrated
vinyl chloride permeation tube.
  < iv) The location and number of points
to be monitored and the frequency  of
monitoring provided for in the program
are acceptable when they are compared
with the number of pieces of equipment
in vinyl chloride service and the size and
physical layout of the plant.
  (v» It contains an acceptable plan  of
action  to be taken when a  leak is de-
tected.
  (vl>  It  contains  a definition of leak
which Is acceptable when compared with
the  background concentrations of vinyl
chloride in the areas of the plant to  be
monitored by the vinyl chloride monitor-
Ing system. Measurements of background
concentrations of vinyl chloride  in the
areas of the plant to be monitored by the
vinyl chloride monitoring system are  to
be included with the description of the
program.  The definition  of  leak  for a
(jlven plant may vary among the differ-
ent areas within the plant and  is also to
change over time  as background  con-
centrations in the  plant are reduced.
  (9) Inprocess wastewater: Vinyl chlo-
ride emissions to the atmosphere from
Inprocess  wastewater are to be reduced
as follows:
  (1) The concentration  of  vinyl chlo-
ride In each Inprocess wastewater stream
containing greater than  10 ppm vinyl
chloride measured  immediately  as  It
leaves a piece of equipment and before
being mixed  with  any other Inprocess
wastewater stream is to be reduced to no
more than 10 ppm by weight before being
mixed with any other Inprocess wastewa-
ter stream which contains less than  10
ppm vinyl chloride; before being exposed
to the  atmosphere,  before  being dis-
charged to a wastewater treatment proc-
ess ;  or before being discharged untreated
as a wastewater.  This  paragraph  does
apply to water which is used to displace
vinyl chloride from equipment before It
Is opened to the atmosphere in accord-
ance with J61.64(a)(2)  or paragraph
(b) (6) of this section, but does not apply
to water which is used to wash out equip-
ment after the equipment  has already
been opened to the atmosphere  in ac-
cordance  with  { 61.64(a) (2) or  para-
graph (b) (8) of this section. 3°
  (11 > Any vinyl chloride removed from
the  inprocess wastewater in accordance
with paragraph (b) (9) (i) of this section
Is to be ducted through a control system
from which  the concentration of vinyl
chloride in the exhaust gases  does not
eiceed  10 ppm, or equivalent as provided
In I 61.66.
   (c)  The requirements  In  paragraphs
 (bHD. (b)(2). (b)(5). (b><8>,   (5» (i) (A)  or  (g) ((5) (i) (B).30

§ 61.66  Equivalent equipment and pro-
     cedures.
   Upon written application from an own-
er or operator, the Administrator may
approve use of equipment or procedures
which have been  demonstrated  to his
satisfaction to be equivalent in terms of
reducing vinyl chloride emissions to the
atmosphere to those prescribed for com-
pliance with a specific paragraph of this
subpart. For an existing source, any re-
quest for using an equivalent method as
the  initial  measure of control is  to be
submitted  to the  Administrator  within
30 days of the effective date. For a new
source, any request for using an equiva-
lent method is to be submitted  to the
Administrator with the application for
approval of construction or modification
required by § 61.07.

6 61.67  Emission tests.
   (a) Unless a waiver of emission testing
Is obtained under i 61.13, the  owner or
operator of a source to which this sub?
part  applies shall test emissions from
the source.
   (1) Within 90 days of the effective date
in the  case of an existing  source or a
new source which has an initial startup
date preceding the effective date, or
   (2) Within 90 days of startup  in the
case of a  new source, initial  startup of
which occurs after the effective date.
   (b) The owner  or operator shall pro-
vide the Administrator at least. 30 days
prior notice of an  emission test to afford
the  Administrator  the opportunity to
have an observer present during the test.
   (c) Any  emission test is to be con-
ducted  while the equipment being  tested
Is operating at the maximum production
rate at which the  equipment will be op-
erated  and under other relevant condi-
tions as may be specified by the Adminis-
trator based on representative perform-
ance of the source.
   (d)  Each emission  test  is  to consist
of three runs. For the purpose of  deter-
mining emissions,  the average of results
of all runs is to apply. The average is to
be computed on a time weighted basis.
   (e) All  samples are to be analyzed
 within  24 hours, and vinyl chloride emis-
sions are to be determined within 30 days
after the  emission  test. The  owner or
operator shall report the determinations
to the  Administrator  by  a  registered
letter dispatched before the close  of the
next business  day following  the  deter-
 mination.
   (f > The owner or operator shall retain
 at the  plant and  make available, upon
 request, for inspection by the Adminis-
 trator,  for a minimum of 2 years records
                                                        11-16

-------
@>f emission test results and other  data
aseded to determine emissions.
  (g)  Unless  otherwise specified,  the
owner or operator  shall use  test  Test
Methods in Appendix B to  this part for
each test as  required by paragraphs
(g)(l).  (g)(2),  (s) (3),   (g)(4),  and
(g) (5) of this section, unless an equiva-
lent method or  an alternative  method
has been approved by the Administrator.
Xf  the  Administrator  finds  reasonable
Grounds to  dispute  the results obtained
by  an equivalent or alternative method,
he  may require  the use of a reference
snethod. If  the results of the reference
and equivalent or  alternative methods
do  not agree, the results obtained by the
reference method prevail,  and the Ad-
ministrator  may notify the  owner  or
operator  that  approval of the  method
previously considered to be  equivalent or
alternative is withdrawn.
  (1)  Test  Method 106 is to be used to
determine the vinyl chloride emissions
from any source for which an emission
limit is prescribed in §§61.62(a) or (b>
0 61.63, or §§ 61.64(a) (1), (b), (c), or
(d), or from any control system to which
reactor  emissions  are  required to  be
ducted in 5 61.64(a) (2) or to which  fugi-
tive emissions  are required to be ducted
in  §561.65(b)(l)(ii),   (b>(2),  (b)(5),

  (i> For each run, one sample is  to be
collected. The  sampling site  is to be at
least two stack or duct diameters down-
stream and one half diameter upstream
from any flow disturbance  such  as  a
bend,  expansion, contraction, or visible
flame. For a rectangular cross section an
equivalent diameter is to be determined
from the following equation:

     ....        „ (length)  (witltli)
                        length-i width

The sampling  point  in  the  duct  Is to
be  at  the centrold  of the cross section.
The sample is  to be extracted at a rate
proportional to the gas velocity at the
sampling point.  The  sample is to  be
taken over a minimum of one hour, and
is to contain a minimum  volume of 50
liters corrected to  standard  conditions.
  (ii)  For gas streams containing  more
fchan 10 percent oxygen, the concentra-
tion of vinyle chloride as determined by
Test Method 106 is  to be corrected  to 10
percent oxygen  for determination  of
emissions by using  the following equa-
tion:
|C6 (2.60) Q
          Z
                                                                  Q-o] 1100]
     CMCi>,r,,,r,|) = (\ 'in'n
                         10.9
                   20.1)-peri-rut O:
where:
  ^(corrected) "The concentration of vinyl i-hloriili- In
              the eahnupt RIUWS, corroded to 10 IXT-
              percent oiygni.
         Ct«=>Tne. concent ml Ion of vinyl chloride C3
              mpomircd by Tept Method Itni.
        £0.0~ppr«mt oxygen In the. ambient ulr ut
              otnniltirdnondllloiifi.
        10,0-^I'en'piit oiygp.ii In thn ambient ulr nt
              Gtamtiird  cpndlllnnn, tnlimo  tho  in
              percent otynen to which Ihe correc-
              tion Id talna mntte.
    IVwnt Oj — I'erront oiype.ii In the eihnust crap ca
              ttioaQurea.by Reference Method 0 lit
              AppendU A of Part 60 of lUlocluipler.

  (ill) For those emission sources where
the omloaion limit to urcoerlbid in tanno
ffif mass father &han concentration, maso
emissions in tss/100  &8 product cso
                                          Cor=lic vinyl chloride/100 feg product.
                                           C»=Tbo concentration of vinyl chloride es measured
                                                by Test Method 106.
                                           2.60=Density of vinyl chloride at one atmosphere and
                                                20CC in bg/m».
                                            (8)(ii> of  Qite  cectlon, Qie reactor
                                          opening loss is to be determined using
                                          the following equation:
equation:
ohcre:
  Cor=ts Tiny) chloride/100 kg product.
   I'd = the concentration of vinyl chloride es measured
        by Test Method 107.
   J7=a-Bt«r tow rote In 1/hr, determined In ftccordonoo
        trltb o method which bos bean aubmltted to
        and approved by the Administrator.
  10~° =• Conversion factor for ppm.
   Z«Productlon rota (bc/hr). determined In accord-
        anco wllb Q method which has been submitted
        end approved by the Administrator.

   (6) The reactor opening loss for  which
on emission limit is prescribed in S 61.SO
4a) (3)  to to be determined. The number
n.«t Jo ppm.
                                   Numl"-r of balche5; since tho reactor wui> kat
                                     opened I o 1 he at nio*ph'Tfi.
                                   Avviacc hft of tM>lyvinyl chloride pio'lii'-i-d per
                                     hfiirhln the nnnilMT of bulchriflincc th< fiictor
                                     was last opened to the al mospherc.
                                (A)  If Method 106 is  used to deter-
                              mine the concentration of vinyl chloride
                              »Ct», the sample Is to be withdrawn at
                              a constant rate with a probe of sufficient
                              length to reach  the vessel bottom from
                              the manhole. Samples are to be  taken
                              for 5 minutes within 6 inches of the ves-
                              sel  bottom, 5 minutes near the  vessel
                              center, and 5 minutes near the vessel top.
                                (B)  If a portable hydrocarbon detec-
                              tor is used to determine  the concentra-
                              tion of vinyl chloride  (Cb),  a probe of
                              sufficient length  to reach the vessel bot-
                              tom from  the manhole is to be used to
                              make the measurements. One measure-
                              ment will be made within 6 inches of the
                              vessel bottom, one near the vessel center
                              and one near the vessel  top. Measure-
                              ments are  to be made at each location
                              until the reading is stabilized. All hydro-
                              carbons measured are to be assumed to
                              be vinyl chloride.
                                (C)  The production rate of polyvinyl
                              chloride (Z)  la  to be  determined by &
                              method submitted to and approved by the
                              Administrator.
                                (ii)  A calculation based on the number
                              of evacuations, the vacuum involved, and
                              the volume of gas in the reactor is hereby
                              approved by the  Administrator as an al-
                              ternative method for  determining reac-
                              tor opening loss for postpolymerizatlon
                              reactors in  the  manufacture of  bulk
                              resins.
                              § 61.68  Enii^json monitoring.
                                (a)  A vinyle chloride monitoring sys-
                              tem is to be  used to monitor on a con-
                              tinuous basis the emissions from  the
                              sources for which emission limits are pre-
                              scribed in  £ 31.32(a> and  (b), § 61.63,
                              and 8 81.64(a)(l)« (b). (c).and (d). and
                              for any control  system to which reactor
                              emissions ore required to be ducted in
                              561.60< a)'(3) ©F  to wBilch  fugitive emis-
                              sions ore  ire)(3),  (bH5>,
                              (b) (8)(ii).ond (b)(D)(ID.
                                 (b)  The vinyl  chloride monitoring sys-
                              tem (s) used  to meet the  requirement In
                              paragraph 
-------
detection, or an equivalent or  alterna-
tive method. The vinyl chloride monitor-
ing system used to meet the requirements
In § 61.65(b) (8) (i) may be used to meet
the requirements of this section.
   (c)  A daily  span check is to be con-
ducted for each vinyle chloride monitor-
ing system used. For all of the  emission
sources listed  ui pnr»prnph  of this
section, except the one for which an emis-
sion limit is prescribed  in § 61.62(b), the
dally span check is to be conducted with
a concentration  of  vinyl chloride  equal
to 10 ppm.  IPor the emission source  for
which an emission limit Is prescribed in
§ 6l.62ib), the daily span check Is to  be
conducted with a concentration of vinyl
chloride  which  Is determined  to   be
equivalent to the emission limit for that
courre based on the emission test
ed by 887.67. The calibration is to be
done with either: BO
  tl>  A  calibration  eras mixture  pre-
pared from the gases specified in sections
5.2.1 and 5.2.3 of Test Method IOC. or
  <2)  A  calibration gas cylinder  con-
taining the appropriate concentration of
vinyl   chloride.  If  a  calibration  gas
cylinder  is used,  the analysis must  be
traceable to the National  Bureau   of
Standards or to a gravimetrlcally cali-
brated vinyl chloride permeation  tube.
§ 61.69  flnilia! report.
   (a)  An owner or  operator  of  any
source to which this subpart applies shall
submit Q statement to writing notifying
the Administrator  that  the equipment
and procedural specifications in §§ 81.35
(b)U), tb)l2), , ,
a>, (b), (c),or (d), or tor
any  control  system  to which  reactor
omissions  are required  to  be  ducted to
0 81.8(2)(i)  and (c)
                                                           <2> (11)  of this section.
                                                             (v) The report to the Administrator by
                                                          the owner or operator is to include the
                                                          vinyl chloride content found in all the
                                                          samples required in  paragraphs (c) (2)
                                                           (I) and (c) (2) (11) of this section, aver-
                                                          aged separately for each type of resin,
                                                          over each calendar day and weighted ac-
                                                          cording to the quantity of each  grade of
                                                          resin processed by the stripper(s) that
                                                          calendar day, according to the following
                                                          equation:
                     QT,

 >l=24-tiour average concentration of type T, testa Cn
     ppm.
 <5=Totcl production of type T, realn over the 24-tuna'
     period, in kg.
 5r/=Typ3 ol resin; >=1,2, . . . TO ohsro rc> ID (fctol
     number ol resia typea produced during the 24-
     hour period.
 B/=Concpntr&tlon oJ vinyl chlorite In one nampb d
     Srade C/,- resin. In ppm.
 £>=Production of srade U, resin represented by ttto
     cample. In kg.
 Oi= Or ode of reoln, ej?., Oi, d. and O,.
  o=Totol number of trrodea of resin produced daring
     the 24-hour period.

  (vi)  The owner or operator  shall re-
£n£n at the cource  and make  available
2or inspection by the Administrator for
a minimum of 2 years records of all data
needed  to furnish  the  information re-
quired by paragraph (c) (2) (v)  of this
csction: The records  are to contain the
following information:
  (A) The vinyl chloride content found
in all the samples required in paragraphs
(c) (2) (1)  and  (c) (2)  (il) of this section,
Identified by the resin type and grade
and the time and date of the sample, and
  (B)  The  corresponding  quantity  of
polyvinyl chloride resin processed by the
otripper(s), identified by the resin type
and grade  and the  time and date it
represents.
  <3) The owner or operator  shall in-
clude In the report  a record of the emls-
oions. from each  reactor opening for
which an emission  limit is prescribed in
Q 31.84(a> (2>. Emissions are to be deter-
mined in  accordance  with § 81.67(g) (5),
except  that emissions for each  reactor
are to be determined. For a reactor that is
also used ao a ctripper, the determination
                                  11-18

-------
may be made Immediately following the
•tripping operation.
i 61.71  Recordkrrping.
  (a)  The owner or  operator  of any
source to which this subpart applies shall
retain the following information at the
source and make it available for inspec-
tion by the Administrator for a  mini-
mum of two years;   -
  (1) A record of the leaks detected by
the vinyl chloride monitoring system, as
required by § 61.65(b)(8), Including the
concentrations  of  vinyl  chloride as
measured, analyzed, and recorded by the
vinyl chloride detector, the location  of
•ach measurement and the date and ap-
proximate time of each measurement.
  (2)  A record  of  the leaks  detected
during  routine  monitoring with the
portable hydrocarbon  detector nnd the
action taken to repair the Icuks. ns re-
quired  by  J61.6S.  including   a
brief  statement explaining tlir location
and cnuse of each  leak detected  with
the portable hydror.nrbon  detector, UIP
date and time of the leak and nny action
taken to eliminate thru, leak measured u\
accordance with 5 61.68.
  (3) For the  relief  dl.vch;ir;;o:>  fr;.n
reactors subject to  the  provisions  of
I 61.65
-------
                                      APPENDIX A

                 Nitlonil  Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants

                              Compliance Status Information
I.  SOURCE REPORT

    INSTRUCTIONS:  Owners or operator* ef. sources of
    hazardous pollutants subject to the National
    Emission Standards  for Hazardous Air Pollutants
    •re required to submit the Information contained
    In Section I to the appropriate U.S. Environmental
    Protection Agency Regional Office prior to SO days
    •fter the effective date of any standards or anend-
    •ents which require the submission of such
    Information.

    A Hst of res'onal  offices 1s provided In 161.04.        .

    A.  SOURCE INFORMATION

        1.  Identification/Location - Indicate the name and address of each source.
1 2
Region
» .. «
3 4
SuTe
S 8
County
0 13
Source Number
000
« 	 T6
17^
                                                                                   TT


                                                     Source Name


                                     47Street Address (Location of Plant]  66   85


                       W           2'C          City Name          54    SaTe 35     39

                                      	  _                       IBS	68
                                     40    State Regis. Nunber64   NEDS X Ret.

                                          ,         „_.     8     77     79
                                     69  SIC   K  TT    J7P      staff      OT
                                                   64    65



                                30    31     49

        I.  Contact • Indicate the nane and telephone nunber of the owner or operator
        t   or otter responsible offlelel tthoa EPA my contact concerning this report.
            tap vis     « i
                       Y9  To    t\

           44 _ 46  _ - _
           Area Code   47  Buaber    54 ..     HT

        3.  Source Description - Briefly state the natttr* of the source (e.g., "Chlor-
                   PUnt^or  'lUchtM S»»«p").
            tX* 1-18     4  ?     	
                       15  20  -21                  DescriptionSO


           olContinued79          W

        4.  Alternative Mailing Address - Indicate an alternative
            nailing address If correspondence 1s to be directed
            to a location different than that specified above.

            Cup 1-18     43
                        15   ?0    21   -Number   Street or Box Nuifcer        4*5    TS5

            Due 1-18     _4.4       	   37	38	
                        19   70    21         CTly           55    STile   41  Zip   J4 BtT

        S.  Compliance Status - The emissions from this source     can     cannot Ket
            tht emission limitations contained In the National Emtss1on~STandards on or
            prior to 90 days after the effective date of any standards or tMndnenU
            Vhlch require the submission of such Information.


                              SlBnature of Oxner  Operator or Other Responslblt Official
       IT the emltslons from the source will enceed those limits set by the National
  TsMon Standards for Haiardous Air Pollutants, the source will be In violation and
»4itJ»ct to F*d«ral enforceaent actions unless granted a Mlver e/  compliance by the
Mtrlnlstntor ef the U.S. Cnvlronawntal Protection Agency.   The Information needed for
•we* w1«er« la listed In Section II of this fora.
                                       II-A-1

-------
    PBOCESS lyOBUTMH.  nrt t should be completed septrttely for e*d> point of
    caisson for each Miirfais pollutant. (Sources subject to 61.22(1) My o*1t
    m»*>er 4. below.]

    Dup 1-13
rA.4
                                             stt
                                                    T7
                                                         NEDS X l*f   U   SIP
i1.  PolluUnt Emitted - Indicate the type of hazardous pollutant emitted by the
    process,  indicate "AB" for asbestos, "BE" for beryllium, or *Hfi*  for MIXU
                                                  •ercury.
2.
32 33
PoTTuTant
Process C
"hydrogen
• beryl 11

34 Requlatlon 48 49
EC

eserlptlon - Provide a brief description of each process (e.«
end box' In a mercury chlor-alkall plant, 'orlndlnfl nachlne1
un machine shop). Use additional sheets If necessary.
'in

60
Dup 1-18
El
Dup 1-18
51


Process Description 74 a
6
19"
6
1S~

1
20 21
79
2
20 21
79
T

50
W
50
BIT
 3.  Amount of Pollutant - Indicate the average weight of the hazardous material
    named m  item  1 which enters the process 1n pounds per month (based on the
    previous  twelve months of operation).
Dup 1-18
19 — ?0
                                                     Ibs./mo.
4.   Control  Devices
     ITIndicate the type of pollution control devices, 1f any, used to reduce
         the  emissions from the process (e.g., venturl scrubber, baghouse, wet
         cyclone) and the estimated percent of the pollutant which the device
         removes from the process gas stream.
Dup 1-18 6 4
19 20 21 ~

45 Primary Device Name
OT
PRIMARY CONTROL DEVICE:


66 70
64 Percent Removal 72~


73


79

Dup 1-18 ( 5
T? To

n
SECONDARY CONTROL OEViCES:
45

47 Secondary Device Name
64 66 70
J EFF1C.
72 79 EC
                                            Efficiency
                                II-A-2

-------
k.  JKbestas ferUslon CMtrol Devices Only
    1.   If t Ugnouse Is *tc1fl«d  In Itea U. give tte  fell-whig
         tafonHtlon:

         •  The air flow permeability In cubic feet per •Intite per square
           foot of fabric area.

           Air flow permeability •	cfm/ft2

         •  The pressure drop In Inches water gauge acrqss the filter
           •t which the baghouse 1s  operated.

           Operating pressure drop •	Inches w.g.

         •  If the baghouse material  contains synthetic fill yarn, check
           whether this material 1s  //  spun //or not spun.

         •  If the baghouse utlllies  a felted fabric, give the minimum
           thickness In Inches and the density In ounces  per square yard.

           Thickness • _______ inches    Density • 	oz/yd

    ti.  If a wet collection device  Is specified in Item  4a. give the
         designed unit contacting energy  In Inches water  gauge.

         •  On1t contacting energy •  	Inches w.g.
                              II-A-3

-------
C.  81VOUI CT IIS»t5TOS-COIIT*lNlM6 MASTtS.  Hrt C thould to owpleUd wptrttily
    for wch •»bestot-coftU1n  2HTT9      3ff  TT
                                                           NEDS X Ref   CS  SIP

     »B     	
   S   13  «        Mguiattw&     W
  Wlut»nt                                    EC
 1*  H«*t* Btnerttlon  - Provide t brltf description of each process that
               asbestos-conUlnlng waste (e.g.  disposal of control device wastes).
    60   '      Process Description            79   80

 2.  Asbestos Concentration - Indicate the average percentage asbestos content
     of these materials.

     Oup 1-18    6 "L        ASBESTOS CONCENTRATION;    _     _
               1? — Zb  21                              ft     45      ft
 3.  Amount of Wastes - Indicate the tverage weight of asbestos-containing wastes
     disposed of, measured In kg/day.

     Oup 1-18    6.2       _       kg/day  „      ^_
                  "~       2T~               7t  21          34     W
 4.  Control Methods - Indicate the mission control  methods used 1n all stages
     of waste disposal, fron collection, processing,' and packaging to transporting
     an-1 deposition.
     Dup 1-18    6 3             Primary Control  Method
               15   20    2T                                ?3
(5
Oup 1-18
64
19 20 Zl
7
50
                                                                        W
    51     :                                 '-                    79      W

 6.  tiaste Disposal I - Indicate the type of disposal site (sanitary landfill,
     open, covered) or Incineration site (municipal, private) where the waste
     Is disposed of and who operates the site (company, private, «un1dpal).
     State the name and location of the site (closest city or town, county,
     state).
     Dup 1-18    6 5    _ TYPE OF SITE;
               1»   ZO  SI                        33    35
    51                                          .     79
      bnp 1-18   «6
                            zi              is     9}         .            so

                           	ft     V
                 6 7            JLPCATIOH;
                u   to      ri
                                            28
                                                                  70
                                  II-A-4

-------
ft.  MA5TE DISPOSAL SITES.  Par* 0 should be coapleted separately for tick nbestM
    wiitc disposal site neject to wctlw «1.22(1}.

    Cup M3    	      0 0     5  	  	
               14"I*    17   IS W  20      SEC      27  28a     36"   7T
                                                            NEDS 1 Ref  CS   SIP

     A B
   TO   13   314    .Regulation        TO    W                      ,   .  •
  Pollutant                                EC
               HASTE DISPOSAL SITE	.
                                              S&    "8T
    1.  Description - Provide a brief description of the site, Including Its size and
       •configuration, and the distance to the closest city or torn, closest
        residence, and closest prlaary road.

    0UJ> 1-18   6 1             SITE PESCR1PT10M	   	
             19   Zu   21                             37   39                   60


   6T~~  ~~                                           n       W

    DMp 1-1S   * 2       PISTmCE:         TOWN:        	     KM
             15   » 2T             79 X         34    35        \—To  42—T3

         RESIDENCE:          	    « X         MAD:         	
   45                   54   «8       CO  fi   53   65          CS    71       75

   K M
 77—7B    W


     t.  Inaetlvatlon  - After the site U Intctlvited.  Indicate the wthod or wthods
         used to conply vlth the standard and send a  list of the actions that *U1 be
        'undertaken to maintain the Inactivated site.
            MS    6  8       _ tenaonKfcmi SITE:
                  IS  20    21                            •
        5?                                           79
                                 II-A-5

-------
II.  HHVEK tEQUESTS

     A.  IH.IVEB Of COMPLIANCE.  Owners or operators of sources tmeblt to operate 1n
         compliance with the National Emission Standards for Hazardous A1r Pollutants
         frlor to 90 days after the effective date of any standards or amendments which
         require the submission of such Information may request  a waiver of compliance
         from the Administrator of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency for the
         time period necessary  to  Install appropriate control devices or make
         •edifications to achieve  compliance.  The Administrator nay grant a waiver
         *f compliance with the standard for a period not exceeding two years from
         the effective date of  the hazardous pollutant standards, If he finds that
         •uch period Is necessary  for the Installation of controls and that steps
         art 11 be taken during the  period of the waiver to assure that the health
         •f persons will be protected from Imminent endangerment.

         The report Information provided 1n Section I must accompany this application.
         Applications should be sent to the appropriate EPA regional office.

         1.  Processes Involved -  Indicate the process or processes emitting hazardous
             pollutants to which emission controls are to be applied.

         2.  Controls

             a.  Describe the proposed type of control device to be added or
                 Modification to be made to the process to reduce the emissions
                 of hazardous pollutants to an acceptable level; (Use additional
                 sheets 1f necessary.)

             b.  Describe the measures that will bt taken during the waiver period
                 to assure that the health of persons will be protected  from
                 lonlnent •ndangennent.  (Use additional sheets  If necessary.)

         I.  Increments of Progress - Specify the dates by which the  following
             Increments of progress will be swt.

             • Date by which contracts for emission control systems or process
               edifications will  bt awarded; or fete by which orders will bt
               Issued for the purchase of the component parts to accomplish
               •mission control or process modification.
                      17      T9    sT~54   55          '~~%0   61Mb/fiV/Vtt     SB   Be

              • Date of Initiation  of on-s1te construction or  Installation of
               emission control  equipment or process change.

         Oup  1-16       0  2 7                 	    __m_^__
                      17      T9    53   54    5?             Eb 61   HO/DY/YRBis  W

              • Date by which  on-site construction  or Installation  of  emission control
               equipment or process  modification 1s to  be completed.

         Oup  1-16   .   037              	     	
                      17      T9    5TT4    55             SO   61   Mfl/bY/YK56  EJ

             • Date by which final  compliance  Is to be achieved.

         Dup  1-16       0  4_?     	    	     	
                      17      T9    5T~54    55             BO   61   W/DY/YR56  Bff

         MAIVER  OF EMISSION TESTS.  A  waiver  of emission  testing may  be granted to
         owners  or operators  of  sources of  beryllium or mercury  pollutants  1f, 1n
         the  judgment of the  Administrator  of the  Environmental  Protection Agency
         the  emissions from the  source comply  with the  appropriate standard or 1f
         the  owners or operators of  the source have requested a  waiver of  compliance
         or  have been granted a  waiver of compliance.'

         This application  should accompany  the-report  Information  provided 1n
         Section I.

         1.   Reason • State the  reasons for requesting  a  waiver of emission testing.
              Tf  the reason stated  Is that the emissions from  the source are within
              the prescribed limits,  documentation  of this condition must be attached.
           it*                         "          Signature of the owner or «per«tor
                                       II-A-6

-------
         lei.
   MIMATXOM Or rABTXCULATB AHD OASXOUS HO-
   OtrlT BfOMSOm rao* ***nO«U*T BOWOU
  1. Prtaetplc  Mtf  •ppMoobttity—1.1
ciplc. Paniculate and gaseous mercury emis-
sions are isoklnetlcally Mmpled from the
source and collected In acidic Iodine mono-
chloride solution. The mercury collected (In
the mercuric form) is  reduced to elemental
mercury  In basic aolutlon by bdroxylamtne
sulfate. Mercury Is aerated from the solution
and analyzed using spectre-photometry.
  1.3  Applicability. This method is applica-
ble for the determination of paniculate and
gaseous mercury •missions when the carrier
|M stream is principally air. The method is
for  «s*  in  ducts  or  stacks at -stationary
sources.  Unite*  otherwtoe  specified.' (his
method to not Intended  to apply to gas
streams other than those emitted directly to
the atmosphere without further processing.
  >. Apparatus—3.1  Sampling train. A sche-
matic of  the sampling train used by ZPA is
shown In figure 101-1. Commercial models
of this train are  available, although con-
struction  details  are described  In AFTO-
0861,' and operating and maintenance proce-
dure* are described  in APTD-067*. The oom-
poaents essential  to this sampling train are
the following:

  J.I.I  Wossle. Btalnlsss steel or glass with
•harp, tapered leading edge.
  J.I .3  Probe.  Sheathed  Pyrex'  glass.  A
heating  system capable  of  ^r**"*ftinf"g  a
minimum gas temperature of MO' 9 at the
probe outlet during »«T""C may be used to
prevent condensation from occurring.
  3.1.8  Pilot tube. Type 8 (Figure 101-3).
or equivalent, with a coefficient within 6 per-
cent over the  working range,  attached  to
probe to monitor stack gas velocity.
  3.1.4  1mfingers. Four  Oreenburg-Smlth
Implngers connected In series with glass ball
joint fittings. The first, third, and fourth 1m-
plngers may be modified by replacing the
tip with a one-half Inch ID glass tube ex-
tending to one-half Inch from the bottom of
the flask.
  9.1.6  Arid Trap. Mine Safety Appliances
Air  Lm*  FUUr,  Catalogue Number  81887,
with a«d absorbing cartridge aod suitable
•onnafitlons. or equivalent.
  •MA
UtttrHtf
 pump,
 Vacuum gauge,
tiers  capable  of
measuring Umperature to within 6* F, dry
gas meter with 3 percent accuracy, and re-
tsMd •ojntpaient, descriDed in APTtx-OMl.
to maintain an ieoklnetlo r*nirltrn rate and
to oetermlne sample volume.

  1.1.7  PUter Bolder (opt
-------
titled of paniculate matter. The filter holder
must provide a positive seal against leakage
from outside or  around the filter. A heating
system capable of maintaining the filter at
a minimum temperature of  250' F.  should
be used to prevent condensation from occur-
ring.
  2.1.8  Barometer. To measure atmospheric
pressure to  ±0.1 In Hg.
  2.2 Measurement  of  stack  conditions
(stack pressure, tcmp>:raturc. moisture  and
l-elocity)—2.2.1  Pilot  tube.   Type  8,  or
equivalent, with a coefficient within 6 percent
over the working range.
  2.2.2  Differential pressure  gauge. Inclined
manometer, or equivalent, to measure veloc-
ity held to within 10 percent of the minimum
value.  Mtcromanometers  should  be used If
warranted.
  22.3  Tcmprraftirf gaiiar.  Any tempera-
ture measuring device to measure stack tem-
perature to within 1' P.
  2.24  Pressure gaugr. Pltot tube  and m-
clmrcl mfinnmcler.  or equivalent, to measure
stuck prenmire to within 0.1 In HR.
  2.2.6  MotKturc  determination. Wet   and
dry  bulb thermometers,  drying  tubes,  con-
denser*, or equivalent,  to determine otack
gas  moisture content to within 1 percent,
  2.3  Sample recovery—2.3.1   Leaklcts glati
sample  bottles. 600  ml and 100 ml with Teflon
lined tops.
  2 3.2  Graduated  cylinder. 250 ml.
  2.3.3  Plastic  jar. Approximately 300 ml.
  2.4   Analysis—2.4.1    Spectrophotometer.
To measure absorbance at 253.7  nm. Perkln
Elmer Model 303, with  a cylindrical gas cell
(approximately  1.5 In.  OJD.  z 7 in.)  with
quartz  glass windows,  and  hollow cathode
source, or equivalent.
  2.4.2  Gas sampling bubbler. Vudor Scien-
tific Olass Co., Smog Bubbler, Catalogue No.
TP-1160, or equivalent.
   2.4.3.  Recorder.  To match output of epec-
trophotometer.
  3. Reagents—3.1    Stock   reagents—3.1.1
Potassium iodide.  Reagent grade.
   S.I.a   Distilled    water—3.1.3  Potassium
iodide  solution. 25 percent.  DUsolve 860 ff
of  potassium lodldo (reagent 3.1.1)  In dis-
tilled water and dilute to 1 to 1.
   3.1.4   Hydrochloric acid. Concentrated.
   3.1.6.   Potassium iodatc.  Reagent grade.
   3.1.9   Iodine  monochtorldc (ICO  1.0if. To
BOO ml. of 36% potassium  Iodide solution
 (reagent 3.1.3). add 800  ml.  of concentrated
hydrochloric acid. Cool to room temperature.
With vigorous itlrrtng, slowly add  136  g. of
potassium lodate and continue stirring until
all  free Iodine  hat dissolved to  give a clear
orange-red  solution. Cool to room tempera-
ture and dilute to 1800 ml. with distilled
water. The solution should be kept In amber
bottles to prevent degradation.
   3.1.7 Sodium hydroxide pellets. Reagent
 grade.
   3.1,8  Nitric acid. Concentrated.
   3.1.9  Hydrozylamine  tulfate.   Reagent
 grade.
   3.1.10  Sodium chloride. Reagent grade.
   3.1.11  Mercuric  chloride.  Reagent grade.
   3.2  Sampling—3.2.1   Absorbing  solution,
 OJM tOl. Dilute  100  ml. of the  l.OM IO1
 stock colutlon  (reagent 3.1.6)  to  1  to 1
 with distilled water. The solution  should to
 kept In glass bottles to prevent  degradation.
 Thu reagent should bs stable for at toast ft
 month*; however,  periodic checks  should be
 performed  to insure quality.
   3.2.2   Wo'/i  arid 1:1 V/V nitric add—
 wnler.
   3.2.3   Distilled, doionized water.
   3.2.4   Silica  grl  Indicating type, fl  to 10
 monh dried  at  sfiO* P.  for 2  hours.
   3.2.R   Filter  (optional). Olass fiber.  Mine
 Safety Appliances  1106BH. or equivalent. A
 filter n«y  b« necessary In  eeees where the
 gas stream to be campled contains  torrp
 quantttos  of partioulate matter.
  3.3   Anal]/sit—8.3.1  Sodium   hydroxide,
10 K.—Dissolve  400 g of sodium hydroxide
pellets In distilled water and dilute to 1 to 1.
  8.3.2  Reducing agent, 12 percent hydrox-
l/lamine  tut/ate, 12  percent  sodium  chlo-
ride.—To 60 ml of  distilled water, add 12 g
of hydroxylamlne Bulfate and 12 g of sodium
chloride. Dilute to  100 ml. This  quantity Is
sufficient for 30 analyses and must be pre-
pared dally.
  3.3.3 . Aeration gas—Zero grade cdr.
  8.3.4  Hydrochloric acid, 0.3N.—Dilute 96.6
ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid to 1 to
1 with distilled water.
  3.4   Standard  mercury   tolutions—3.4.1
Stock  solution.—Add 0.1354 g  of mercuric
chloride  to 80 ml of  0.8N hydrochloric acid.
After the  mercuric chloride  has  dissolved,
«>dd  0.3N hydrochloric acid and adjust the
tolume to 100 ml.  One  ml of this solution
la equivalent to 1 mg of free mercury.
   8.4.2   Standard  solutions.—Prepare  cali-
bration  solutions  by serially  diluting the
stock solution (3.4.1) with 0.8N hydrochlo-
ric acid. Prepare solution! at concentrations
In the linear working range for  the Instru-
ment to be used. Boutlons of 0.9 «g/ml,  0.4
Mg/ml and 0.8 «ig/ml have been found ac-
ceptable  for  most instruments.  Store  all
solutions  In glass-stoppered, glass bottles.
These solutions should be stable for at leest
9  months;  however,  periodic checks should
be performed to Insure quality.
   4. Procedure.—4.1  Guidelines  for source
testing are detailed in the following sections.
These guidelines are generally applicable;
bowever, most cample sites differ to  some
degree  and temporary  alterations such as
stack extensions or expansions often are  re-
quired to ensure the best possible sample
site.  Further,  since  mercury  is  hazardous,
care should be taken to  minimi?* exposure.
Finally,  since the total quantity of mercury
to be collected generally is small, the test
must be carefully conducted to prevent con-
tamination or loss of sample.
   4.9 Selection of a sampling site and mini-
mum number of traverse points:
   4.2.1 Select a suitable sampling site that
is as close as is practicable to the point of
atmospheric  emission.  If possible,  stacks
smaller  than 1 foot  In diameter should not
 be sampled.
  4.2.2 The sampling site should be at leixfit
eight stack  or duct  diameters  downstream
and  two diameters upstream from any flow
disturbance  ouch  ae  a bend, expansion, or
contraction. For a rectangular cross section,
determine an equivalent diameter from the
following equation:

                 9LW
where:
  D,= Equivalent diameter.
   L=Length.
   W= Width.

  4.2.8  When the  above sampling site  cri-
teria oan be met, the minimum number of
traverse  points Is four  (4) for stacks 1 fool
in diameter or less, eight (8) for stacks larger
than 1 foot but 2 feet in diameter or less, and
twelve (12) for stacks larger than 9 feet.
  4.9.4  Some sampling situations may ren-
der the above sampling site criteria Imprnc-
tlcal.  When  this Is  the case,  choose a  con-
venient  sampling  location and  use figure
101-8 to determine the  minimum  number of
traverse  points. However, use  figure  101-3
only for stacks 1 foot In diameter or larger.
  4.2.6  To use figure  K>l-3. first measure
the distance from the chosen  sampling loca-
tion to the nearest upstream and downstream
disturbances. Divide UHs distance by  the
diameter or equivalent diameter to deter-
mine the distance In terms of pipe diameters.
Determine  the corresponding  number  of
traverse points  for  each distance from fig-
ure 101-8. Select the higher of the two num-
bers of traverse points, or a greater value,
such that for circular stacks  the number Is
a multiple of four, and for rectangular stacks
the number follows the criteria  of section
4.32.
   42.6   If a selected sampling point is closer
than  1  inch from the stack wall,  adjust the
location of  that point to  ensure that the
sample  is  taken nt least 1 Inch away  from
the wall.
   4.8  Cross sectional layout and location of
traverse points:
   4.8.1   For circular stacks locate the  trav-
erse points on at least two diameters accord-
ing to  figure  101-4 and table 101-1.  The
travercs axes Oiall divide the stack  cross
esotkm into equal parts.
                            NUMBER OF DUCT DIAMETERS UPSTREAM
                                        (DISTANCE A|
  1!
      20
               ••COM roiMT 0? AW WE Of
                DUTUR3ANCE WEND. UPANJION. OOJTRACTIOT, ETC.)
                                                                                   10
                               twm OF DUCTDIAKETEES DOCTOTCSAH-
                                           CD3TANCCQ
                              Rsare 102-1. Minimum of tomato potato.
                                                           II-A-8

-------
             T*ble 101-1.  LocitIon of traverse  points In circular stacks
             (Percent of stack diameter from  Inside wall to  traverse point)
Traverse
point
number
on a
diameter
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Number of trtverse points on • diameter
2
14.6
85.4






















4
6.7
25.0
75.0
93.3




















6
4.4
14.7
29.5
70.5
85.3
95.6


















8
3.3
10.5
19.4
32.3
67.7
80.6
89.5
96.7
















10
2.5
8.2
14.6
22.6
34.2
65.8
77.4
85.4
91.8
97.5














12
2.1
6.7
11.8
17.7
25.0
35.5
64.5
75.0
82.3
88.2
93.3
97.9












14.
1.8
5.7
9.9
14.6
20.1
26.9
36.6
63.4
73.1
79.9
85.4
90.1
94.3
98.2










16
1.6
4.9
8.5
12.5
16.9
22.0
28.3
37.5
62.5
71.7
78.0
83.1
87.5
91.5
95.1
98.4








18
1.4
4.4
7.5
10.9
14.6
18.8
23.6
29.6
38.2
61.8
70.4
76.4
81.2
85.4
89.1
92.5
95.6
98.6






20
1.3
3.9
6.7
9.7
12.9
16.5
20.4
25.0
30.6
38.8
61.2
69.4
75.0
79.6
83.5
87.1
90.3
93.3
96.1
98.7




22
1.1
3.5
6.0
8.7
11.6
14.6
18.0
21.8
26.1
31.5
39.3
60.7
68.5
73.9
.78.2
82.0
85.4
88.4
91.3
94.0
96.5
98.9


24
1.1
3.2
5.5
7.9
10.5
13.2
16.1
19.4
23.0
27.2
32.3
39. fi
60.2
67.7
72.8
77.0
80.6
83.9
86.8
89.5
92.1
94.5
96.8
98.9
 Plgin 101-4. Onm Mellon of circuit itack the*!* looillon of
 travm* polnti on pupmdloilv dlmtora.
fton 101-6. CraM MOIIM of nettngulir itaek dlvMoi Mo U tnal
VIM, wltfi tnvfrm pobiu U cwtrold of Men int.
  4.3.2  For  rectangular  stacks divide  the
cross section Into as many equal rectangular
areas ag traverse points, such tbat the ratio
of the  length to the width of the elemental
areas  is between one and two. Locate  the
traverse points at the centrold of each equal
area according to figure 101-5.
  4.4   Measurement of stack conditions:
  4.4.1  Bet up the apparatus  as shown in
figure  101-2. Make sure all connections are
tight  and leak-free. Measure  the  velocity
head and  temperature at the traverse points
specified by  section 4.2 and  4.3.
  4.4.2  Measure the static pressure in the
stack.
  4.4.8  Determine  the stack gas moisture.
  4.4.4  Determine  the stack gas molecular
weight  from the measured moisture content
and knowledge of  the  expected gas stream
composition. A standard  Orsat  analyzer has
been found valuable at combustion sources.
In  all  cases, sound engineering Judgment
should  be used.
                                     II-A-9

-------
  4.5  Preparation of sampling train:
  4.S.i  Prior to assembly, clean all glaaiware
(probe. Implngers, and connectors) by rinsing
with  wash acid,  tap water, 0.1M  IC1,  tap
water, and finally  distilled water.  Place  100
ml of 0.1M IC1 In each  of the Drst three
iinplngcrs. and place approximately 200 g of
prcwelghed silica gel In the fourth Implngor.
Save 80 ml of  .he 0.1M IC1 as a blank in the
sample  analysis. Set up the train and  the
probe as In figure 101-1.
  4.6.2  If the gas strenm to Be sampled Is
excessively dirty or moist, the first  Implnger
may  clog  or  become dilute  too rapidly for
sufficient testing. A filter can be placed ahead
of the Implngers to collect the partlculates.
An Initial empty Implnger may also be used
to remove excess moisture. If a fifth Implnger
Is required, the final Implnger may have to
be carefully  taped  to  the  outside  of  the
sample box.
  4.5.3  Leak check the sampling train at the
sampling  site. Tlie leakage  rate should  not
be in excess of 1 percent of the desired sam-
pling rate. If  condensation  In  the  probe or
niter Is a problem, probe and  filter heaters
will be  required. Adjust the beaten to  pro-
vide  a temperature of at least 260* F. Place
crushed Ice around the Implngers. Add more
ice during the test to keep the temperature
of the gaces leaving the last Implnger at 70* F
or legs.
  4.6 Mercury train operation:
  4.6.1  For each  run,  record the  data re-
quired on the example iheet shown in figure
101-6. Take readings at each sampling point
at least every 6 minutes and when signifi-
cant changes In stack conditions necessitate
additional adjustments in flow rate.
  4.6.2  Sample at a rate of 0.6  to 1.0 cfm.
Samples shall be  taken over truth  a period
or periods as  are necessary to accurately
determine  the maximum emissions  which
would occur in a 24-hour period.  In the case
of cyclic operations, sufficient tests shall be
made so as to allow accurate determination
or calculation  of  the  emissions  which  will
occur over the duration of the cycle. A mini-
mum sample time of 2 hours is recommended.
In some Instances, high mercury concentra-
tions can prevent sampling  in one run for
the desired minimum time. This Is indicated
by reddening in the first Implnger as  free
Iodine is liberated. In .this case,  a run may
be divided into two or more aubruns to en-
sure that the  absorbing solutions are  not
depleted.
                                                               AMBIT Tii*t«Aiuiit_
                                                               MMWTiiicntitun_
                                                               AHUWO UOISTIM.»_
                                                               Mum «H nrfmo
                                                               ma UHOTH. «.. __
                                                               NOOU DIAMtn. In. _
                                                               MCI HUtm HTTINO.
                                  KHMATIC Of ITACK CKOH IteilCM
1UVIBI POINT
MWKli












TOTAL
AWMOt
IAMINO
inn
111. *•.














fTATIC
MtKM
»,l. to. Ml














ITAd
THirUAlUU
n,i. v














vtxocm
MAO
l«'t>.














ranun
MmMWIAl
ACROSS
mnici
ant
UHI,
b. M,0














OAIIAMU
VOLUW
(V»l. II1














DAI IAWU TUMIATUK
AT DM OAI UETEH
Mir
«•„.!. V












An.
An.
ounn
tr»,j.*F












An.

tAWllKtt
TWfMtUIK.
•»
'













MHMfR
tuMutuH.
•f














                             Flgm 1014. ftlld dttl
  4.6.3  To  begin  sampling,  position  the
noule at the first traverse point with the Up
pointing directly into the  gas stream.  im-
mediately start the pump and adjust the
flow to Uoklnetlc conditions. Sample for at
least 6 minutes at each traverse point; samp*
ling time mutt be the same for each point.
Maintain isolclnttlc sampling throughout the
aampllng period.  Nomographs  which aid in
In* rapid adjustment of the sampling  rate
without  other computations  are in APTO-
0676 and are available from commercial sup-
pliers Note the  standard  nomographs are
applicable only for  type 6 pltot tubes  and
air or a stack gas with an equivalent density.
Contact  Bl'A or the sampling train supplier
for instructions  when the  standard nomo-
graph is  not applicable.
  4.8.*  Turn  off  the pump at the conclusion
of  each  rvin and record the  final readings.
ImiuMUntoly remove the probe  and nozzle
from  the stack  and handle  in accordance
with  the sample recovery  process  described
in section 4.7.
  4.7   Oample recovery:
4.7.1  (All glass storage bottles and
uated cylinder must be precieaned as In sec-
tion 4,S.l). This operation should  be per-
formed  in aa erea free of possible mercury
contamination.  Industrial laboratories and
ambient air around mercury-using facilities
are not  normally free of mercury contamina-
tion. When the campling train is moved, care
must be exarcleed  to prevent breakage and,
contamination.
  4.7.3  Disconnect the probe from the im-
pmger train. Place the content* (measured to
±1 ml) of the first three Implngers into a
600 ml sample bottle. Rinse the probe and all
glassware  between it and the back half of
the third Implnger with two 60 ml  portions
of 0.1M IC1 solution. Add these  rinses to the
first sample bottle. For a blank, place 80  ml
of the 0.1M IC1  in a 100 ml sample bottle. If
used, place the filter along with 100 ml of
0.1M  IC1 in another  100 ml  sample bottle.
Retain  a filter blank. Place the silica gel in
the plastic Jar. Beal and secure all containers
(or shipment. If an additional test Is desired,
the glassware can be carefully double rlnead
TTlth distilled imter  and reassembled, now-
over, if too (deestwe to to be otrt c* u=s t=ro
     3 days, the initial acid wash procedure
must be followed.
  4.6  Analysis:
  4.8.1  Ajrparatut  preparation. — Clean  all
glassware according to the procedure or RO< -
tlon 4.6.1. Adjust the instrument stMlhiKH ur-
cordlng to the instrument nminiiil, uslnj; un
absorption wavelcugth of 2M.7 nm.
  4.8.2  Analysis  preparation— Adjust  I he
air delivery  pressure and the needle  vnivc
to obtain a constant airflow of about 1.3 to.-
1/mln. The analysis tube should be bypassed
except during aeration. Purge the equipment
Tor 2 minutes. Prepare a  sample of mercury
otandard solution (8.4.2) according to section
4.8.3. Place  the analysis  tube in the line.
and aerate until a mlxlmum peak height Is
reached on the recorder. Remove the analysis
tube, flush the lines, and rinse the amily.is
tube with distilled water. Repeat with an-
other sample of the  same standard solution.
This purge and annlysls  cycle  is  to  be  re-
peated until peak heights arc reproducible.
  4.8.3  Sample preparation. — Just prior  to
analysis,  transfer  a  sample aliquot  of  up
to 60 ml  to the cleaned 100 ml analysis tnl)c.
Adjust the volume to 60  ml with 0.1M 1C1
if required. Add 6 ml of 10 N sodium hy-
droxide, cap  tube with a clean glass stopper
and shake  vigorously. Prolonged, vigorous
shaking at this point Is necessary to obtain
an  accurate  analysis.  Add 6 ml of the re-
ducing agent (reagent 3.3.2), cap tube with
a clean glass stopper and shake vigorously
and immediately in  sample line.
  4.8.4  Mercury  determination.— After the
system has been stabilized, prepare samples
from the  sample bottle according to section
4.85. Aerate  the sample  until a  maximum
peak height  is reached on the recorder. The
mercury  content Is determined by compar-
ing the peak  height* of the samples to the
peak height* of the  calibration solution*.  If
collected samples are out of the linear range.
the  camples Should  be diluted.  Prepare  a
blank from tfae 100 ml bottle according  to
section 4.8.3  and analyze to determine the
reagent blank mercury level.
  6.  Calibration. — 6.1  Sampling  train. —
fi.U  Use standard methods and equipment
as  detailed in APTD-0676 to  calibrate the
rate meter, pltot tube, dry  gas  meter, and
probe heater (if used). Recalibrate prior  to
each test series.
  6.9 Analysis. — 6.2.1   Prepare   a  calibra-
tion curve for the spectrophotometer using
the standard  mercury solutions.  Plot the
peak heights read on the recorder versus the
concentrations of  mercury in the standard
solutions. Standards  should be  interspersed
with the  camples since the calibration can
change ellgtotly Tsrtth time. A new calibration
curve Uhottld be prepared for each new set
of camples run.
  6. Calculations. — 6.1  Average    dry  gas
meter temperature, stack temperature, stack
pressure  and average  orifice pressure  drop.
See data sheet (fig. 101 -fl) .
  6.1  Dry gas volume.— Correct  the sample
volume measured by the dry gas meter  to
stack conditions by using equation 101-2.
                                 cq. 101 2
where:
  Vm, -Volume of fas sample through llio dry p;\R ni'-d r
        (stack rond'.tlons). ft>.
  Vm "Volume of gns sample through the Ory pns inrtrr
        (meter conditions), ft1.
  T, " Average teni|x?inture of stack cas, °R.
  Tm "Average dry gas meter temperature, °ll.
  Ft! r= Barometric  pressure at the orifice
          meter, InHg.
    afl = Average pressure drop across the ori-
          fice meter, InHtO.
   18.6 = Specific gravity of mercury.
    PdOtaek pressure, Pwt±etatlc  pressure,
          mag.
                                                           II-A-10

-------
8.3  Folum* o/ looter copor.

                            .
where:

  V» —Volume of wiitcr vn|»r In the 1:119 sample ((tack
        condition!), ft*.
             In llu -ft*                    *
  Kv-O.yun —V - v „ . when lliwo units are used;
             ml.-"It
  l'i "Total volume nf Iliiulil collortnl In linplngora
        unit nlllfn k'ol («x> (Igiiru 101-7), mL

   7', - A vi
-------
  Vi — Total volume of condensed moisture
         and IC1 In sample bottle, ml.
  Ci rrOonoentraitkm of mercury measured In
         sample bottle, .

  0.8  Isoklnetlc variation   (comparison  of
Telocity of gas In probe  Up to stack velocity) .
                   lOOV
pllng Measurements. Paper presented at the
*T>n«Ti Heating or Cb* Mr PoIhrHon Control
Association. St. Louis. Mo.. June 14-19, 1070.
  11. Bmltb,IW.S..etal.,8tackOa8amp'llng
Improved and  Simplified with H»w Eqvlp-
ment, APOA paper'No. TTT-1T*. TM7.
  12. Smith. W. 8.. B.  T. 6bl«elkar«, aad W.
T. Todd.  A Vetbod of  Interpreting Stack
Sampling Data, P*p«r  prawntod at  the 03d
Annual Meeting of the Air Pollution Control
Association, St. Loul*. Mo.. Jun* 14-18. 1910.
  18. BpeclfleaMOBS for Inalimatot Toting at
Federal Facilities  PBS. NOAPO. 1907.
  14. Standard Method for Sampling Bta«ks
for  Partlculate Matter,  In: 1B71  Book  of
ASTM Standards, part 33. Philadelphia, 1971,
ASTM Designation 0-3928-71.
  16. Vennard, J. K., Elementary Fluid Me-
chanics,  John  Wiley  and Sons, Inc.,  New
Tork. 1947.
                                 cq. 101-8
      /"Percent of Lioklnrtlc- sanijiliiii;.
   Vtat»i«Toti\l vulunii1 ol KJIS sample (sltirk condUtoiis),
          n«.
     X.-Prol» tip ann, ft'.
      ®-SumplU]B tlnio, sir.
  ('•)»Ti.-Avt!rtfgp suck t;u» vdut:ity, (ocl pu-jmrnd.
  7. Evaluation of results— 7.1   Determina-
tion of compMoTice. — 7.1.1   Each performance
test shall consist of three repetitions of the
applicable test method. For the purpose of
determining compliance with an applicable
national emission standard, the average of
results  of all repetitions shall  apply.
  7.3  Acceptable   itoMnetic  remit*.— 1.2.1
The following range sets the limit on accept-
able isokmetlc sampling mutts:
  If 00%^I-^ll07o, the  results are accept-
able; otherwise, reject the test and repeat.
  8. References. — l. Addendum  to Specifica-
tions for Incinerator Testing  at  Federal
Facilities, PHS, NCAPC. Dec. 6, 1907.
  9. Determining  Dust Concentration  to a
Gas Stream, ASME Performance Test  Code
Wo. 37, New TorX. N.T., 1967. •
  3. Devorkln, Howard, et al., Air Pollution
Source  Testing Manual. Air Pollution  Con-
trol District, Los Angeles. Calif., Nov. 1963.
  «. Batch. W. It. and W. L. Ott, -Determina-
tion of Sub-Micrograxn Quantities of Mercury
by  Atomic Absorption Spectrophotonwtry,"
Anal. Ch*m., 40: 3080-87. 1968.
  B. Mark. L. 8. .Mechanical Engnteen* Hand-
book, McOraw-HUI Book Co.. Inc., New Tork,
N.Y.. 1981.
  6. Martin. Robert M.. Construction Details
of  Isoklnetic Source  Sampling  Equipment,
Environmental Protection Agency,  APTD- '
0581.
  7. Methods for Determination of Velocity,
Volume,  Dust and  Mist Content of  Oases,
Western  Precipitation  Division of Joy Mfg.
Co.. Los Angelen. Cnllf . Bui. WP-60, 1968.
  8. Perry. J. H.. Chemical Engineers' Hand-
book. McGraw-Hill Book Co.. Inc., New Tork,
N.T., 1060.
  9. Rom. Jerome  J..  Maintenance, Calibra-
tion, and Operation of Isoklnetic Source Sam-
pling Equipment. Environmental Protection
Agency. APTD-0576.
   10. Snlfehara. R. T.. W. F. Todd. and W. 8.
Smith, Significance of Brrors in Btaek lam-
                                                            II-A-12

-------
   ratoD 101.  umcxci MXTHOC roe, orm-
  KUTHTTCTI or maiicuum am MIBOCS atxs-
  OOKT mXSSIONS nOM JXATIOKABT •ODBCM
  (smstoaiM
  1. *r*»atpi« «ad tvpligafciiUy— la   Prfttei-
pie. — Partlculate and gaseous mercury «mls-
•jona are  Isoklnetlcally  sampled from the
•ouroe and collected In acidic iodine mono-
chloride solution. The  mercury collected (In
the mercuric form)  la reduced to elemental
mercury In basic volution by bydroxylamlBe
sulfate. Mercury IK aerated from the solution
and analysed using •pectrophotometry.
OTdurea are described In  APTD-OS76.  The
•omponentB essential to this sampling Win
are the following:
   l.B  Applicability— This sn*thod  Is appli-
 cable  for the determination  of  particular
 and faseoua mercury nBlaciona when  me
 carrier fa*  Kr«am la prlixilpaJly iivar,iKcu
 The method li fur ua» In dueto or  alackn ai
 •tatlonary lourert. xntlMi ot&irwlM np«mii'',i.
 tbta molhod la not Intended to nppljr to g«"
 •treama othrr than those eniKlwl OlrcrDy ui
 tto* atmoapher* without  further procesaiiiK.
   3. Apparatus—2.J Sampling train.—A ache-
 matlc of the sampling  train uaed  by EPA
 to ahown  In figure 102-1. Commercial models
 of this train are available, although complete
 construction details are  described In APTD-
 0681.' and operating and maintenance pro-
         MOBE
  TVPES
  WOT TUBE
                                                                            CHECK
                                                                            VALVE
                                                                              VACUUM
                                                                               LINE
                                                               VACUUM
                                                                GAUGE
                                                        MAIN VALVE
                          DRV TEST METER
Am-TtGHT
  PUMP
                               tOfc-1. Mercury sampling train
    a.l.l  Itaule. Stainless wt»el or glauo with
  •harp, tapered leading edge.
    8.13  rrtibe. Bbeathed Pym* tlaaa.
    9.1.8  fitot tub*. Type B (figure J03-3), or
  •qulralent. with a owffloWnt -wttttn 8  per-
  cent  over  the  working  rang*, attached to
  probe to monitor etadk ga« velocity.
    •.1.4  Impingert. Four Or*enburg>8mlth
  Implagen connected to lerle* wttti glasa ball-
  Joint nttlnga. The nrst,  third, and fourth
  Implnger* maf b*  modified by replacing the
  tip with one-half Inoh ID glaai tub* extend-
  ing to one-half inch from the  bottom of the
 laia pump, thermometer! capable of measur-
 ing temperature to within 6*F. dry gas meter
 with S percent accuracy, and related equip-
 ment, described In APTD-OSai, to maintain
 an tocklDetle sampling rate and to determine
 "^mr1* volume.
   3.1.7  Barometer. To measure atmospheric
 pressure to ± 0.1 In hg.
                                 TWINC ADAPT!*
    3.1.6  Acid trap. Mine safety appliances air
  line filter, catalogue No. 818S7, with acid ab-
  sorbing cartridge and suitable connections, or
  equivalent.
    3.1.0  Uttering system. Vacuum gage, leak-
    1 These document* are available for a nomi-
  nal cost from the  National Technical  In-
  formation Service. DA. Department of Com-
  merce. 8385 Port Royal Road, Bprlngfleld, Va.
  83161.
    •Mention of trad* name* or commercial
  product* do** not  constitute  endorsement
  fcy  «h*  Bnvironm*ntal Protection Ag*ney.
 MfM HI-*. riM U»»
                                         II-A-13

-------
  3.2  Measurement   of  stack   condition*
(stock pressure, temperature, moisture, end-
eetoctty)—3.3.1  «tot  tube.  Typo  B,  9t
equivalent, with ft coefficient within 6 per-
cent over theworklng range.
  2.2.3  Differential  pressure gage. Inclined
manometer, or equivalent, to measure Teloc-
ity head to within 10 percent of the mini-
mum value. Mlcromanometers should be used
If warranted.
  2.2.3  Temperature  gage.  Any tempera-
ture-measuring device to measure stack tem-
perature to within 1* F.
  2.2.4  Pressure gage. Pltot tube and In-
clined manometer, or equivalent, to measure
stock pressure to within 0.1 In hg.
  2.2.5  Moisture   determination.   Drying
tubes, condensers, or equivalent, to deter-
mine stack gas moisture content in hydrogen
to within 1 percent.
  2.3  Sample recovery—2.3.1 Leakiest  gla$t
sample  bottles. 600 ml and 200 ml with Tef-
lon-lined tops.
  2.3.2  Graduated cylinder. 260 ml.
  2.3.3  Plastic  jar.  Approximately  800 ml.
  2.4   Analysis—2.4.1   Spectrophotometer.
To measure absorbance at 263.7  nm. Perkln
Elmer model 303. with  a cylindrical gas cell
(approximately 1.6 In o.d. z 7 In) with quartz
glass windows, and hollow cathode source, or
equivalent.
  2.4.3  Gas sampling bubbler. Tudor Scien-
tific Co. Smog Bubbler, catalogue No. TP-
1150, or equivalent.
  2.4.3  Recorder.  To  match   output  of
spectrophotomet«r.
  3. Reagents.—3.1   Stock   reagents.—3.1.1
Potassium Iodide. Reagent grade.
  3.1.2  Distilled water.
  3.1.3  Potassium  Iodide solution, 15 per-
cent.—Dissolve 350 g of potassium Iodide (re-
agent 3.1.1) In distilled water and dilute to
1 tol.
  3.1.4   Hydrochloric arid. Concentrated.
  3.1.6   Pof aavta-m iodate. Reagent grade.
  3.1.0  Iodine  monooMoride   (101)   1J}M.
To 800 ml of 28 percent potassium  Iodide
solution (reagent 3.1.3), add BOO ml of con-
centrated  hydrochloric  acid.  Cool to  room
temperature.  With vigorous stirring, slowly
add 136 g of potassium todate and continue
stirring until  all free Iodine has dissolved to
give a clear orange-red solution. Cool to room
temperature and dilute to 1,800 ml with dis-
tilled water. The solution should be kept in
amber  bottles to prevent degradation.
   3.1.7   Sodium  hydroxide  pellets.  Reagent
grade.
   3.1.8  Nitric acid. Concentrated.
   3.1.0   tfydroxylamtne   sul/ate.   Reagent
grade.
   S.1.10  Sodium chloride. Reagent grade.
   3.1.11  Mercuric  chloride. Reagent  grade.
   3.2   Sampling.  3.2.1  Xosorbino  solution,
OJM ICl. Dilute 100 ml of the l.OM IO1 Stock
solution (reagent 3.1.6) to 1 1 with dlstsffled
water.  The solution should be kept In glass
bottles to prevent degradation. This reagent
should be stable for at least 2 months; how-
ever, periodic checks should be  performed to
Insure  quality.
   3.2.3  Wtiih. acid. 1:1 V/V nitric acid-water.
   8.2.3  .Distilled, deiontted u>at«r.
   8.3.4  Silina pel. Indicating  type, fl  to 16
menh. dried at 8BO*P for 3 hours.
   3.3,  Xnalyni*—3.3.1   Sodium  hydroxide,
JON. Dissolve 400 g of codlum hydroxide pel-
 let* In dlNtiiiad water and dilute to  1  1.
   8.3.3  Reducing agent. 12 percent nydroz-
 1/lamir* tul/ate, 12  percent sodium o/ilortd*.
 To 00 ml of distilled water, add 13 g of hy-
 droxylamlne sulfaU and 13 g of codlum chlo-
 ride. Dilute  to 100  ml.  This  quantity la
 sufficient for 30 analyses and must be pro-
 pared dally.
   3.3.3  deration gat. Zero grade air.
        Hydrochloric acid. O.IK. Dilute M.6
ml of oonoontrnted hydrochloric odd to 1 I
with distilled rmter.
  8.4   Standard  mercury  solutions—3.4.1
Stocfc  solution. Add 0.1364 g of  mercuric
chloride to CO ml of 0.3N hydrochloric add.
After  the mercuric chloride  has  dissolved.
add 0.3N hydrochloric add and adjust the
volume to 100 ml.  One ml of this solution
is equivalent to 1 mg of free mercury.
  3.4.3   Standard solutions.  Prepare  cali-
bration  solutions by  serially diluting the
stock solution (8.4.1) with 0.3N hydrochloric
acid. Prepare solutions at  concentrations in
the linear working range for the Instrument
to be used. Solutions of 0.3 jig/ml, 0.4 *g'/ml
and 0.0  0g/ml have been  found acceptable
for moot instruments. Store all solutions In
Class-stoppered, glass bottles. These solutions
should be stable for at least 2 months; how-
ever,  periodic checks  should  be performed
to Insure quality.
  4. Procedure.  4.1  Guidelines for  source
testing are detailed In the following sections.
These guidelines are generally applicable;
however, most sample sites differ to some de-
gree and temporary alterations such as stack
extensions or expansions often are required
to insure the best possible cample site. Fur-
ther, since mercury Is hazardous, care should
be token to minimize exposure. Pnally. since
the total quantity of mercury to be collected
generally Is email, the test must be  care-
fully conducted to prevent contamination or
loss of sample.
  4.3  Selection of a campling site and mini-
mum number of traverca points.
  4.3.1   Select a suitable campling ttte that
is as does ao is  practicable to the point of
atmospheric emission. D  possible,  ataeka
smaller  than 1 foot in diameter should not
be sampled.
  4.3.3  The campling Bite should be at least
eight stack or duct  diameters downstream
end  two diameters upstream from any now
disturbance such  as a bend, expansion  or
contraction. For rectangular  cross section,
determine  an  equivalent diameter  from the
following equation:
                 2LW
            Bt=r+w             -a-102-1
where:
  D.=equivalent diameter.
   t=length.
   W=wldth.

  4.2.3  When the above sampling site crite-
ria can  be met, the minimum  number of
traverse points is four (4) for stacks 1 foot In.
diameter or less, eight  (8) for stacks larger
than 1 foot but 3 feet in diameter or less, and
twelve (12) for stacks larger than 3 feet.
  45.4  Borne campling situations  may ren-
der the above campling site criteria imprac-
tical. When this is the case,  choose a con-
venient  sampling location and  use  figure
103-3 to determine the minimum number of
traverse points. However,  use figure 102-3
only tor stacks 1 foot in diameter or larger.
  4.2.6  To use figure 102-8, first measure the
distance from the chosen sampling location
to the nearest upstream and downstream dis-
turbances.  Divide this  distance  by the dl-
ometer  or equivalent diameter to determine
the distance in terms of pipe diameters. De-
termine the corresponding number of trav-
erse points for each distance from' figure
103-1. Select the higher of the two numbers
of traverse points, or a greater value, such
that for circular stacks the number la a mul-
tiple of four, and  for rectangular etacks the
number follows the criteria of section 4.3.2.
                                NUMBER Of DUCT DIAMETERS UPSTREAM'
                                        INSTANCE A)
              •rT.OU MINT 0? ANY TYPED?
               DISTURBANCE (BEND. EXPANSION. CONTRACTION, ETC.)
                              NUMEEH 0? DUCTDIAMETERS DOWNSTREAM*
                                          (DISTANCE D)
                          Plfluro 104-3. Minimum number of traverse points.
   oJJ.O  Xf o eatooted campling point is ekx=r
 Chan 1 toon from otook trail, adjust the loca-
 tion of that point to insure that the sample
 la taken at leert 1 tnoh away from the wall.
                                                           II-A-14

-------
Crow Mellon < rtroftg•\*at ffmrtty ItaOm *
  4.3  fliiies esillrsisl layout and location of
traverse point*.
  4.S.1  For circular stack* locate  tfce tra-
verse points on at least two  rtlsmntejs  ac-
cording to figure 109-4 and table 103-1. The
traverse axes ehall divide the stack-cross sec-
tion Into eqnnl part*.
  4.3.2  For rectangular stacks  divide  the
cross-«rcuo» Into aa mat\y equal rectangular
arriw. as truverse points, such that the ratio of
the length to the width of the elemental areas
Is between one and two. Locate the traverse
points at the centrold of each equal area ac-
cording to figure 102-5.
  4.4  Measurement of stack conditions.
  4.44  Set  op  t*>e  apparatus e* ebowa in
figure 103-3. Make «ure  all  onnaooUons  are
tight and leak free. Measure the velocity head
and temperature at the Uavrnse points speci-
fied by section 41 and 4.3.
  4.4.3  Measure the static  pressure la  the
•tack.
  4.4.3  Determine the stack gas ejolstuws.

            Table 102-1.  Location of traverse poleti  1« circular stacks

            (Percent of stack  diameter from Inside nail  to traverse .•point)
Traverse
point
number
on a
diameter
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Number of traverse points on a diameter
2
14.6
85.4




















4
6.7
25.0
75.0
93.3



















6
4.4*
14.7
29.5
70.5
85.3
95.6

















•8
3.3
10.5
19.4
32.3
67.7
BO.f
89.5
96.7















10
1.5
8.2
14.6
22.6
34.2
CUS
77.4
65.4
91.8
97.5














1Z
t.1
11.*
17.7
25.0
35.5
64.5
W.O
82.3
88.2
93.3
97.9












14
1.8
5.7
9.9
14. €
20.1
26.9
36.6
•65.4
73.1
79.9
85.4
90.1
94.3
48.2










W
1.6
4,f
8.5
It.S
16.9
22.0
28.3
97,5.
62.5
71.7
78.0
83.1
V.S
91.5
95.1
98.4








• W
1.4
4.4
7.5
10.9
14.6
18.8
23.6
M.-6
38.2
61.8
7
-------
„,„,
10O1IO
»

cnuin*


•JUNO
IMVUI
DIM).

•numNO.
•TEIUH
CFACTOI
luvitsi. roan












TO«l
tviuoi
,_

UVUNO














«t»TIC
maun
V|l. >» «•















met
TwtunjK















tcHounc « irwi oca KCTMN
vttocm
MUO














OMMnw.
MOO
evict
mm
I»MJ,
k.lV>














QM tUVU
SS*














*• •" 	 -
•MB MW. •___._
MDU DUKTO. k, ___
AT on au mm
itr.












fat.
»>».
OUTUT
ttm^.'l












*•»

TOttUIUM.













"
lOMMIU*.
•K














                                     Fllld dttl

  4.9.4  To begin sampling, position the noz-
ele at the first traverse point with the tip
pointing directly into the gas sti.im. Imme-
diately start the pump and adjust the flow
to Isoklnetlc conditions. Sample for at leMt
5 minutes at each traverse point; sampling
time must be the same (or each point. Main-
tain iaokluetlc sampling throughout the sam-
pling period, using the following procedures.
  4.0.4.1   Nomographs which aid In the rapid
adjustment of  the sampling  rat* without
other computations are In APTD-0576 and
are available from commercial suppliers. The
available  nomographs, however, are  set up
for use In air streams, and minor changes are
required to provide applicability to hydrogen.
  4.6.4.3   Calibrate the meter box orifice. Use
the techniques as described In APTD-0676.
  4.6.4.3   The correction factor nomograph
discussed In AFTD-0576 and  shown  on the
reverse side of commercial nomographs will
not be used. In Its place, the correction factor
will be calculated using equation 103-2.
         C=0.01-
                   AH®
__                             «q. 102-2
where:
      0-Correction factor.
      onto the  nomograph and
read off AM. A«aln. convert the AW, which I*
an air equivalent value, to the AH for hydro-
 gen by dividing by  13. This factor Include*
 the ratio of the dry  molecular weight* and a
 correction for the different orifice calibration
 factors tor hydrogen and air. This procedure
 Is diagrammed b*low:
 Ob«err* AP^
 Bead 08 AJAlMvldeby 13- WH to b« used on meter bob
  4.6.4.6  Operate the sample train at the
 calculated AH at each sample point.
  4.6.6  Turn off the pump at the conclusion
 of each run and record the final readings.
 Immediately remove  the probe and  noale
 from the stack and handle In accordance with
 the sample recovery process described in sec-
 tion 4.7.
  4.7  Sample recovery.
  4.7.1  (All glass storage  bottles  and the
 graduated cylinder must be precleaned a* to
 •action 4.6.1). This operation should be per-
 formed In an area free of possible mercury
 contamination.  Industrial laboratories and
 ambient air around mercury-using  facilities
 are not normally free of mercury contamina-
 tion. When the sampling train Is moved, oar*
 must be exercised to prevent breakage and
 contamination.
  4.7.3  Disconnect the probe from the 1m-
 plnger train. Place the contents (measured
 to =tl  ml) of the first three Implngers Into
 a BOO ml sample bottle. Rinse the probe and
 all  glassware between  It and  the back half
 of the third implnger with two 60 ml por-
 tions of 0.1M IO1 solution. Add these rinses
 to the first  bottle. For a blank, place 80 ml
 of the 0.1M IO1 In a 100 ml sample bottle.
 Place the silica gel In the plastic Jar. Seal and
 secure all containers for shipment. If an ad-
 ditional test is  desired, the glassware can be
 carefully double rinsed with distilled water
 and reassembled. However, If the glassware 1*
 to be out of  use more than 3 days, the Initial
 acid wash procedure must be followed.
  4.8  Analysis—4.8.1   Apparatus   prepara-
 tion—Clean  all glassware according to the
 procedure of Motion 4.6.1. Adjust the Instru-
ment settings according to the instrument
   ixial, using an  absorption wavelength of
968.7 nm.
  4.8.3  Analysit   preparation.—Adjust  the
air delivery pressure and the needle valve to
obtain a constant air Bow of about 1.3 l/mlu.
The  analysis. tube should be bypassed ex-
cept during aeration. Purge the  equipment
for 3 minutes. Prepare a sample of mercury
standard solution  (8.4.3)  according to  sec-
tion 4.8.3. Place the analysis tube In the Hue.
and aerate until a maximum peak height is
reached on the recorder. Remove the analy-
sis tube, flush the  lines, and -rlneo  the
analysts  tube with  distilled water. Repeat
With another sample of the same standard
solution. This purge and analysis cycle la to
be repeated  until peak heights  are  repro-
ducible.
  4.8.3  Sample preparation.—Just prior to
analysis, transfer a sample  aliquot of up to
60 ml  to the cleaned 100 ml analysis tube.
Adjust the volume to 60 ml with  0.1M IC1
If required. Add 6 ml of 10 N sodium hydrox-
ide, cap tube with a clean glass stopper and
shake  vigorously.  Prolonged, vigorous shak-
ing at this point  Is necessary to obtain an
accurate analysis.  Add 6 ml of the reducing
agent  (reagent 8.3.2), cap tube with a clean
glass stopper and  shake vigorously and Im-
mediately place in sample line.
  441.4  Mercury  determination.—After the
system has been stabilized, prepare samples
from the sample bottle according to section
4.8.8.  Aerate  the sample until a maximum
peak height la reached on the recorder. The
mercury content Is determined by comparing
the peak heights of the samples to the peak
height* of the calibration solution*. If col-
lected  samples are out of the  linear range.
the samples  should  be diluted. Prepare  a-
blank  from the 100 ml bottle according to
Motion 4.85  and  analyze to determine the
(•agent blank mercury level.
  5. Calibration.—6.1 Sampling Train.  6.1.1
Use standard methods and equipment as de-
tailed  In APTD-0676 to calibrate  the  rate
meter, pltot tube and dry gas meter. Recali-
brate prior to each test series.
   6.3   Analysis.—6.2.1  Prepare   a calibra-
tion curve for the spectropbotometer using
the  standard mercury solutions. Plot the
peak heights read  on the recorder versus the
concentration of  mercury  In the  standard
solutions. Standards should be Interspersed
with the samples  since toe calibration can
change slightly with time. A new calibration
curve should be prepared for each new set
of samples run.
  0. Calculation!—6.1  Average dry pas meter
temperature, itactc temperature, stack pres-
sure and average orifice pressure drop.—Bee
date, sheet (fig. 102-6).
   6.3   Dry gat volume.—Correct, the sample
volume measured  by the dry gas meter to
•tack conditions by using equation 103-3.
            '-ft
                          P.
 »hrre:
  V* ••
  T,
 Tm

Fnr

 AH

13 .6
                                 cq. 102  3
      Voliinif of icitf Rumple lliroiitfli the dry *M>. MK-IIT
        (»twk vniiillltuiis), fl.«

      = Volume of gas sample through the
          dry  gas  meter  (meter conditions),
          IV.
      = Average temperature of stack gas. °R.
      — Average dry gas  meter temperature.
          •R.
      = Barometric pressure at  the orifice
          meter, InHg.
      = Average pressure drop across the ori-
          fice  meter, InHiO.
      = Specific gravity of mercury.
      = Stack  pressure, rN.r± static pressure,
          InHg.
                                                           II-A-16

-------
  83
       Volume  of water Mpor.


              V..°*K.V,,£     eq. 102-4
  V.,* Volume yf watrr T*pur ID the goa sample (rtadfc
        cuiiditions), n*.
  K.
                               c uulls arc used.
  l'i,  T»i:il volume of hfiiiiil  ttillfvtiwl  iii ijupingcrs
        mid *ihni ^«-l (si-«" MJMITV luv 7). nil.
  T.  Avi«rni:»> .itrtrk K-IN ti'iiilKTntiirr. "H.
  /•.  si:M'k iii.'siiiic. /v., t .-line pn-oun', Iii. 11^'.

  64  Total gas volume.


              l'«.i= Tn,.-! V..    eq. 102-5

where:

  V1»l.i = total volume of  gu lample (stack
           conditions). ft'.

  !'_.-Volume of (tas  tliroufh Ory fas  m«tcr (stock
        conditions), ft-1.
  r.,»Volunn> ol woior  vnpor in gas mnple (stack
        couduioaO, ft1.

KHU
MltlM
UOUIU CMllCtlD
TOUI VO.UW OOLMCIID
VOI UMI Of LIOWIO
•ATlnCOLLIClID
mriHUt
vduwt.
Ml




MICA OIL
•flOHl.
•



r| -
       wtoHt or wATimovoiiwi tt dividing tottl Might
       wi ofNim 0* 11*11 d.  n B'"t).
          Flgur»loc-f Aiuiyiicm dtio.

  6^  Stock  gas  velocity—Use  equation
102-6 to calculate the stack gas velocity.
    (r.)....
  ((>•)•*(.  -AvermtrpBtacb pa-s Telocity,
                                    eq 102-6
            these onlts arc used.
       C, -Pilot tubf focfliclfiit, dlmoiuionloas.
  (T.K.I.  —Averagr atork lias t«inpcrutnn>, °K.
 (VAJ').,i.-Avp|-»rf »nu»r<> root of tlio velocity hrad of
            rtw^k (his (liiHi(l)'/' (»<• flmni 102-8).
       P. -Buck prrsnm. ^k^islutlc prenun,  ID
            Hf.
       A/. » Mnliruliir wnltilil of uta. k pw (wot bald),
            tlio mimnniiloii of  the (imduca of lh»
            inoliiMilitr wolvlit  of  nwh oompoiunt
            niiililpUiKl l>y Its ToluinHrlv prjporllon
            lu I lii< tuUlurv. lli/ll>-uiolc.

Pl(TUrc 103-8 ehow» a sample recording sheet
fur velocity traverse data. Use the averages In

the laet two columns  of  Ogure 103-8 to de-

termine the average stock gas velocity from
equation 102-0.

  0.6  Mercury collected. Calculate the total
weight of  mercury collected  by using eq.
102-7.
 PLANT.

 DATE_
                                                 RUN NO.
                                                 STACK DIAMETER. In.
                                                 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE, In.
STATIC PRESSURE IN STACK (!>,), In. Mo.

OPERATORS	
tCHEMATIC OF STACK
   CROSS SECTION
                                                         Traverse poir*
                                                             number
                              Velociiy tead,
                                 rn.H^O
                                   AVERAGE:
    Stack Temperature
                          Figure 1024.  Velocity traverse data.
                                                             II-A-17

-------
                                  eq 10i-7
   W i .= Total weight of mercury collected, «g.
   V i = Total volume  of condensed moisture
         and IO1 U> wimple bottle, ml.
   Ci = Oonoentrmtlon of mercury measured In
         •ample bottle, *«/ml.
   V»= Total volume of 1C) used In campling
         (Implnger contents and all wash
         amounts), ml.
   C» = Blank concentration of mercury In 101
         solution, .
  (f,).r,.-Avcr«gf Hack gu velocity, Itet per noond.
     X.-8lwk uno, ft".
  0.0  Itokinetic variation  (comparison  of
velocity of got in prot* tip to itaok velocity).
              7-
                   lOOV,oui
                'A.®(».W     eq. 102-9
whpro:
      /-PwoMit odwklnetlc lunpllng.
   Vi.ui-Total volume oltuiuii pie (gUckeondlUoni),

     X.-Probe Up wo», fl».
     ®-Sampling time, soc.
  (»•)•».—Average stock gu velocity, feet per ieoond.
  7.  Evaluation of retvlti.—7.1 Determina-
tion of compliance.—7.1.1  Bach performance
test  shall consist of  three repltttlons of the
applicable test method. For  the  purpose of
determining compliance with an applicable
national emission standard,  the  average of
results of all repetitions shall apply.
  7.3  Acceptable  isokinetlc  resulti.—7.3.1
The  following range sets  the  limit  on ac-
ceptable  Isokinetlc  sampling  results:  If
90% =£1^110%, the  results are acceptable;
otherwise, reject the test and repeat.
  8.  References.—1.  Addendum to  Specifi-
cations for  Incinerator Testing  at  Federal
Facilities. PHS, NCAPC. Dec.  0. 1087.
  3.  Determining Dust Concentration  In a
Oas  Stream, ASMS Performance Test Cod*
No. 37. Now York, N.Y.. 1967.
  3.  Devorkln. Howard, et  al., Air Pollution
Source Testing Manual, Air  Pollution Con-
trol District. Los Angeles, Calif.. Nov.  1883.
  4. Hatch. W. R. and W. L. Ott, "Determina-
tion  of Bub-Mlcrogram Quantities of Mer-
cury by Atomic  Absorption Speotrophotom-
•try." Anal.  Cbem.. 40: 3085-87. 1898.
  B.  Mark.  L.  8..  Mechanical  Engineers'
Handbook, McOraw-HUl Book Co., Inc., New
York.N.Y.. 1981.
  6.  Martin, Robert M , Construction  Detail*
of Isoklnetlo  Source Sampling Equipment.
Environmental Protection Agency,  APTD-
0081.
  7.  Methods for Determination of Velocity.
Volume, Dust and Mist Content of Oases,
Western Precipitation Division of Joy Manu-
facturing Co., Los Angeles, Calif. Bull. WP-M,
1088.
  8.  Perry, J. H., Chemical  engineers' Band-
book; McGraw-Hill Book Co.,  Inc.. New York,
N.Y.. I860.
  0.  Rom, Jerome J., Maintenance. Calibra-
tion, and  Operation of Isoklnetlo  •ouroa
Sampling Equipment. Environmental Protec-
tion Agency. APTD-OA78.
  10. Bhlgehara, «,. T.. W. P. Todd. Mod W. B.
Smith, Significance of errors in Stack Sam-
pling  Measurements. Paper presented at the
Annual Meeting of the Air Pollution Control
Association. St. Louis, Mo.. June 14-18, 1070.
  11.  Smith. W. 8.. at al.. Stack Oas Sam-
pling  Improved and Simplified with  New
Equipment, APCA paper No. 67-118, 1087.
  13. Smith. W. B.. R. T. Bhlgehara, and W. F.
Todd, A Method of Interpreting Stack Sam-
pling  Data, Paper  presented at the 83d An-
nual  Meeting of  the Air Pollution  Control
Association, St. Louis. Mo., June 14-18, 1070.
  IS.  Specifications for Incinerator  Testing
at Federal Facilities PHS, NCAPC, 1987.
  14.  Standard Method for Sampling Stacks
for Paniculate Matter,  In: 1971 Book  of
A8TM Standards, part 33, Philadelphia, 1071,
ASTM Designation D-3938=71.
  IB.  Vennard, J. K., Elementary Fluid Me-
chanics, John Wiley and  Sons, Inc.,  New
York, 1847.
                                                           II-A-18

-------
  tOTHOO 10*. B8ST1XTBM eCBRKIMO MQBTHOD

  1. Principle  and oppHoaWMtj/.—1.1  Prin-
ciple.—Beryllium emissions are Isoklnetlcally
sampled from three point* In » duet or lUck.
The collected  sample IB analysed for beryl-
lium using an appropriate technique.
  1.3   Applicability.—This  procedure detail*
guidelines  and  requirements for  method*
acceptable  for use in determining beryllium
•missions In ducts or stacks at stationary
aources, as specified under the provisions of
161.14 of the regulations.
  3.  Apparatus—3.1   Sampling  train.—A
schematic  of  the required sampling train
configuration Is shown In  figure 103-1. 'The
essential components  of the  train  are  the
following:
  3.1.1  Wouale.—Stainless  steel, or  equiva-
lent, with sharp, tapered leading edge.
  9.1.3  Probe.—Sheathed Pyrex' glass.
  2.1.3  FUter.—Mllllpore AA. or equivalent.
with appropriate filter holder that provides
a positive eeal against leakage from outside
or around  the filter. It I* suggested that a
Whatman 41, or equivalent, be placed imme-
diately against the back side of the MUllpore
filter  as a  guard against breakage  of  the
UlUlpore. -Include the Whatman  41 In  the
analysis. Equivalent filters must be at least
99M   percent  efficient   (DOP  Test)   and
amenable to the analytical procedure.
  KOZ&C
                                   OTO
          BtiyniuB HiMnlng MlM:

   3.1.4  tteter-pvmp  lyitem.— Any  oyitem
 that will maintain Isoklnetlc sampling rate,
 determine cample volume, and 1* capable of
 a sampling rat* of greater than 0.6 cfm.
   2.3  tteaturement   of   itaok   condition*
 ($tack pressure, temperature, moisture ant
 velocity) . — The following equipment shall bo
 used In the manner specified In section 4.8.1.
   3.3.1  Pitot tube. — Type B, or equivalent,
 Trtth a coefficient within B percent over the
 working range.
   8.9.9  Differential   prttrure   gauge.— In-
 dined taoaauatot, or equivalent, to moeouro
 velocity hoed  to tntbia 10 parosn* of the
  9.3   Analysis.— «.3.1   Beagents  as  neces-
cary for the selected analytical procedure.
  4.  Procedure.— 4.1   Guidelines  for source
testing are detailed In the following sections.
These guidelines  are  generally applicable:
however, moot sample sites differ to some de-
gree and temporary alterations such as stack
extensions or expansions  often are required
to Insure the best possible sample site. Fur-
ther,   since  beryllium Is hazardous,  care
Chould be  taken  to  minimize  exposure.
Finally, since the total quantity of beryllium
to be collected Is quite small, the test must
bo  carefully  conducted to prevent contami-
nation or loss of sample.
  4.3   Selection of a sampling lite and num-
ber of run*.— 4.2.1  Select a suitable  sam-
pling site that is as close as practicable to the
point  of  atmospheric  emission. If possible,
clocks smaller than 1 foot In diameter should
cot be sampled.
  4.2.2 The sampling site should  be at least
eight  stack or duct diameters  downstream
and two diameters upstream from any  flow
disturbance  such  as a bend,  expansion or
contraction.  For  rectangular  cross-section,
determine an equivalent diameter using the
following equation:
   8.8.8.  Ttmperntvrt faug« — Any tempera-
 ture measuring devtoa to measure stack tem-
 perature to within B* P.
   8.2.4  Pretiure  gauge.— Any  device   to
 measure stack pressure to within 0.1 in. Hg.
   9.3.B  Barometer.— To   measure   atmos-
 pheric pressure to within 0.1 in. Hg.
   3.3.0  Uoitture  determination —Viet  and
 dry  bulb thermometers, drying  tubes, con-
 densers. or equivalent, to determine stack gas
 moUture content to within 1 percent.
   3.8  Sample recovery .—9 .8.1   probe clean-
 ing equipment.— troT* brush or cleaning rod
 at least a* long as probe, or equivalent. Clean
 cotton  balls, or equivalent, should be used
 with the rod.
   94.3  Leakiest glass (ample bottles.
   9.4   Analyilt .-—9.4.1   Equipment  neces-
 eary  to  perform an  atomic  absorption,
 opootroBraphlc,    fluorometrlc,  chromato-.
 Graphic, or  equivalent analysis.
   8. Reagenti— 3.1  Sample recovery. — 3.1.1
 AtMtane.— Ooasent grade.
   0.13  TJatrt  odd— 11  V/V hydrochloric
 oeld-tmter.
   •Mutton cf taodo rmmri or cpeeiflo prod-
 ucts does not oonatltuto 'endommant by tho
 Environmental Protection Agency.
vhere:
  01= equivalent diameter
   L- length
   T?=wldth
  4.2.8 Some sampling situations may ren-
tier the above campling site criteria imprac-
tical.  When this  is  the  case, an alternate
Cite may be selected but  must be  no less
than  two diameters downstream  and one-
half diameter  upstream from any point of
disturbance. Additional sample runs are rec-
ommended at  any sample  site  not meeting
the criteria of eectlon 122.
  42.4 Three  runs shall  constitute a test.
The runs shall be conducted at three dif-
ferent points.  The  three  points shall pro-
portionately divide the diameter, I.e. be lo-
cated  at 36, BO and 76 percent of the diameter
from  the inside wall. For  horizontal ducts,
the  diameter shall be in the vertical direc-
tion. For rectangular ducts, sample on a line
through the centrold and parallel to a side.
B additional runs are required per section
4.3.8,  proportionately divide the duct to ac-
commodate the total number of runs.
   4.8  Measurement  of  itack  conditions.
43.1   Measure the stack gas pressure, mois-
ture, end temperature, using  the equipment
dsMrlbed In 1 3.9. Determine the  molecular
might of the  stock  gas.  Bound engineering
otlmaVea may bo made  in  lieu  of direct
 measurements. The basin for  such estimates
 Choll be given in the test report.
   4.4  Preparation   of   sampling  train.—
 4.4.1  Assemble the sampling  train as shown
 hi figure 103-1. It Is recommended that nil
 glassware be procleaned by soaking In wash
 acid for 3 hours.
   4.4.3 Leak check the sampling train at the
 campling site. The leakage rate should not be
 In excess of 1  percent of the desired cample
 ntc.
   4.8  Beryllium  train operation. — 4.6.1   For
 each run, measure the velocity at the selected
 campling point.  Determine  the  Isoklnetlc
 campling rate.  Record the  velocity head and
 the required sampling rate.
   4.6.2   Place  the  nozzle  at the sampling
 point with the tip pointing directly into the
 gas stream. Immediately start the  pump and
 adjust the flow to Isoklnotlc conditions. At
 the conclusion of the test, record the sam-
 pling rate. Again measure  the  velocity  head
 at the sitmpllng point. The required Isoklnetlc
 rate at the end of the period should not have
 deviated more than 20  percent  from that
 originally calculated.
   4.6.3   Sample  at a minimum rate of 0.6
 ft'/nln. Samples ohall be  tabon over such a
period or period* as are neceesary to deter-
mine the maximum emissions which would
occur in a 34-hour period. In the  ease of
cyclic  operations,  sufficient  tests shall be
made so as to allow determination or calcu-
lation of the  emissions which would occur
over the duration  of the cycle. A minimum
campling time of  2 hours is recommended.
  4.6.4  All  pertinent  data  should  be  in-
cluded In the test report.
  4.6  Sample  recovery. — l.e.l It is recom-
mended that all glassware be predefined as
in | 4.4.1. Sample  recovery should  also be
performed In an area free  of possible beryl-
lium contamination.  When  the  sampling
train la moved, exercise  care  to  prevent
breakage and contamination. Set aside a por-
tion of the  acetone used  In the sample re-
covery  as a  blank for analysis. The total
amount of acetone used should be measured
for accurate blank correction. Blanks con be
eliminated If prior analysis shows negligible
amounts.
  4.6.2  Remove the filter and any loose par-
tlculate matter from niter holder and place
In a container.
  4.6.3  Clean  the probe with acetone and  a
brush or long rod and cotton balls. Warn Into
the  container. Wash  out the filter holder
with acetone and add to the same container.
  4.7  Analysis. — 4.7.1  Make  the  necessary
preparation of samples and analyze for beryl-
lium. Any currently acceptable method  such
es atomic absorption, spectrographlc, fluoro-
metrlc, chromatographlc,  or equivalent may
be used.
   6. Calibration  and  standards — 6.1  Sam-
pling  train. — 6.1.1  As a  procedural check,
campling rate regulation should be compared
with a dry gas meter,  splrometer, rotameter
 (calibrated  for prevailing  atmospheric  con-
ditions), or  equivalent, attached to nozzle
Inlet of the complete sampling train.
  6.1.2 Data from this test and calculations
should be shown In test report.
  6.2  Analysii. — 5.2.1   Standardization   is
 made as suggested by the manufacturer of
 the Instrument or the  procedures  for the
 analytical method.
  6. Calculations— 6.\  Total beryllium emis-
 sion. Calculate the total  amount of beryl-
 lium emitted  from each  stack per day by
 equation 103-2. This  equation Is applicable
 for  continuous operations. For cyclic opera-
 tions, use only the time  per day each stack
 to  in operation. The  total beryllium emis-
 sions from  a eouroe will  be the summation
 of results from all stacks.


   R  y (fg.W A.   86,400 sccondx/day
      "
 when:
       K- R»t« Of emloJon, t/d»y.
      Wi-TouJ might of UvyUliun cnUunled, tf
    VM.i>.ToUl volume of iu tmmnlM, ft1.
   M... -Avnve (Uek fM velocity, font p«r meant.
   7. Teit report. 7.1  A  tost report shall be
 prepared which shall Include as a minimum :
   7.1.1   A detailed description of the sam-
 pling train used and  results of the proce-
 dural check with all data and calculations
 made.              ,
    7.1 2  All pertinent  data  taken  during
 test, the basis for any estimates made,* cal-
 culations,  and results.
   7.1.3   A description of the  test site. In-
 eluding  a block diagram  with a brief de-
 ecrlptlon of the process,  location of the sam-
 ple points In the cross  section,  dimensions
 and distances from any point of disturbance.
                                                              II-A-19

-------
METHOD 104.  MmUCKC* KBTVOD MI MRM-
  HINATION  Of SiaiTLLrCIf EKIMJONS noU
  STATIONAXT •otracn
  1.  Principle c*tf •ppUeatnuty—1.1
oiple.—Beryllium T***1***r*** are leokinetlcai-
ly ttTlTil from the eource, and the collected
•ample U digested In an acid solution and
analyzed by atomic  absorption tpeetropho-
  U  Applicability.—This method IB appli-
cable for the  determination  of beryllium
•natation* In ducts or stacks  at stationary
sources.  Unless  otherwise  specified,  this
method  Is not Intended to  apply to  gas
•treama  other  than  those  emitted directly
to   the  .atmosphere   'without  further
proocesliig.
    1.   Apporatui—J.I    templing train —A
  •ebematlc of the  sampling train used  by
  BPA  Is shown In figure  104-1. Commercial
  snodels of this train are available, although
  construction details are described In APTU-
  wai,> and operating and maintenance pro-
  cedures  are described In APTD-0576. The
  •xxnponents essential to this sampling train
  are the following:
    1.1.1 Nozzle.—Stainless steel or glass with
  •toarp, tapered leading edge.
    1.1.2 Probe.—Sheathed  Pyrex»  glass.  A
  heating  system  capable of maintaining  a
  minimum gas temperature In the range of
  tfae stock temperature at the probe outlet
  during sampling ma; be used  to  prevent
  condensation from occurring.
                            HEATED AREA  HITEH HOLDER   THERMOMETER   CHECK
                                \        /                     /      ^VALVE
        PHOBE
 TYPES
 PITOTTUBE
                                      IMPINQERS            ICE BATH
                                             BY-fASS.VALVE
                                                                          VACUUM
                                                                            LINE
             THERMOMETERS'
                                                             VACUUM
                                                              GAUGE
                                                      MAIN VALVE
                        DRY TEST METER     AIR-TIGHT
                                            PUMP

                          Fnent, anertiH k§  APTD-OMi.
            an laoklnetlc campling rate and
to determine sample volume.
  1.1.7  Barometer/—To  measure  atmos-
pheric pressure to ± 0.1 In Hg.
  8.1  Hctuurement   of  stock   conditions
(itaak pretrure, temperature, moisture and
velooUy)—3J.1  Pilot tube.—Type  8,  or
equivalent, with a coefficient within 6 percent
over the working range.
  3.3.3  Differential   pressure  gauge.—In-
clined manometer, or  equivalent, to measure
velocity head  to within  10  percent  of  the
•BitiiBMMiM value.
  > These documents are available for a nom-
inal cost  from the National Technical In-
formation Service. U£. Department of Com-
MMree,  8M8  Port Royal Road,  Springfield,
Ta. 91161.
  • Mention of trade names on specific prod-
ucts does not constitute endorsement by the
ferrtroomental Protection Agency.
                                      II-A-20

-------
                                            however,  most sample sites differ  to some
                                            degree  and  temporary alteration*  such  M
                                            •took extension* or expansions often an re-
                                            quired  to ln*ur» the beat possible sample
                                            site. Further, since  beryllium la hazardous.
                                            oare should  be taken to minimize exposure.
                                            Finally, ilnce the total quantity of beryllium
                                            to be collected If quite small, the test must
                                            be carefully conducted to prevent contami-
                                            nation  or loaa of lample.
                                              4.3  Selection of a sampling site and mini-
                                            mum number of traverse point*.
                                              4.2.1  Select a suitable sampling  site that
                                            Is aa cloee as practicable to the  point of at-
                                            mospheric   •mission.  If   possible,  stacks
                                            smaller than 1 foot In diameter should not
                                            be sampled.
                                              4J 3  The sampling site should be at least
                                            8 stack or duct diameters downstream and
                                            3 diameters upstream from any flow disturb-
                                            ance such as a bend,  expansion or contrac-
                                            tion. For a rectangular cross-section, deter-
                                            mine  an  equivalent  diameter  from  the
                                            following equation:
 •Flgm1M4. Pl»l tubs - eanoian:
  223  Temperature  gaffe.—Any  tempera-
ture measuring device to measure stack tem-
perature to within 5'  P.
  22*  Pressure pope.—Pilot tube and In-
clined manometer, or equivalent, to measure
stack pressure to within 0.1 In Hg.
  2.2.6  Moisture  Ac terminal Ion.—Wet  and
dry bulb thermometers, drying tubes, con-
densers,  or  equivalent, to  determine  stack
gas moisture content to within l percent.
  2.3 Sample  recovery—2.3.1  Probe  clean-
ing rod.—At least as long  as  probe.
  2.3.2  Leakless glait sample  bottles.—BOO
ml.
  2.3.3  Graduated cylinder.—260 ml.
  2.3.4  Plastic  jar.—Approximately SCO ml.
  2.4 Analysis—2.4.1 Atomic    absorption
spectroph.otom.eter.—To measure absorbanoe
at  234.8  nm. Perkln Elmer  Model 303, or
equivalent, with N,O/acetylene burner.
  2.4.2  Hot plate.
  2.4.3  Perchloric acid fume hood.
  3.  Reagents—3.1   Stock   reagentt.—3.1.1
Hydrochloric acid.—Concentrated.
  3.1.2  Perchloric acid.—Concentrated, TO
percent.
  3.1.3  Nitric acid.—Concentrated.
  3.1.4  Sul/urtc acid.—Concentrated.
  3.1.6  Distilled and deionized water.
  3.1.6  Beryllium powder.—98 percent mini-
mum purity.
  3.2  Sampling—3.2.1  Filter. — Mllllpore
AA. or  equivalent.  It Is suggested  that a
Whatman 41  filter  be placed Immediately
against the back side of the Mllllpore filter
as  a .guard against  breaking  the Mllllpore
filter. In the analysis of the filter, the What-"
man  41  filter should be Included with the
Mllllpore filter.
  3.2.2  Silica pel.—Indicating type,  8 to 16
mesh, dried at  860*  P for  2 hours.
  3.2.8  Distilled and tfeioniced water.
  3.3 Sample recovery—3.3.1  Distilled and
deionized water.
  3.3.2  Acetone.—Reagent  grade.
  3.3.3  Wash  acid.—1.1  V/V  hydrochloric
acid-water.
  3.4 .Analysis.—3.4.1 Sulfurlc  acid  solu-
tion,  12 AT.—Dilute 338  ml  of concentrated
sulfurlc  acid  to 1 1  with  distilled water.
  3.4.2  25 percent  V/V hydrochloric  acid-
water.
  8.6 Standard  beryllium  solution—3.8.1
ttocfc solution.—1  eg/ml  beryllium.  Dis-
solve 10 mg of  beryllium In 80 ml of 12 N
sulfurlc acid solution and dilute to a volume
of 1000 ml with distilled water. Dilute a 10 ml
aliquot to 100 ml with 26 percent V/V hydro-
chloric  acid,  giving  a concentration  of 1
MR'ml. This dilute stock solution should be
prepared fresh dally. Equivalent strength (in
beryllium) stock solutions  may be prepared
from beryllium salts as Bed, and Be(NO,).
(08 percent miitimm^ purity).
  4. Procedure. 4.1  Guideline* for source
testing are detailed la the following tf*V>nit
These guidelines  are generally applicable;
                                                       D,=2LW
                                                            L+W
                                            where:
                                              D= equivalent diameter
                                               i=Iength
                                               W=wldth
                                 eq. 104-1
                                                   O.fc
                                                                      1.6
                                                                            NUMBER OF DUCT DIMETERS UPSTREAM'
                                                                                    (DISTANCE A)
                                                                                         l.b
               FROM POINT « ANY TYft Or
               DISTURBANCE (KND. EXPANSION, CONTRACTION, ETC<>
                              DUMBER OF DUCT DIAMETERS DOWNSTREAM
                                          (DISTANCE B)
                           Flflure IQ1-3. MJnlmum num&ei ol traverse points.
  Flgm 104-4. onm Motion ot circular rack •howtaa'IOMIIen el
  MWM poluu on pirpnidleulv dlwun.
Flgin 1044. Onn Motion 
-------
                      Table 104-1.   Location of traverse points In circular stacks
                      (Percent of stack dlaaeter from Inside wall  to traverse point)
>

M
NJ
Traverse
point
Mtur
on •
41«atter
1
2


-




10
11
12
13
14
18
1C
17
It
19
ID
ft
a
B
24
(
Nwbcr of traverst points on a dlmter
2
14 fi
85.4






















4
6.7
25.0
75.0
93.3




















6
4.4
14.7
29.5
70.5
85.3
95.fi


















8
3.3
10.5
19.4
32.3
67.7
80.6
89.5
96.7
















10
2.5
8.2
14.6
22.6
34.2
65.8
77.4
85.4
91.8
97.5














12
2.1
6.7
11.8
17.7
25.0
35.5
64.5
75.0
82.3
88.2
93.3
97.9








.



14
1.8
5.7
9.9
14.6
20.1
26.9
36.6
63.4
73.1
79.9
85.4
90.1
94.3
98.2










16
1.6
4.9
8.5
12.5
16.9
22.0
28.3
37.5
62.5
71.7
78.Q
83.1
87.5
91.5
98.1
98.4








18
1.4
4.4
7.5
10.9
14.6
18.8
23.6
29.6
38.2
61.8
70.4
76.4
81.2
85.4
89,1
92.5
95.6
98.6






20
1.3
3.9
6.7
9.7
12.9
16.5
20.4
2T.O
30.6
38.8
81.2
69.4
75.0
79.6
83.5
87.1
90.3
93.3
96.1
98.7




22
1.1
3.5
6.0
8.7
11.6
14.6
18.0
21.8
26.1
31.5
39.3
60.7
68.5
73.9
78.2
82.0
85.4
88.4
91.3
94.0
96.5
98.9


24
1 1
3.2
5.5
7.9
10.5
13.2
16.1
19.4
23.0
27.2
32.3
39.8
60.2
67.7*
72.8
77.0
80.6
83.9
86.8
89.5
92.1
94.5
96.8
98.9
           43.1  For circular iteoki locate tto tra-
         vatM points on at least two diameters accord-
         ing to flfure 104-4 and table 104-1. The tra-
         verse an* ahall divide the stack cross section
         Into equal parts.
           4.33  For rectangular  stacks  divide  the
         cross section Into as many equal rectangular
         areas as traverse points, such that the ratio
         of the length to the width of the elemental
         anas Is between  1 and a. Locate the traverse
         point* at the oentrotd of  each  equal  area
         according to figure 104-0.
           4.4  Measurement of (tack  conditions.—
         4.4.1   Set up the apparatus as  shown In fig-
         ure 104-2.  Make sure all  connections  are
         tight  and leak  free. Measure the velocity
head and temperature at the traverse points
specified by || 43 and 43.
  4.4.2  Measure  the static pressure  in the
stack.
  4.4 J  Determine the stack gas moisture.
  4.4.4  Determine the  stack gas molecular
weight from the measured moisture content
and knowledge of the expected gas stream
composition. A standard Orsat analyzer has
been found valuable at combustion sources.
In  all cases,  sound  engineering Judgment
should be used.
  4.8 Preparation of tampltnjr train.—4.8.1
Prior to assembly, clean all glassware (probe.
Implngers.  and connectors) by soaking In
wash actd for  3 hours. Place 100 mil of dis-
                                             tilled water In each of the first two Imprlng-
                                             ers, leave the third Implnger empty, and place
                                             approximately 200 g of prewelghted silica gel
                                             In the fourth Implnger. Save a portion of the
                                             distilled water as  a blank  In  the  sample
                                             analysis. Set up the train and the probe  as
                                             in figure 104-1.
                                               4.6.2  Leak check the sampling train at the
                                             sampling site. The leakage rate should not be
                                             In excess of 1 percent of the desired sampling
                                             rate. If  condensation in the probe or filter is
                                             a problem, probe and filter heaters  will be
                                             required.  Adjust  the heaters to provide a
                                             temperature at or above the stack tempera-
                                             ture. However, membrane filters such as the
                                             Mllllpore AA are limited to about 225° F.  If
                                             the stack gu  is in excess of about 200* P.,
                                             consideration should be given to an alternate
                                             procedure such as moving the filter holder
                                             downstream of the first  Implnger  to  Insure
                                             that the niter does not exceed Its tempera-
                                             ture limit. Place crushed Ice around the 1m-
                                             plngers. Add more Ice during the test to keep
                                             the temperature of the gases leaving the last
                                             Implnger at 70' F. or less.
                                               4.8  Beryllium train operation.—4.6.1  For
                                             each run.  record the  data required on the
                                             example sheet shown  In figure 104-6. Take
                                             readings at  each  sampling point at  least
                                             every 6 minutes and when significant changes
                                             In stack conditions  necessitate additional ad-
                                             justments in flow rate.
                                               4.6.2  Sample at a rate of 0.5 to 1.0 ft.'/mln.
                                             Samples shall be taken over such a period or
                                             periods as are necessary  to accurately deter-
                                             mine the maximum emissions which would
                                             occur  In a 24-hour period.  In the case of
                                             cyclic  operations,  sufficient tests  shall  be
                                             made so as to allow accurate determination
                                             or  calculation of the  emissions which will
                                             occur over the duration of the cycle. A mini-
                                             mum sample time of 3 hours Is recommended.
                                                                             ynocm
                                                                              MAO.
  4.63  To begin sampling, position the noz-
zle at the first traverse point with the  tip
pointing directly Into the gas stream. Imme-
diately start the pump and adjust the flow
to taoklnetlc conditions. Sample for at least
8 minutes) at each, traverse point; sampling
time must be the same for each point. Main-
tain Uoklnetle sampling throughout the sam-
pling period. Nomographs which aid In the
rapid adjustment of the sampling rate with-
out other  computations are  in APTD-0576
and are available from commercial suppliers.
Koto that standard monographs are applica-
ble only for type 8 pilot tubes and air or a
stack gas with an equivalent density. Con-
tact EPA or the sampling train supplier (or
Instructions when tbe standard monograph
Is not applicable.
  4.6.4  Turn off the pump at the conclusion
of each  run and record the final readings.
Immediately remove  the probe and  nozzle

-------
Worn ttoe otocfc oofi Sioafilo la oeooj&iaeo dta
U»o comple rooovcjyy B>3t>o3C3 ficscsltefi la
  <3.7   Oasapte  fcsovsry..—4.1.1   IISN!.
                                              Vi =Totd TOluina el H<5Tsld  collected In liuphwra
                                                  end dUm oal (cs Ssosa 11M-7). nil.
                                               y.oAverego oteeti oca tompnraiorB. °K.
                                               .PooStecli jBC3ttis> JVrfiototlc presurc, in UK.

                                              9.4  ffotEl gea volufita.

                                                         F,otol=FDo+r0o   cq.  104-4
                                                   " Total volume of SCO pamj>li> (stock condiUoin),
                                                     ff.
                                               V_ =Volumo of aco throBSh dry soo nx-ter (otm-Is
                                                   .  conditions), SV>.
                                               V0 c=Volum» of wotor vopor In (tea ample (ntwlt
                                                     condition]), B».
                                               3.S  Stack goo velocity.
                                               'Sco equation iC4-8 to calculate the stack
                                             goo velocity.
cscond.
 ,»
                                                                              eq. 104-5
                                                               atech 883 velocity, feet per
                                                         tbe=3 unite cro ncad.
                                                        Pltot tob9 osafficld
                                                                             \m
                                                                             • 1  .
                                                                                   .
                                                                                 when
                                                        Av«c3e steels sea tamparatura, *R.
                                                        Avsjcje cqucre root of tha velocity head
                                                         of Btecfe sea (InHiO)'fl (cza figure 104-6).
                                                        BtEcti precaue. Pboriotoflc pr^sure. In
                                                         Hg.
                                                        Molecule? uolsht of otech BBS (cret besis).
                                                         the cununotlon of the products of the
                                                         molecular CTeipbt of each component
                                                         multiplied by Its volumetric proportion
                                                         In the ml stun", Ib/lb-mola.
                                 eq. 104-2
where:
  V0 .oVolume of sea eanpla through the dry sea meter
        (Stock candlttooo), ft".
  V0-=>Volume of co ample tbroash tSra dry BCD meter
        (mate? condiaono), ft1.
   7
-------
 PLANT,

 OATE_
 RUN NO..
 STACK DIAMETER. In.
 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE, In. Hg;
STATIC PRESSURE IN STACK (Pg). hi.

OPERATORS__
                                SCHEMATIC OF STACK
                                  CROSS SECTION
        Traverse point
            number
Velocity head,
   IB. HjO
                                 AVERAGE:
                                                               Stack Temperature
                          Figure 104-8. Velocity traverse data.
  Figure 104-6 shows a  sample recording
sheet for velocity traverse data. Use the aver-
ages in the last two column* of figure 104-8
to determine the  average  stack gas velocity
from equation 104-6.
  6.6 Beryllium  collected.—Calculate  the
total weight of beryllium  collected by using
equation 104-6.
         Wr = ViCi-V.<7.-V.C...eq. 104-6
where:
  W i = Total  weight  of  beryllium collected,
         Ml-
   V i ^ Total  volume  of  hydrochloric acid
         from step 4.6.8.4, ml.
   Ci "Concentration  of beryllium found in
         sample,  «g/ml.
  V.-Total volume of  water  used  in sam-
         pling (impluger oontent*  plus  all
         wash amounts),  ml.
  O.aBlank concentration  at karyllraaa IB
   V.=Total volume of acetone used in sam-
         pling (all wash amounts), ml.
   O«=Blank concentration of beryllium in
         acetone, «g/ml.
  6.7  Total oerydlum tmiulont.—calculate
the total amount of beryllium emitted from
each stack par day by equation 104-7. This
equation is applicable for continuous opera-
tion*. For cyclic operations, use only the time
per day each stack I* in operation. The total
beryllium emissions from a source will be the
summation of results from all stacks.

                4. „ 86,400 seconds/day
                •M. ^       ^^  I III _*«••_••.
                          10* «lg/g

                                eq. 104-7
»b«re:
   •7,- Total wtffht of beryllium eoUwtod. >
 VM»I-T»UI vehUM ef CM nmpfe (steak «
        Of.
                                            •4  f*ofc
-------
C3GTSOOO  ioo. cnrrnoo w
  C3EQCOD7 JH wa&rrcvaaTrm snaaTEacBT
  C2WAO8 OI.TOOEO »

  1. Principle  end  opplicaWlity .  1.1 FWm-
elple — A   crolghod  portion  of  tho  OTOJTO
oludge cample la digested to aqua re(jla for
% minutso at 68'C.  followed  by  OKldatlon .
cnth  potassium  permanganate. Mercury  in
fthe digested sample Is then  measured by the
conventional opectropbotometer cold vapor
technique. Ac alternative digestion involving
the UE2 of an autoclave Is described to para-
graph 4.5.2 of this method.
  1 3 Applicability — This method  to appli-
cable for ttie determination of total organic
and Inorganic  mercury content  In  caorage
sludges,  colls, cedlmento. and bottom-type
materials. The normal range of this method
Is 0.2 to  5 sg'g. The range may be extended
above or below the normal range by Increas-
ing or decreasing sample alze and through In-
Gtrument and recorder control.
  2. Apparatus.   2.1  Analysis — The conven-
tional  cold vapor technique (5) Is used  to
analyze the sample.
  2.1.1 Atomic    Absorption   Spectrophoto-
meter > — Any atomic absorption unit  having
an  open cample  presentation  area la ohlch
&o mount the absorption call lo suitable. In-
otrument cettinge rocommeniiGd by ttie par-
ticular manufacturer ahould be
  S.I .2  Mercury  Holloa  Catbc£e  lamp —
Wostlnshouas  Wt/-22(H7,  ergon  Slled.  or
equivalent.
  2.1.3  Recorder— Any multlranpe. Tarlable-
opeed recorder that la compatible with the
tJV detection nyotem to trait able
  2.1.0  Aboorptlon  Coll — Standard  cpoctro-
photomater cells 10 cm long, having quartz
and windows may be uoed. Suitable cello may
be  constructed from  plexlglccs  tubing.  2.8
cm O.D  x 11.0 cm (ca. 1"  O.D. a O'/o"). Tha
ends are ground perpendicular to the longi-
tudinal axis,  and quartz  windows |2.6  cm
diameter jt 0.16 cm thickness  (ca. 1" diameter
H W  thickness) )  are cemented In place.
Gas Inlet and outlet ports  {also of plexiglass
but 0.6 cm O.D. (ca. V4" O.D.) ]  ore attached
approximately 1.3 cm  oulf uric acid to 1 .0 Iltar.
   0.1.3  Stonnouo Sulfote — Add 26 g otan-
 taous  oulfate to 3 BO ml of 0.3N  oulfurlc acid.
 ?Bȣ3 mlsture Is a onopenslon and ohould bs
 oi'rred  eoatlnuou?ly  during ure. Stannouo
 chloride may bs uoed in place of the atannouc
 calf ate.
   3.1.0  Bofllum   "Chloride — Hydrosylamlre
 Oulfote Solution — ^D.'ssolve 12  prams of so-
 dium  chloride and 12 grams of hydroxylamine
 oulfote In distilled outer and "dilute to  100
 sil. Wydrosvlamlne  hydrochlortde mav be
 \E3ed In place of  the hydroxylamine oulf ate.
   8.1.5  Potassium Permanganate — 5% colu-
 C3on. w/v. Dissolve 8 grams of nota"<>lum per-
 saanpannto in 100 ml of distilled trote?.
   8.1.6  Stocfc  Mercury  Solution — Dissolve
 Q.I 354 pramn of reagent  grade mercuric cblo-
 (r3de  (Assay  >95<7r)  In  76 ml of distilled
 •crater. Add 10 snl of concentrated nitric odd
 end adjust  tbe volume  to 100.0 ml.  1 ml = l
        Bseouco sS 4S>o tonic aoturo of saer-
      VDJKC,  p?ccoutlon muot to teten  to
ovoid  Ito  laiiciatloa-  'xheretcre, o  bypass
O34123  bo 8aclu(3cd 2a 61ie analysis  oyatem
Ca dthe? vont &ie rasrcury vapor Into  an
aihauat Jicttfi cr ptica ttoo vapor through come
c&sorblng otsdla, oucSj cs :
   (a) ctjxicj volumes of 0.1N KMNO. and lO'.i
   317  WorHrig  Mercurv  Solution —
 nuccp"1ve  dilutions of  the ^toclt mercury
 oolutlon to obtain a worMng standard eon-
 tolntn'? 0.1 ,,s per ml. This wording standard
 a"d the dilutions of the  otocft mercury poh'-
 i^oTi ohould be prepared  fresh dMlv. Aclrtlty
 c ?ccoMor pan levels  o2.
cpprozimately  1  minute, cpsa  tho bypass
col7o  and continue  the C3?atlon until the
ciccrrbanco  s-eturca to ita  minimum value.
Oloc2  tSia ISypcan voJve, ?emovo tho fritted
eublns from tho  BOD bottle  and  continue
&he aeration. Proceed trttb tbe otandas- ds and
eonstruct a otandard curvo by plotting peak
       versus mlcrogrcms of mercury.
       Analysis.
         Weigh  triplicate 05g±0.001 g por-
tions  of dry sample  and pl&oa in bottom of
a BOD  bottle.  Add  5 ml of  distilled mter
and 6 ml of aqua rests. Beat 2 minutes in a
uoter bath at 05°C. Cool and add SO ml tils-
GUled tratsr and SB   ml  potassium  per-
manganate colution  to ecca cample bottle.
!"»" thoroughly and  place in tho ^mter bath
Cor SO minutes c,t SS°C. Cool and add 8 ml of
cirflum chlortde-hytiroKylamine aulfate to fe-
aiaco a»c osceco permanganate. Adti 65 ml of
<31otlllee onosa par-
 aaongcaota. Purg0 *teo flead oir cpoos ond.
 esnanuo ca eeocylbcfi 8a
             o? tecfia aomea or opscifle proa-
    ) €023 Eioi cn2!3K3uto csn^omment by tho
                                                             II-A-25

-------
  ». Cokntlatlon.  (.1  Measure   the  peak
ketfnt at the unknown from the abert and
read the  mercury value from the standard
curve.
  5.3  Calculate the mercury concentration
in the tample by the formula:

               _*g Hg In the aliquot
     »g Hg/gm - wt
  6.3  Report mercury concentrations as fol-
lows:  Below 0.1 *g/g; between 0.1 and 1 *g/g,
to the nearest  0.01 ^g/g; between 1 and 10
n/g,  to nearest  0.1 «; above 10 pg/g, to
nearest »R.
  8. Precision end accuracy.  8.1  According
to the provisional method In reference num-
ber 6. thn following standard deviations on
repllcnto sediment samples  have been re-
corded at the Indicated levels: 0.39 /jR/g + 0.03
and 0.82 pR/g±0.03.  Recovery of mercury at
these levels, added at methyl mercuric chlo-
ride,  was 97 and 04%. respectively.
  7. References.
  1. Bishop.  J. N. "Mercury  In Sediments."
Ontario  Water ReBources Comm.. Toronto,
Ontario, Canada, 1071.
  2. Salma,  M. Private communication, EPA
Cal/Nov Basin  Office, Alameda,  California.
  S. Hatch, W. R.. and Ott, W. U "Determina-
tion  of Sub-Mlcrogram Quantities of  Mer-
cury  by Atomic Absorption Spectrophotom-
•try." Ana. Chem. 40, 2085 (1968) .
  4. Bradenberger, H.  and Bader, B.  "Tt\»
Determination  of  Hanogram  Levels of Mer-
cury  In Solution by  a Flameless Atomic Ab-
•orptlon  Technique,"  Atomic  Absorption
Newsletter 6. 101 (1967).
  6. Analytical Quality Control  Laboratory
(AQCL), Environmental Protection Agency.
Cincinnati.   Ohio.  "Mercury In  Sediment
(Cold  Vapor  Technique),"   Provisional
Method. April 1972.
  8. Kopp,  J.  P, Longbottom. M. C.  and
Lobrlnp. L.  B.  "Oold Vapor Method for De-
termining Mercury. • Journal AWWA.  84, 1
(1872), pp. 90-26.
  7. "Manual of Method* for Chemical Anal-
yeU of  Water  and Waste*,"  Environmental
Protection  Agency.  fcPA-«2S/2-74-O08, pp.
119-138.
                                                           II-A-26

-------
           106—DETiaMiN/iTioN  or VINYL
    COLOHIDE TOOM  STATIONARY SOURCES

               INTRODUCTION

  Performance of this method should not oe
attempted  by persons unfamiliar  with  the
operation of a gon  chromatograph. nor by
fchose who  ere  unftimlllar with  source sam-
pling,  as there are  many  details  that  are
beyond the scope of this presentation. Care
must be exercised to prevent  exposure of
campling personnel to vinyl chloride, o  car-
cinogen.
  1. Principle and Applicability.
  1.1  An Integrated bag sample of stack gas
containing  vinyl  chloride  (chloroethylenei
ID subjected  to  chromatographlc analysis.
using a flame lonlzatlon detector.
  1.2  The method Is applicable to the meas-
urement of vinyl chloride In stack gases from
othylene dlchlorlde,  vinyl chloride  and poly-
vinyl chloride  manufacturing processes, ex-
cept where the vinyl chloride Is contained In
partlculate  matter.
  3. Range and Sensitivity.
  The lower limit of detection  will vary ac-
cording  to the chromatograph  used. Valuf-s
reported include 1 x 10-' mg and 4 x  ip-7
mg.
  3. Interferences.
  £3anldehyde. which  can occur In some
vinyl chloride sources, will Interfere with the
vinyl chloride peak from the Chromosorb 102
column. See sections 4.3.2 and 6.4. If resolu-
tion of  the  vinyl chloride  peak Is still not
oatlflfoctory  for a particular1 sample,  then
chromatograph parametera  con be  further
altered with prior approval of the Admln-
lotrator. If  alteration of the chromatograph
parameters falls to resolve the vinyl chloride
peak, then nupplemental confirmation of the
vinyl  chloride peak  through  an  absolute
analytical  technique, ouch  as  mass spectro-
ocopy, must be performed.-
  0.  Apparatus.
  0.1  Sampling (Figure 1).
  0.1.1   Probe—Stainless oteel, Pyrex (jlase.
or Teflon tubing according to  otnck temper-
ature, each equipped with  a (jlaso  wool  plug
to remove paniculate matter.
  4.1.3  Sample line—Teflon, 6.4 mm outside
diameter,  of  sufficient length to connect
 probe to bag. A new  unused piece la employed
for each series of bag samples that constitute
 on emission test.
   0.1.3  Male  (2) and  female  (2)  stainless
oteel quick-connects, with  ball checks  (one
pair without)  located as shown In Figure  I.
  0.1.4  Tedlar bags,  100 liter  capacity—To
contain sample. Teflon  bags are not accept-
able. Alumlnlzed  Mylar bags  may be used,
provided  that the  samples  ore analyzed
within 24  bours  of  collection.
   
-------
                                  106-1* bt*(r«t«d bag
                                        M«C oa cpBCtflc »ro4uctf
                                    fcy a* InvlrMMMtAl rr*CMCiM
                                                            I n»t centime*
temperature, the carrier  gas flow rate, the
chart  speed  and  the attenuator setting.
Record  peaks and detector responses that
occur in the absence of vinyl chloride. Main-
tain conditions. With the equipment plumb-
ing arranged identically to Section 6.3, flush
the sample loop for 30 seconds at the rate of
100 ml/min with  one of  the vinyl chloride
calibration mixtures and activate the sample
valve. Record the injection time. Select  the
peak  that  corresponds  to  vinyl  chloride.
Measure the distance on the chart from the
injection time to the time at which the peak.
maximum occurs. This quantity, divided by
the chart speed, is defined as the retention
time. Record.
  7.3  Preparation of  chromatograph cali-
bration curve. Make a gas  chromatographic
measurement of each standard  gag mixture
(described in Section 7.1)  using conditions
identical  with  those  listed in  Section  6.8
above. Flueh the sampling loop for 30 second*
at the rate of 100 ml/min with each standard
gas mixture and activate the sample valve.
Record C,, the concentrations of vinyl chlo-
ride Injected, the  attenuator setting, chart
speed, peak area, sample loop temperature,
column temperature,  carrier gas flow rate,
and retention time. Record the laboratory
pressure. Calculate A., the  peak area  multi-
plied bj th* attenuator setting. Repeat until
two injection areas are within 6%, then plot
those point* vs C,. When th* other concen-
trations have been plotted, draw a smooth
curve through  th* points. Perform calibra-
tion  dally,  or before  and after each set of
bag samples, whichever is more  frequent.
   7.4   Bag  leak checks.  While  performance
 of this section is required subsequent to bag
 uae,  it is also advised that it be performed
 prior to bag  use. After each us*, make sur*
 a bag did not develop leaks aa follows. To leak
 check, connect  a water manometer and pres-
 surize  th* bag to 5-10 cm H,O (9-4 In H,O).
 Allow to stand  for 10 minute*. Any displace-
 ment in  the water  manometer indicates a
 leak. Al*o oh*ck th* rigid container for leak*
 In this manner.       v
   (Norx: An alternative leak check method
 ts to pressurize the bag to 8-10 cm  H,O or
 8-4 la. H,O  and allow to  stand overnight.
 A deflated  bag indicates a l*ak.)  For each
 •amp)* bag in It* rigid container, place a
 rotameter  in-line  between  tb*  bag and th*
 pump  Inlet. Evacuate th* bag. Failure of the
 rotameter to register  cero now wh*n th* bag
 «pp«an to be empty indicate* a |a»k.
  8.  Calculations.
  8.1 Determine the  sample peak area as
follows:
                           Equation 106-1
where:
  A ,— The sample peak area.
  A.-Tht measured peek area.
  Ai-Tbt attenuation (actor.

  8.2  Vinyl chloride  concentrations. From
the  calibration  curve described in Section
7.3.  above, select the  value of C, that cor-
responds to At, the sample peak area. Cal-
culate C, as follows:
                           Equation 106-2
Where

  £.1

  C.-

  C.-

  P,-

  7V-

  P,

  T,
-The water vapor content of thr bag umbte, a
    analyzed.
The concentration of vinyl chloride in the b*c
  cample In ppra.
The concentration of vinyl chloride indicated by
  the gas chromatograph, In pnrn.
The refurfnoa pressure, thr  laboratory prenora
  recorded during calibration, mm He.
The sample  loop  temperature on the absolute
  •cale al the time of analysis, QK.
'The laboratory pressure at time of analysis, mm
  He.
The reference Umperature, the  (ample  loop
  temperature recorded during calibration, °K'
  8. References.
  1. Brown, D. W., Loy, E. W. and Stephen-
son, M. R. "Vinyl Chloride Monitoring Near
the B. F. Ooodrlch  Chemical Company  in
Louisville, Kentucky." Region IV, T7B. Envi-
ronmental Protection  Agency, Surveillance
and Analysis Division, Athens, Georgia, June
34, 1674.
  9. "Evaluation of A Collection and Analy-
tical Procedure for Vinyl Chloride in Air."
by O. D. Clayton and Associates, December
 18. 1074.  EPA Contract No. 68-03-1408, Task
 Order No. 3. EPA Report oN. 75-VCL-l.
 <
-------
METHOD 107—DBTXBMINATIOH or VIHYI. Ctux>-
  BQ>I CONTENT O7  INPROCESS WA8TEWATEB
  SAMPLES, AND VINYL CHLORIDE CONTENT or
  POLTVINYL CHLORIDE RESIN, SLURHY, WIT
  CAKE, AND LATEX SAMPLES
              INTRODUCTION

  Performance of this method should not be
attempted  by persona  unfamiliar with the
operation of a gas chromatograph.  nor by
those who  are unfamiliar with sampling, as
there are many details that are beyond the
ecope of this presentation.  Care must be
exercised to prevent exposure of sampling
personnel to vinyl chloride, a carcinogen.
  1. Principle and Applicability.
  1.1 The  basis  for this method relates to
the  vapor  equilibrium which la established
between RVCM, PVC.  resin, water,  and air
In a closed system. It has been demonstrated
that tht RVCM In a PVC resin will equili-
brate In a  cloned vessel quite rnpldly.  pro-
vided that the temperature of the PVC resin
la  maintained  above  the  glnss transition
temperature of that specific resin.
  1.3  Thin procedvire  In suitable for deter-
mining the vinyl chloride monomer (VCM)
content of  Inproce.vi  wostcwater  sample*,
and  the residual vinyl chloride monomer
 (RVCM) content of polyvlnyl chloride (PVC)
resins,  wet cake, slurry, and  latex samples.
It cannot be used for polymer In fused form,
such as sheet or cubes. If a resolution of the
 vinyl chloride peak  Is  not satisfactory for  a
particular   sample,  then  cnromatograph
 parameters may be altered  with prior ap-
 proval  of the Administrator. If there la rea-
 aon to believe  that some other.hydrocarbon
 with an Identical retention  time Is present
 in the sample, then supplemental conflrma-
 tlon of the vinyl chloride peak through an
 absolute analytical technique, such as  mass
 spectroscopy. should be performed.
   2. Range and Sensitivity.
   The lower limit of detection of vinyl chlo-
ride trill vary according to the ehromato-
 graph used. Values  reported Include 1X10-*
 mg and 4 x 10-' mg. With proper calibration,
 the upper limit may be extended as needed.
   3. Precision and ReproduclbUlty.
   An  Intel-laboratory  comparison  between
 e»ven  laboratories  of  three  resin  sample*.
 •ach split Into three parts, yielded a standard
 deviation  of 2.63 7c for a sample with a mean
 of 3.09 ppm, 4.10% for a*sample with a mean
 of 1.60 ppm. and 6.39% for a sample with a
 mean of 02.96 ppm.
   4. Safety.
   Do not release vinyl chloride to the labora-
 tory atmosphere during preparation of stand-
 ards. Venting or purging with VCM/alr mix-
 tures roust be held to a minimum. When
 they are required, the vapor must be routed
 to  outside air. Vinyl  chloride, even at low
 ppm levels, must never be vented Inside the
 laboratory. After vials  have been analyzed,
 the pressure within the vial must be vented
 prior to removal from  the Instrument  turn-
 table. Vials must be vented Into an activated
 charcoal tube using a hypodermic needle  to
 prevent release of  vinyl  chloride  Into the
 laboratory atmosphere. The charcoal  mutt
 be replaced prior to vinyl chloride break-
 through.
   6. Apparatus.
    6.1  Sampling.
.   6.1.1  Bottles—60 ml (3 oz),  with waxed
 lined acrow on tops,  for PVC samples.
   6.1.3  Vials—60 ml Hypo-vims,' sealed with
 Tenon faced Tuf-Bond  discs for water sam-
 ple*.
   6.1.3  Electrical   tap*—or  equivalent,  to
 prevent loosening of bottle tops.
   > Mention of trad* names on specific prod-
 ucts does not constitute endorsement by tho
 environmental Protection Agency.
  13  Sample recovery.                  ,
  6.2.1  Vials—With seals and caps. Perkln-
Elmcr Corporation No. 105-0118, or equiva-
lent.
  6.2.2  Analytical   balance—Capable   of
weighing to ±0.001 gram.
  6.3.3.  Syringe, 100  *1—Precision  Series
"A" No. 010025,  or equivalent.
  6.3.4  Vial Beater.  Perkln-Ebner Ho. 106-
0100 or equivalent.
  6.3  Analysts.
  6.3.1  Oas  chromatograph—Perkln-Elmer
Corporation  Model P-40  head-space ana-
lyzer. No. 104-0001, or equivalent.
  6.3.2  Chromatograph Ic   column—Stain-
toss steel,  3 mXS.2 mm  containing 0.4%
Corbowax 1600 on Carbopak A, Perkln-Elmer
Corporation  No. 105-0133. or  equivalent.
Oarbopak C can  be used In place of Carbopak
A.
  6.3.3  Thermometer—0 to 100* C, accurate
to ±0.1* C. Perkln-Elmer No. 106-0100 or
equivalent.
  6.3.4.  Sample tray  thermostat system—
Perkln-Elmer No. 105-0103. or equivalent.
  6.3.6  Septa—Sandwich  type,  for  auto-
matic dosing,  13 mm, Perkln-Elmer No. 106-
100B, or equivalent
  6.3.0  Integrator - recorder — Hewlett  -
Packard Model 3380A, or equivalent.
  6.3.7  Filter drier  assembly  (8)—Perkta-
Btmer No. 2330117, or equivalent.
  6.3.8  Soap film flowmeter—Hewlett Pack-
ard No. 0101-0113, or equivalent.
  6.4  Calibration.
  6.4.1  Regulators—for  required  gas cyln-
ders.
  8.  Reagents.
  «.l  Analysis.
  6.1.1  Hydrogen gas—zero grade.
  6.1.3  Nitrogen gas—zero grade.
  9.13  Air—zero grade.
  6.3  Calibration.
  8.3.1  Standard  cylinders  (4)—one each
of 60, 600. 3000,  and 4000 ppm vinyl chloride
In nitrogen, with certified analysis.
  7.   Procedure.
  7.1  Sampling.
  7.1.1  PVC  sampling—Allow  the resin  or
Blurry to flow from a tap dn the tank or iDo
until the tap  line has been well purged. Ex-
tend a 60 ml sample bottle under the tap, fill.
end immediately tightly cap the bottle. Wrap
electrical tape around the cap and bottle to
prevent  the top from  loosening, Place an
Identifying  label on  each bottle,  and record
the date, time, and sample location both on
the bottles  and  in a log book.
  7.1.3  Water sampling—Prior to use, the
00  ml  vials  (without the discs) must  be
capped with aluminum  foil and muffled  at
600'C for  at lean one  hour to destroy  or
remove any organic matter that could  in-
terfere  with analysis. At the sampling loca-
tion fill the vials bubble-free, to overflowing
oo that a convex meniscus forms at the top.
The excess  water is displaced as  the  sealing
disc If carefully placed, Tenon side down,  on
the opening of the vial. Place the aluminum
eeal over the disc and the neck  of the vial
and crimp  Into place. Affix an  identifying
label on the bottle, and record the date, time,
and sample location  both on the vials and
In a log book. All sample* must be kept re-
frigerated until  analyzed.
   13  Sample recovery. Samples must be run
Within 34 hours.
   7.3.1   Resin  samples—The  weight  of  the
resin used must be between 0.1 and 4.6 grama.
An exact weight must be obtained  (±0.001
gram)  for  each sample. In the case  of sun-
 pension resins a volumetric cup can  be pre-
pared which  will hold the required amount
 of sample.  The  sample bottle is opened, and
 the cup volume of resin IB added to the tared
cample vial (Including  septum and  alumi-
 num cap). The vial  la  immediately sealed
 e>nd the exact sample weight is then obtained.
 Report this value on tb* data sheet  as it 1s
required for  calculation of RVCM.  In the
case of relatively dry resin samples (water
content <0.3 weight %), 100  „! of distilled
water must be Injected into the vial,  after
Moling and weighing, using a 100 01 ayrlnge.
In  the ease  of dispersion resins,  the cup
cannot be wed.  The  cample  to  instead
weighed approximately In on aluminum dish,
transferred to  the  tared vial  and weighed
accurately In the  vial.  The sample  is then
placed in the Perkln-Elmer head space ana-
lyzer (or equivalent) and conditioned for one
hour at 90*C.
  NOTE: Some aluminum  vial caps have a
center section which must be removed prior
to placing Into sample tray. If not removed,
carious damage to the Injection needle will
occur.
  123,  Suspension resin slurry and wet cake
samples—Slurry must  be filtered using a
email Buchner funnel  with vacuum to yield
wet cake. The filtering process must be con-
tinued  only  as long as  a steady stream  of
water Is exiting from  the funnel. Excessive
filtration time could result in some loss  of
VCM. The wet cake sample (0.10 to 4.6 grams)
is added  to  a  tared vial  (Including septum
and aluminum cap) and immediately sealed.
Sample weight is then determined to 3 deci-
mal places. The sample Is then placed In the
Perkln-Elmer bead space analyzer (or equiva-
lent) and conditioned for one hour at 90*C.
A sample of wet cake is used to determine
TS (total  solids). This is required for calcu-
lating the RVCM.
   7.2.3  Dispersion resin  slurry samples.—
This material should not be filtered. Sample
must  be  thoroughly mixed.  Using a tared
 vial (including septum and aluminum cap)
 odd  approximately 8  drops  (0.25  to 0.35
 grama)  of Blurry or latex using a medicine
 dropper.  This should  be  done immediately
 after mixing. Seal the vial as soon as possible.
 Determine sample  weight accurate to 0.001
 grams. Total sample weight must not exceed
 0.50 grama.  Condition the vial  for one hour
 at 00°C  in  the analyzer.  Determine the  TS
 on tile slurry sample (Section 73.5).
   7.2.4  Inprocess   wastewater  samples—
 Using  a tared vial (including septum and
 aluminum cap) quickly add  approximately
 1 cc of water using a medicine dropper. Seal
 the  vial  as soon  as  possible.  Determine
 sample weight accurate to 0.001 gram. Con-
 dition the vial for two hours at 90'C  In the
 analyzer.
   7.3  Analysis.
   7.3.1  Preparation of ga* chromatograph—
 Install the chromatograpblc column and con-
 dition overnight at ISO'C. Do not connect the*
 exit end of  the column to the detector while
 conditioning.
   7.3.1.1  Plow  rate  adjustments—Adjust
 flow rates as follows:
   a. Nitrogen carrier gas—Bet regulator oo
 cylinder  to read 60 pslg. Set regulator on
 chromatograph to 1.3 kg/cm». Normal flows
 at this pressure should be 26 to 40 cc/mlnute.
 Check with  bubble flow meter.
    b. Burner air supply—Set regulator on cyl-
 inder to read  60 pslg. Set  regulator  on
 chromatograph to supply air to burner at a
 rate between  250 and 300 cc/mlnute. Check
 with bubble flowmeter.
    8. Hydrogetwsupply—Set regulator on cyl-
 inder to read  30 pslg. Set  regulator on
 chromatograph  to  supply  approximately
 85+6 cc/mlnute. Optimize hydrogen  flow to
 yield  the most sensitive detector response
  without extinguishing the flame. Check flow
  wltb bubble meter and record this flow
    73.1.2 Temperature   adjustments—Set
  temperatures as follows:
    a.  Oven  (chromatographlc  column),  60*
 C.
    b. Dosing line, 140* C.
    c. Injection block, 140* C.
    d. Sample chamber,  water  temperature,
  00° C±1.0- C.
    7 J.I .8 Ignition of flame ionlzatlon detec-
                                                            II-A-29

-------
tor—Icnlto the datector  according to the
manufacturer's Instructions.
  74.14  Amplifier  balanoe—Batonoe  th«
amplifier  according  to the  manufacturer'*
Instructions.
  7.8.3  Programming  tb»  ebromatograpb—
Program the  cbromatograpb  as follows:
  a. I—Doting time—Tbe normal setting to
9 seconds.
  b. A—Analysis time—The  normal setting
to 8 minutes. Certain types of samples con-
tain high boiling materials which can cause
interference wtlb tbe vinyl chloride peak on
subsequent   analyses.  In  these cases  the
analysis time must be adjusted to eliminate
the  Interference.  An  automated backflush
system can also be used to solve this prob-
lem.
  c. B—Flushing—The normal setting Is 0.3
minutes.
  d. W—Stabilization time—The nomal set-
ting Is 0.3 minutes.
  e. X—Number of analyses per sample—The
normal setting Is 1.
  7.3.3 Preparation of sample turntable—Be-
fore placing  any sample  Into turntable,  be
certain that  tbe center section of tbe alu-
minum cap has been removed. Tbe numbered
sample bottles should be placed In tbe cor-
responding numbered  positions  In tbe turn-
table. Insert  samclea In the followina order:
  Positions 1 & 9—Old 2000 ppm standards
for  conditioning.  These are necessary  only
after the analyzer has not been used for 34
hours or longer.
  Position 3—50 ppm  standard, freshly pre-
pared.
  Position 4—600 ppm standard, freshly pre-
pared.
  Position B—2000  ppm  standard,  freshly
prepared.
  Position 6—1000 ppm standard, freshly pre-
pared.
  Position 7—Sample No. 7 (This Is tbe Bret
sample of the day, but Is given as 7 to  be con-
sistent with  the turntable and the integrator
printout.)
  After all samples have been positioned.  In-
sert tbe second set of  50, 600, 2000, and 4000
ppm standards. Samples, Including stand-
ards must be conditioned  In  the bath of
BO*  C for 1 hour (not to exceed 6 hours).
  7.3.4   Start  chromatograph   program—
When all samples, including standards, have
been conditioned at 90* C for 1 hour, start
the analysis  program according to the manu-
facturers'  Instructions. These  Instructions
must be carefully  followed when starting
and stopping program to prevent damage to
the dosing assembly.
  7.3.6   Determination of total solids (TS).
  For wet cake, slurry, resin  solution, and
PVC latex samples, determine  TS for each
•ample  by   accurately weighing approxim-
ately 3 to 4 grams of sample  in an aluminum
pan  before  and  after  placing In  a  draft
oven (10S to 110* C). Samples must be dried
to  constant  weight. After first  weighing  re-
turn the pan to tbe oven  for  a short  pe-
 riod of time and then rewelgh to verify com-
 plete dryness. TS Is then calculated as  the
 final sample weight divided by  Initial sam-
 ple weight.  "
   8. Calibration.
   Calibration  Is to be performed each eight-
 hour period when  the Instrument  Is  used
 Bach day, prior to running samples,  the col-
 umn should be conditioned by running  two
 of the previous days 3000 ppm  standards.
   8.1 Preparation of Standards.
   Calibration  standards are  prepared by fill-
 ing the vials  with the vinyl ehlorlde/nltro-
 g»n standards, rapidly seating the  septum
 and sealing with the aluminum cap. Use a
 stainless steel line from the cylinder to  the
 vial. Do not use rubber or tygon tubing. The
 •ample  line  from the  cylinder must be
f urged (Into hood)  for several minutes prior
to filling vials. After purging, reduce the flow
rate to approximately 600-1000 cc/mln. Place
•nd of tubing into vial (near bottom) and
after one minute slowly remove tubing. Place
••ptum In vial as soon as possible to mini-
mice mixing air with sample. After the stand-
ard vials are scaled. Inject 100M1 of distilled
water.
  8.2  Preparation of chromatograph calibra-
tion curve.
  Prepare two 60 ppm, two 600 ppm, two 2000
ppm. and two 4000 ppm standard  samples.
Bun the calibration samples In exactly the
aaroe manner as regular  samples.  Plot  A>,
the Integrator area  counts for each standard
•ample vs C,. the  concentration  of  vinyl
chloride  in -each standard  sample. Draw a
line of best fit through the points.
  B. Calculations.
  B.I   Response factor.
  Prom  the  calibration curve described In
Section  8.2,  above,  select  the value of C.
that corresponds to A» for each sample. Com-
pute the response factor, Rr, for each sample,
as follows:

                 «/=£-'   Equation 107-1
                      c«

  B.3  Residual vinyl chloride monomer con-
centration, or vinyl chloride monomer con-
centration.
  Calculate Or« as follows:
                          Equation 107-2
wbtn:
  Cf. •— Concentration of vinyl chloride la the suopl*,
        In ppm.
   P.-L»bor»tory atmosphere pressure, mm Eg.
   Ti- Room temperature. "K.
   M.-Molncular weight of VCM (02.5).
   Vt— Volume of vapor phase (vial volume less sample
        volume).
   in i— Weight of sample, irrams.
   A -Oas constant (62,360).
   jr-Henry's  Law constant tor VCM in PVC at
        «0°6, K-tM'X.lO-'-K,  for  VCM la 1 ee
        (approximate) wastewater sample at SO°C,
        Jf-S.OXlO-'-.K'..
   Ti— Equilibration temperature, *X-

  D tbe following conditions are met, Equation 1074
•an be simplified as follow*;
  L Ti -22* C (295° K).
  a. P.-7W mm. Hg.
                         30

  . Bample contains IMS than 0.8% water.
                               m,

                          Equation 107-3
  Tbe following general equation can be used tor any
sample which contains VCW, PVC and/or water.

C  -A'P'
^'"~Wfi
                          Equation 107-4
where:
  T.-Totftl solids.
  Note: K, must be determined.

  Results calculated  using Equation  107-4
represent concentration based  on the total
•ample. To obtain results  baaed on dry PVC
content, divide by TS.
  For a 1 ee (approximate) wastewater sample. Equation
W7-4 can be simplified to tbe following:
         A. r5.988X10-»
                  m,
f (2.066.X 10-«)1

 Equation 107-5
                                              10. References.
  1. Residual Vinyl Chloride Monomer Con-
tent of Polyvlnyl  Chloride Resins and Wet
Cake Samples, B. P. Goodrich Chemical Co.
Standard Test  Procedure No. 1005-T. B. P.
Ooodrlch Technical Center, Avon Lake, Ohio.
January 80, 1B76.
  3. Berens, A. R.,  "The Solubility of Vinyl
Chloride In Polyvlnyl Chloride," ACS-Dlvl-
alon  of  Polymer  Chemistry, Polymer  Pre-
prints IS (2): 197.1974.
  8. Berens, A, R., "The Diffusion of Vinyl
Chloride in Polyvlnyl Chloride," ACS-Dlvl-
•lon  of  Polymer Chemistry,* Polymer  Pre-
prints IS (2): 303,1874...
  4. Berens, A.  R., L. B. Crlder, C. J. Toma-
aek and J. M. Whitney, Analysis for Vinyl
Chloride in PVC Powders by Head-Space Oas
Chromatography," to be published.
                                                             II-A-30

-------
SECTION  III
  FULL TEXT
     OF
   REVISIONS
     III

-------
       NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS  FOR  HAZARDOUS AIR  POLLUTANTS
                              SECTION  III
       FULL TEXT OF REVISIONS  AND OTHER FEDERAL REGISTER  NOTICES
Reference                                                            Page
          36 FR 5931,  3/31/71  -  List of Hazardous Air Pollutants
          36 FR 23239,  12/7/71 - Proposed  Standards for Asbestos,
           Beryllium and Mercury
   1       38 FR 8826,  4/6/73 - National  Emission Standards             1
           Promulgated for Asbestos, Beryllium, and Mercury
   2      39 FR 15398,  5/3/74  -  Amendments to  Standards for            32
           Asbestos, Beryllium,  and Mercury
   3      39 FR 37987,  10/25/74  - Region V Office:  New Address        34
          39 FR 38064,  10/25/74  - Proposed Amendments to  Standards
           for Asbestos and Mercury
   4      40 FR 18170,  4/25/75 - Delegation of Authority  to  State      34
           of Washington
   5      40 FR 42195,  9/11/75 - Delegation of Authority  to  State      35
           of California
   6      40 FR 45171,  10/1/75 - Delegation of Authority  to  State      36
           of California
   7      40 FR 48299,  10/14/75  - Amendments to Standards for          37
           Asbestos and Mercury
   8      40 FR 48348,  10/15/75  - Delegation of Authority to          57
           State of New York
   9      40 FR 50719, 10/31/75  - Delegation of Authority to          57
           State of Colorado
  10      40 FR 58646, 12/18/75  - Delegation of Authority to          58
           Washington Local Agencies
          40 FR 59532, 12/24/75  -  Proposed Standards  for  Vinyl
           Chloride
  11      40 FR 59729, 12/30/75  - Delegation of Authority to State      58
           of Maine
          40 FR 60079, 12/31/75  -  Notice of Public  Hearing on
           Proposed Vinyl Chloride  Standard
  12      41 FR 1914, 1/13/76  -  Delegation of Authority to State       59
           of Michigan

-------
Reference                                                            Page

          41 FR 2430, 1/16/76 - Notice of Availability  of  Vinyl
           Chloride EIS for Review and Comments

  13      41 FR 4264, 1/29/76 - Delegation of Authority to              59
           Washington Local Agencies

  14      41 FR 7750, 2/29/76 - Delegation of Authority to State         60
           Oregon

  15      41 FR 8346, 2/26/76 - Delegation of Authority to              60
           Commonwealth of Virginia

  16      41 FR 11820, 3/22/76 - Delegation of Authority to State       60
           of Connecticut

  17      41 FR 19633, 5/13/76 - Delegation of Authority to Common-      61
           wealth of Massachusetts and State of  New Hampshire

  18      41 FR 21450, 5/26/76 - Delegation of Authority to State       62
           of California

  19      41 FR 24885, 6/21/76 - Delegation of Authority to State       62
           of Georgia

  20      41 FR 27967, 7/8/76 - Delegation of Authority to State         63
           of California

  21      41 FR 33264, 8/9/76 - Delegation of Authority to State         63
           of California

  22      41 FR 34629, 8/16/76 - Delegation of Authority to the         64
           U.S. Virgin Islands

  23      41 FR 36918, 9/1/76 - National Emission Standards, Avail-      64
           bility of Information

  24      41 FR 40108, 9/17/76 - Delegation of Authority to State       64
           of California

  25      41 FR 40468, 9/20/76 - Degelation of Authority to State       65
           of Alabama

  26      41 FR 43149, 9/30/76 - Delegation of Authority to State       65
           of Indiana

  27      41 FR 44859, 10/13/76 - Delegation of  Authority to State      65
           of North Dakota

  28      41 FR 46560, 10/21/76 - National Emission Standards           66
           Promulgated for Vinyl Chloride.

  29      41 FR 48343, 11/3/76 - Delegation of Authority to State       80
           of California
                                   11

-------
Reference                                                            Page

  30      41  FR 53017,  12/3/76 -  Delegation  of Authority  to             80
           Pima County  Health Department;  Arizona

          41  FR 53017,  12/3/76 -  Correction  to Vinyl Chloride           80
           Emission Standards Promulgated  on October 21,  1976.

  31      41  FR 54758,  12/15/76 - Delegation of  Authority to State      81
           of California

  32      41  FR 56805,  12/30/76 - Delegation of  Authority to State      81
           of North Carolina

  33      42 FR 1215, 1/6/77 - Delegation  of Authority  to State         82
           of Vermont

  34      42 FR 4124, 1/24/77 - Delegation of Authority to State        82
           of South Carolina

  35      42 FR 6812, 2/4/77 - Delegation  of Authority  to the  City      82
           of Philadelphia and the Commonwealth  of Pennsylvania

          42 FR 12122,  3/2/77- Proposed Amendment  to National  Emission
           Standards for Asbestos                                      IV-B-1

  36      42 FR 12127,  3/2/77 - Amendment  to National Emission         83
           Standards for Asbestos

  37      42 FR 16778,  3/30/77 - Correction  to Region V Address and     84
           Delegation of Authority to State  of Wisconsin
                                     111

-------
                                            GULES  AND REGULATIONS
   Title 40—Protection of Environment
     CHAPTER 1—ENVIRONMENTAL
         PROTECTION AGENCY
      SUDCHAFTER C—AIR PROGRAMS
PART 61—NATIONAL EMISSION STAND-
ARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS
     Atbo»to», Borylllum, and Mercury

  On March 31, 1671 (86 PR 5931). pur-
suant to icctlon 112 of the Clean Air Act,
as amended, the Administrator published
an initial list of three hazardous air pol-
lutants which. In  his  judgment may
cause,  or contribute to, an  Increase in
mortality or  an increase in serious  ir-
reversible, or  incapacitating reversible,
illness. The  pollutants were asbestos,
beryllium, and mercury. On December 7,
1971 (36  PR 23239), the Administrator
proposed standards for these pollutants.
  Interested persons participated  in the
rulemaklng by giving testimony at public
bearings  and by sending  comments to
EPA. Public hearings  were held in New
York City on January 18,  1972, and in
Los Angeles on February 15 and 16,1972.
A  third  hearing, scheduled to be held
in Kansas City, on February 1, 1972, was
canceled  because of a lack of requests to
participate.   Sixty-eight persons  gave
testimony at the public hearings, and 56
persons sent comments  to EPA. Repre-
sented were industries, universities, gov-
ernmental agencies—Federal, State, and
local, and environmental groups. Copies
of the public hearing records are avail-
able at all EPA Regional Offices and at
the  Division of Stationary  Source En-
forcement, room 3220, 401 M Street SW.,
Washington. D.C. 20460, where copies of
the comments received are also available.
  The bases for the Administrator's de-
terminations  thnt  asbestos, beryllium,
and mercury are  hazardous, the deriva-
tions of the standards now adopted, the
Environmental Protection Agency's  re-
sponses  to  the  significant  comments
received, and the principal  revisions to
the proposed standards  are summarized
below. A more  detailed  statement is
available on request from the Emission
Standards and Enginering Division, En-
vironmental   Protection  Agency,  Re-
search Triangle Park, N.C. 27711, Atten-
tion: Mr. Don Goodwin. In addition, the
Administrator is Issuing Information on
control techniques for  asbestos,  beryl-
lium, and mercury as directed by section
112(b)(2> of the act. Copies of  these
documents  may  be  obtained  free of
charge from EPA Regional Offices.

             -  ASDCSTOS
  Asbestos is  a hazardous air pollutant
within the meaning of section 112. Many
persons  exposed to asbestos  dust de-
veloped aobesUMls when the dust concen-
tration was high or the duration of ex-
posure was long  (1-7),  A large number
of studies have shown that there is on
association  between  occupational ex-
posure to asbestos and a hlgher-than-
oxpected incidence of bronchial cancer
 (4-30). Asbaatos also has been identified
as a causal factor in the development of
mesothehomaa.  cancers of  the  mem-
  lUftrenocs at end of article.
branes lining the chest and abdomen
130-47). There are reports of mesotheli-
oma  associated  with nonoccupational
exposures In  the neighborhood of as-
bestos cources (38. 42, 47, 48). An out-
standing  feature has  been  the  long
period, commonly over 30 years, between
the first exposure to asbestos and the ap-
pearance  of a tumor (49, SO). There is
evidence which indicates that mesothll-
omas occur after much less exposure  to
asbestos dust than the exposure associ-
ated with asbestos (51. Si).
  It is not practicable,  at this time,  to
establish allowable numerical concentra-
tions or mass emission Umlte for asbestos.
Satisfactory means of measuring ambient
asbestos  concentrations  have only re-
cently been  developed, and  catlsfactory
means of measuring  asbestos emissions
are still unavailable.  Even if satisfactory
means of measuring  asbestos emissions
did exist, the previous unavailability of a
satisfactory means of measuring ambient
levels of asbestos makes it Impossible  to
estimate even roughly the quantitative
relationship between asbestos-caused ill-
ness and the doses which caused those ill-
nesses. This  is a major problem,  since
oome asbestos caused Illnesses have a 30-
year latency period.
  EPA considered the possibility of ban-
ning  production,  processing, and use  of
asbestos or banning  all  emissions of as-
bestos into the atmosphere, but rejected
these approaches. The problem of meas-
uring asbestos emissions would make the
latter  approach  Impossible to enforce.
Either approach would result in the pro-'
hibition  of  many activities  which are
extremely Important;  moreover,  the
available evidence relating to the health
hazards of asbestos does not suggest that
ouch  prohibition  Is necessary to protect
public health. For example, demolition of
any building  containing asbestos fire-
proofing or insulating materials would
have to be prohibited as would the use of
materials containing even trace amounts
of asbestos which could escape Into toe
atmosphere.
  Finally, the available evidence suggests
a gradient of effect* from direct occupa-
tional, to  indirect occupational exposure,
to families of workers exposed to asbestos
and persons In the neighborhood of as-
bestos sources—In all of which situa-
tions  asbestos concentrations ore un-
doubtedly high by comparison with most
community air. This suggests that there
are levels of  asbestos exposure that will
not  be associated with  any detectable
risk,  although   these  levels  are  not
known (53).
  It is probable  that the effects of as-
bestos inhalation are cumulative; that is,
low-level  and/or intermittent  exposure
to  asbestos  over a  long time may  be
equally as important in the etiology  of
osbestotlc disease as high  level and/or
continuous exposure over a shorter pe-
riod.  On  the  other hand, the available
evidence  does not Indicate that levels
of asbestos in most community air cause
aebestotio disease.  Taking both  these
considerations into account, the Admin-
istrator has determined that, in order to
provide on ample margin  of safety  to
protect the public health from asbestos,
It is necessary to control emissions from
major  man-made sources of  asbestos
f*n<«^nn«: into the atmosphere, but that
It  is  not  necessary  to  prohibit   all
emissions.
  In this determination, the Administra-
tor has relied on  the National Academy
of Sciences'  report  on asbestos (53).
trhlch  concludes: "Asbestos is  too  im-
portant in our technology and economy
tor its essential use to be stopped But,
because of  the known  serious effects of
uncontrolled inhalation of asbestos min-
erals in industry  and uncertainty as to
the shape  and character of the dose-
response curve in man, it would be highly
Imprudent to permit additional contami-
nation of  the public environment with
asbestos. Continued use at minimal  risk
to the public requires that  the  major
cources of man-made asbestose emission
Into the atmosphere be denned and con-
trolled."
  The  means of control used are limita-
tions on visible emissions with an option
In some cases to  use designated control
equipment, requirements  that  certain
procedures be followed, and prohibitions
on the use of certain materials or of  cer-
tain operations. These  means of control
ore required because of the impossibility
at this time  of prescribing and enforc-
ing allowable numerical  concentrations
or mass emission limitations known to
provide an  ample margin  of safety.  The
alternative of no control of the sources
subject to  this  standard was  rejected
because of the significant  health hazard
of unregulated emissions of asbestos  into
the  atmosphere  from the  designated
major  sources.
  It is the  Administrator's judgment
that the asbestos sources subject to  this
standard are the major  sources  of  as-
bestos  emissions. In the absence of quan-
titative emission  data, the Administra-
tor's judgment was based on an national
inventory of sources  and emissions of
asbestos (54) and other reports (53, 55).
The asbestos emissions  and  emission
factors presented in the national inven-
tory were based on information obtained
from production  and reprocessing com-
panies. This  information  included pro-
duction* figures,  estimates  of  control
equipment efficiency and material  bal-
ances; it did'not include emission  test
results. The  major sources of asbestos
emissions were considered  to fall into five
categories: (1) Mining and milling;  (2)
manufacturing;  (3) fabrication; (4) de-
molition;  and (5)  spraying. In  deter-
mining which of these  major  sources
should be covered by the  standard pro-
mulgated herein,  the Administrator con-
sidered the effect other Federal regula-
tions will have  on the emissions from
ouch sources and the proximity of such
cources to  the public. In addition, the
Administrator considered  comments on
the  proposed standard and additional
technical data not available before pro-
posal.  The following paragraphs explain
these  considerations  and the  changes
mode  to the  standard  between  proposal
and final promulgation.
  The promulgated standard applies to
asbestos mills, Delected manufacturing
operations, the uce of spray-on asbestos
                                 KDIAAL QBGISm, VOL 38, NO. 66—FRIDAY, AKtlL 6,  1*7)
                                                      III-l

-------
materials, demolition operations, and the
surfacing of roadways with asbestos tail-
ings. The Administrator will continue to
investigate  other  existing  and  new
sources of asbestos emission end if any
of them are found to be major sources,
the standard will  be  revised  to  cover
them.
  As  applied to  mines,  the  proposed
standard would have limited the  emis-
sions from drilling operations  and pro-
hibited visible emissions  of particulate
matter from mine roads  surfaced with
asbestos tailings. The  Bureau  of Mines
has prescribed health and safety regula-
tions (30 CFR 55.5) for the purpose of
protecting life, the promotion of health
and safety,  and the prevention of acci-
denU In open pit metal and nonmetaUic
mines. As related to asbestos mines, these
regulations  prohibit persons working in
a mine from  being exposed to asbestos
concentrations which exceed the thresh-
old limit value adopted by the American
Conference  of Governmental Industrial
Hygienists. The regulations specify that
respirators shall not be used to prevent
persons  from being exposed to asbestos
where environmental measures are avail-
able.  For drilling operations, the regula-
tions require that the holes be collared
and drilled wet. The regulations recom-
mend that haulage roads, rock transfer
points, crushers, and other points where
dust  (asbestos)  Is produced sufficient to
cause a health or safety hazard  be wetted
down as often  as necessary unless the
dust  is  controlled  adequately  by other
means. In the Judgment  of the Admin-
istrator, implementation  of these regu-
lations will prevent asbestos mines from
being a major source which must be cov-
ered  by the standard promulgated here-
in. Furthermore, the public is sufficiently
removed from the mine  work environ-
ment that their exposure should be sig-
nificantly less than that  of the workers
In  the work  environment. Accordingly,
the promulgated standard does not apply
to  drilling  operations or roadways at
mine locations.
  For asbestos mills, the proposed stand-
ard would have applied  to ore dumps,
open storage areas for asbestos materials,
tailings dumps, ore dryers, air for proc-
essing ore. air for exhausting partlculate
material from work areas, and any mill-
ing operation which continuously gen-
erates  inplant  visible emissions. The
promulgated  standard prohibits  visible
emissions from  any part of the mill, but
it does not apply to dumps of asbestos
 tailings or open storage of asbestos ores.
The  Bureau of Mines' regulations pre-
 viously referenced and regulations issued
 by the Occupational Safety and Health
 Administration (20 CFR lB10.93a) pro-
 tect workers from the hazards of air con-
 taminanta in the work environment. The
 Occupational Safety and  Health Admin-
 istration regulations were  promulgated
 on June 7,  1072. The regulations are in-
• tended to protect the health of employees
 from asbestos exposure by means of en-
 gineering controls (i.e. isolation,  enclo-
 sures, and dust collection) rather than by
 personal protective equipment. It la the
 judgment  of  the  Administrator
measures fcateea to esaaply with the Bu-
reau «£ Htaea oad Occupational Safety
aaffl Keai'bfa A^Jstaisferatton regulations to
protect the toaStis of persons who work
in prosimlty to dumps and open storage
areas wfll pravent the dumps and storage
areas from being major sources of asbes-
tos missions.
  The propccefi etoadard would have ap-
plied to foi&Miaga. structures, or facilities
within which say fabricating or manu-
faeturJag emanation to carried  on  which
involves  fehe we  of  asbestos materials.
Comments j?oeeived on  the  proposed
standard indicated that the requirements
for £Gbr2ca&BB and manufacturing oper-
attoao were eoaftaslag. Much of the con-
fusion was ersatod by the use of terms
cuch  ae  "any,"  "continuously." and
"forced gas e&mms." The promulgated
standard is more definitive as to applica-
bility of the provisions. The promulgated
standard prohibits visible emissions from
^)x>  nine* '  manufacturing  iterations
which, in the judgment of the Adminis-
trator, are major sources of asbestos. The
promulgated standard  does not  cover
fabrication operations. Of all fabrication
operations, only those operations at new
construction sites are  considered  to be
major sources of asbestos emissions. The
Occupational Safety and Hearth Admin-
istration  regulations specify  that  all
hand- or power-operated tools  Administrator, tanptementa-
tkm  of  4hoee  regulations will prevent
fabrication  operations from  being  a
major somce which must be covered by
the standard promulgated herein.
   The proposed  standard  would have
prohibited visible emissions of asbestos
partteolate material from the repair or
demolition of any building  or structure.
other than  a  single-family  dwelling.
Comments indicated that the no visible
emission requirement would prohibit re-
pair or fite^oHt-ion in  T***-*^ situations,
 since it would be impracticable, if not
 Impossible, to do such work without cre-
 ating visible emissions. Accordingly, the
 promulgated  standard  specifies certain
 work practices which must be followed
 when  demolishing certain buildings or
 BiructareG. I&G standard covers institu-
 tional, toteirial and commercial build-
 ings &?  Gfcnsctoea, including apartment
 Biouses Itovtae more  than four dwelling
 units, waieh eantain friable asbestos ma-
 terial. T&is eovarese is based on the Na-
 tional Academy e? Sciences' report (53)
 which Btotss, 'In general, single-family
 residential structures contain only small
 amounts of catotcs  insulation. Demoli-
 tion o? industrial and commercial build -
 toes that iiewo  teaen  flreproofed  with
 asbestos-containing materials will prove
 to be on esstoiaa source in the future.
 F£
-------
                                               nULES AND REGULATIONS
standardized reference method has not
been  developed to quantitatively deter-
mine the content of asbestos in a ma-
terial, there   are  acceptable  methods
available, based on electron microscopy,
which Independent laboratories have de-
veloped.  Determining the asbestos con-
tent of a material  with these methods
costs approximately (300, and the results
are accurate  within plus  or minus 60
percent; these limits on accuracy were
taken into  account  in  establishing the
1-percent limitation.
  The proposed  standard  would  have
prohibited the surfacing of any roadway
with asbestos tailings. The promulgated
standard applies to all roadways except
those on ore deposits; these roadways are
temporary,  and control measures taken
to comply with the Bureau of Mines reg-
ulations prevent them  from  being  a
major source which  must be covered by
the standard promulgated herein. At this
time, the application of asbestos tailings
to public roadways is  not widely prac-
ticed, but because of the close proximity
of roads to the public, a ban on using
asbestos tailings on roadways is Included
in the promulgated standard to avoid a
future  problem and stop the practice
where it is followed. The term "surfac-
ing" is defined to Include the deposit of
asbestos tailings  on roadways covered
with snow or ice;  therefore, this practice
is prohibited.
  Consideration was given to Including
provisions  in   the   standard  requiring
proper disposal of the asbestos material
generated   during demolition  and  col-
lected in ronti-ol devices used to comply
with the requirements of this standard.
It w;is decided that  this was not neces-
sary because  the Occupational  Safety
and  Health Administration regulations
 (29  CFR  I910.93a Materials,  such as  mineral wool,
 ceramic wool,  and fiberglass, will be sub-
 stituted for asbestos presently contained
 in spray-applied flreprooflng and insulat-
 ing materials.
   In some manufacturing operations,  a
 mrijor  portion of the aabeKtos-materiol
 collected, by  fabric  filters  is  either re-
 cycled  to the  process or is marketed for
 other uses.  For example, one asbestos tex-
 tile  mill  recycles   large  quantities  of
 longer-fiber asbestos for process use and
 •ells more than BO percent of the remain-
 ing collected materials to a brake lining
 manufacturer. Consequently, a signifi-
 cant portion of the increased quantities
 of "waste" asbestos materials which will
 result  from the  Implementation of the
standard will not require disposal. -Where
disposal Is required, the  Occupational
Safety and Health Administration regu-
lations   (29  CFR  1910.93a(h» require
that any asbestos waste,  consigned for
disposal, be collected and disposed of la
oealed impermeable bags or other closed.
impermeable containers. The contamina-
tion of ground water supplies with asbes-
tos from landfill disposal is not consid-
ered a potential problem.
  The substitution of ceramic wool, min-
eral wool,  and fiberglass for asbestos is
not now known to  be a problem. There
is no evidence that these materials cause
health effects In the concentrations found
in occupational or ambient environments.
  Although the standard  was not based
on  economic considerations,  EPA  Is
aware of the impact (55) and considers it
to be reasonable. Costs among the various
sources covered by the standard are quite
variable. Although the standard may ad-
versely  affect come individual plants or
companies which ore  marginal opera-
tions. it appears that such effects will be
minimal and the  impact to the asbestos
industries  as a whole will not be large.
  1. Oooke, W. &.: PlbroslB of the Lungs due
 to the Inhalation of ABbeBtoa Dust. Brit. Med.
 J., t, 147, 1824.
  2. Coolie,  W. K.:  Pulmonary  Asbestos!*.
 Brit. Med. J., 2, 1094-1035, 1037.
  3. Dreessen, W. C., J. M. Dallavalle, T.  I.
 Edward*, J. W. HlUer.  and R R. Soy era:  A
 Otudy of Asbestos in the Aebectoa Toitlle In-
 dustry Public Health Bull. 341. Washington,
 VS. Government printing Office, 1888, 138 pp.
  4. McDonald, B.: History of Pulmonary A»-
 beitoaU, Brit. Med. J., 3, 1036-1036, 1637.
  5. Merewether, E. R. A,: The Occurrence of
 Pulmonary  Flbrosls  and Other Pulmonary
 Affections  in  Asbestos  Worker*,  J.  Xnd.
 Hyg.. 12. 190-332. and 12, 38B-3B7, 1630.
  t. Mill*, R. O.: Pulmonary ACbectMls: Re-
 port of a ease. Minn. Med., li. 485-488, 1080.
  7. Boper, W. B.: Pulmonary Aabehtosis.  A
 report  of a ca*e  and  a  review. Am.  Rev.
 Tuberc., 22, 571-084, 1630.
  f . Bbnaer, O. M., ,J.  B. Paulds, and  M.  J.
 Stewart: Occupational Cancer of the Urinary
 Bladder in  Dyeatuff* Operative* and  of the
 Lung In Aebatoa Textile Workere and Iron-
 ore Minor*. Am. 3. Olln. Path..  25, 136-184,
 1658.
  p. Broun, D. C., and  T. D.  Truan: An
 Epidemiologies! Btudy of Lung Cancer In Ai-
 beetoe  Miners.  Arch. Ind.  Health,  11,  034-
 063, 1858.
  10. Buchanan, W.  D.: Aebeitcalr and Pri-
 mary  Intrathorado  Neoplasm*.  Ann.  N.T.
 Acad. Bel., 112, 607-510, 1605.
  11. Cordova,  3. P., H. Tealuk, and R.  P.
 Knudteon: AobestoaU and Carcinoma* of the
 Lung. Canoor, IS, 1181-1187, 1603.
   12. Doll, R.: Mortality from Lung Cancer In
 Asbestos Worker*. Orlt. J. Ind. Med., 12, 01-06,
 1686.
   13. Dunn, J. E., Jr., and J.  M. Weir:  A
 Proopeotlve Otudy of Mortality of Several Oc-
 cupational  Oroupt— Special  Emphasis on
 Lung Canoar. Arch. Envlr. Health, 17, 71-70,
 1668.
   14. Dunn, J. E., Jr.. and J. M. Weir:  Oanoor
 experience  of OeTcral  Occupational Group*
 Followed Prospectlvoly. Am. J. Pub. Health,
 (5, 1987-1876. 1688.
   15. ElTTOod, P.  C., and A. L. Ooohrane: A
 Follow-up Btudy of Worker* from an Aibeitoe
 Factory. Brit. J. Ind. Med., 21, 804-307, 16«4.
   10. Xintorllne. P. C.:  Mortality Among Aa-
 bcotoa  Product Workere In the United States.
      N.T. Aoad. Bel., 132. 160-106, 1606.
  17. Bntertlne. P. I., and M. A. Kendrlck:
Asbestos-dust Exposures at Various Levels
and Mortality. Arch. Envlr. Health,  15, 181-
100. 1687.
  It. Oloyne, B. R.: Pneumoconloels: A Hls-
tologlcal Survey of Necropsy Material In 1,305
Oaee*. Lancet, 1, 810-814.  1681.
  IS. Icaelbacher. N. J., M. Klaus, and H. L.
Hardy: Aabestosls and Bronchogenlc Carci-
noma:  Report of one autopgled case and re-
view of the available literature. Am. J. Med..
15, 731-783,1663.
  20. Jacob, B., and M. Ancpach: Pulmonary
Neoploila Among Dresden Asbestos Workers.
Ann. N.T. Aead. Sol., 132, 638-648,1865.
  21. Klelnfeld. M.. 3. Mesdte. and O. Kooy-
man: Mortality experience In a Group of As-
bestos  Worker*. Arch. Envlr. Health, 15, 177-
1CO, 1667.
  22. Knoz, J. P., R. 8. Doll, and I. D. Hill:
Cohort Analyst*  of Changes In Incidence of
Bronchial  Carcinoma In a Textile  Asbestos
Factory. Ann. N.T. Acad.  Bel., 132,  638-535.
1665.
  23. Knox, J. P., B. Holmes, R. Doll, and I. D
Hill: Mortality from Lung Cancer and Other
Causes Among Worker* In an Aibeetos Textile
Factory. Brit. J.  Ind. Med.. 25. 363-403. 1968.
  24. LI*ben, J.: Mallgnancle* In  Asbestos
Workers. Arch.  Envlr.  Health, 13,  016-021,
1066.
  25. Lynch.  K.  M., and W. A. Bmltb: Pul-
monary Asbestools, in, Carcinoma of Lung In
Aeboitoa-BUlcoais. Am. J.  Cancer, 14, 66-64,
1636.
  26. Mancuso, T. P., and A. A. El-Attar:
Mortality  Pattern In a Cohort of  Asbestos
Worker*. J. Occup. Med.,  9, 147-162, 1667.
  27. McDonald. J. C., A. D. McDonald, D. W.
Olbbt, J.  Blemlatyckl,  and C. E. Roeslter:
Mortality  In the Chryaotlle Avbestos Mines
and Mill* of Quebec. Arch. Envlr. Health. 22,
077-086, 1671.
  21. Merawether, E. R. A.:  A*bestosls nnrt
Carcinoma of the Lung. In: Annual  report nr
the ohlef inspector of factorle* for the year
1047. London: M. T. Stationary Office, 1940.
78 pp.
  20. Newhouse, M. I.:  A Btudy of the Mor-
tality of Worker* In an Asbestos Factory. Brit.
J. Ind. Med., 26,364-801,1669.
  JO. Bellkofl. I. J.. J. Churg, and X. C. Ham-
mond:  Aibeitoe Exposure  and Neoplasla.
JAMA, 182, 33-36,1664.
  31. Borow, M., A. Cons ton. L. L. Llvomese,
and N. Schalet: Mesothelloma and Its Associ-
 ation  with  Asbestos. JAMA,  201, 687-691,
 1667.
  32. Elmes, P. C., W. T. E. McCaughey, and
O.  L.  Wade: Diffuse  Mesothelloma  of the
 Pleura and Asbestos.  Brit. Med. J., 1, 860-
 863, 1866.
  33. Xlmes. P. C., and O. L. Wade: Relation-
 chip  Between   Exposure  to  Asbestos and
 Pleura! Malignancy  In Belfast. Ann.  N.T.
 Acad.  Bel., 132, 646-667. 1666.
  34. Bntlcknap, J. B., and  W. N.  Bmlther:
 Peritoneal Tumor In Asbestosls. Brit. J. Ind.
 Med., 21, 30-81,1664.
   35. Fowler. P. B. S., J. C. Bloper.  and E. C.
 Warner: Exposure to Asbestos and Mesothell-
 oma of the Pleura. Brit.  Med. J., 2, 311-213,
 1864.
   30. Hammond, E. C., I. J. Bellkoff. and J.
 Churg. Neoplasla Among Insulation Worker*
 In the United State* with Special Reference
 to Intraabdomlnal Neoplasla. Ann. N.T. Acad.
 Bel., 132, 616-635,1666.
   37. Hourlhone, D. O"B.: The Pathology of
 Mesotbelloma and an Analysis of Their As-
 eoclrrWon with Asbestos Exposure. Thorax, IS,
 268-378. 1604.
   31. Lleben, J., and H. Plstawka: Mesothell-
 oma  and  AlbMto* Exposure. Arch. Envlr.
 Health, 14. 658-668, 1807.
   3».  Mann. R. H.. J. L. Orosh. and W. M.
 O'Donnell:  Meaotbelloma  Associated  with
 Asbeatoala. Oanoer, U, 831-630, 1666.
                                    FODIRAL CSOISTK, VOL SB, NO. 66—F2IDAY,  ATOIL e, 1973
                                                          III-3

-------
  40. MoCaughey. V?. T. E., O. L. Wade, and
V. C. Elmei: Exposure to Asbestos Dust and
Diffuse Pleural Meaothellomas. Brit. Med. J..
2. 1397. 1882.
  41. McDonald, A.  D., A. Harper, O. A. El-
Attar, and J. C. McDonald: Epidemiology of
Primary Malignant  Mesothellal  Tumor* In
Canada. Cancer, 26.  614-919. 1970.
  42. New house. M. L, and  H.  Thompson:
Epidemiology ot Mesotbellal  Tumors In the
London Area. Arm. N.TT. Acad. Bel., 132. 679-
688.1965.
  13. Owen. W. O.:  Mesothellal Tumors and
Exposure to Asbestos Dust. Ann. N.Y. Acad.
Set.,  132. 074-679, 1065.
  4«. Sellkoff. I. 3.. 3. Churg. and E. C. Ham-
mond:  Relation Between Exposure  to As-
bestos and Meaothelloma. New Eng. J. Mad.,
*72, 660-665. 1965.
  45. Wright. O. W.: Asbestos and Health In
1969. Am. Rev. Resp. Dls.. 100, 467-479. 1969.
  46. Sellkoff. I. J.,  E. C. Hammond, and J.
Churg:  Asbestos Exposure,  Smoking, and
Neoplasla. JAMA. 304.  106-112, 1968
  47. Wagner,  J. C.,  C.  A.  Bleggs,  and  P.
Marchand: Diffuse Pleural Mesothelloma and
Asbestos  Exposure  in the   North  Western
Cape Province. Brit. 3. Ind. Med.. 17, 260-271,
1960.
   46. Champion, P.: Two cases of Malignant
Mesothelloma  After Exposure to  Asbestos.
Am. Rev. Resp. Die., 103. 821-838, 1971.
   48. Sellkoff, I. J., and E. C. Hammond: en-
vironmental Epidemiology. III.  Community
Effects of  Nonoccupatlonal  Environmental
Asbestos  Exposure.  Am. J. Pub. Health, 68,
1658-1666, 1968.
   SO. Wagner,  J.C.: Epidemic'~fy of Diffuse
Mesothellal Tumors: Evidence of an Aaaocla-
tlou from Studies la South  Africa and the
United Kingdom. Ann. N.T.  Acad. Set., 132,
675-678. 1965.
   51.  National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health: Occupational Exposures
to Asbestos (Criteria for a  Recommended
Standard). Washington, US. Department of
Health.  Education,  and  Welfare  (PHS.
HSMHA). 1972 (HEM 72-10267).
   52. Sellkoff. I. J , W. J. Nicholson, and A. M.
Langer: Asbestos Air  Pollution.  Arch. Envlr.
Health, 25. 1-13. 1072.
   S3. National Academy of Sciences: Asbestos
 (The Need for and  Feasibility of Air  Pollu-
tion Controls). Washington,  National Acad-
emy of Sciences, 1971, 40 pp.
   84. National Inventory of Sources and
Emission*—Cadmium. Nickel, and Asbestos.
Report by  W. E. Davis & Associate* under
contract to the Department  of Health, Edu-
cation, and Welfare (Contract No. CPA 22-
69-131). Feb. 1970.
   55. Research Triangle Institute:  Compre-
hensive  study of  Specified Air  Pollution
Sources to Assess the Economic Impact of Air
Quality Standards—Asbestos, Beryllium, Mer-
cury. Report prepared under contract to the
 Environmental Protection Agency (Contract
 Mo. 68-02-0088). Aug. 1972.

              BERTLLTOM

   Beryllium is a hazardous air pollutant
within the meaning of section 112. The
 proven effects of airborne  beryllium ma-
terials on  human health include both
 acute and  chronic lethal  inhalation ef-
 fects (1. 2), as well as skin and conjunc-
Uval effects  (2). Insufficient data are
available to incriminate beryllium as a
 human carcinogen a, 2). but the lack of
 of any mechanism for the total elimina-
tion of beryllium  body burdens, and the
 resulting  possibly long residence time
 may enhance the opportunity for cancer
 induction.  The Beryllium Registry now
 contains over 820 proven  cases of beryl-
 lium-related disease (3). but since many
   References at end of article.
     RULES AND REGULATIONS

of these were most likely due to exposure
prior to the institution of controls, proper
assessment of the period  of exposure is
not always possible  (I, 2);  It U known.
however, that chronic beryllium disease
Is associated not only with activities In-
volving extraction processes, but also that
64 registry cases resulted  from exposure
during machining operations on beryl-
lium materials (3). There are at least 45
cases of nonoccupationallylncurred dis-
eases on file with the registry, of which
approximately half have been fatal (3).
and retrospective studies  of the concen-
trations  of  beryllium that resulted In
some cases of chronic beryllium  disease
from  nonoccupational exposure  have
concluded that the lowest concentration
which produced disease was greater than
0.01 MB/m* and probably  less than 0.10
Mg/m' U).
   In 1949, when it became apparent that
beryllium  was  a  toxic  material, the
Atomic Energy Commission adopted a
limit  for  beryllium concentrations  in
community air (l.e., 0.01 Mg of  beryllium
per cubic meter of air averaged over a 30-
day period) (2). Beryllium refining com-
panies holding contracts with the ABC to
operate  ABC-owned refinery  facilities
and expand their own  refinery capacity
to meet ABC's beryllium requirements,
were required to observe the community
air limit. With the termination of  these
contracts in the 1961-43 period due to
a reduction in  ABC requirements  for
beryllium,  the refineries were no longer
subject to the ABC community air  limit.
The  ABC's health  and safety require-
ments, however, have continued to  apply
to all ABC-owned  facilities,  some of
which fabricate and assemble  beryllium
parts.
   In the period since the Implementation
of the ABC guideline, no reported oases
of chronic beryllium disease  have oc-
curred as a result of community exposure,
and the Committee  on Toxicology of the
National Academy of Sciences concluded
that the ABC guideline limit represents a
safe level of exposure (2).
   Accordingly, the Administrator has de-
termined that  in order  to provide an
ample margin of safety  to protect the
public health from beryllium, sources of
beryllium dust,' fume, or mist emissions
Into the atmosphere should be controlled
to insure  that ambient  concentrations
of beryllium do not exceed 0.01 ps/m'—
 30-day average.
   The beryllium standard covers extrac-
 tion plant*, foundries, ceramic manufac-
 turing plants, machine shops (processing
 beryllium or beryllium alloys containing
 in excess  of 6 percent beryllium) and
 disposal of beryllium-containing wastes.
 Most affected beryllium sources are lim-
 ited  to  emissions of not more than 10
 •rams per day. This level was determined
 through dispersion estimates as the level
 which would protect against the occur-
 rence of 80-day average ambient concen-
 trations  exceeding  0.01  Mg/m*.  The
 sources  covered by  the standard are the
 only known ones that could result in am-
 bient beryllium concentrations in excess
 of 0.01 *tg/m'. The assumptions and equa-
tions Used to make the  dispersion es-
timates are given In the Background In-
formation  Report  for Asbestos. Beryl-
lium, and  Mercury (APTD-0153),  pub-
lished at the time the standards  were
proposed.
  Rocket testing facilities arc  required
to meet the limit of 75 microgram-mln-
utes per cubic meter,  accumulated dur-
ing  any period of  2-consecutlve weeks.
The limit  for rocket testing facilities is
the  same as that developed in 19CG by
the Committee on Toxicology of the Na-
tional Academy of Sciences for protec-
tion of oC-site personnel  from intermit-
tent exposures to soluble beryllium coin-
pounds arising from the flrinc of rocket
motors U>.
  The proposed standard  did not include
a provision on open burning of beryilium-
containing  waste. The  promulgated
standard includes a ban on open burning
of   beryllium-containing  waste.  This
change was made because information
received after  proposal  indicated that
such sources can cause ambient concen-
trations of beryllium  in  excess of 0.01
*g/m* and because it  is  not possible to
control the emissions from open burning.
The  promulgated  standard does  allow
disposal of  beryllium-containing  waste
in incinerators which are controlled so
ae not to exceed  the 10-gram-per-day
limit. The disposal of beryllium-contain-
ing  explosive waste is included in  the
standard covering rocket testing.
  The proposed standard would have
covered all machining operations which
use  alloys containing any amount of be-
ryllium. Comments were  received which
claimed that numerous machining opera-
tions use alloys containing low concen-
trations of beryllium  and do not exceed
the   10-gram-per-day emission limita-
tion.  An  investigation  of  these  com-
ments revealed that alloys which Include
beryllium  either contain  a large amount
 (greater  than  60  percent)  or a  small
amount (less than 5 percent), and that
approximately  8,000  machining opera-
tions use  the low  beryllium content al-
loys. Tests were conducted by the Agency
to   determine the beryllium  emissions
from the  operations which use the low
 beryllium content  alloys (e.g. stamping,
 tube drawing, milling, and sawing). The
results Indicated that even if the emis-
sions were  vented to the  outside  air.
which they ordinarily  are not, they would
be significantly below the 10-gram-per-
 day emission limitation.  After consider-
ing  these  results and  the administrative
burden if the standard applied to such
a large number of sources, the proposed
standard  was  changed  to  exempt  the
 machining operations which  use  alloys
 containing less than 5-percent beryllium.
   The proposed standard would have al-
 lowed all  sources of beryllium to choose
 between  meeting  the 10-gram-per-day
 emission limit  and complying by .use of
 ambient monitoring to Insure that the
 0.01 Mg/m' 30-day average is never ex-
 ceeded. After reconsidering the proposed
 standard  and the difficulty Inherent in
 using ambient air quality data, its op-
 posed to emission  data,  as a  regulatory
 tool, it was decided  to limit the use of
 ambient data as a means of compliance
                                   fVDEIAl UOISTtR, VOL. 18, NO. »6—«MDAY, AMU «, 1973
                                                   III-4

-------
                                             RULES AND REGULATIONS
to those  oources  which  have demon-
strated  over a  reasonable past  period
that they can  meet and  have met the
ambient limitation. Therefore, the stand-
ard being promulgated herein allows the
nmbient option only to existing oources
which have 3 years of current ambient
air quality  data which demonstrate  to
the Administrator's satisfaction that the
0.01 Mg/m1 level can be met in the vicinity
of the source. A minimum of 3 years of
data was Judged to be necessary to dem-
onstrate that the  ambient guideline  of
0.01 Mg/m* (30-day average) can  be met
because  of  the possibility of monthly.
seasonal, and even annual variations in
ambient levels caused by variations  In
meteorology and production. The exist-
ing sources  which could qualify  or this
option  are  lour  beryllium  extraction
plants And,  possibly, a small number of
machine shops. These sources were de-
signed or modified to  facilitate  compli-
ance with the  0.01 nB/m  ambient limit.
  The potential environmental impact of
this standard was evaluated and it woa
concluded that the standard  will not
cause any adverse effects. Beryllium la
n very expensive material, and moat BOB
streams emitting  (significant  quantities
of beryllium are controlled with high ef-
ficiency dry collectors, and the collected
material is  recycled or sold back to the
primary producers. Wet  collectors ore
rarely used strictly as an air pollution
control device, but more often as on ex-
traction process control device allowing
recycle of waste liquids to the  process.
Absolute  filters are often used  as final
filters and collect small quantities  of
beryllium from very  low concentration
gas  streams. These filters ore  usually
buried in company owned or segregated
dumps  or  stored  in  unused mines  or
buildings. Most of the solid wastes are
prepackaged prior to  burial to  prevent
escape  of beryllium to the environment.
   Although the standard  is not based on
economic considerations, EPA is aware of
the economic Impact  (5) of the otand-
ard. Since most of the sources of beryl-
lium emissions are already controlled and
in compliance  with  the otandard, the
economic Impact  will  be very nnall.
               RCTXBKHCU
   1. Commute* on Toxicology. Halloaed Acad-
emy of Sciences: Air  Quality Criteria  (or
Beryllium and IU Compound!. Report pr»>
pared  under contract  to  the tJJJ. Public
 Health  Service  (Contract  N7onr-28l(fll)),
Washington, March 1,1998.
   i. National  Institute  for  Occupational
Safety and Health: Occupational Exposure to
 Beryllium  (Criteria, lor  a Recommended
 Standard). Washington, TJ.B. Department of
 Health,  Education, and  Welfare  (PHS,
 MSMHA), 1973 (HSM 79-10206).
   3. Motaachusette  General Hospital,  U.S.
 Beryllium Case Registry, Boston, Uau.
   4. BUenbud, M.,  R. C. Went*, C. Dustan,
 L T. Stoadman. W. B. Harris, and B. 8. Wolf:
  Nonoocupatlonal Berylllotts. J. Ond.  Bye.
 Toxlool.. SI. 383-aM, 1MB.
   S. Research  Triangle  Institute:  Compre-
  hensive  Study of Specified  Air  Pollution
  Sources to Assees the Economic Impact of Air
 Quality Standards—Asbestos, Beryllium, Mer-
  cury. Report prepared under contract to the
  Environmental  Protection Agency  (Contract
  No. 60-03-0088) • AUffUBt 1078.
  Mercury IB a hazardous air pollutant
within the meaning of cectlon 112. Ex-
posure to metallic mercury  vaporo may
cause central nervous oyetem injury, r-nd
renal damage  (I, 3).  Experience with
mercury vapor  comes almost exclusively
from animal experiments end industrlrj
exposures. Animal (rat) data Indicate &
risk of accumulation in critical cyotems
upon prolonged exposure, with n  poten-
tial, for example, for selective brain dam-
age  12, 3). Prolonged exposure to r.bout
100 mlcrograms mercury per cubic in; /cr
of air involves a definite risk of mercury
intoxication (3).
  To determine the ambient air level "f
mercury that docs not impair health, t..c
airborne burden must be considered to-
gether with the water- and food-born:
burdens.  An  expert croup concluded,
based on its analysis of several episodes
of mercury poisoning In Japan,  that 6
micrograma of mothylmercury per lillo-
oram of bodyveircht por day would rcr.-'r,
in the intoxication of a ccnilUvc rvdult;
application of a cotety factor of 10  yielded
an acceptable exposure of about  SO  ml-
crofframs psr day for a 70-kilojrrjn men,
and this level la also believed  to provWj
catisfcctory  protection  ogalnct  trcnuic
lotions, and poisoning of  too fetus  end
of children <<5).
  It ahould be noted that methylmercury
ifl considered to be by far the moat haz-
ardous  mercury compound, particularly
via the insertion of fish in  which it has
bsen concentrated  through  the  food
chain, (3,5). The Environment^ Protec-
tion Agency, in view of the present lim-
ited knowledge cc to the ottecto ol In-
haled mercury In the general populr.t'oi,
and in order to best assure  the rcquidUs
"ample margin of eafety  to protect the
public health," has concluded th&t  It IB
prudent to consider exposures to mothyl-
mercury (diet) and mercury vapor (air)
to be equivalent and additive. It has bosn
estimated that from average diets,  over
c, considerable  period, mercury Intakes of
 10 micrograms per day may be expected
 (6), co  that, In order to restrict  to til
Intake  to 00 microgramu par 4-,y, the
 average mercury Intake from air vould
have to bo limited to 20 microsrama por
day. Aeaumlna Inhalation  of 20 cubic
 meters of air per day, the air could con-
 tain on average dally  concentration of
 no more than 1 mlcroaram of mercury
 per cubic meter.
   The standard promulgated herein rc3-
 ulotos ths only two sources, mercury ore
 processing facilities and  mercury coll
 chlor-alkall plants, which have  boon
 found to emit  mercury  in a manner that
.could cause the ambient concentration to
 exceed the Inhalation effccto limits of 1
 microgram per cubic meter. The ctond-
 ord Umita emiiuiions from these facilities
 to not more than 2,300 grams per  day.
 The omission  limit of 2,800 grams por
 day was derived from dispersion  esti-
 mates as the level which would  protect
 against the violation of an  averc.se folly
 ambient concentration of  1  mlcroir'jn
 per  cubic mjtor. J£hc  rjjsumptloru
   Dsfortnoco at cad of artlc^.
equations used to make the dispersion
estimates are  given in  the Background
Information Report for Asbestos. Beryl-
lium, and Mercury (APTD-0753), pub-
lished at the  time the standards were
proposed.
  Many  mercury cell chlor-alkall plant.
cell  rooms present severe nourcc  tcKtiny
problems due  to their design and con-
struction. Such sources may either recon-
struct the cell  room so  that  accurate
source testa can  be made  or employ
housekeeping and maintenance practices
that  minimize mercury emissions from
the cell room. Source test data and cal-
culations have indicated that when such
practices are used, 1,300 grams per day
is a reasonable estimate  of emissions
from the cell room. Therefore, when this
option is chosen, an emission of 1,300
orams per day will be assigned to the cell
room. This permits emissions of not more
than 1,000 grams per day from the hydro-
ccn and end box  ventilation streams com-
bined.
  Compliance with the standard will be
determined by the EPA reference method
or  EPA-approved  substitute  methods.
TThere a chlor-alkall plant chooses the
housekeeping  and maintenance practices
option, determination of  compliance of
the  cell  room emission  will be based  on
the uce of EPA-approved practices. A list
of approved practices may be obtained
from EPA on request to regional offices.
  The only major change in the mercury
ctandard is the Introduction of the above
option of assigning an  emission number
to the cell room provided certain house-
keeping  and maintenance requirements
arc met. When this option is chosen, test-
ing is not required for emissions from the
cell room. This  option is offered because
comments, testimony,  and EPA cource
testing  experience indicated that most
existing cell rooms cannot be accurately
tested for mercury emissions. Accurate
 emission tests  are unduly complicated
 and costly because  of the  cell room
configuration.
   Some of the changes suggested in writ-
 ton comments and public hearing testi-
mony were considered by EPA but not
made. The most significant one Involved
 the environmental chemistry of mercury,
 that is, environmental mercury in the at-
 mosphere la  transformed to mercuric
 oxide by the  action of ultraviolet radia-
 tion, and dnce mercuric oxide is not as
 toxic as elemental mercury,  the stand-
 ard ahould be less stringent. This argu-
 ment is based on laboratory experiments
 under controlled conditions with gener-
 . .ted radiation.  The reaction cited in the
 testimony occurs when elemental mer-
 cury la  irradiated with ultraviolet light
 with a wavelength of 2,537 angstrom (A).
 Naturally occurring  ozone in the upper
 atmosphere absorbs light in  the ultra-
 violet region below 3,000 A; (7) hence the
 wavelength of  ultraviolet necessary for
 the reaction is  absent in the ambient at-
 mosphere, and  the reaction does not pro-
 cjsd at as high a rate as Implied by the
 t.ubmltted testimony. Field measurements
 of both mercury vapors and paniculate
 mercury In ambient air indicate that as
 much as 66 percent of the mercury  de-
                                          ccoit'CR, VOL  so, wo. 66—T..IDAY, Af.:ti 6, 1973


                                                        II I-5

-------
                                             RULES AND  REGULATIONS
tecled was in an elemental vapor form
(data collected  by EPA at the Federal
Building in Moundivllle, W. Va.).
   The Environmental Protection Agency
recognizes that mercury and its com-
pounds constitute  a multimedia conta-
pounds constitute a multimedia contam-
ination  problem,  I.e.,  strong evidence
alter its natural distribution  in the en-
vironment; that such uses may cause or
hasten additional  deposits  into  water
or soil over and above those occurring
naturally, thereby  building up environ-
mental concentrations; and the mercury
levels accumulate in the biota, with  the
result that potentially dangerous residue
levels are reached  in foods consumed by
r/i«m and animals.
   Current data on the environmental
transport of mercury  do  not permit a
 clear assessment of the effect of mercury
 emissions Into  the atmosphere  on  the
 mercury content in the aquatic and ter-
 restrial environments. Results of ongoing
 research will determine If there is a need
 for more comprehensive control of mer-
 cury emissions into the air. The stand-
 ard  promulgated herein is Intended to
 protect the public health from the effects
 of inhaled mercury.
   The environmental  impact of   this
 standard was evaluated and it was con-
 cluded that the standard  wtti not cause
 any adverse effects since  the control of
 mercury emissions  to the atmosphere
 will have only  minimal impact on other
 areas  of environmental  concern.   The
 simplest control for mercury emissions to
 the  atmosphere is cooling  to condense
 the mercury. This cooling can be Indirect
 or direct. By indirect cooling, the mer-
 cury condenses and Is retained tor re-
 cycle or sale. By  direct cooling with a
 water scrubber, the water is usually re-
 circulated  after  using centrifugal or
 gravitational separation to  remove the
 mercury. The  water  cannot be reused
 indefinitely and eventually requires addi-
 tional treatment to remove the mercury.
 In most cases, such treatment facilities
 are already being utilized to meet water
 quality standards.
    A widely used control device for par-
 ttculate  mercury  emissions  it the  mist
 eliminator. Residues In these devices are
 removed by gravity and washing with a
 recycled liquid. Another control method
 is chemical scrubbing. In  this system,
 scrubbing liquids are continuously made
 up while waste materials  are usually re-
 cycled to the process feed solutions. Re-
 cycling of these liquids avoids significant
 contamination of water  with mercury
 residues.
    The uce of adsorption beds Is a highly
 efficient control  method  for removing
 mercury from  fas streams. Two primary
 types are  available:  (1)   Chemically
 treated  activated carbon beds,  and (2)
 molecular sieves.  Most of the mercury
 collected by activated carbon can be re-
• claimed by retorting the carbon but this
 usually  destroys  the  carbon structure
  and necessitates  disposal. Borne small
  •mount of  residual mercury will remain
  with the carbon,  but  it is tightly bound
  suod is not easily transferred into the air
  or water. Regenerative molecular sieves
do not cause a waste  disposal problem
because the sieves  can be regenerated
in place without retorting and can be
reused many times.
  Although the standard was not based
on  economic considerations,  EPA  is
aware of the Impact (I) and considers it
to be reasonable. Because mercury Is an
international  commodity, world prices
determine the fortunes of the domestic
mercury mining industry. Historically,
mercury prices fluctuate greatly m re-
sponse to small changes in  demand or
supply. Domestic mercury mines are con-
sidered high-cost producers in relation to
foreign producers. Because the average
price has dropped  from 1404  per  flask
in 1969 to approximately $320 currently,
the number of domestic mercury mines
in operation has dropped sharply  from
109 in 1969 to six or seven in March 1973.
As long as the price of mercury remains
below marginal costs of production (gen-
erally about $400), the remaining domes-
tic mines will be ill equipped  to absorb
any cost increases.
   The total  chlor-sJkall industry  com-
prises 68 plants. Approximately 38 are
mercury  cell plants  and account for
about 27 percent of the "OS. production
of chlorine and caustic.
   The future of the chlorine-caustic in-
 dustry appears  healthy.  Demand tor
 chlorine is expected to grow at an annual
 rate of  6 percent  projected from 1971.
 Demon* for caustic soda will grow at
 least at the same  rate as chlorine, and.
 perhaps faster. Prices for chlorine and
 sodium  hydroxide have been  rising
 steadily through  the sixties into 1971.
 Based on these trends, the cost of control
 to comply with the mercury standard will
 be passed forward to the consumer. Use,
 of these two basic commodities is so di-
 verse that any price increases will be
 well dispersed through aD manufacturing
 activities.
               RxraxNCxs
   1.  Report of an International Committee:
 Maximum Allowable Concentration* of mer-
 cury Compound*. Arch. Envlr. Health, 19,891-
 906.  December U69.
   2.  CUrkaon, T. W.: The Pharmacology of
 Mercury Compound*. Ann. Rev. Pharmacol-
 ogy, ii. TO-tos, ma.
   J.  Frtberg,  L.. and J. Vostal  (Bd».); Mer-
 cury in the  Environment—A  Toxieolacieal
 and  Bpldemiologlcal  AppraUal. Prepared by
 the Karollnika Institute Deportment of En-
 vironmental  Byglene (Stockholm) for the
 TJJS. environmental Protection Agency (Offloe
 of Air Program*), November 1971.
   4.  Methylmercury in  Flih; a Toxloologlc-
 Bpldemlologlc Evaluation of Riaki. Report
 from an expert group. Nord, Erg. Ttsidkr.
  (Stockholm),  Supplement «, 1971 (Sngnih
 translation).
   (. NeUon. M., T. C. Byerly. A.  C Kolbye, Jr.,
 L. T. Kurland, R. X. Shapiro, B. X,  Bhlbko,
 W. H. Stickle, 3. E. Thompaon, L. A. Tan Den
 Berg, and  A. Welealer:  Hazard* of Mercury
  (ipeclal report to the  Secretary'* Pesticide
 Advisory Committee, Department of BMith,
 Education, and Welfare, Horember  1970).
 Envlr. Rer. 4, 1-68.  1971.
   «. weetoo. O.: Mercury m ToodetuBft-4*
 There a Oreat Rlak of PolaoatngT VAR FODA.
  4. l-«. 1B66.
   7. belfhton. p. A-: Photochemistry at Air
 Pollution.  Academic Fras*. 1981.
   (. Reatarch Triangle InitltuU: Oompre-
 benalv* Study  of  Specified AJr Pollution
 Bourcei to Aaiee* the Economic Impact of
Air Quality Standard*—Asbestos. Beryllium,
Mercury. Report prepared under contract to
the Environmental Protection Agency (Con-
tract Ifo. 68-03-0088). AugUlt 1672.
          Otxoua PROVISIONS

  The standards promulgated below are
applicable to new, modified, and existing
sources. Any new or modified source mu-st
comply with the standards upon begin-
ning operation. Any existing source must
comply with the standards  within  90
days after promulgation, unless a waiver
of compliance is granted.
   After considering the proposed general
provisions and the comments received on
them, the Administrator  made  several
changes which arc Included in the stand-
ards promulgated below. A new  section
was added to specifically require new sta-
tionary sources to notify the Administra-
tor  before  beginnning  operation. The
requirements for source reporting  and
request for  waiver of compliance were
combined Into one section. The time for
submitting the  source  report was  ex-
tended from SO to 90 days  to provide
sources with more time to complete  the
information required. Appendix A was
 added to provide  sources a description
end format of the information required.
   The proposed standards required all
 sources of mercury and beryllium to test
 their emissions within 3 months of  the
 effective  date and at  least once  every 3
 months thereafter; a provision was In-
 cluded to  allow the Administrator to
 waive the  periodic tests for sources in
 compliance with a standard. The stand-
 ards promulgated  below require  the  ini-
 tial test  within 90 days of the effective
 date and Include a provision to allow the
 Administrator to waive this requirement
 If the source Is meeting the standard or
 has requested  a waiver of compliance.
 Periodic tests  are not required unless
 specifically requested by the Administra-
 tor. The Administrator may cancel a
 waiver of emission tests and may require
 a test under the authority of section 114
 of the Act at any time. Appendix A speci-
 fies the Information which a.source must
 provide the Administrator when applying
 for a waiver of Initial emission testing.
   The standards promulgated below do
 not require the owner or operator to
 request a waiver of compliance before a
 specific date. However, the owner or op-
 erator should submit the request within
 80 days after  the effective date of the
 regulation to be assured that action will
 be taken on the waiver application prior
 to  the 90th day after the effective date.
 Continued operation in excess of a stand-
 ard after the 90th day without a waiver
 is a violation of the act.
    The Administrator may grant an exist-
 ing source a waiver, permitting  a period
 of  up to 2 years tor compliance, provided
 that steps will be taken during the waiver
 period to assure that the health of per-
 sons will  be protected  from imminent
 endangerment  and provided that such
 period is necessary for the installation of
 controls. To be granted a waiver of com-
 pliance, a source  must submit a written
 request  to the Administrator and  pro-
  vide certain information to assist the
  Administrator  in  making a judgment.
                                   •CDttAl M0ISTK, VOL. II, NO. «
                             (DAY, Anil •, 1973
                                                   III-6

-------
                                              CIULES AND  REGULATIONS
Within 60 days after receiving a request,
the Administrator will notify the owner
or operator of approval or Intention to
deny  the waiver.  Any  waiver of com-
pliance granted by the Administrator will
be in writing and  specify conditions the
source must  meet  during  the  waiver
period. If the Administrator Intends to
den)-  a  request, the owner or operator
will be given a specified time to provide
additional   information  or  arguments
prior to final action on the request. Final
action on a request will be in writing by
the Administrator, and if denied, will In-
clude reasons for denial.
  The President may exempt  any new,
modified, or existing stationary source
from compliance with the standards for
& period of up to 2 years, provided the
technology Is not available to implement
the standards and the operation of such
source is required  for reasons of national
security. Also, the President may grant
exemptions for additional periods of 2
years or less.
  The construction  of  a new  source or
modification of an existing source cov-
ered  by these standards cannot begin
without  approval  of the Administrator.
To obtain approval, the owner or opera-
tor of such sources must apply  in writing
to the  Administrator.  Within 60  days,
the Administrator will  notify the owner
or operator of approval or intention to
deny approval. If the Administrator in-
tends to deny approval, a specified time
will be given to provide additional infor-
mation or arguments prior to final action
on the  application.  The  final  action on
any application will be in writing by the
Administrator,  and if denied, will in-
clude the reasons for denial.
   Although the demolition of buildings
or structures  containing asbestos ma-
terial and the spraying of asbestos ma-
terial will in many cases be modifications
of existing stationary  eources, the Ad-
ministrator's approval is not required be-
fore  beginning such operations. Section
112(0(1)  of the act  specifies that no
person may construct any new source or
modify any existing source"*  * • unless
the Administrator finds that such cource
if properly operated will not cause emis-
sions in violation  of such standard." The
demolition and spraying provisions  ore
 expressed in terms of procedures to be
followed. Therefore. If the eource is prop-
 erly  operated, It  will be  complying with
 the standard, end there is no need for
 the Administrator to make a finding with
 respect  to each  new source  subject to
 these provisions.
   Each source covered by  these stand-
 ards is required to submit to the Admin-
 istrator within 00 days after  promulga-
 tion certain information pertaining to its
 operation.  Changes in the  information
 must be lubmltted within 80  days after
 the change, except where the change  Is
 considered a modification. Then the re-
 quirements for  a  modified  eource  ore
 applicable.
   Three terms are associated with deter-
 mining compliance by means of cource
 testing:   (1)   Reference method,  (3)
 equivalent method, and (S>   alternative
 method. Reference methods are the pre-
ferred methods of campling and analyz-
ing used to determine compliance. The
reference methods  for  beryllium and
mercury ore included In appendix B to
this part. An equivalent method is any
method of campling and analyzing which
has been demonstrated  to the Admin-
istrator's catisfaction to  have a  eon-
otstent and quantitatively known  rela-
tionship to  the reference method under
specified  conditions.  An  alternative
method Is any method of  oampllne and
analyzing which does not meet  all the
criteria for equivalency but which can be
used in specific cases to determine com-
pliance. Alternative methods may be ap-
proved by the Administrator for cource
testing;  however, in  cases where deter-
minations of compliance using on alter-
native method are disputed,  use of the
reference method or its equivalent wfll
be required  by the Administrator. An ap-
proved alternative method for beryllium
is included In appendix B hereto.
  All  emission data  provided to or ob-
tained by the Administrator In carrying
out these refrulatlons will be available to
the public. Records, reports, or informa-
tion other  than  trade  eecrets  will be
available to the public.
  Pursuant to eaction 112(d)Q) of the
act,   the   Environmental   Protection
Agency Intends to delegate the author-
ity  to Implement and enforce national
omission standards (except with respect
to  stationary oources owned or operated
by the United States) for haeardous air
pollutants to any State which submits en
adequate procedure to the Administrator.
The requisite procedure for requesting
ouch  delegation will be issued in the
future by the Environmental Protection
Agency.
   The regulations for the national emis-
sion standards for asbestos,  beryllium,
and mercury are hereby promulgated ef-
fective  upon promulgation  (April  6,
 1973).

   Dated: March  80, 1973,
                   ROBERT W. FBI,
              Acting Administrator,
     Environmental Protection Agency.

   A new Part 61 la added to Chapter 1,
 Title 40, Code of Federal Regulations, co
 follows:
         Oubpart A—Control Previsions
 Bee.
 01.01  Applicability
 01.02  Definitions.
 01.08  Abbreviation*.
 61.04  Address.
 61.06  Prohibited activities.
 01.M  Determination  at  conetructon  or
         modification.
 61.07  Application for approval of construc-
         tion or modification.
 61.08 Approval by Administrator.
 01.00 Notification of otartup.
 01.10 Source reporting and waiver request.
 01.11  Waiver of compliance.
 01.13 Emlaalon test* and monitoring.
 01.11 Waiver of emission tests.
 01.14 Source tcot and analytical method*.
 01.16  Availability of Information.
 01.16  Otcte authority.
     Oubpart D— 'National Collision Standard for
                  Aobottoi
 01.30  Applicability.
 01.81  Definitions.
Boc.
61.33  Emission standard.
C1.33  Air cleaning.
01.24  Boportlng.
   Oubpart C—Notional Emlulon Sttndard for
               Beryllium
01410  Applicability.
01X1  Definitions.
01 S3  Emission ttondnrd
01 .US  Otoek campling.
01.64  Air campling.
   Cubpart D—Netlonel Emission Standard for
        Dorylllum Rocket Motor Flrlnc
61.40  Applicability.
61.41  Definitions.
61.43  EmlMion standard.
61.43  BmUslon testing—rocket firing or pro-
        pel! ant  disposal.
01.44  Stack sampling.

   Oubpart E—National EmlMion Stenderd for
                Mercury
61.60  Applicability.
61.61  Definitions.
01.63  EmlMion  standard.
61.63  Stock aampling.
Appendix A—Compliance statu* Information.
Appendix B—Test Methods.
Method 101—Reference method for determi-
  nation of paniculate and gaeeou* mercury
  emission*  tram  stationary  eouroes  (air
  otreami).
Method 103—Reference method for determi-
  nation of paniculate and gaseous mercury
  emissions from itatlonary aource* (hydro-
  Con streams).
Method 108—Beryllium screening method.
Method 104—Reference method for determi-
  nation of  beryllium emissions from sta-
  tionary eources.

  AOTBOUTT: 43 TJ.S.C. 1887e-7.

      Gubpart A—General Provisions

 C 61.01  Applicability,

  The  provisions of this part apply  to
 the owner or operator of any stationary
 cource for which a standard Is prescribed
under this part.

 0 61.02  Definitions.

   As used in this part, all terms not de-
 fined herein shall have the meaning given
 them in the act:
   (a) "Act" means the Clean Air Act (42
 VS.C. 1857 et seq.).
   (b)  "Administrator" means the Ad-
 ministrator  of the  Environmental  Pro-
 tection Agency or his authorized repre-
 centative.
   (c) "Alternative method" means any
 method of sampling and analyzing for an
 air pollutant which does not meet all of
 the criteria for equivalency but which has
 been  demonstrated  to the  Administra-
 tor's catisfaction to, in specific cases, pro-
 duce results adequate for his determina-
 tion of compliance.
    (d) "Commenced" means that an own-
 er or  operator has undertaken  a con-
 tinuous  program  of  construction  or
 modification or that an owner or operator
 has entered into a contractual obligation
 to undertake and complete, within a rea-
 conable time,  a continuous program of
 construction or modification.
    (e)  "Compliance schedule" means the
 date or dates by which a source or cate-
 fjory of sources is required to comply with
 the. standards of this part and with any
 steps toward ouch compliance which are
 cst forth in a waiver of compliance under
 I 61.11.
                                          QBCISTiR,  VOL 30, NO. 64—FDIDAY, AfBll. 6, 1973
                                                        III-7

-------
                                            •UlES  AND •EGUtATKWS
  (f)  "Construction" means fabrication,
erection, or Installation of a stationary
source.
  (K) "Effective  date" to the date of
promulgation  In  the  FEDERAL RCOXSTU
of an applicable standard or other regu-
lation under this part.
  (b) "Equivalent method" means any
method of aampllng and analyzing for
an air pollutant which has been demon-
strated  to  the Administrator's satisfac-
tion to nave a consistent and quantita-
tively known relationship to the reference
method, under specified conditions.
  <1)  "Existing source" means any sta-
tionary source which is not a Dew source.
  (j)  "Modification" means any physical
change  In, or change In the method of
operation of, a stationary source which
increases the amount of any hazardous
air pollutant emitted by such source or
vhlch results In  the  emission of  any
hazardous  air pollutant not previously
emitted, except that:
  (1) Routine maintenance, repair, and
replacement shall not  be  considered
physical changes, and
  (2) The following  shall not be  con-
sidered a  change in  the method of
operation:
  (1)  An Increase in the production  rate,
if such increase does not exceed the op-
erating design capacity of the stationary
source:
  (U) An increase In hours o* operation.
  (k) "New source" means any stationary
source, the construction or modification
of which is commenced after the publi-
cation In the FEDERAL REGISTER of  pro-
posed national emission standards for
hazardous air pollutants which will be
applicable  to such source.
   Q) "Owner or  operator" means  any
person who owns, leases, operates,  con-
sols, or supervises a stationary source.
   (m) "Reference method" means  any
method of sampling  and  analyzing (or
an air pollutant, as  described in  ap-
pendix B to this part.
   (n) "Startup"  means the setting in
operation of a stationary source for any
purpose.
   (o) "Standard"  means  a  national
emission standard for a hazardous air
pollutant proposed or promulgated under
this part.
   (p) "Stationary source" means  any
building, structure, facility, or installa-
tion  which emits or  may emit any air
pollutant which has been designated as
hazardous by the Administrator.
 B 61.03   Abbreviations.
   The abbreviations  used in this  part
have the following meanings:
  *C—Degrees Centigrade.
efm—Cubic feet per minute.
  ft'—Square feet.
  ft'—Cubic feet.
  •P—Degrees Fahrenheit.
  in—Inch.
    I—Liter.
 •ml—Mlllillter.
  M—Molar.
  m'—Cubic meter.
 run—Nanometer.
 oz—Ounces.
 v/v—Volume per volume.
yd*—Square yards.
w^.—Water case.
InHg—Inches of mercury.
mHO—Inches of water.
g—Grams.
me  MIHIi
N— formal.
•R— Degree Ranklne.
sec— Second.
avg.— Average.
ID.— Inside diameter.
O .D.— Outside d'f"^-*"1
rt— Mlcrograms UO-* gram).
% — Percent.
Hg— Mercury.
Be— Beryllium.
I61J04  Addrew.
  AS requests, reports, applications, sub-
mlttals.  and other communications to
the Administrator pursuant to this part
n>i*n be  submitted in duplicate and ad-
dressed to the appropriate regional office
of the Environmental Protection Agency.
to the attention of the Director. Enforce-
ment DMslan. The regional offices are as
follows:
  Region I (Connecticut, Maine, Massa-
chusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island,
Vermont),  John P.  Kennedy Federal
Building, Boston, Mass.  02303.
  Region n (New York, New Jersey.
Puerto Rtoo. Virgin  Islands), Federal
Office Building, 26 Federal Place  Technical  Information describing
 the proposed nature, size, design, operat-
 ing design capacity, and method of oper-
 ation of the source, including a descrip-
 tion of any equipment to be used for
 control of emissions. Such  technical in-
 formation  shall include calculations  of
 •mission estimates in sufficient detail  to
 permit smmssmnu' of the validity of such
 calculations.

 | 61.08  Approval by Admiiiimrntor.

    (a) The  Administrator will, within 60
 days of receipt of sufficient Information
 to evaluate an application under | 61.07,
 notify the owner or operator of approval
 or Intention to deny approval of con-
 struction or modification.
•    O» If the Administrator determines
 that a stationary source for which an
      Mo. 86—Pt. II-
                                 •SJOUAl UOISTU, VOL. IS, NO. 44—WJOAY,  ANN. 4, 1*73
                                                     III-8

-------
                                             RULES AND  [REGULATIONS
application pursuant to I 61.07 was sub-
mitted will,  If properly operated,  not
cause emissions In violation of a stand-
ard, he will approve the construction or
modification of such source.
  (c)  Prior to denying any application
for approval of construction or modifica-
tion pursuant to this section, the Admin-
istrator will notify the owner or operator
making such application of the Admin-
istrator's intention to issue such denial,
together with:
  (1) Notice  of  the  information  and
findings on which such Intended denial
is based, and
  (2) Notice  of  opportunity  for ouch
owner or operator to present, within such
time  limit as the Administrator shall
specify, additional information  or argu-
ments to the Administrator prior to final
action on such application.
  (d>  A final determination to deny any
application for approval will be in writ-
ing and will set forth the specific grounds
on  which such denial is based. Such final
determination will be made within 80
days of presentation of additional infor-
mation or arguments, or 60 days after
the final date specified for presentation,
if no presentation is made.
    Neither the submission of on ap-
plication for  approval nor the Admin-
istrator's  granting of  approval to oon-
atruct or modify shall:
  (1)  Relieve on  owner or operator of
legal responsibility for compliance with
any applicable provision of this port or
of  any other applicable Federal, State,
or local requirement, or
   (2)  Prevent tee Administrator from
Implementing or enforcing this port or
taking any other action under the act.
 § 61.09   Notification of ilartup.
   (a) Any owner or operator of a source
which has an initial  startup after the
effective date of a standard prescribed
under this part shall furnish the Admin-
istrator written notification as follows:
   <1> A notification of the anticipated
date of Initial startup of the eouroe not
more than 60 days nor leas than 30 days
prior to such date.
   (3) A notification of the actual date
of  initial startup of the source within 16
 days after such date.
 0 61.10   Source reporting and  waiver re-
      quest.
    (a) The owner or operator  of  any
 existing cource,  or any  new oource to
 which a standard prescribed under this
 port Is applicable which had on initial
 otartup which preceded the effective date
 of a standard preeeribed under this part
 choll, within 90  days  after the effective
 date, provide the following Information
 in writing to the Administrator:
    (1) Name and address of the owner
 or operator.                         >
    (3) The location of the cource.
    .(8) The type of hazardous pollutants
 emitted by the stationary cource.
    (4) A brief description of the nature,
 alee, design, and method of operation of
 the stationary eouroe Including  the op-
 erating design capacity of cuch eouroe.
 Identify each point of omieslon for each
 haoardouB pollutant.
  (5) The average weight per month of
the hazardous materials being processed
by the cource, over the kurt  13 months
preceding the date at the report.
  (6) A description of the existing con-
trol equipment for each  emission point.
  (1)  Primary control devlce(s) for each
hazardous pollutant.
  (11) Secondary control devlce(s)  for
each hazardous pollutant.
  (ill) Estimated control efficiency (per-
cent) for each control device.
  (7) A statement by the owner or oper-
ator of the source as to whether he can
comply with  the standards prescribed In
this part within 90 days of the effective
date.
  (b) The owner or operator of an exist-
ing source unable to operate In compli-
ance with any standard prescribed under
this part  may request a waiver of com-
pliance with such standard for a period
not exceeding 2 years from the effective
date. Any request shall be in writing and
shall include the following information:
  (1) A  description of the controls to
be installed to comply with the standard.
  (3) A  compliance cchedule, including
the date each step toward compliance will
be reached. Such list shall Include as  a
minimum the following dates:
  (1) Date by which contract* for emis-
sion control systems or process modifica-
tions will be awarded, or date by which
orders will  be Issued  for the purchase
of component parts to accomplish emis-
sion control  or process modification;
  (U) Date  of initiation of onslte con-
struction or Installation of emission con-
trol equipment or process change;   •
   (ill) Dote by which onslte construc-
tion  or installation of emission  control
equipment or process modification is to
 be completed; and
   (Iv) Date  by which final compliance Is
 to be achieved.
   (8) A description of interim emission
 control steps which will be taken during
 the waiver period.
   (c) Changes  in the information pro-
 vided under paragraph (a) of this caction
 oholl be  provided to the Administrator
 within 80 days after such change, except
 that if changes will result from modifica-
 tion of the  cource, as defined in 161.03
 (j>, the provisions of  I 61.07 and 161.08
 are applicable.
   (d) The format for  reporting under
 this ocotton  is Included as appendix A of
 this part. Advice on reporting the etatus
 of compliance may be obtained from the
 Administrator.
 0 61.11  TTolver of compliance.
   (a) Based on the information provided
 in any request under 161.10. or other in-
 formation, the Administrator may grant
 a waiver of compliance with a standard
 for a period not exceeding 2 years from
 the effective date of such standard.
    (b) Such waiver will be to writing and
 trill:
    (1) Identify  the  stationary  cource
 covered.
    (3) Specify the  termination  date  of
 the traiver. The tralver may be termi-
 nated Dt on earlier dote if the conditions
specified under paragraph (b) (3) of this
cectlon are not met.
  (8) Specify dates by which steps to-
ward compliance ore  to  be taken;  and
impose such additional conditions as the
Administrator determines to be neces-
oary to assure installation of the neces-
oary controls within the waiver period,
and to  fissure protection of the health
of persons during the waiver period.
  (c) Prior to denying any request for
a waiver pursuant to this  section, the
Administrator will notify the owner  or
operator making such request of the Ad-
ministrator's  intention  to issue   such
denial, together with:
  (1)  Notice of  the information  and
findings on which such intended denial
is based, and
  (2) Notice of opportunity for  such
owner  or  operator  to  present,  within
such time  limit as the  Administrator
specifies, additional Information or argu-
ments to the Administrator prior to final
action on such request.
   (d)  A final determination to deny any
request for a waiver wQl be in writing
and will set forth the specific grounds on
which such  denial is based. Such  final
determination will be made  within  60
days after presentation of additional in-
formation or arguments,  or 60 days  after
the final date specified for such presen-
tation, If no presentation is made.
   (e)  The  granting of a  waiver under
this section shall not abrogate the Ad-
 ministrator's authority under section 114
 of  the act.
 0 61.12  Emitaioa teott and monitoring.
   (a) Emission  tests and  monitoring
 shall be conducted and  reported as  set
 forth in this port and appendix B to this
 part.
   (b) The owner or operator of a new
 cource subject to this part, and at the
 request of the Administrator, the owner
 or operator of  on existing source sub-
 ject to this part, shall provide or  cause
 to be provided, emission  testing facili-
 ties as follows:
    (1) Sampling ports adequate for test
 methods applicable to such source.
    (3) Safe sampling platform(s).
    (8) Safe  access  to  campling  plat-
 form (s).
    (4)  Utilities  for sampling and testing
 equipment.
 0 61.15  Waiver of emU»ion t«*t».
    (a)  Emission  tests  may  be waived
 upon written application to the Admin-
 istrator if,  In his judgment, the source
 is meeting the standard, or if the source
 is operating under a waiver of compliance
 or has requested a waiver of compliance.
    (b)  If application for waiver of  the
 emission test is made, such  application
 shall  accompany the  Information  re-
 quired by I 61.10. The appropriate form
 is contained in appendix A to this part.
    (c)  Approval of any  waiver granted
 pursuant to this section shall not abro-
 gate the Administrator's authority under
 the act or in any way  prohibit the  Ad-
 ministrator from later canceling such
 waiver. Such cancellation will be made
 only after notice Is  given to the  owner
 or operator of the source.
                                  KODtUU CCOIITOtt. VOL.  »0, NO. 6«—CTIDAY, AFQIL 6, WI

-------
                                            QUIES AND REGULATIONS
6 61.14  Source ie»l and analytical meth-
     od*.
  (n) Methods 101, 102. and 104 In ap-
pendix B to this pan shall be used tor
all source tests required under this part,
unless an equivalent method or an al-
ternative method has been approved by
the Administrator.
  (b) Method 103 In appendix B to this
part is hereby approved by the Admin-
istrator as  an  alternative  method  for
sources subject to I 61.32(o)  and 101.42
(b).
  (c) The Administrator may, alter no-
tice to the owner or operator, withdraw
approval  of   an  alternative  method
granted under paragraph (a) or (b)  of
this section. Where the  test results using
on  alternative method do not adequately
Indicate whether a source is in compli-
ance with a standard, the Administrator
may  require  the use  of  the reference
method or its equivalent.
 § 61.15  Availability of information.
  (a) Emission data provided to, or oth-
erwise obtained by. the Administrator In
accordance with the provisions of this
part shall be available to the public.
  (b) Any records, reports, or Informa-
tion, other than emission data, provided
to,  or otherwise obtained by, the Admin-
istrator in accordance with the provisions
of this part shall be available to the pub-
lic, except that upon a showing satisfac-
tory to the Administrator by any person
that such  records, reports, or informa-
tion, or  particular part thereof (other
than emission data),  If  made public,
would divulge methods or processes on-
titled  to protection as trade secrets of
such person, the Administrator will con-
sider such records, reports, or informa-
tion, or particular part thereof, confi-
dential in accordance with the  purposes
of  section  1905 of title 18 of the United
States Code, except that such records, re-
ports, or information, or particular port
 thereof, may be disclosed to other officers,
employees, or authorised representatives
 of the United States concerned with car-
 rying out  the provisions of  the act or
 when relevant in any proceeding under
 the act.

 §61.16   Slate authority.
   (a) The provisions of  this port shall
 not be construed in any manner to pre-
 clude any State or political subdivision
 thereof from:
   (1) Adopting and enforcing any omls*
 don limiting regulation applicable to a
 etationary  couroe, provided that ouch
 omission limiting regulation la not less
 otrlngent than the standards prescribed
 under this part.
   (2) Requiring the owner or operator
 of a stationary eource. other than a ota*
 tionary source owned or operated by the
 United States, to obtain permlte. uoencas,
 or approvals  prior to Initiating construc-
 tion, modification, or operation of snch
 eource.
 Oubpait &—Wcttonal Emtelcn Standard
             to Asbestos
0 61.20  Applicability.
  The provisions of Shte mibpart ore ap-
plicable  to  those cources cpeclfled in
I 01.22.
0 61.21  Definitions.
  Terms uoed in this cubport are defined
in the act, In oubpart A of this part, or in
this cectton no follows:
   (a) "Asbestos" means octinolite, omo-
oite. onthophyllite, chrysotile, croddollte,
tremolite.
   (b)  "Asbestos material" means  as-
bestos or cay  material containing  as-
bestos.
   (c)  "Particulate  asbestos  material"
mams finely divided particles of asbestos
material.
    The  manufacture of cloth, cord.
wicks, tubing,  tape, twine, rope, thread,
 yam, roving, ioj>, or other textile ma-
 terials,
   (2) The manufacture of cement prod-
 ucts.
   (3) The manufacture of flreprooflng
 and insulating materials.
   (4)  The  manufacture of friction
 product*.
   (6> The manufacture of paper, mill-
 board, and felt.
   (0) The manufacture of floor tile.
   (7) Tbs manufacture of pamto, coat-
 ings, caulks, cdhesives. csalanta..
   (0) The manufacture of plastics and
 rubber materials.
   (8) Tho manufacture of chlorine.
   (d) DomoUtion: Any owner or opera-
 tor of a demolition operation who intends
 to demolish any  institutional, commer-
 cial, or  industrial *"'*V*'T^f  (including
 apartment buildings having more P"***
 tour dwelling  unlta)_, structure, facility,
installation, or  portion  thereof  which
contains any boiler, pipe,  or load-sup-
porting structural member that is insu-
lated or fireproofed with friable asbestos
material shall comply with the require-
ments set forth in this paragraph.
  (1)  Notice of intention to  demolish
chall be provided to the Administrator
at least 20 days prior to commencement
of ouch  demolition or anytime prior to
commencement  of demolition subject to
paragraph (d) (4) of this section.
  Such notice shall include the following
information:
   (i) Name of owner or operator.
   (11)  Address of owner or  operator.
   (ill) Description of the building, struc-
ture, facility, or installation to  be de-
molished.
   (iv) Address or location of the build-
ing, structure, facility or installation.
   (v)  Scheduled starting and completion
dates of demolition.
   (vi) Method  of demolition to  be em-
ployed.
   (vil)  Procedures  to  be employed to
meet the requirements of this paragraph.
   (2)  The following procedures shall be
used to prevent emissions of paniculate
 asbestos material to outside  air:
   (1)  Friable asbestos materials, used to
insulate or fireproof any boiler, pipe, or
-load-supporting structural member, shall
 be wetted and removed from any build-
 ing, structure,  facility, or  installation
 subject to this paragraph before wreck-
 ing of load-supporting structural mem-
 bers is commenced. The friable asbestos
 debris shall be  wetted adequately to in-
sure that such debris remains wet during
 all stages of demolition and related han-
 dling operations.
   (11) No pipe or load-supporting struc-
 tural  member that is covered with fri-
 bble asbestos insulating or flreprooflng
 material shall be dropped or thrown to
 the ground from any building, structure,
.facility, or installation subject to this
 paragraph, but shall be  carefully low-
 ered or token to ground level.
   (ill) No friable asbestos debris shall be
 dropped or thrown to the ground from
 any building,  structure, facility, or in-
 stallation subject to this paragraph or
 tram  any floor to  any  floor below. For
 buildings, structures,  facilities,  or in-
 stallations, 50 feet or greater in height,
 friable  asbestos debris shall  be trans-
 ported  to the  ground via dust-tight
 chutes or containers.
   (3) Sources subject to this paragraph
 ore exempt from  the  requirements of
 II 61.05(a), 61.07, and 61.09.
   (4) Any owner or operator of a demoli-
 tion operation who intends to demolish a
 building, structure, facility, or installa-
 tion to which the provisions  of this para-
 graph would be applicable but which has
 been  declared  by proper  State  or local
 authority to be structurally unsound and
 which is In danger of imminent collapse
 Is exempt from the requirements of this
 paragraph other than the reporting re-
 quirements specified by paragraph (d)
 (1) of  this section and the wetting of
 triable  asbestos  debris as  specified  by
 paragraph (dHBHi) of this section.
                                          CDOISTM, VOL.  »0, NO. 6*—KUDAY, AKUl 6. 1973


                                                     111-10

-------
                                             RULES  AND REGULATIONS
   (r i  Spr:i> Ing: Tlicrc slial) be no visible
 emissions  to  Die  outside  air from the
 Bpiav-on application  or materials con-
 taining more than 1 percent asbestos, on
 a dry weight basis, used to Insulate or
 fireproof equipment and machinery, ex-
 cept as provided in paragraph (f) of this
 section. Spray-on  materials used to insu-
 late or fireproof buildings, structures,
 pipes, and conduits shall  contain less
 than 1 percent asbestos on a dry weight
 basis.
   (1)  Sources subject to this paragraph
 are exempt from the requirements of
 { 61.05(a). t 61.07,and { 61,09.
   (2)  Any owner or operator who Intends
 to spray asbestos materials to insulate or
 fireproof buildings, structures, pipes, con-
 duits, equipment, and machinery shall
 report such Intention to the administra-
 tor at least 20 days prior to  the com-
 mencement of the spraying operation.
 Such  report shall include the following
 information:
   (1)  Name of owner or operator.
    Address of  owner or operator.
   (ill) Location of spraying operation.
   Uv) Procedures to be followed to meet
 the requirements  of this paragraph.
   (f)  Rather  than  meet  the no-visible-
 emission requirements of paragraphs (a),
 (c), and (e) of this section, an owner or
 operator may elect to use the methods
 specified by  S 61.23 to clean  emissions
 containing particulate asbestos material
. before such emissions escape to,  or are
 vented to, the outside  air.
 161.23  Air-cleaning.
   If air-cleaning Is elected, as permit-
 ted by 8 61.22(f). the requirements of this
 section must be met.
   (a) Fabric  filter  collection devices
 must be used, except as  noted in para-
 graphs (b) and (c) of this section. Such
 devices must  be  operated at a pressure
 drop of no more than 4 inches water gage,
 as measured across the filter fabric. The
 airflow permeability,  as  determined by
 ASTM method D737-69. must not exceed
 30  ft'/min/ft' for  woven fabrics or 85
 ft'/mln/ft" for felted fabrics, except that
 40  ftVmin/ft* for woven and 48  ff/
 min/ft* for felted fabrics is allowed (or
 filtering air  from  asbestos ore  dryers.
 Each square  yard of  felted fabric must
 weigh at least 14 ounces and be at least
 one-sixteenth inch  thlclc  throughout.
 Synthetic fabrics must not contain fill
 yarn other than that which is spun.
    (b) If the  use  of fabric filters  creates
 a fire or explosion hazard, the adminis-
 trator may authorize  the use of wet col-
 lectors designed  to operate with a unit
 contacting energy of at  least 40 inches
 water gage pressure.
    (c) The administrator may  authorize
 the use of filtering equipment other than
 that described in  paragraphs (a) and (b)
 of this section if the owner or operator
 demonstrates to  the  satisfaction of the
 administrator that the filtering of par-
  ticulate asbestos material is equivalent
  to that of the described equipment.
    (d) All  air-cleaning equipment  au-
  thorized by this section must be properly
 installed,  used, operated, and maintained.
 Bypass devices may be used only during
  upset or emergency conditions and than
only for so long as It takes to shut down
the operation generating the particulate
asbestos material.
161.24  Reporting.
  The owner or operator of any existing
source to which this subpart is applicable
shall, within 90 days after the effective
date, provide the following  information
to the administrator:
  (a) A description of the emission con-
trol equipment used for each process:
  (b) If  a fabric filter device is used  to
control  emissions,  the  pressure drop
across the fabric filter in inches water
gage.
  (1) If the fabric filter device utilizes a
woven fabric, the  airflow permeability
in ft'/mln/ft'; and, if the fabric  is syn-
thetic, indicate whether the fill yarn is
spun or not spun.
  (2) If  the fabric filter device  utilizes
a felted fabric, the density in oz/yd', the
minimum thicknesa in inches, and the
airflow permeability in ft'/min/ft*.
  (c) Such information shall accompany
the information required by 161.10. The
appropriate form is contained in  appen-
dix A to  this part.
  Subpart C—Nations! Emjstion Standard
              for Beryllium
161.80   Applicability.
  The provisions of this subpart are ap-
plicable   to  the  following  stationary
sources:
  (a) Extraction plans, ceramic plants,
foundries, Incinerators,  and propellant
plants which process beryllium ore. beryl-
lium, beryllium oxide,  beryllium alloys,
or beryllium-containing waste.
  (b)  Machine  shops  which   process
beryllium, beryllium oxides, or any alloy
when such alloy contains more  than 5
percent beryllium by weight.
 § 61.31   Definition!.
  Terms  used in  this  subpart  are de-
fined in  the act,  in subpart  A  of this
part, or  In this section as  follows:
   (a) "Beryllium" means  the  element
beryllium. Where weights or concentra-
tions are specified, such weights  or con-
centrations  apply to  beryllium only.
excluding the weight or concentration of
any associated elements.
   (b) "Extraction plant" means a fa-
cility chemically  processing  beryllium
ore  to beryllium metal, alloy,  or oxide,
or performing any of  the intermediate
steps in these processes.
   (c) "Beryllium ore" means any natu-
rally  occurring  material  mined  or
gathered for its beryllium content.
   (d) "Machine shop" means a facility
performing  cutting,  grinding,  turning,
honing,   muling,   deburrtng,   lapping,
electrochemical machining, etching,  or
 other similar operations.
   (e) "Ceramic plant" means a manu-
facturing plant producing ceramic Items.
   (f) -Foundry"  means a facility en-
 gaged In the  melting  or  casting  of
 beryllium metal or alloy.
   (g)   "Beryllium-containing   waste"
 means  material   contaminated  with
 beryllium and/or beryllium compounds
 used or generated during any process or
 operation performed by a source subject
 to this subpart.
  (h) "Incinerator" means any furnace
used in the process of burning waste (or
the primary purpose  of  reducing the
volume of the waste by removing com-
bustible matter.
  (1)  "Propellant" means a fuel and oxi-
dlzer  physically or chemically combined
which undergoes  combustion to provide
rocket propulsion.
  (j)  "Beryllium  alloy "means any metal
to which beryllium has been added in
order to increase Its  beryllium content
and which contains more than 0.1 per-
cent beryllium by weight.
  (k) "Propellant  plant" means  any
faculty engaged in the mixing, casting.
or machining of  propellant.

8 61.32  Emiwlon standard.

  (a) Emissions to the atmosphere from
stationary sources subject to the provi-
sions of this subpart shall not exceed 10
grams of beryllium over a 24-hour period.
except as provided in paragraph  (b) of
this section.
  (b) Rather than meet the require-
ment of  paragraph (a) of this section,
an  owner or operator may request ap-
proval from the  Administrator to meet
an ambient concentration limit on beryl-
lium  in  the vicinity of the  stationary
aource of 0.01 ag/m*. averaged  over  a
80-day period.
  (1) Approval of such requests may be
granted  by  the Administrator provided
that:
  (1) At least 3  years of data is avail-
able which  in the judgment of the Ad-
ministrator demonstrates that the fu-
ture ambient concentrations of beryllium
in the vicinity of the stationary source
will not exceed 0.01 jig/m*. averaged over
a 30-day period. Such 3-year period shall
be the 8 years ending 80 days before the
effective date of this standard.
  (11) The  owner  or operator requests
such approval tn writing  within 30 days
after the effective date of this standard.
 - (ill) The owner or operator submits a
report to the Administrator within  45
days after the  effective date  of this
standard which report includes the fol-
lowing information:
   (a) Description  of  sampling  method
including the method and frequency of
calibration.
   (b) Method of sample analysis.
  (c) Averaging technique for determin-
ing 30-day  average concentrations.
   (d) Number,   identity, and location
 (address, coordinates, or distance and
beading from plant) of sampling sites.
   (e) Ground elevations . and  height
above ground of sampling Inlets.
   (/) Plant and  sampling  area  plots
showing emission  points and sampling
sites. Topographic features significantly
affecting  dispersion  Including   plant
building heights and locations shall be
 included.
   (0) Information necessary for esti-
mating dispersion Including stack height,
Inside diameter,  exit gas temperature,
exit velocity or flow rate, and beryllium
 concentration.
   (ft) A description of data and proce-
 dures (methods  or models)  used to de-
 sign the air sampling network (i.e., num-
 ber and location of sampling sites).
                                   MMIAL UOISTII, VOL 91, NO. **—WIDAY, Aflll «, 1973


                                                      III-ll

-------
  «)  Air sampling data indicating beryl-
lium concentrations in the vicinity of the
stationary eource for the 3-year period
specified in paragraph  (b) (1) of  this
cectlon. This  data shall be presented
chronologically and include the  beryl-
lium concentration and location of each
individual sample taken by the network
and the corresponding 30-day average
beryllium concentrations.
  (2) 'Within 60  days  after receiving
such report, the Administrator will notify
the owner or operator in writing whether
approval is granted or denied. Prior to
denying approval to comply with the pro-
visions of paragraph (b)  of  this eection,
the  Administrator  will consult   with
representatives of  the  stationary  eource
for which the demonstration report was
submitted.
  
-------
  (g) "Dsnuder" means a horizontal or
vertical container which Is part of a mer-
cury chlor-alkall cell and In which water
and alkali metal amalgam  are converted
to alkali metal hydroxide,  mercury, and
hydrogen gas In a short-circuited, elec-
trolytic reaction.
    Samples shall be taken over such
» period or periods as are necessary to
accurately determine the maximum emis-
sions  which  will occur in  a  24-hour
period. No changes in the operation shall
be made, which would potentially in-
crease emissions above  that determined
by the most recent source test, until the
new emission has been estimated by cal-
culation and the results reported to the
Administrator.
  (4)  All samples shall be analyzed and
mercury emisions  shall be determined
within 30 days after the source test. All
the  determinations will be reported to
the Administrator by a registered letter
dispatched before the close of the next
business day following such determina-
tion.
  (5)  Records of emission test results
and other data needed to determine total
emissions shall be retained at the source
and made available, for inspection  by
                               the Administrator, for a  minimum  of
                               2 years.
                                 (c) Mercury   chlor-alkall   plants—
                               cell room ventilation system.
                                 (1) Stationary sources using mercury
                               chlor-alkall cells may test cell  room
                               emissions in accordance with paragraph
                               (c)(2)  of this section or demonstrate
                               compliance with paragraph (c) (4) of this
                               section and assume ventilation emissions
                               of 1,300 ems/day of mercury.
                                 (2) Unless a waiver of emission test-
                               ing la obtained under I 61.13, each owner
                               or operator shall pass all  cell room air
                               in forced gas streams through stacks
                               suitable for testing,
                                 (1)  Within 90 days of the effective date
                               in the case of an existing source or a new
                               source which has an initial startup date
                               preceding the effective date; or
                                 (11) Within 90 days of startup in the
                               case of a new  source which did not have
                               an  initial startup date preceding the
                               effective date.
                                 (3) The Administrator shall be  noti-
                               fied at least 30 days prior to an emission
                               test, so that be may at his option observe
                               the test.
                                 (4) An owner  or operator may carry
                               out approved  design, maintenance, and
                               housekeeping  practices. A list of  ap-
                               proved design, maintenance, and house-
                               keeping practices may be obtained from
                               the Administrator.
                                   APPENDIX A

                National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants

                            Compliance Status Information

   I.  SOURCE REPORT

     Instructions:  Owners or operators
     of sources of hazardous pollutants
     subject to tht National Emission
     Standards for Hazardous Air
     Pollutants art required to submit
     tht Information contained 1n-
     Section I to tht appropriate
III
1 k
PM
XQCR
EPA USE ONLY
, 1 . , . 1 .
si
i > . i ii i
w cnr
... I
5C
J HDC LJ

     Environmental Protection Agency
     Regional Office before (datt which
     1s 90 days after tht standards'art prouulgited).  A listing of regional offices
     Is provided In I 61.04.

     A,  SOURCE INFORMATION.
1. Identification/Location
   source.
                                  Indicate, tht MM and address of itch
             »
             A49          .
             I  i  i   j  J  1  I  J ^ J_ t_
NUMBER
r
i , , .


cm
COUNTY
5TKUI ADDRESS
	 ?". ,.
5TAT
III

1 PM B38i
i r . t | i ,i
c ur wot

          2.  Contact - Indicate tht nan and ttltphoiw nirter of tht ovmtr or
             operator or other responsible official rim EPA lay contact con*
             etrnlng this report.
             e
                                                                            K)
   (i) Wlthto 80  days of the,effective
                     tatoifcuE'
                                  NDIftAL UOItTIR,  VOL. »l, NO. *«—WIDAY, AHUL *, 1»T3
                                                       111-13

-------
H
H
 I
3.  Source BescHptto* - Briefly state the nature of the source (e.g.
    •Oilor-alkall Plant', or "Machine Shop').

    CT«

4.  Alternative tailing Address - Indicate an.alternative mailing address
    1f correspondence Is to be directed to a location different than
    that specified above.
8.
F44
1 i i
1
r .
i
UN
i i
Btn
i i

CUT
tomtit CM* States - The
•etthe emission IMt
Stammmfvs em or before
ef the standards).
i i

JL_l_
SlKttl
ILL
MDRKs
m\
emissions from tMs
atlons contained In 1
(date which 1s 90 dn



iiti
C78C79
STATE
source can
the Rations
rs after thi

[_
~l

VK 079.
L i i i , 1
i
!

ZIP CODE
cannot
Emission
promulgation


                              Signature or owner, operator or other
                              responsible  official

   NOTE:  If the emissions from the source will exceed those limits set
   by the Rational Emission Standards for  Hazardous Air Pollutants,
   the source will be In violation  and  subject to Federal enforcement
   actions unless granted a waiver  of compliance by the Administrator
   of the Environmental Protection  Agency.  The Information needed
   for such waivers Is listed 1n Section II of this form.

: 614615 fiW
JEMUSEOMLT 1 .. J V .

1. PROCESS lUmmilUN. Utt I should be cw»leted sew

. , . . . n
''«<''''

                   point of entssloai for each hazardous pollutant.
                                                                                          1.
                                                                                          2.
                                                                                          3.
                                                                                                                 Process Description - Provide a brief description of each process
                                                                                                                 (e.g., 'hydrogen end box' 1n a mercury chlor-alkall plant,
                                                                                                                 "grinding machine* 1n a beryllium machine shop).  Use additional
                                                                                                                 sheets If necessary.
                                                                                                                 G21
                                                                                                                 Pollutant Emitted - Indicate the type of hazardous pollutant emitted
                                                                                                                 by the process.  Indicate "AB" for asbestos, "BE" for beryllium, or
                                                                                                                 "H6" for mercury.

                                                                                                                                     619620.
                                                                                                                 Amount of Pollutant - Indicate the average weight of the hazardous
                                                                                                                 material named In Item 2 which enters the process 1n pounds per
                                                                                                                 month (based on the previous twelve months of operation).
                                                                                                                 654
                                                                                                                 I   .
                                                                                                               GOT
                                                                                         4.  Control Devices

                                                                                             a.  Indicate the type of pollution control devices. If any. «std
                                                                                                 to reduce the emissions from the process (e.g., venturl
                                                                                                 scrubber, baohouse, wet cyclone) and the estimated percent
                                                                                                 of the pollutant Which the device removes from the process
                                                                                                 gas stream
                                                                                                                     H19
                                                                                                                               PRIrWRY COHThOL DcVlCE TTPt
                                                                                                                                             H34.   K1   H53

                                                                                                                                            •^^rWCCrirlltWVAL
                                                                                                                                                                       EFFICIENCY
                                                                                                                                                                    rtKttm KtruYAL
                                                                                                                                                                      EFFICIENCY
                                                                                                                 b.  Asbestos Earlsslon Control Devices Only
                                                                                                  1.  If a bajhouse 1s'specified In 1te« 4i  gin tta fbTlowtng
                                                                                                      Inforntlon:

                                                                                                    • The air flow permeability 1n cubic feet per arlmrte ptr
                                                                                                      square foot of fabric area:
                                                                                                                         Mr flow permeability <
                                                                                                                                             Jifla/tl

                                                                       FEDERAl REGISTER,  VOl. 38, NO.  66—FRIDAY,  APRIl  6,  1973

-------
                         • Ite pmnae drop 1« indies water gauge across the
                           filter it which the baghouse 1s operated
                           Operating piewme drop'
                                          Jnehes w.g.
                          • If the bemmam material contains synthetic fill yarn,
                           check whetter this arterial Is spun  Q or not spun  r~|.
                           If tkt baqnaese utilizes • felted fabric, give the
                           •lalmma tklckness In Inches and the density In ounces
                                    ijerd.
                                                Jnches    Density'
    IMctaess •  ___

If.  If *wet collection device Is specified In Item 4a. give
     the designed unit contacting energy In Inches water gauge.
                                                                       I/yd2
                          Unit contacttiNj
                                      Jnches w'.g.
The reporting Information provided 1n Section I nst accompany this
appllcJtlon.   Applications should be sent to the appropriate EPA
regional office.

1.  Processes involved - Indicate the process or processes emtttfng
    hazardous pollutants to which emission controls are to be applied*
2.  Controls

    a.  Describe the proposed type of control device to bi added or
        Modification to be made to the process to reduce the emissions
        of hazardous pollutants to an acceptable level.  Use additional
        sheets If necessary.
                                    BABEOU

                                         167
      n>  WVEH
                                                                                                             b.  Describe the measures that will be taken dvrtng the waiver
                                                                                                                 period to assure that the health of persons will be protected1
                                                                                                                 from Imminent endangement.  Use additional sheets If necessary.
 i
M
Ul
l'.
R
EPA USE ONLY
1 , 1 . . , 1
S C
• 1 • • 1
. St
A.  WIYER OF CMtMCE.Owen
    or operators of sources enable
    to operate In compliance with
    the National Emission Standards
    for Hazardous Air Pollutants by
    (date which Is90 days after
    the standards are promuigated) may request a waiver of comgllance from the
    Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency for the time period
    necessary to Install appropriate control devices or make modifications
    to achieve compliance.  The Administrator  may orint a waiver of compliance
    with the standard for a period not exceeding two years from the effective
    date of the hazardous pollutant standards  if he finds that such period
    Is necessary for the Installation of controls and that steps will be
    taken during the period of the waiver to assure that the health of
    persons will be protected from Imminent endangermnt.
                                                                                    3.  Increments of Progress - specify the dates by which the folloving
                                                                                       Increments of progress Mill be met.

                                                                                         Date by which contracts for emission control  systems or process
                                                                                         modification* will be awarded; or date by which orders will .be
                                                                                         Issued for the purchase of the componentTparts to accomplish
                                                                                                                                                                                           o
                                                                                  S
                                                                                  s
                                                                                                               emission control or process modification.


                                                                                                               NDnrrl     DAY   reOT

                                                                                                               Date of Initiation of en-site construction or Installation of
                                                                                                               emission control equipment or process change.


                                                                                                                              L3  «
                                                                                                                               YEAR
                                                                  FEDERAL KGISTIt, VOl. 38, NO.  66—Ft!DAV. APtll 6. 1973

-------
                Cite ty tMttt o-slte oottrvction or Installation of osrttito.
                ccatrol eqatpsst car process codification is to be completed.
                Data b? tJifeft final eerpltence is to be achieved.
                                                 Signature of owner or operator
      0.  COVER 67 B4U&1UJ TESTS.  A talvar of erfssion testing ray ba granted
          to csnars or operators of sovrces of bsrylliei or csrcury pollutants if.
          in tin Jedgant of tits Matnistrator of the Envlrorcantal Protection
          Agaicy tfcs coisslons frca the soerce comply with the appropriate
          stendard or if tin crjrs or aviators of tha sonrce have requested a
          talvar of cc=p11tnca or bats bsea granted a waiver of compliance. •

          TMs cfallcatfga sftoald txct^uij tie reporting Infonation provided
          to Section I.

          1. Rosses — St
-------
titles of partlculete matter. The filter bolder
mutt provide a positive seal against leakage
from outilde or around the filter. A beating
system oapabl* of maintaining the Blur at
a minimum temperature of 360* V. ebouid
bt UMd to prevent condensation from oecur-
  2.1JJ  Barometer. To measure atmoapbtrle
pressure to ±0.1  ID Kg.
  22  tfMuuremcni   of   $tock   condition*
(stock prewure, temperature,  rnoitturt  end
velocity)* 22.1  Pilot  tub*.  Type  6,  ot
equivalent, with a coefficient within A percent
over the working range.
  22.2  Differential presivrc gauge. Inclined
manometer, or equivalent, to measure veloc-
ity held to within 10 percent of the minimum
value. Mlcromanometers  should be ueed  If
warranted.
  22.3  Temperature  gauge. Any tempera-
ture measuring device to measure stack tem-
perature to within 1* F.
  2.2.4  Pressure  gauge. Pltot tube and In-
clined manometer, or equivalent, to measure
stack pressure to within 0.1 In Eg.
  22.6  Moisture  determination.  Wet  and
dry bulb thermometers, drying  tubes, con-
densers, or equivalent, to determine stock
gas moisture  content  to within 1 percent.
  2.3  Sample recovery — 24.1  Leakleu plot*
•ample bottles. 600 ml and 100 ml with Tenon
lined  tops.
  2.3.3  Graduated cylinder. 250  ml.
  244  PlMtic far Approximately BOO ml.
  2.4   Analysis— 2.4.1  Speotrophotometer.
To measure abeorbano* at  263.7 nm. Parkin
Bimer Model  803. with a cylindrical (JM coU
(approximately 1.6 In, OJJ.  • 7  In.)  with
quaru al**s  windows, and hollow eatbode
eouroa, or equivalent.
  9.4.2  Oo* tampHng bubbler. Tudor Scien-
tific Gists Co.. Bmo| Bubbler, Catalogue No.
TP-1160, or equivalent.
  2.4 3.  Recorder. To match output of epee-
trophotometer.
  a. JJeopents— 3.1   Stock   reopen**— 3.1.1
Potassium  iodide. Reagent grade.
  8.12  DitttileO.   water— 3.14  Pofaoium
iodide tolution, 25 percent. DicMlvo 860 6
of potassium Iodide (reagent 8.1.1)  in  dis-
tilled water and dilute to 1 to 1.
  3.1.4  Hydrochloric  acid. Concentrated.
  3.1.6.  PotoMium iodote. Reagent  grade.
  S.1.6  Iodine monocMoride (1CI) IjOU. To
COO ml. of *B%  potassium Iodide solution
(reagent 3.1 J) , odd 800 ml. of concentrated
hydrochloric  aetd. Cool to room temperature.
With vigorous otlrrtng. alowly add 136 g.  of
potassium lodate and continue otlrrlng until
nil tree iodine has dissolved to  give a clear
orange-red solution. Cool  to room tempera-
ture  and  dUuta  to 1000 ml.  trtth dutuled
water. The colutlon ahould be kept In amber
bottles  to  prevent degradation.
  8.1.7  Sodium  hydroside palter*, Beasent
Grade.
  8.1.8  Nitric acid, Concentrated.
  9.1.0  fltidrozj/lamin*  cut/ate.  Beagent
      RULES  AND QEGULATIONS

  34   Xnaiysi*—34.1  Sodium   hydroxide.
tO W.—Dleeolve 400 g  of  eodlum hydroxide
pellets In distilled water and dilute to 1 to 1.
  84.2  ZJeduernp opent, it percent hydros-
ylamine tul/ole,  12 percent  sodium chlo-
ride.—To 60 ml of  distilled water, add 12 g
of hydroxylamme eulfate and 12 g of eodlum
ehlorlde. Dilute to  100 ml. This quantity Is
Bumclent for to onalyee*  and must  be pre-
pared dally.
  84.3. Aeration  pot.—Zero grade nlr.
  84.4  Hydrochloric acid, OJN.—Dlruto 26.6
ml of concentrated  hydrochloric aetd to 1 to
1 with distilled water.
  8.4   Standard  mercury  solution*—8.4.1
Stock  solution.—Add 0.1364  g of mercuric
chloride to GO ml of 04N  hydrochloric acid.
After the mercuric chloride has dlcsolved,
add 04N hydrochloric acid  and adjust the
volume to  100 ml.  One ml of this  eolation
la equivalent to 1 mg of free mercury.
  8.42  Standard  solution*.—Prepare cali-
bration solutions  by serially diluting the
otock eolutlon (3.4.1) with 04N hydrochlo-
ric acid. Prepare eoluUons at concentration*
la the linear working range tor the Instru-
ment to be used. Ooutlon* of 02 eg/ml, 0.4
fg/ml  and 0.8 «g/ml have been  found  ac-
ceptable (or  most  instruments. Store  all
eolutions  In  glass-stoppered,  class  bottle*.
These eolutions ahould be oteble for at least
8 months;  hocaver, periodic checks ohould
BO performed to Insure quality.
  4. Procedure.—4.1 Guideline* (or  eouroe
tooting are detailed  In the  following  eectlons.
These  guidelines ore  generally applicable;
however, most cample sites  differ  to eome
degree and temporary  alterations  euch a*
otock extensions or expansions often are re-
quired to ensure the  best possible cample
Bite. Further, since mercury  is hazardous,
care ahould be taken to mtnimiM exposure.
Finally, olnco  the total quantity of  mercury
to be  collected generally  is small,  the teat
must be carefully conducted to prevent con-
tamination or loos of cample.
  42  Selection of a sampling site and mini-
mum number of traverse points:
  •2.1 Select  a suitable campling site that
is as  close as Is practicable to the  point of
atmospheric  emission.  If possible,  otacks
smaller than  1 foot in diameter ebouid aot
be campled.
                    4.2.2 The sampling site should be at least
                  eight stack  or duct diameters downstream
                  and two diameters upstream from any  flow
                  disturbance  euch  a* a bend, expansion, or
                  contraction. For a rectangular cross section
                  determine an  equivalent diameter from tbc
                  following equation:

                              _   21W
                              D>~rr-w           «" 10'  '
                  where:
                    Z>.=Equivalent diameter.
                     t=Length.
                     W=Width.

                    424  When the above campling site cri-
                  teria can be met, the  minimum number of
                  traverse  points Is  four (4) for stacks i  fool
                  In diameter or less, eight (8) for stacks larger
                  than 1 foot but 2 feet in diameter or less, and
                  twelve (12) (or stacks larger than 2 feet.
                    42.4  Some campling situations may ren-
                  der the above campling site criteria Imprac-
                  tical. When this Is the case, choose  a con-
                  venient  sampling  location  and  use figure
                  101—8 to determine the mimmim^ number of
                  traverse  points. However, use figure 101-3
                  only for stacks 1 foot in diameter or larger.
                    42.6  To use figure 101-8, first measure
                  the distance from the chosen sampling loca-
                  tion to the nearest upetroam and downstream
                  disturbances.  Divide ttns distance  by the
                  diameter or equivalent  diameter  to deter-
                  mine the distance In terms of pipe diameters.
                  Determine the corresponding  number of
                  traverse  points for each  distance from fig-
                  ure 101-3. Select the higher of the two num-
                  ber* of traverse point*,  or a greater value,
                  ouch that for circular  etack* the number Is
                  a multiple of four, and for rectangular stacks
                  the number follows the  criteria of eectlon
                  442.
                    42.8  It a selected campling point Is closer
                  than 1 inch from the stack wall, adjust the
                  location of  that point to ensure that the
                  cample  is taken at least 1 inch away from
                  the wall.
                    44 Cross sectional layout and location of
                  traverse points:
                    44.1  For circular stacks locate the trav-
                  erse point* on at least two diameters accord-
                  ing  to  figure  101-4 and table 101-1.  The
                  travern  axes  ehall divide the  etack cross
                  notion into equal parts.
                           NUMBER OF DUCT DIAMETERS UPSTREAM
                                       (DISTANCE A)
       C.6
     SO
1.0
                  t-S
                                     2.0
                                                       2.5
  8.1.10  Sodium chloride. Reagent grade.
  8.1.11  Zferourio chloride. TMagent grade.
  82 Sampling— 82.1  AbtorWng solution,
OJM 101. Dilute 100 ml.  of  the 1.0M  101
ctock eolutlon  (reagent 8.1.0)  to  1  to 1
with distilled water. Tbe aolutlon  ohould bo
kept In glass bottles to prevent degradation.
This reagent ahould be stable for  at least 0
months; however, periodic checks  should be
performed  to Insure quality.
  3.2.2  T70M  ocid.   1:1 V/V nitric acid-
water.
  824  DUtdJcd, deionlud water.
  82.4  Stiioa gel. Indicating type,  6 to 18
tnesh drltd  at 360* P. for 2 hours.
  32.6  PUter (optional). Olaes fiber. Mine
Safety Appllanoet 1100BH. or equivalent. A
filter may  be necessary In eaees where  the
gas  Dtreem to  be  campled  contains  hwrp
quantities  of paniculate  matter.
                                                 CO
      10
               DBTUDANCEIOND. D7AWION, 0&flHACTIO& ETC.)
                                                                                 10
                              EITCER Or DUCTDIAKETEIS DOUNSTRAij-
                                         (DISTANCE O
                             FlSure 102-1. Minimum of treveree point*.
                                    FtDIRAl COOISTIR, VOL 30, NO. 6*—TODAY, APOIl e, 1971
                                                           111-17

-------
                         RULES  AND REGULATIONS
           Table 101-1.  Location  of traverse points 1n circular stacks
           (Percent of stack diameter from Inside wall  to traverse point)
Traverse
point
lumber
on a
diameter
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Number of traverse points on a diameter
l~2
14 6
65.4






















4
6.7
25.0
76.0
93.3




















6
4.4
14.7
29.5
70.5
85.3
95.6


















8
3.3
10.5
19.4
32.3
67.7
80.6
89.6
96.7
















10
2.5
8.2
14.6
22.6
34.2
65.8
77.4
85.4
91.8
97.5














12
2.1
6.7
11.8
17.7
25.0
35.5
64.5
75.0
62.3
88.2
93.3
97.9












14
1.8
5.7
9.9
14.6
20.1
26.9
36.6
63.4
73.1
79.9
85.4
90.1
94.3
98.2










16
1.6
4.9
8.5
12.5
16.9
22.0
28.3
37.5
62.5
71.7
78.0
83.1
87.5
91.5
95.1
98.4








18
1.4
4.4
7.5
10.9
14.6
18.8
23.6
29.6
38.2
61.8
70.4
76.4
81.2
85.4
89.1
92.5
95.6
98.6






20
1.3
3.9
6.7
9.7
12.9
16.5
20.4
25.0
30.6
38.8
61.2
69.4
75.0
79.6
83.5
87.1
90.3.
93.3
96.1
98.7




22
1.1
3.5
6.0
8.7
11.6
14.6
18.0
21.8
26.1
31.5
39.3
60.7
68.5
73.9
78.2
82.0
85.4
88.4
91.3
94.0
96.5
98.9


24
1 1
3.2
6.5
7.9
10.5
13.2
16.1
19.4
23.0
27.2
32.3
39. £
60.2
67.7*
72.8
77.0
80.6
83.9
86.8
89.5
92.1
94.5
96.8
98.9
Plfin 1014. Oran MetlM of olitglr ituk (tart* button el
kmv*M polnti on pvpMdloulv Clamm.
  4.3.3  For rectangular  stack* divide the
crott Motion Into M many equal rectangular
area*  M traverse polnU, such that the ratio
of th* length to the width of the elemental
ar«R»  u between on* and two. Locate the
trayeree polnte at the oentrold of each equal
area according to figure 101-6.
  4.4  Measurement of stack  condition*:
  4.4.1  Bet up the apparatus  u shown la
figure 101-3. Make rare all connection* are
tight  and  leak-tree. Measure  the  Telocity
bead and temperature at the traverse polnte
apectfled by eectlon 44 and 43.
  4.4.2  Measure the italic pressure In the
•tack.
  4.43  Determine the etack gat moisture.
  4.4.4  Determine the stack ga* molecular
weight from the measured moisture content
and knowledge of the expected ga* itream
composition. A etandard Orsat analyier baa
been found valuable at combustion sources.
In  all eases, sound  engineering judgment
should be used.
             HDUA1  MOUTH, VOL >•< NO. «4—rVDAY, APIA », 1t73
                                 111-18

-------
                                                 OUIES AND QEGULATIONS
  45  Preparation of sampling train:
  4.6.1  Prior to assembly, clean all glassware
(probe, Implngeri, and connectors) by riming
with  wash aoid,  tap water,  0.1M IC1, top
water, and finally distilled water.  Place 100
ml  of 0.1M IC1 in each of  the first  three
linptnger*. and place approximately 200 g of
prewelghed silica gel In the fourth Implnger.
Save 80 ml of .he 0.1M IC1 M a blank In the
cample  analysis. Bet up the train and tb«
probe as In figure 101-1.
  4.52  If  the  gas stream to T>e sampled  IB
excessively dirty or moist, the first Implnger
may clog  or  become  dilute too rapidly tor
•ufflclent testing. A filter can be placed ahead
of the Implngers to collect the particulates.
An  Initial empty Implnger may also be ueed
to remove excess moisture. If a fifth Implnger
is required, the final  Implnger may have to
be  carefully  taped  to  the outside of the
aample box.
  4.6.3  Leak check the sampling train at the
campling site. The leakage rate ahould not
be in excess of 1 percent of the desired cam-
pling rate. If  condensation In the probe or
Alter is a problem, probe and filter beaten
will be required. Adjust the heaters to pro-
vide a temperature of at least 960' t.  Place
crushed ice around the implngers. Add more
Ice during the test to keep the temperature
of the gases leaving the last Implnger at 70* P
ot less.
  4.B  Mercury train operation:
  4.0.1  For each  run, record the data  re-
quired oa the example sheet shown in figure
101-8. Take readings at eoch campling point
at least every 6 minutes  and when  signifi-
cant changes in stack conditions necessitate
additional adjustments in flow rate.
  4.62  Sample at a rate of 0.6 to 14 cfm.
Samples ahali be taken over such A period
or periods as  are necessary  to accurately
determine the maximum emissions which
would occur in a 34-hour period. In the ease
of cyclic operations, sufficient tests shall be
made oo as to allow accurate determination
or calculation  ot  the emissions which will
occur over the duration of the cycle.  A mini-
mum cample time ot 8 hours is recommended.
In some Instances, high mercury concentra-
tions can prevent sampling In one  run  tor
the desired minimum time. This Is Indicated
by reddening In the  first Implnger  as tree
Iodine Is  liberated. In ,thls ease, a run may
be divided Into two or' more outruns to en-
mire that the  absorbing  eolutlons  are not
depleted.
      HWT	

      10CIIION.

      OKMTM_

      t*n	
      eroio«No._
      tsra «!«,_.
      er*ctw	
                                 MMnuiK V iua ctou MCTIW
nmtunrow
taMM












torn
AVIMM
HUM MO
IMC
HI. -i














rt»Tic
muuK
r,i. h. m














lua
tenuiua
0(1.* r














vaocm
MAO
l.*|).













-
RU3UK
otmoftuL
neat
ewict
am
UN,
k.N,0














attwwu
vcu*c
(VW.lt1














autM»uiE»mnm
IK on OAI Him
BUt
(»„!.•'












**
M|.
ounn
"•«•'•*'












*•».

UtfUtat
nmMTua.
•»
%













omat
itBUMua.
•»














                             Fb« 101-S. FUld ««U

  4.8.3  To  begin  sampling, position the
noxzl« at the first traverse point with the tip
pointing directly Into the gas otream. Im-
mediately start the pump and  adjust the
flow to ieokinetlo conditions. Sample tor  at
least 6 minutes at each traverse point; samp-
ling time  must be the came  for each point.
Maintain Isokinetic campling  throughout the
campling  period. Nomographs which aid  in
the rapid adjustment of the sampling rate
without other  computations  are in APTD-
0676 and are available from commercial sup-
pliers. Note  the standard nomographs are
applicable only for type 8 pilot tubes and
air or a stack gas with an equivalent density.
Contact EPA or the campling train supplier
for instructions when the standard nomo-
graph Is not applicable.
  4.6.4  Turn off the pump at the conclusion
of  each run and record the  final readings.
Immediately remove  the probe and noule
from the stack and  handle  In  accordance
with  the  aample recovery  process described
in section 4.7.
  4.7  Sample recovery:
4.7.1   (All glees storage bottles and the grtd-
                                                  cylinder must be precleaned as in aec-
                                            tion 4.6.1).  This operation  should be  per-
                                            formed in an erea  tree of possible mercury
                                            contamination. Industrial laboratories  cad
                                            ambient air around mercury-using  facilities
                                            ore not normally tree of mercury contamina-
                                            tion. Whan the campling train Is moved, care
                                            must be  excrclcsd to prevent bcaakass and
                                            contamination,
                                              4.7.3 Dieeonneot the probe from the Im-
                                            plnger train. Place the contents (measured to
                                            ±1 ml) of  the first three Implngers into a
                                            600 ml sample bottle. Rinse the probe and  all
                                            glassware  between  it and the  back halt  of
                                            the third  Implnger with two 60 ml portions
                                            of 0.1M IC1  solution. Add these rinses to the
                                            first eample bottle. Per a blank, place 80 ml
                                            ot the 0.1M IQ In a 100 ml sample  bottle. It
                                            used, place  the  filter along with 100 ml  of
                                            0.1M  ICl in another  100  ml sample  bottle.
                                            Retain a filter blank. Place  the silica gel  in
                                            the plastic Jar. Seal and secure all containers
                                            for shipment. If an additional test Is desired,
                                            the glassware can be carefully double naeed
                                            with  distilled water and reassembled. Bow-
                                            over, If the glassware Is to be out of  uee more
than 3 days, the Initial acid wash procedure
must be followed.
  44  Analysis:
  4.8.1  Afparatiu  preparation .—Clean  nil
Glassware according to the procedure of *o<-
tion 4.6.1. Adjust the Instrument settings ac-
cording to the instrument mnmml. uslnc an
absorption  wavelength of 26X7 nm.
  4.8.3  Anolyite  preparation.— Adjust   tin-
air delivery pressure and the  needle  vnu-c
to obtain a constant airflow of about 1.3 to •
1/mln. The analysis tube should be bypassed
except during aeration. Purge the equipment
for 3  minutes.  Prepare a sampl- of mercury
standard solution (8.4.2) according to sec' ion
4.8.3.  Place the analysis tube in the  line.
and aerate  until a mixlmum peak height is
reached on the  recorder. Remove the analysis
tube,  flush the lines, and rinse the analysis
tube with  distilled water.  Repeat with  an-
other sample of the  same standard solution.
This purge and analysis cycle is to  be re-
peated until peak heights are  reproducible
  4.8.3  Sample preparation. — Just prior to
analysts, transfer  a  sample aliquot  of up
to 60 ml to the cleaned 100 ml analysts tube
Adjust the volume to 60 ml with 0.1M  ICl
if required. Add 6  ml of 10 N  sodium  hy-
droxide, cap tube with a clean glass stopper
and shake  vigorously. Prolonged,  vigorous
ahaking at this point Is necessary to obtain
an  accurate analysis.  Add  6 ml of the re-
ducing agent (reagent 8.3.2) . cap tube with
a clean glass stopper and shake vigorously
and immediately in  sample line.
  4.84  Mercury determination. — After  the
system has been stabilized,  prepare samples
from the sample bottle according, to section
4.8.8. Aerate the sample until a maximum
peak height Is reached on the recorder. The
mercury content Is determined  by  compar-
ing the peak height* of the camples to the
peak heights of the  calibration solutions if
collected camples are out of the linear range.
the camples should  be  diluted. Prepare a
blank from ttoe 100 ml  bottle according to
section  4.8.3 and analyse to determine  the
reagent blank mercury level.
  6.  Calibration. — 6.1   Sampling  train.—
6.1 J  Uee standard methods and equipment
as  detailed In  APTD-0676 to calibrate  the
rate meter, pltot tube, dry gas meter, and
probe heater (It used). Recalibrate prior to
each teat series.
  6.3  Analysia. — 6.2.1 Prepare  a  call urn -
tion curve  for  the cpectrophotometer  using
the standard  mercury solutions.  Plot  the
peak height* read on the recorder versus the
concentrations  of  mercury in the standard
eolutlons. Standards  should be interspersed
with the camples  since the calibration  can
ohcngo (tightly •with time. A new calibration
curve otoould be prepared tor each new set
of samples run.           *
   6. Calculations. — 6.1  Average   dry   gas
meter temperature, stack temperature, stack
pressure and average orifice pressure  drop.
Sse data sheet (fig. 101-6) .
  6J  Dry got  volume.— Correct the sample
volume  measured by the  dry  gas meter to
stack conditions by using equation 101-2.
                                                             Tf,
                                                             * H
                                                                            eq. 101-2
                                            where:
                                              V«," Volume of pu sample through the dry pm IHHIT
                                                   (lUrk conditions). ft>.
                                              V. —Volume ol tts sample through the dry pns IIH-KT
                                                   (meter conditions), It'.
                                              T, -Average temperature of stick e», °H.
                                              T. - Arerttgr dry (U meter temperature, °R.
                                              Pk» = Barometric pressure  at  the orifice
                                                      meter. inHg.
                                               AH = Average pressure drop across the ori-
                                                      fice meter, inB^O.
                                              13 .6 = Specific gravity ot mercury.
                                                P.= Stack pressure. P».r± static pressure.
                                                      inHg.
                                     FSMItAl
           VOL «,
                                                                    **— 43IDAY, AKHL o,  1973
                                                           111-19

-------
                                                  RULES AND ftEGULATIONS
  6.8
when:
       Volume of water vapor.


             Fw.-£.7..£    eq. 101-8
                                              DATE
                                              HUN NO..
  Vr.-Volume of wotw Taper ID th. CM aunpk (lUek    (TACK DIAMETER. In.
        condition!), ft>.                                               •
  K, -O.OUB7 —p:.. *»'•" *»>«•<> unlU tn tned.

  ft uTntnl volume of liquid collided tn Implngon
        will illlrn irol (im> (Inure 101-7). ml
   7'.«AvnraiRi itork KM temperature,*H.
   J'.-Xtnrkjifiwiirn. ;•,„ * cuilo immure, In. U|t.
        t.4 Total KIU volume.
I*M.I 'V..+Vr.                       eq. 101-4
vhrrn:
  V'uui-Tottl volunit at c*i nunpl* (lUek eondlUoiu),
         II1.
   r.,-Volunif of cu through |u m*ur (ttaok «oodl-


   »'r-Volume of  wtt*r T»por ID (u Ninpl* ClUck
         oooaitlona),ni.


ftNAL
mmv.
IMUIO couicno
TO1U. VOUM COUlCTtD
VOUM or uouio
•Muccuicrm
•MNOII
youMt




IUCAOO.
•UQMl.
' t



r| -
       won OF w*n« TO vouMtn dividing tottl wight
                             " **"*" **"*• -
             Flgur« 101-7. Anlytlnl diu.

  0.8  Buck gM T«loolty. Hi* »qu»Uon 101-0
to oalculat* tbt it»ck gM velocity.
                                 eq. 101-6
vlitrr:
    tr.) .,!.«• Average Hack gal Telocity, tot per taoond.
      A"  MM   (    Ib.-ln.Hg    \l/»   v
        '     aec A Ib.mole-* K-ln.HiO)  '  ata
            these unlti are used.
       C,- Pilot tube ootfflcltnt, dlmtnilonlen.
   (7«)»«i.~ATerage Hack gal temperature, *R.
        ..—Average iquare root of the Telocity bead
           of itack gas (In. BiO)"> (aee flg. 101-8).
       P," Stack pressure, Pku±>tatlc pramre, tn. Hf.
       l/.-Molecular weight of Hack gat (wet baii«),
            the mimmauoD of  the product! of the
            molecular  weight  of  each component
            multiplied by  lu volumetric proportion
            In the mixture, lb./lb. mole.

Figure 101-8 show* a Mmple recording aheet

for Telocity traverae data. UM the aTeragee

In the la*t two  column* of figure 101-6  to

determine the average atack gat velocity from
equation 101-8.

  6.6  Mercury collected. Calculate the total

weigh* of mercury collected by uelng aqua.

Won 101-6.

         Wi = ViCi —V»O» ( + VrCr)..«q. 101-6
where:

  Wis total weight of mercury collected, *g.
                                              IAROMETRIC MESSUNL In. Hfl;	


                                              ITATIC MESSUKE IN STACK (Ffl). In. H0.


                                              OPEWTOHS	
SCHEMATIC OF STACK

   CROSS SECTION
                                                       TravtrM point
                                                                          Velocity head,
                                                                             In. H20
                                                                               AVERAGE:
                                                                                                               Suck T«np«rauire
                                                                       Flflur* 101-8. Velocity traverse data.
                                      HMRAL noism, VOL. »•, NO. **—MIDAT. AHUL «, 1*73
                                                          111-20

-------
                                                DOES  AMD QBSQ1AIT8MS
  Vi = Total volume of eondenied moisture
        and XC1 In cample bottle, ml.
  CitsOonoentrotlon of mercury meuured In
        sample bottle. »g/ml.
  F»= Total volume of XCl nsed in campling
         (Implnger contents and all wa4h
        amounts) , ml.
  C»= Blank concentration of mercury in TCI
        solution, ftg/ml.
  Vr = Total volume of IC1 UMd In filter botU*
         (If used), ml.
  Cr~ Concentration  of  mercury  In filter
         bottle (IX need). »K/m).

  0.7  Toted mercury emission. Circulate tho
total Amount of mercury emitted from  each
stock  per day by equation 101-7. Toll equa-
tion Is applicable  for continuous operations.
For cyclic operations,  use only the time per
day coon  stack U In operation. The  total
mercury emissions from a source will be the
summation of result* from all stacks.

   „  W , (O „ . A . „ 86,400 seconds/day
   K -- ___    X     j
          pllng Measurements, Paper presented at the
          Annufi Meeting oT the Air Polrcraon Control
          Association, St. Louts. Mo., June 14-16. 1*70.
            11. Bmlth,'W.8.,etBl..Btae*Oni Sampling
          Improved and Simplified  with New  Equip-
          ment, APCA paper TIo.Vr-lTt. 1W7.
            12. Smith. W. 8.. B. T. ehlgehara, and W.
          Pi Todd.  A Uetbofl of Interpreting Btack
          Sampling Data, Paper piesintod at the 83d
          Annual Heetlng of the Air Pollution Control
          Association, St. Louis, MoH June 14-18.  1070.
            U. Specifications for Incinerator Tatlng at
          Federal Facilities PHS, NOAPO, 1887.
            14. Standard Method for Sampling Oteck*
          for  Partlculate Matter,  In:  1B71  Book of
          ASTM Standards, part 93, Philadelphia,  1071,
          A6TM Designation D-a028-7l.
            16. Vonnard, J. K., Elementary Fluid Me-
          chanics,  John Wiley and Sons,  Inc.,  Mew
          Tork. 1047.

          txcrnoD  102. UTEUNCC M*THOD rcn Drntt-
            rantTtow or ntuinjuutn am •aaovs un-
            CCQT emanoais  atau Bunantft oorracrs
             (BTC300XM
                                «q. 101-7
Wline:
    K" Ritf of omission, g/day.
    Wt" Total w*if bt of mercury ooUccted, «?.
  VM>I "Total volume of gu ttmple (ruck conditions) ,
       ft *.
 to) ••! . - A range itack gtt velocity , f«et per twrod,
    X.-Stsckar«», ft',

  6.8  Isoklnetlc  variation  (comparison of
Telocity of (roe in probe tip to stack velocity).
                 •A.® (».)..«
trhere:
eq. 101-8
      /—Percent of inoklnrtlc       .
          olAlvoluinr of gus sample (Muck eondltloni),
          ft1.
       " Probe tip srta, n!. '
             1.
                                     *— la  Prtnrf-
                 PROBE
           TVPES
           WTOTTUBE
pie—Particular and gaseous mercury emis-
sions an Isoklnetlcally  campled from  the
eouroe and collected In acidic Iodine mono-
chloride solution. Tbe mercury collected (in
the mercuric form) Is  reduced to elemental
mercury  in basic solution by hydroxylamlae
eulXaU. Mercury Is aerated from the solution
and analysed using speetrophotometry.
  U  Applicability—Thla method is  appli-
cable for the determination of paniculate
end QMMUS mercury  anle^ons oheu  the
carrier gas ctrecun Is  prtnelpally iiydruKen.
The method 1s for use In duett or stack.i at
otatlonary cower*. Unless otherwise Hr>«iniit»lgr  to RUM
Btreams other than thoe» emitted directly tu
Uw oUnoopher* crttboat further process'liiK.
  9. Apparatus—2J Sampling train.—A sche-
matic of the sampling train used by EPA
Is ahown in figure 102-1. Commercial models
of this train are available, although complete
construction details are described In APTD-
0661,'  and operating and maintenance pro-
cedures  ere  described In  APTD-0576.  The
components essential to  this sampling tram
are tbe following:
                                                                                    CHECK
                                                                                    VALVE
                                                                                      VACUUM
                                                                                       LINE
                   ,
              ' *Uuk c»s vul^Jty, loci pur .second.
  7. evaluation o/ result* — 7.1  Determina-
tion o/ compliance .—7.1 .1  Each pertormanos
test shall consist of three repetitions of tho
applicable test method. For tbe  purpose of
determining compliance with  on applicable
national emission standard, the  overuse at
results  of all repetitions  shall apply.
  75  Acceptable  teoMnetto  renrtrt.— 7.3.1
The following range oeta the limit on acoopt-
oble tso&inetlc campling results:
  If 00%^1^110%, the results ore accept-
able; otherwlea, reject the test and Topoat.
  0. Jte/erencei. — 1. Addendum to Bpedflco.
tlons for Incinerator Testing  at  Totoral
Facilities, PHS, MCAPC, Doc. 8,  1887.
  9. Determining  Dust Concentration in 6
Oaa Stream, ASMS Performance Test Code
Mo. 87, New York. N.T., 1957. •
  8. Devorkln. Howard, et al., Air Pollution
Source  Testing Manual, Air Pollution Con-
trol District, Los Angeles, Calif., Nov. 1083.
  «. Batch, -W. St. end W. L. Ott, -Determina-
tion of Sub-Micrograsn Quantities of Mercury
by Atomic Absorption Bpectrophotomrtry,"
Anal, Chem., 40:9085-67, 1066.
  6. Mark. L. B., Mechanical Engineers' Band-
book, McOraw-HUl Book Co., Inc.. New Tork,
 N.T., 1951.
  0. Martin, Robert M , Construction Dstolls
of  Isoklnttlc Bouroe  Sampling  Bqulpment,
 environmental Protection  Agency, APTD- '
 OMl,
   7. Methods for Determination of Velocity,
 Volume,  Dust and Mist  Content of Oeeos.
 Western  Precipitation Division of Joy ttfg.
. Co.. Los Angeles, Calif. Bui. WP-60, 1080.
   0. Perry, J. B,. Chemical Engineers' Band-
 book, McOraw-BUl Book Co., Inc., New York,
 N.Y.. 1060.
   0. Bom. Jerom* J..  Maintenance,  Calibra-
 tion, and Operation of leokmetlc Source Sam-
 pling equipment, Environmental Protection,
 Agency, APTD-OS76.
   10. Dhlaehora, R. T.. W. F. Todd, and W. B.
 Death, OionlfloaBoa of Errors  In Btaok 6am-
                                                                        VACUUM
                                                                         GAUGE
                                                                       AWE
                                  D3T TEST METER
 AR-71QHT
  PUHP
                                        102-1.  Mercury sttrapllng  train
             9.1.1  Uottle. etatnlera ntoei or irloas with
           eborp, tapered leading edge.
             3.12  ProTw. aboathed PyrW ijlaes.
             3.1 a  Pitot tube. Type B (figure M3-3), or
           oqutvalont, trlth A oiaBctont within B per-
           cent  over the  working  range, attached to
           probe to monitor otodk CM Telocity.
             0.1.4  /mpinpers. Four Oreenburg-Smlth
           Implngers connected to carles -with glass ball-
           Joint fittings. The first,  third,  and fourth
           Implsoen me? be  modified by replacing the
           tip with ono-half Inch ID glow tube attend-
           ing to one-half Inch from tbe bottom of the
           flask.
             9.1.8  AoW trap. Mine safety appliances air
           line filter, catalogue No. 01667, with Mid ab-
           corblni cartridge and suitable connections, or
           equivalent.
             9.1.6  UtUrine lytttm. Vacuum caffo. look-
 leas pump, thermometers capable of measur-
 ing temperature to -within BT, dry gu meter
 Trlth 8 percent accuracy, and related equip-
 ment, described in APTD-O681, to maintain
 an boUnette sampling rate and to determine
 fjfmip!ft volume.
    3.1.7  Barometer. To measure atmospheric
 pressure to 4 0.1 in hg.
                    mcounw
                                 TUUNC ADAm*
              1 ThcM documents are available for a nomi-
           nal  coat from the  National Technical In-
           formation Berrlce, TJJB. Department of Com-
           merce, 6966 Port Qoyal Rood. Springfield, Va.
           83161.
              • Mention of trade names or commercial
           products  docs not  constitute  endorsement
           by tho Oivlronmantal Protection Agency.
  Ft)*> Id-J. P1M KM -
             couTca,  VOL. 46, wo.
                                                                              , can o.  tort
                                                        j.II-21

-------
                                              DOLES  AND REGULATIONS
  3.2  Hewurement   o/  stock  condition*
(itocfc freisvre, temperature, mototure, esnd
velocity)— 8 J.I  Pitot  ««be.  Type  8, or
equivalent, with a coefficient within 6 per-
oent over tbeworklng range.
  3.2.3  Differential prenure gage. Inclined
manometer, or equivalent, to measure veloc-
ity head to within 10 percent of the mini-
mum value. Mlcromanometers ahould be used
U warranted.
  322  Temperature  gage. Any  tempera-
ture-meaaurlng device to measure stack tern*
perature to within 1 • P.
  3.3.4  Prenure pope. Pltot tub* and la-
oUned manometer, or equivalent, to measure
alack preeaure to within 0.1 In be.
  2.2.5  Molitur*   determination.   Drying
tubes. oondeneers,  or equivalent,  to dour-
mine stock gas moisture content In bydrosea
to within 1 percent.
  2.3   Sample  recovery— 2.3.1 leakiest  glatt
•ample bottle*. 600 ml end 300  ml with Tef-
lon-lined tops.
  2.3.3  Graduated cylinder. 360 ml.
  2.3.3  PJwtic .=oqulvalent diameter.
               L=tongth.
               W= width.
                    When the above sampling site crite-
            ria con be  met, the minimum number  of
            traverse point* la four (4) for stack* 1 foot In
            diameter or less, eight  (8) for stacks larger
            than 1 foot but 2 feet In diameter or less, and
            twelve ( 12) for etocks larger than 3 feet.
              4.3.4  Some campling situations may ren-
            der the above campling ate criteria Imprac-
            tical. When this Is the case, choose a  con-
            venient campling location and use figure
            102-3 to determine the minimum number of
            traverse  points. However,  use figure  102-3
            only for stacks 1 foot in diameter or larger.
              4.3.6  To use figure 102-8, first measure the
            distance from the chosen campling location
            to the nearest upstream and downstream dis-
            turbances. Divide this  distance by the dl-
            emeter or equivalent diameter to determine
            tbe distance In terms of pipe diameters. De-
            termine the corresponding number of  trsv-
            oroe points  tor ooch distance from  figure
            103-8. Select tbe higher of the two numbers
            of traverce  pol&te, or o greater value,  such
            that for circular stacks tbe number la a mul-
            tiple of four, end tor rectangular stacks the
            number follows tbe oriterto of cecUon 4.3.2.
mcnn or DUCT DIAMETERS UPSTREAM-
         IMITANCE A)
                                                       •fBOa POINT 0? ANY TYPE Of
                                                                         EXPANSION. CONTRACTION, ETC.)
                                                                       HUX3H 0? DUCT DIAMETERS DOWNtTREAM*
                                                                                   (DISTANCE 0)
                                                                   Plguro 104-3. tjlnlnwn number of tmvcreo points.
                                            oJl.0  8 a esbotod csnpttng point la elect*
                                          Cton l nub. team eteafit tnll. cdjuot the loco-
             tlan of ttoat point to Insure that the sample
             la taken at least 1 inob away from the wall.
                                           C3MSTOQ. VgL DO. CO. 66—TODAY. APttll 6, 1*73,
                                                       111-22

-------
                                                1UIES AND  REGULATIONS
  43 Cross sectional layout and location of
traverse points.
  4.8.1  far circular stacks locate the toa-
vene points on at laast two diameter* ac°
cording to figure 104-4 and table 100-1. The
traverse axes shall divide the stack-«ross sec-
tion Into equal parts.
  4.3.2  For rectangular stacks divide the
croat jectlon into as manj equal rectangular
areas as traverse points, such that the ratio of
the length to the width of the elemental areas
is between one and two. Locate the traverse
points at the' centrold of each equal are* ac-
cording to figure 102-6.
  4.4 JaeaBursmentt of stark tWMltttnni
  4.4J  Set «p  ttoe  apparatus as shown in
figure IA&-&. Saake eure all nonMifltamt are
tight and leak free. Measure the velocity head
and temperature at the traverse potato epecl-
fled by eecGoa 4J and 4J.
  4.4.3  Measure the static pressure to the
Mack.
  4.4 3  Determine the stack gas moisture.
          .  J

         	J-
                      "h-
            Table 102-1.  Location of traverse pole* 1n circular
            (Percent of stack Itaeter frcn  Inside mil  to tnveric
Traverse
point
number
on a
diameter
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Rurnber of traverse points on a dimeter
e
14.6
85.4




















4
6.7
25.0
75.0
93.3


















6
4.4'
14.7
29.fi
70.5
85.3
95.6
















• 8
3.3
10.5
19.4
32.3
67.7
80.6
89.5
96.7














10
2.S
8.2
M.6
22.6
34.2
<5.£
77.4
«.4
91.8
97.5













12
t.1
11.8
17.7
26.0
15.5
64.5
79.0
82.3
88.2
93.3
97.9

,








1
14
1.8
5.7
9.9
14. «
20.1
26.9
36.6
€3.4
73.1
79.9
85.4
90.1
94.3
48.2









W
li«
8.5
It .5
16.9
22.0
2BJ
37.6
62.5
71.7
78.0
83.1
o7.5
91.5
95.1
98.4







r-"
1.4
4.4
7.5
10.9
14.6
18.8
23.6
W.<
38.2
61.8
7(L4
76.4
81.2
85.4
89.1
92.5
95.6
98.6





•»
1.3
19
6.7
9.7
12.9
16.5
20.4'
M.-O
30.6
38.«
61.2
69.4
75.0
79.6
83.5
87.1
90.3
93.3
96.1
98.7



22
1.1
8.5
6.0
8.7
11.6
14.6
18.0
E1.8
26.1
31.S
39.3
60,7
68.5
74.*
78.2
82.0
85.«
68.4
91.3
94.0
96>6
98.9


«4
1.1
1.2
1,5
7.9
10.6
13.2
16.1
19.4
23.0
27.2
31.3
39.8
69.2
67.7'
72,8
77.0
88.6
81,9
8S.8
89.5
92.1
94.5
96.8
98.9
                                           4.4.4  Determine the stack gas molecular
                                         velgnt from the measured moisture content
                                         and knowledge tf the expected gas stream
                                         oompoAfcffi.  Bound  engineering Judgment
                                         •JjoulflbeuaeO.
                            train.
                      tbly. «lean all glacs-
                      , «ad Aonnscton) by
                       •••usater,O.lll Id.
tap water, and finally distilled  sratar. Place
Me sal of tut ICl in «aoh of the first three
smiliisjnis, and place etsprostsaatelr 800 g.
of prewelghed silica gel in  the fourth Un-
Vlarsr. Save 80 ml of the CUM let as a blank
tn (be sample analysis. Set up the train and
the probe ae in Plgwe W2-1.
  CJ.2  Leak  check  ttie ^•nr-Hnr. train  at
•the sampling  atte. The leakage rate should
«0t to SB BBOMS of t peicent of the desired
sampling rate. Place embed ice around the
teptefjen. Add more tee during the run to
%»ep «>e temperature of the gases leaving
the last implnger at 70* P or less.
  4.6 Mercury train operation.
  4J.1  Safety procedures. It 1( imperative
that the sampler conduct  the  source test
under conditions of  utmost safety, since
.hydrogen and air mixtures are explosive. The
•ample  train essentially is leakless. so that
•mention to safe operation  can be concen-
trated at the inlet and outlet. The following
epec.tte Items are recommended:
  4.8.1.1   Operate only the vacuum pump
during Oie test. The other electrical equip-
ment, e«. heaters, fans mud timers, normally
are not essential to  the success of a hydro-
fen stream test.
              the sample port to minimize
      > -of liydi'uceu  from the stack.
  4.4.1.8  Tent sasapled hydrogen  at  least
10  feet  away from  the train.  This can be
"T"**'*''  easily by attaching a K-ln l.d.
Tygon tube to the exhaust  from the orifice
                                                                                             fr>r each  run, record the data re-
                                                                                      quired on the cample sheet shown to figure
                                                                                      laa-e. Take readings at aach sampling point
                                                                                      at least ewery 6 mtnotes and wben stgnlftcant

                                                                                      dlttonal •ajustmmtB to Bow rate.
                                                                                       t.BJ  Sample at a rate of OX to 1.0 elm.
                                                                                      Samples •hall be  taken over «uoh a period
                                                                                      or  periods as  are necessary  to  accurately
                                                                                                tto6 •»••*<***^fp  emissions  which
                                                                                            occur In a 34-hour period. In the case
                                                                                      of cyclic operations, sufflelent tests shall be
                                                                                      jaoade 4« as to allow aecurau  determination
                                                                                      •or «Ble«Uts9a of  the  imsMsnni which will
                                                                                      «ec»r «*«T the duration of Vw eyole. A mlnl-
                                                                                      vrommample-UnM or S hours to recommended.
                                                                                      In som* Instaneas: high mercury  concentra-
                                                                                      tions can prevent •*T"'t IB oae run for
                                                                                      1ta asslMa mlnumtm time. Tbls to indicated
                                                                                      by reddening in the first  impinger as free
                                                                                      •tadtn* * Itberated, la tStts ease, a run may
                                                                                      be dlvid>d Into two or more subruns to insure
                                                                                      that the absorbing solutions are not depleted.
MOItW, VOL 41, Ma


            111-23
                                                                            . MM. 4

-------
a OBI
&SCAII&

IMW

£=Vic
Oreo at
aismH
SMOTE

scwtarorjf
rnr — gi

. .










nnci
avsnaw


i


MCO, ,
ICS.
b " •


raa

..









• . .
_.










D?flre
CUSOCZ
Pgl. tl Kj























GfAEl
sciatic!
lfrf,«p
1










]










cttcteiTi
V3B5»7
KIC3






















icocjEEies
C3®
80C3.
tiMjO







..














ancTOM

cac^












	










cacisu
CJdC
QSfo 1












£=0,
TZo
r— r?t~
cmsrs


fr^-itrr^
CEBSKC



Es»Ta
20 ata
EWUT












C=»

x^sinz^-
trrrri. -
-sn.rt

ao.^ —
3316.,==,




TE?S2tt«rk
°P


.





















c^asia.







-






                        g, pooittoa «too ac3=
tao ot %ho a?ct teworco polat wit& S&o  683
pointing filractly into tho ceo oteeasi. Saassio-
(3!Qt9ly otert ts»o pump oag odjuot 4Eso Sow
•So JSccJslastlc oondltlona. Sasaplo Xo? o,t
6 mlnutea o,t occb tfa^oroa poll-.;
tstoa muot &o «S>o ocsao for oocfe BioSafe. E2ola=
    fcolilzietlc oosnplinQ throughout tao
            , wolng tae foUo
          Nomographs which aia !a £5so ffoplfi
            of  «be campling roto mttoout
®SS>c? eaanputationo cso 8a AFTB-S979 oafi
DSO avaaablQ feosn coaasaiQfctol ouppltora. ^So
OTGHofele  aosfflosropSia, ^otravs?, DSO C9t  rap
2c? tacn in dte otroomo, oafl salaos o&csscso DSO
Beqwipsfi to pyovlfle applloobUlty to &ye*«3oa.
  <\.Q.e
                                            saarcitfy eontsat to flotefailasfi by comparing
                                            Oao paots liolchto of tao cssapleo 60 ®»o pssfc
                                            hoS^bto oi tao sailbpottoa coJuttoao. Ef sol-
                                            toctod casaploo o?o eafi o^ tho llaeo? ffoage.
                                            tao coaploo oaoulfi  fea (°Ulutefi.  i?saptao a
                                            &loafj SFOSS £&o 16D sal  tottlo cEcostJlng to
                                            oeitoa d££ cafi oaalyco  to  (aotesmlne the
                                            roogont &lcals saoroujy lovel.

                                              S. @o!«6?s«tea.'=-3.X gstapHrag SVete.  8.1.1
                                            Wco otoaacga saothcao csgufl oqulpsasat DO fie-
                                            toilofi Sa  AFyx>-0878 to sallbrata tho  rate
                                            Hotos1, patot Subo ong flsy GCS meter. Eecali-
                                            fesoto p?io? to oaca teat csrtso.
                                              0.2  ^536lyoto.=-3.3.X IFirapara  o  eollbra-
                                            6Soa easvo foy aje opsetsopbotoasoter racing
                                            Cao otoatoffi mopcwsv  colutlono.  Blot the
                                            poaa iioJsato pocfi oa £&» soco^fio? voroua the
                                            @oaeaatsotloa ©2 mofevs^ an tae ofeoagard
                                            csluttosio. Btaa^DFgo Da=-9.i
                                                                                                   e, o*ecfe
                                                                                                   (So- 893-9).
                                                                          ,  cSecfe preo-
                                                                            Sro

                                                                            tao
                                            ctecK oaaSltlono liy
                       oQuatioa 203-3.

                           &H\
                       3'+13^J'
                                                      ft'.
                                                                             cq. 102 3

                                                                         \\\e $ry BUS me (IT
                                                            of goa cample through the
                                                          BOS  meter (aieter conditions).
                                                 . = ATCroge temparature of otoch gas, °R.
                                                 . = Avoraso ary gao aieter temperature,
                                                      °R.
                                                 . = Baromotsic grecaure ot  the  ortflca
                                                                    ta tho iaatnssaont
 &W = Avo£C3o prooouro i^rop across the orl-
       fflco sastsr, JaHijO.
28.fl=Qpcciac cs?a7lty of aiarcury.
                  o, PDnriotatlc prcsoure,
      KJo. 08—K. ffl——a
 G3®ia?OQ,
                                                            00,
                                                           111-24

-------
  93   Volume of water vapor.
 hore:
 V- -Volumt of watrr vapor ID the ga tarople <«Uc%
       condition*), ft".


  X.-O.OU.V7 — -55-7;?1. who,, thcw unlit tre iiacd.
               —
                                           HILB AND tfCULATIONS


                                       PUNT	

                                       DATE	
                                       HUN NO,
                                       STACK DIAMETER, In,
  l'i
           — --;
            1111. — it

                 nl
      Tula! TnliiniA nl Mipiid collivtnd In
       Hiul silim iri-i HIT lipim< 10*-' 7). ml.
  T.  Avwiiur fttm-k pi* b-uitiwil.iirt*. "It.
  I',  Ki-itirk iin-sxm «•. /'««, > :*-l:iilr iirrjwuro, In.

  6.4   Total gas volume.
                                       •AROMETRIC PRESSURE, In. H0.
                                       STATIC PRESSURE IN STACK (Pg), In.


                                       OPERATORS
                                   . 102-5
where:
              volume of gu umpl« (tUck

           condition*). ft>.

 T. -Volumf  of (u throush dry tu meter  (ftsck
       conditions), n>.
 1'. •Volume  of w»»>r T«por tn iu Mmplt  (fUck
       ooodlUonf), ft'.

FINAL
Ml ML
IKWIO couicno
TOIJI vome caufcno
VttUM O> LIQUID
wni cnuciio
•»««•
vaim.
M




•.1C* OIL
•tUMI.
t



'1 -
      MMHT arum to VOLUW*T dividing toUl wight
 WCMUt IT DfNtm Cf •»««. I1f«l|.
  6J   Stack  poj  velocity— Vw  «qa»tlon
103-4 to ealeul&te the *Uek gmi velocity.
•   ./
 ' ""'"ScVib
                                     when
            then nnlti tn uwcl.
      C, -Pitol tube coefficient, dlnonHonlou.
  (T.K.,. -Arwmjf nock (r« tcmptnrarr, *R.
 (VA/')>.i.l*Av*rafre irraiira root o( th« TelocJty bnd of
            tt»ck fu (InHiO)'/1 (»«• fifor* JOS-B).
                                         la
         - Buck prereurc,

         •Moloeulir welfibt ol lta>-k ru (wot UlU),
            th« wmrattion of tho products ot U»
            molnrulnr wnlnlit  ot Mfh oomponont
            BiuitlnUod bjt Iu volumetric proportion
            la tlwt mlxwrr, lb/lb-uiole.

       103-8 chow* » cuopte MOortfiBC itoeet
for velocity travane data. U«e th» kver*«e» in

the iMt two eoltunnt of flgur* 103-8  to de-

termine the average «taok gai velocity from

equation 103-8.

  8.6 Mercury collected. Calculate the total

weight of  mercury collected  by oaiag  eq.
103-7.
                                •CHEMATK OF STACK

                                   CROSS SECTION
                                               Tnvette point

                                                   number
Velocity haed,
   tn. HjO
                                                                        AVERAGE:
                                                                                                        Suck Temperature
                                                               Figure 1024. Velocity traverse data.
                                                       VOL. »l, NO.  M-4IIDAT,


                                                          111-25

-------
                                                         AC®  QG@o content to \7itain 1 percent.
                                             8S  Oesj^Ss KSSKKry.—33.1 PVotez c!eon-
                                           fc3 ogal^sfsssst.—^K>oto teuoh o? eloanlng rod
                                           at flcoot aa leas co proto. e? Gguivalent. Clean
                                           eotton tollo, as  cgulvalont. ohouU) be used
   ra
                                                                                                Sae&leoo gl&sa cswple bottles.
                                                                                               /ltasS£/ofci.—- a.d.l   Equipment  aeces-
                                                                                               o  gorfojra  oa  otcanlc  oboorptlon.
                                                                                                         Quo?oaiQtrlc,   oafomoto-
                                                                                               , o? oquJvaSont caaSyalo.
                                                                                          0. RcagantOf— S.I   Dstnpto  rcsoaery.— 3.1.1
utter©:
                                  j. J02-S
     Bo Roto of oaalcdon. (j/doy.
     D'.oTote) aotsbt ol acroury collected, c3.
@Opky-=Oo&vllHsga osicotoaa aso
     '  ' "    6a?co poSa  '
             casaplo to
                                                                             2C3
                                                                    tocaaiquo.
              o dcoti oca TcJseltp.
        G(cc!s crcs, R«.
                                                            ccgwipoaoato  2«?
                                                            O 2a Gotorm
                                                                ?  otectso
  O.Q
t?s!ceiJ8£/ o/ #eo to grots 81)3 £9 oteote psSeeJSj/) .
                                                    co
                                              9.
                                                          to
        Pereant ol IcaMmtlc cosipHns.
          oto
          ft'.
                                                              soqtiSscfi casaplias
                                                                   Sa &swo 188-1.
                                                                   *  (fe)  feoSa  cso
                                                                                                          . — 1:1
                                                                                              4?ialz/ota.— 3^.1   Dcagonto co  aeeeo-
                                                                                            fc? o calcstefl oaalytlcoJ pnwcSuro.
                                                                                          fl.  F?»oGSa?e.=  gaSssimlsa  ocpeoure.
                                                                                        Piaolly, csaco •fflio total cjuaatity of tjoryllium
                                                                                        60 to eollcctcfi to guito  osnall, «S>o teat muot
                                                                                        bo sasoftslly eoaauetGa  to prevont csmtamt-
                                                                                        aattea e? Icco of caja^lo.
                   i ft'.
                   , cac.
                             Cat pc? csenfi.
                a. — 7.1.1
toot cJiaSl ooaotot of fctoca
                   ioa. Ste tjiaotse
                               cooaSto:  28
                                                                   loafllag cflgo.
                                                    F?aB3.-=-GlaGataoa iPysos »
                                                    MSfes'^=C3!lllp030 AA, ej
                                                 opps^stoto Sltoy 1^6360? taat
                                            a paoJQvo ca4  ccpSaat Soo^cgo feosa
                                            @j cseaafl  S&o  Slto?. St to ousgootsS
                                            \3fcotBaoa <31, o? cqtsivaloat, bo plocafi
                                            Ototoly 0(jQ!aot  ft&o Basil olflo of tteo
                                                  co Q  c«G5i^ coaiaot Sroatscso
                                                                  '           OS (Sa
                                            oaalyosa. BqtsiTOloat aitoro ia«ot
                                            (33J39 gossoa*  oSetoat   (SOI?
                                                                                        SSP a/ STOBO. — aa.l  Saloot  a oultablo caai-
                                                                                        pltoj oito t£sat to co cleco oo proctlcoblo to the
                                                                                        j^eftat of o'Essoc^bcrie caitaloa. Xf
                                                                                        otoclso cjasollor a i foot 8a Siamotor
                                <»
        o. cojcst fcao toos i
  0. Qs/orotifloo.—1. " ""
ea-tScao 2o? Saeiooroto?
PD«ili6iC3, i?SSS, KCAJFO, !3oe. 9,"
  8. ©otorsilalng  Ouot ©aacoateotsea to o
@GO
S3o. 27.;
  0. Sovesfela, iSoCTas'a, ot d., ASs
Ooureo footing  Manual, ASS1 PoSluttoa ©ea-
teol Btotslct, L«o Aagoloo, ©al8f., "
                                                                                                    casB5?lln(j dto c^iould bo at looat
                                                                                        o!gat otoeK or i3uct  diosaotorD  fiaramoteoam
                                                                                        oafl 6^70 ^iamotofa xspotecsm from any Sow
                                                                                                          co  a feoafl, ospoaoloa or
                                                                                        saate^etion.  Por i?o«toagular ereao-csctson,
                                                                                                  ca cquivoJoBt fiiosnator tsoSas too
                                                                                                                          0^.109-1
     toy Atomic Absorption
otsv." Aanl. Oaosa., 00: S038-Q7, aeSQ.
  8. Moffls,  5U  Q.,  Mochcalec!
        i, McOrau-Jaui EsaS 0o, JIac., How
      s.^r, ieai.
  a. fctefftm, Siobort M.. Coaotruetioa ffiotoUo
a? EcaStaotte  Ewi?co
GavSsoasaatal  ETjotoefciea"
                                                                                                cfeoro casapliag cato eritosio
                                                                                        CteS. -^Taoa  «a!o  to ^o eaca, oa
                                                                                                  to colceteS  6w4 saucrS bo ao
                                                               fcB&iaotie casapiassa"
                                                                    , aafl
                                            o caaplias soto a? [jtcotor «»rj> 05 eto.
                                                   CToesaroraoraS  @/  oUecfe
                                                                                        &cS2 atcsaota? rapstscaa feosn any point of
                                                                                        olnto.  "jfao •Ssrco pointo  oaoll pro-
                                                                                                        lflo 
-------
iaecururementa. The basis let ouch ootlmatsa
caall be given to the tot scjK3?t.
   scsosuaoaeoS  t&at ell
Btocroare &o prcclcasicfl by csasinc  Sa ocsa
celd for 2 aouro.
  OXJ.3  koats sheets t3o casapltog fcraia ot «&o
txsaspltos oito. 'rao leakage pato cicala se4 Bo
flu oseoeo of S porcont ef t&o
sate.
  0.8  Derj///*ut7j train
ooch fun, aioaouro too volcsJty at t&o ralcstofi
campling  point. Botormino  fflio  fceSJlffiOtle
campling rote. Etooopa tfco  velocity acid ess
ftho required campling soto.
  0.8.2  Ploco  tao aeslo  ot tly  Sato &o
BOD otroom. Xmaodiatoly otart too pump cad
Dfijuot tJ»o Sot? to tocSlnotlc eoaeitscao, Aa
%he  eonclualoa of tho toes. s^eord %Sio caa-
pllng pate. Again aaooDuro  too volcelty focofi
ot the campling point. The rcx}utec€ tcStootlc
sate ot the end of the period obould not Stava
deviated more  than 20 percent feosi  f&c.t
orlQlnally ecUculated.
        Qompie ot a salnSmum roto of 95
       . Easapleo ohnll to  toKea over ouea a
       or psrtoda os  are aoo^3QQEy to
, (Q O
                                                           . A, w 86,^300 caeonds/day
cample  ta dlgcotod in ca Mid  colutlon and
         by atomic  abcorptlon opsctropho-
                                            (3v5?oJ oacsli
                                                                             , c3-
                                                        wlaiao ol ceo canolea, K'.
                                             (DO) o»n . ° Ai?c7C3o cJcats oa scScdty, fcst pa cssnfl.
                                                iJ.oDtcai CK3, B«.
                                              7. 5?oo« TOgert. 7.8   A Ccot copos^ c^oJl bo
                                             TOpQSC^ uaieb CScJl JaelU^O C3 O laAnteanm-
                                              V.l.J  A <2otailcS fccsrtp^oa of ®o can-
                                                             oil
                                              1.1S  All go?t8aoat
                                                   o &c3lo 2o? cay
                                            'aulQ«loao, cad sooulfci.
                                              7.1^  A fcscrSptJon of ^o test oSto. Sn-
                                            oSudiag a bloci: StAgrosn ^jta  a brtof  fio-
                                            ccriptloa eS t&o proaocs. icsation of t&o r'vm-
                                            plo  polato ia ^Sso  6FCC3 coetlon, fiiacacfllono
                                            cad diatoacoa 2roza oay point of gioturttoaee.
                                                                                              ffo?
          ia
                                                     y. — "Hsta ^aethod lo appli-
                                                  (°k3tormlaatton  of beryllium
                                                  ueto  o?  Ptecao  at ototlonary
                                   courcoo.  galcxa   otaorolca  c^eclfled. this
                                            Co  sot Jatoa^oa  ts apply  to gao
                                                  "            omlttod directly
                                                                       further
                                                                                             ta
                                                        (27
                                                                                 l/BOM
                                              X.
                                                .— asryJliusa ossialosio cro icoTsiaoticoJ-
                                            jy c^mplcfi Srom Sio coufco, end %Sso callcstefi
                                      9.   AppfS-Stuo — 3.1   OoraJpHsig  BroJn. — A
                                              of «S»o  campling «roln izcsd by
                                                  is %uro 100-1. Commercial
                                                  traia cro a^clloble. t^though
                                    ®onots-i»ctloa &)toJlo OKI doccrtbad In APTD-
                                    ®331.' cad e^orotlag cod  gjointgaonce  pro-
                                    63durc3 C3N) fisccrlbsd  8a  APTD-O876.  The
                                    oasapeaonto occsnUtd to taio campling train
                                    era tao foliotTi&s:
                                      3.1.1  Hozste.— Stalnle^) oteaf of gloos  with
                                    cSiorp, tapascfi Eocsfilng cflgo.
                                      3.15  Profea. — Sheathed  !?yres0 (JICBB.  A
                                            oyotam  capable of maintaining a
                                              goo tampsrature in the range  of
                                        atacb tsmperaturo  at  6ho  probe outlet
                                           OjBj>li&g  !3sr>ff  teo  scsd to  prevent
occur  in o aa-hour psylofl. Ea «QO escs  Dostoao cad odd to tho ocsoo
   0.7  ^sisiysJi. — 3.7.1  Moto 4ho
 preparation of camplea and oncJyzs for fesryl-
 XJum.  Any eurrentl? coeeptable
 oo otoaiic obco^ptloa, ogtacte'egrapaic,
 matsle, earomato^rapale, o? ajulvoSaafc
 toiacsd.
    6. ©oiJEn-eStosi  oaS  ofcrw2e«3o — B.I
       firaJra.— B.s.J  Ao o  proaadusd
       Jas fQto rogulotlea obould bo
      B Ss7 coo EWtor, oplrosaoter,
             gc? gjTOTQillas  aisacnpfeoyl
        ). <$? oqtsivoiont, o^tccSsca feo
      of trSio eoaaploto caapliag
       ' <3raaJ£/ofe). — 9^.
       co ovsjjcootcfi by 4&o sEiauicseuso? 9?
                  os  Sao
 ctora. Ooleulato 4oo total cmouat of teos7U
 HSu£9 o&3ltto&  £rom coca c?tcs&  ^o? ^lay &y
 cquailoa 163-a. fhts  cguotloa to o?pl!£3blo
. Sat eoaUawoua o^apotfosio. For evalio 6^:30=
           ^sJy %AO tls&o ^or $&y cao& otddi
       s^orattoa. Sfeo  CatcsS
       Js=asa a COUPCO dll feo
 of Fooulto &caa all ctotfja.
                                              3.1.8  P««o« to&e.— Typo 3  (Sguro S04-S).
                                            &s OQuivalont, wlta a cesQclent ^Tltala 0 por-
                                            soat over @ao \^orMr>3 PODQQ,  ottDsacfl So
                                            gs*bo to monitor otGck 500 velocity.
                                              2.1.0  PHief feo!6ef.—Styro2 clDco. ^Sso filter
                                                     not psovlfio a poaltlTO cad CGQlnot
                                                    feoa outoldo or osouad ^»o Qlter.
                                            A BC3t!ao oyotom eipablo of maiatolstea tao
                                            Sites* ct o miaimum tompasotuso ia t&o s?onco
                                            of  ^o  atests toaporctwro  naay  to
                                            ^po?ont eo&doacatlon  Jrom
                                              0.1,3  ira
                                                       cnaacstefl to cartes oita c^cco feoli
                                                              o Ssot, laxss^.
                                                       aay feo laoflsaca fey i
                                                     o
                                            Co  aao-aolf
                                                                                        Co DJCiatoJa ca
                                                             camplias sots and

                                                                        otntos-
                                                   to * 0.1 to Hg.
                                                         &}  oteck   conditions
                                     (oteok preoowe,  temperature, moisture end
                                     Kttss&y)— 33.1  P4Jot  4«be^-Typo  S.  or
                                     cguivotoata ^Tlta a cwQclont althto B percent
                                     eaer 3>e uorMns pange.
                                                         preaovre  gauge. — lu-
                                                     -, o? oqulvoJent, to measure
                                     woloclty acsd  to attain  10 percent of the
                                                               fcosa  tho tottoa  of %ao
                                                               qyoJosn.— 'ffoctsua  oougo.
                                             saocouslas tosajtoraturo 4o c8t&!a 0° J?, glry
                                                             0 go?cont oftSiayDej, csS so-
                                       nl3^iC3 ^ccuaonto cso available for a nom-
                                              Stea the National Tochalcol  In-
                                               EosMoa. US. Department of .Com-
                                     CED?CO, [SOB  !?Ojrt JSoyol ESood,  QpringSeld,
                                     ^7a. 23181.
                                       "Moatloa of teo&e acmeo on cpeclflc prod-
                                         i3cc3 aot constitute ondorcament by the
                                                              Agoncy.
                                               C3SISTOQ. vm. so, cc@. oc—rai&av,  ACQII o,
                                                          111-27

-------
                                                         AS® DB@iyi!LA¥C©M§
                                                                              O CS3JO
                                                                   oJtoststieao ca§Ss co
                                                                  GSQtoQD OfffeCJS QSO CO0
                                                   Cs  ssoero ^o  fecafc  pecdblo
                                            c3to. Pushes1, ctoso tegsyUluss to
                                                                                       emails? •Hica I fool la fll&meta? chouW aot

                                                                                         Q.S.2  ^to cssipllag olto cSHwld to at isoot
                                                                                       0 oJos£i oy ^wct ^licsttotGro Sow&otrco5& oati
                                                                                       0 aSoaotosQ apDtfoosa &osi oay fioo fiioturb-
                                           E35O 0&6>UlS SO tOjSOa tO raatatellto OSpCSBSO.  QO60 OUCS& CO D \3Oi3d, OSpCSSlSOa O? COateOC-
                                           !7JaoSly. dlaeo teo Csfed qxsoatJty eS tecsvllltoEa  fttea. i?o?  D ccetaagulc? eoocactloa. eotar-
                                           fe» 60 eollcefeca to ^raito nannii, tao test sawcS  sassto ca  ogulvoSoat  aiosaoter  &osa (2ta
                                           feO @^SOfU&ly ©S2^S6fe^6 tO

                                              oa  Boles^ea as? o canplSas i^to caS E2SstS°                 iEc™             °^-
                                                 aaafear s^ Srovorco ^oSato.
                                                   Eolssft o cjaStaaio caapSiag dlto
                                            £3 C3 9lttX) CO gKiS&SD&SO t» ®10
                                                                                   c&=
                                                                                          3L=cqulvDlQat
        3"etr»p3?ot»ire  ^c^e. — Any
       csurtag dovloo to moaauro otceti tosi-
jjaroture to wlthla 8° P.
  8.3/J  Presstire pope. — ^Pllot tubs oafl to-
ollsjcfi ffijonofiooWr. or oquWaloot, %o saKsupo
c*cclx prccnxjro to alttoln o.l la HB.
  aa.8  C7ots«tife  So«ep»iltiafto5».— Wat  csfflfl
tslFj bulb  ttennomotaro, €17103 tubso, soa=
SOBCOTO,  or oqulvoJent,  «o gotarmlao otoots
gca saoiatura ooatant  to tritbln 1 pc?cont.
  8^   Sample  roeovara — 3.3.1  Fvobs  eJosn=
(teg rofl.-~«at loaat co ioac ca  probo.
  8.Sa SosftJaoa gleoo cample  &o«SJoo.— Sft8
ml.
  8.3.3 SJreStisScfi oyHnec??. — 380 aaJ.
  3.3.0 PJoa««e  Jef. — AK?roaimotoly 000 EsS.
  8.0  (flnaliyoia— 3.<\.1  48osn(o   '06oo?3ttotj
opacipopaotoswetcf. — To  SJOCSUPO QteorbosicD
Gt  as
        as percent  V/V  hy&reetitGFlo
                                cots  oo!«-
                                                                                   UJntoffl nyesa el sravoroe faints.
                                               CE30CO pta ci po^dtcati decoero.
<0
0
"=~=
o
o
0
o
0

O 0 0
o
o
~~
o
  0.8  08s5j^e?fi   fcerj/Mterai

oolvo 80 sag  o2 torylllusa to C9
oulfurlo csM colutioa oo(3 suuto to o
«sa pissus?).                 CTOTOKO gsaato to 2cu?  «S)  goT^StoT
  o. Psi9®aSaPo.  fl.i  <9>B46ol!acci  2e? cwaseo   te iStosotoy 6? teco, otsat (0) Sez ofeieEjo
                     i tSio 2eMow!a!3 CDSfctasso.   C'V^a s 2cst Set a flcot 8a Sfcssoto? e? Jcca,
        Some campling oltuotlons may ;en-
    (2so c&ovo campling sits criteria taprac-
      Wlteoa toto to ®ao Kica,  chooca a con-
           jpllas Icsottoa one  uca  aguro
aea-0 to <3otomtoo tSso aalalmum saumber
   teovoscD jjolato. SUKrovor, uos flguro 104-3
        otoeta) 1 2cot la dicmeter  or larger.
  C..3.8  ^o isioo SguKi  X(KS-8. Srot iaocssxir©
 Sjo (StotDaoo  {rora  «bo oaocsn campllag lo-
       %o tbo ao3?oot upotroam  and eo'cm-
       atotwboaceo. DlvMo this  dlatanos by
CEio (sllDaiotoS' o? ctjulvctoat Siametcr to fleter-
caSao %&o Slotoaeo la to^aso oi plpo eioaaotera.
fflatossilao 4S»o  eor?ospoaSlng  aumbor  of
teovosa poiata  2or ooea  (Eiotajioa  from fl(5-
mro SC4-8. Galoot ^o Silgho? of the too auai-
        &CWOEC3 polato, o? o Creator value,
          Sc? elretilcs- otdcbo  tae aumbar is
                                                                                         o sauSM^lo eS fear, oa6 2o? goctoagulor otacso
                                                                                                      JoSlo'tTo &ho criteria of  csctlon
                                                                                                 Sf a caloetofl caaj^liag point to clocsr
                                                                                                              i otocH wall, Dfljuot tao.
                                                                                                                to omnsTO  toot t&o
                                                                                             ?lo to tstsoa ot Icaot a Saca o^ay 2rom tae
                                                                                         UDJL
                                                                                           fla  ©s«33-costaoacl ioyout oafi leeotloa of
                                                                                         teovostxs i
                                                            80,  K®. 06=ratg>AV,
                                                                                       0,
                                                            111-28

-------
                  Table 104-1.   Location of traverse points  In circular stacks
                  (Percent of sUck dlwterfroaj Inside Mil  to traverse point)
 I
to
vo
Traverse
point
on •
•Mawter
1
2


-




10
11
12
13
14
IS
18
17
18
19
20
*1
22
23
24
Mwter of traverse points on • diawter
2
14 (I
85.4






















4
6.7
25.0
75.0
93.3




















6
4.4
14.7
29.5
70.5
85.3
95.6


















8
3.3
10.5
19.4
32.3
67.7
80.6
89.5
96.7
















10
2.5
8.2
14.6
22.6
34.2
65.8
77.4
85.4
91.8
97.5














12
2.1
6.7
11.8
17.7
25.0
35.5
64.5
75.0
82.3
88.2
93.3
97.9



•








14
1.8
5.7
9.9
14.6
20.1
26.9
36.6
63.4
73.1
79.9
85.4
90.1
94.3
98.2










16
1.6
4.9
8.6
12.5
16.9
22.0
28.3
37.5
62.5
71.7
78.Q
83.1
87.5
91.5
91.1
99.4








18
1.4
4.4
7.5
10.9
14.6
18.8
23.6
29.6
38.2
61.8
70.4
76.4
81.2
8S.4
W.I
92.5
95.6
98.6






20
1.3
3.9
6.7
9.7
12.9
16.5
20.4
2T.O
30.6
38.8
81.2
69.4
75.0
79.6
83.5
87.1
90.3
93.3
96.1
98.7




22
1.1
3.5
6.0
8.7
11.6
14.6
18.0
21.8
26.1
31.5
39.3
60.7
68.5
73.9
78.2
82.0
85.4
88.4
91.3
94.0
96.5
98.9


24
1 i
3.2
5.5
7.9
10.5
13.2
16.1
19.4
23.0
27.2
32.3
39.8
60.2
67.7*
72.8
77.0
80.6
83.9
86.8
89.5
92.1
94.5
96.8
98.9
        43.1  For circular (took* locate the tra-
      verse points on at least two diameters accord-
      Ing to figure 104-4 and tab!* 104-1. The tra-
      verse axes shall divide the stack cross section
      In to equal parts.
        4.33  For rectangular stacks  divide  the
      cross section Into as many equal rectangular
      areas as traverse points, such that the ratio
      of the length to the  width of the elemental
      areas la  between 1 and 9. Locate the traverse
      points at the centrotd  of  each  equal area
      according to figure 104-6.
        4.4  Measurement  of  itack  conditions.—
      4.4.1   Set up the apparatus as  shown In fig-
      ure 104-2.  Moke sure all  connections are
      tight  and  lesk free. Measure the  velocity
head and tesnperetuie at the travelse points
specified by II43 and 4.3.
  4.4.3  Measure the static pressure In the
stack.
  4.44  Determine the stack gas moisture.
  4.4.4  Determine the stack gas molecular
weight from the measured moisture content
and  knowledge of the expected gee stream
composition. A standard Orsat analyeer has
been found valuable at combustion sources.
In all ruses,  sound engineering Judgment
should be used.
  4.0 Preparation of tampltnf frevn.—4.8.1
Prior to assembly, clean all glassware (probe.
Impinge™,  and connectors)  by soaking In
wash acid for  2 hours.  Plsce 100 mil of dis-
                                             tilled water In each of the first two rmprtng-
                                             ers, leave the third Implnger empty, and place
                                             approximately 200 g of prewelghted silica gel
                                             In the fourth Implnger. Save a portion of the
                                             distilled water aa a blank m the  sample
                                             analysis. Set up the train and the probe as
                                             in figure 104-1.
                                               4.6.2  Leak check the sampling tram at the
                                             sampling Rite. The leakage rate should not be
                                             In excess of 1 percent of the desbed sampling
                                             rate. If condensation In the probe or  filter Is
                                             a problem, probe and filter heaters  will be
                                             required. Adjust  the  beaters to  provide  a
                                             temperature at or above the stack tempera-
                                             ture. However, membrane  filters such as the
                                             Mulipore AA are limited to about 226* P. If
                                             the stack gas  Is In excess of about 200* P,
                                             consideration should be given to an alternate
                                             procedure  such aa moving the filter bolder
                                             downstream of the first Implnger to Insure
                                             that  the filter does not exceed Its tempera-
                                            ture limit. Place crushed ice around the Im-
                                            plngers. Add more Ice during the test to keep
                                            the temperature of the gases leaving the last
                                            Imptnger at 70* P. or less.
                                              4.6  Beryllium train operation.—4.6.1  Por
                                            each run, record the data  required on the
                                            example sheet shown In figure 104-6. Take
                                            readings  at each sampling point at least
                                            every 6 minutes and when significant changes
                                            In stack conditions necessitate additional ad-
                                            justments In flow rate.
                                              4.8.3  8ampleatarateoro.8tol.Oft.Vmln.
                                            Samples shall be taken over such a period or
                                            periods as are necessary to accurately deter-
                                            mine the maximum emissions which would
                                            occur  In a  24-hour period. In the case of
                                            cyclic  operations, sufficient tests shall  be
                                            made so as  to allow accurate determination
                                            or calculation of the emissions which will
                                            occur over the duration of the cycle. A mini-
                                            mum sample time of 3 hours to recommended.
                                                                                                                       IV"
  4.93  To begin sampling, position the ncv-
Bto at the first traverse point with the  Up
pointing directly Into the gas stream. Imme-
diately start the pump and adjust the flow
to tooklnetlc conditions. Sample for at least
6 minutes at each, traverse point; sampling
time must be the same for •eoh point. Main-
tain laoklnetle eampllng throughout the sam-
pling period. Nomographs which aid In the
rapid adjustment of the sampling rate with-
out other  computations are  In APTD-0578
and are available from commercial suppliers.
Note that standard monographs are applica-
ble only for type 8 pilot tubes and air or a
stack gas with an equivalent density. Con-
tact EPA or the sampling train supplier  for
Instructions when the standard monograph
Is not applicable.
  4.6.4  Turn off the pump at the conclusion
of each run and record the final readings. •
Immediately remove  the  probe and  nozzle
                                                                FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 38, NO.  66—FRIDAY,  APRIL 6, 1973

-------
                                                               DQ@yiLA'irO©K!8
from the otocls cad handle la Dsees^caeo ulte
4he cample rooovory precoeo gcocslbcfi 8a fl Q.*?.
  •3.7 Sesnple  TOOowsft/-—4-'-*  (^   C>ca
otorase  bottles oad «5»e Graduated cyliffiflc?
must ba proclsoaed co in 0 Q.8.I.) "Sato sparo-
tlon obould ba parformed In oa area tees of
possible barylllum contamination. TOien t&o
campling Sraln So moved, core sauot bo QUOF-
clsed to prevent breakage and con&amlnatloa.
  <1.7!a  Disconnect the proba  tfosa too 2s°
plnger train. Keznove the flltar and any Icoco
partlculata mutter from the  filter holder asfl
place in a  cample bottlo. Plow the eoataato
(snoaourcd  to  $1 ml) of toe Srot  tosoe 8m°
ptngero into caotoor cample  bottlo. Slaca too
probo cad  all (jlccaOTsro botuoon It cad too
teacfc aalf of too third  Ssapiagor 'CTlth  wito?
and DMtoao. cad cfld tolo to too lofctor c^a°
plo bottlo. Oloaa too |?f»ba crtto a t5roa& CP o
lens oloador fo& oad cottoa bollo. Oco oeotoao
oaUo oJooalnc. A66 toora So 6&o caaplo 6ot«
Mo. Retain a cajsplo o« fcao ^otor onfi osotoao
ca D blank. TSio 69tel osaouat of wco&  Wito?
o«a coQtono ucsd ohould bo Estocourc^ fo? DC-
ettTots felonii eorroetloa. Plooa  tSso  oilloo QO!
la too pteoUo 30*. EcxsJ cad coewa oil caaplo
eoatolnofo Jo? ohlpaiont. K oa cddltloaca toot
to @c3lro6, t&o glDCDWiro ooa  bo oorofully Sou-
bio rtncsd  crtto aiotillefi ^ator  oad ra^cosa-
bloa. HosTOvor. 8f too glcaowcso to to bo out a?
taco sat»o   toan  3 6oyo,  too  ialtlal  ocid
•crook procedure  muot  to tollo^cd.
  .  Aaolyolo.
  C.0.1  /JppETotMfl  prejisfoWon.—doon oil
SlcocreToro Qceopdiag to too procsduso o« cat-
&lon Q.8.1.  Adjust the iaotrumont csttlago
oocordlng  to toe  instrumont mnnyrj,
ca QjjEo?ptloa WDvelonffth of 23O.US337 n~f  , oton UKO unit) erc nsM.
Vi-oTotd volamo el Mquld collected In
    oad dllo GO! fcs 23010 101-7), ml.
 7«=AreiC38 Modino tamparetura, °R.
 -  -  -        -   . . ••cpre3BUIC>tnne.
                                                                                            S"o«eJ 0eo isoJatraa.
                                                                                                                        . 104-4
                                            where:
                                                   TotcJ votumo of BC3 canpln (otoch condltlont),
too caaplca ^so^osca  8a d.Q.2 a*
moias a alteauo est^o/tiootylono aofflo. Aiuatl-
iauga, oUiosa-oad etho? oloaioatn e
gofo witSs (^s!o EJotocS if pKxonfc
QUcatltlcD. OtQB&osad ^ot&eao cso
aouovor, to offootlvoly olialaoto tocco l
teoaeoo (cso -Qofowaco S) .
  S.  <5eM&fs'8tora — B.I    Sampling  (freto- —
S.X.I  53C3 DtoadDsa ssotoc&i oad cquipfflsoat
DO eotollcd 8a A3?TB-0879 to eailbroto too rota
motor, pitot «ubo. a?y EDO motor cad pyoba
Bootor  (&£ raccS). E3c«QllbrQto p?to? to
                                                                                                .
                                                                                          0 <=>Volume of nca threajh dry ota iwtor (olock
                                                                                            .  ramliuono), ti>.
                                                                                         /„ oVolumo of wolc TOpw In ceo campta (olm-li
                                                                                        0.3
                                                                                            equation J04-3 to ealculato toe ot&ctt
                                                  &R&lycAa.—95.1   QtoadardJEatJon to
                                           	crtth too ps«o3duro co ougijeotcfl &y too
                                           moaufaeturor wlto otoadarfi borylllum colu-
                                           ftloa. Qtcadosd c*luttono  ulll  bo gsc^csscd
                                           from too otoek colution by diluttoa trtto 38
                                           ^o?coBt ?/V ayfisosalorte acid. Vlio Siaocslty
                                           of vosblac scajp  Oswald bo cotablJaacfl '
                                           o carteo of otoaeopfi coluttoao. 2f
                                           camploo oso out  aS too  llaoa? sfoago.
                                           oosaploo D&oalfl bo ^Slated. BtoadosSo i"
                                           tea Jatorqposcsd wSto too  campleo olaoo too
                                           eallteotloa eza e^assoo cJiQatly uito 6toa.
                                             Q. OcdealsWorao—9.1  Aoorega &ry gao cacrter
                                           oaro srafi sssre^e ®pl/3ce
                                           dtoto oacot (S[ju?a MW-3).
                                             Q^  O/p 0eo ssScssw.— Oosroet too
                                           volume socauEca &y ^o iSry oca
                                                 eoaditiaao 657 aatao cquotioa
                                                       Avocaa cnnore root el Ma velocity hsod
                                                                            flsnre IM-8).
                                                          t Bicasre, Pkx>,±i3o&c pjccsure. In
                                                        BS.
                                                     =Motosifcy CTdjht cJ otcfb (jcs (act bods).
                                                        tha  cummoUoD of tbs pntdacta of the
                                                        snolscuto uelpnt of c5eb csnnp»u?nt
                                                        multiplied by fa) volamstrtc psvpcrtian
                                                        in Uto mlztoro, I
                                        to
soofi wito otop

oeotono camplo iato o seo aJ feoato? cad put
oa a aotplato. Add poTtloao of too KJSaSaflo?
QO ovapo?atloa preocodo cad ovo^cjoto to fijy=
aeoa. Cool too rootduo aad c&& 38 ml enacoa-
teitofl aitrie oeid. Hoot oa o aotplato m$H
Sight bro^Ta ?XIEJCO aro o^Moat to fiooteoy cay
®?ganle saattor. ©col to i?oom tomposo^issvi
cad cdd 8 ml coaeoairatod oulf urle csia, oaS
                                             oboro:
                                               V0 oVoltssao ofoco C3ms!o tinraab too flrycosaotc?
                                                    (rgosE: caafiiaoED). B».
                                               V0 oVolemo of BCD eanplo throaab *to &v ccs
                                                    (sacta eoadittona), tv.
                                                   Awscjo Kmpcjctnjo of otocls ceo, "8.
                                                   Avosc30 firy oco mater tampamturoi °

PCJd
C3ITIO.
ueuiocouilfnm
ratd wura OOUCCTCB
«2UCnC7UIUta
cwsn ccm/cra>
C7C3ZQ
tsuci
d




caaaca.
aon.
0



0"| d
                                                          Rucraro firaa cuno Hio eSSsa soScf!
                                                                            total night
                                                                       .
                                                        B3C3BSO, fta A otoflc jtrcc^ro, ta He.
                                                       P(3tro (04-7. Ainlytteil (fata.
                 oo,  cc@.
                                                                                      o,
                                                             111-30

-------
                          ttflB AND MOULATIONS
 PLANT.

 BATE_
 RUN NO.
 STACK DIAMETER. In..
 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE, hi.
STATIC PRESSURE IN STACK (Pfl). hi.

OPERATORS	
                              SCHEMATIC OF STACK
                                 CROSS SECTION
        Traverse point
           •umber
Velocity head,
   ta.HjO
                                                            Stack TanfMretura
                               AVERAGE:
                        Figure 104-8. Velocity traverM data.
         104-6  ahowi a aample  recording
abeet for velocity traveree data. DM tfce aver-
•CM to the ia*t two column* o(  figure 104-e
to dtUrnlM tta* «T««ct at«ok  |M T«looltj
fioa equation 104-6.
  6.0  BcryUiwm  ooiteetwl.—Calculate  tba
total weight of beryllium collected by uam«
equation  104-6.
         W,r=v.O,-F.O.-rrf7^.eq. 104-6
wberc:
  W.=Total  weight  of beryllium collected.
        ««•
   Vi=Total  volume  of  bydrocnlorte Mid
        from itep 4.8J.4, ml.'
   Oi=Oonoentratlon of beryllium found la
        aamplt. «g/ml.
  V.=Total Tolutoe of water need la aam-
        »Ung (laslager ooateate a4iM all
        waah amount*), ml.
  C.t> Blank eonoentrauaa of kevyUta* In
                 f.= Total Tolume of aoetone uaed In eam-
                       pling («il waab amount*) , ml.
                 O.= Blank oonoentration of beryllium In
                       •oetone. »g/ml.
                6.7  rotoi eeryUlum emiulofw.— Calculate
              the total amount of beryllium emitted from
              eaoh etaok par day by equation  104-7. Thl*
              equation If applicable for ooatlnttoue opera-
              tion*. For cyclic operation*, u*c only the time
              per day each Mack 1* la operation, The total
              beryllium eml**lon* from a eouroe will be the
              •ummatlon of remit* from all etack*.

                                        Mcon«to/day '
wbon:
                                             eq. 104-7

                  *- B»t» of onledon, f/d«y.
                  roTotal wrifbt at bvyUan eriteeM, K.
                  Mi-TaUl vohnw * CM tUDfkt (Meek eemllUBai),
   VOL MI NO,

       111-31
                                                             itrs

-------
                                              tUUS  AND ttOULATIONS
  44 fsofctnettc variation  (eomparbon  o/
.ejseeetiy o/ DM in probe tip to «tack velocity).

             ,    100V....I
                               eq. 104-R

      e>*wnsBi of Wkloette sampllnit.
   ?M>I» Total TolomtoIiisesDpii (iiuck conditions).

     A***Probe Up arts* ft*.             ,
     ^•8»mpBn» ttmt, toe.
  wt)««.»>A*«at* ateok m Telocity, fMt p« stcund.

  t. evaluation o/ retulti—7.1  Determina-
 tion o/compliance.—7.1.1  Bach performance
 test aboil consist of three repetitions of the
 applicable test method. For the purpose of
 Oatennlnlng  compliance with an applicable
 ««*'""»1 omission standard, the average of
 results of all repetitions shall apply.
   •M'.  Acceptable ieoMnetie rwuJU.—7.2.1
 Tbe following range eets the limit on accept-
 able Isckinetlc sampling result*:
   If 90 percent -£1^110 percent, the results
 ate acceptable; otherwise, reject the test and
                                            IS. Smith. W. 8. et al.. Stack Oas  8am-
                                          •Ung  Improved and Simplified with  New
                                          Equipment, APCA Paper Mo. 67-119, 1967.
                                            14. Smith, W. 8., R. T.  Shigehara. and
                                          W. T. Todd. A Method of Interpreting  Stack
                                          (sampling Data, Paper presented at the 83d
                                          M»H««I meeting of the Air Pollution Control
                                          Aeeoclatlon, St. Louis, Mo., June 14-19, 1970.
                                            II. Specifications  for Incinerator  Testing
                                          at Federal Faculties. PBS, NCAPC, 1967.
                                            It. Standard Method for Sampling Stacks
                                          •or Fartlculate Matter. In:  1971  Book  of
                                          ACTM standards. Part 88, Philadelphia. 1971.
                                          AsTTU  Designation D-3928-71.
                                            17. Vennard, J. K. Elementary Fluid Me-
                                          •banlcs.  John Wiley and Sons, Inc., Mew
                                          Tack. 1947.
                                             |FB Doc. 78-6433 Filed 4-6-78; 8:45 am)
  ffTsU/ereitcef.—1. Addendum to Specifica-
tions for Incinerator Testing at Federal Facll-
tUee. PBS. NCAPC. December 6.1907.
  ». Amos. M. D, and Willis. 3. B.. "Use of
Blgh-Temperature  Pre-Mlxed  Flames  In
Atomic Absorption Bpectroecopy." Bpectro-
Chlm. Acta, 22: 1888.1966.
  S. Determining Duat Concentration  in a
Qot niieein  ASMS Performance •"•«»  Code
Mo. 87, New York. M.T.. 1967.
  4. Dewarkln. Howard et al^ Air Pollution
Bouro* Teetlng Manual. Air Pollution Control
DMtrtot. bo* Angeles,  OalU. November  1963.
  •V Fleet. B., Liberty. K. Vn and West,  T. 8..
•A Wtttty ot Some MatrU Bffeota In the Deter-
	-\ erf Beryllium by Atomic Abeorptlon
     -_oopy In the Nitrous Otlde-Aoetylene
     i.-Taianta. 17: «0», 1970.
  C Mark.  L. 8, Meehanloal  Bnglneen'
•utfbook. MoOraw-HiU Book Oo. lac.. New
Ywk. N.T.. 1981.
  T. Martin. Robert M.. Construction Details
et  Isoklnetlo Source  Sampling Bqutpmeut.
SnTtronmental Protection  Agency. APTD-
08*1.
  8. Methods for Determination of Velocity.
Volume, Duet and Ml*t Content of Oaaes,
 Weetem Precipitation DlrUlon of Joy Manu-
taoturtng Co., Los Angeles, OalU. Bulletin
 WP-*0.1988.
  9. Perkln Dmer Standard Conditions (Rev.
 March 1971).
   iO. Perry, J. R., Chemical engineers' Band-
        MeOraw-BUl  Book Co.. Inc, Mew
      N.T.. I960.
   11. B*m. Jerome J.. Maintenance. Calibra-
 tion,  and Operation  of  leoklnetlo Source
 f>Tl1'*t •qvipment, Bnvtronmental Pro-
 «eoU«o Agency. APTD-0876.
   19. Shlgebara, R. T.. W. F. Todd, and W. 8.
 Bmltb, aignlficano* of errors in Stack Sam-
 pling Measurements,  Paper presented  at the
 annual meeting of the Air Pollution Control
 Asvoelattoa. St. Louis, Mo., June 14-19, 1970.
            ftMtAl MOItTtl, VOL SI. NO. *4— UliAY. AFtR
                                                            1T7J
PART 61—NATIONAL  EMISSION STAND-
  ARDS  FOR  HAZARDOUS  AIR POLLUT-
  ANTS
     Asbestos, Beryllium, and Mercury
  Pursuant to section 112  of the Clean
Air Act, as amended (42 UJ3.C. 1857c-7),
the Administrator of the Environmental
Protection Agency promulgated national
emission standards for the hazardous air
pollutants asbestos, beryllium, and mer-
cury on April 6. 1973  (38 PR 8820). The
subsequent enforcement of these regula-
tions has demonstrated a  need for the
clarifying revisions which follow. These
revisions are  necessary to  advise the
public of how  the regulations are being
Interpreted in Agency enforcement ac-
tivities. The revisions  promulgated here-
in do not alter the  stringency  of the
regulations.
  A change to Subpart A, General Pro-
visions,  which applies to  all affected
sources, Is promulgated. The definition of
"alternative method"  is revised to Indi-
cate more clearly that it is  not a "ref-
erence method" or "equivalent method"
and to make  the definition consistent
with that used In 40 CFR Part 60, Stand-
ards of Performance for New Stationary
Sources.
                                                          111-32

-------
                                                   AMD
  The applicability of the asbestos reg-
ulation  is  discussed  in the  following
documents which are available on request
from the Emission Standards and Engi-
neering Division, Environmental Protec-
tion Agency. Research Triangle Park,
Worth Carolina 27711, Attention:  Mr.
J3on R. Goodwin:
  i. Prccmblo feo tJso propozati regulation (38
572! 23238)
  3. Background Information document fo?
fcho proposed regulation (AFTD-O763)
  8. IPrQQinblo feo tfoa pwsaulsatocJ regulation
  0>. Scct^rounfl UnformofcSosi flooument ?c?
Sfco promulgated Begutofcloffi  (AFTO-1603)
CommeatQ from the owners or operators
@f affected courcea and from Agency re°
pJonal enforcement personnel have indi-
cated, however,  that  the  intent should
toe specifically expressed in the test of the
regulation. Considering this, the Agency
determined that the text of the promul-
gated regulation should bo revised and
Sow definitions  Ere added to clarify the
applicability of 40 CFR Part 31. Subpart
53,  National  Emission
revisions.
  The regulation promulgated on April 8.
X673, did not include a  definition for
"asbestos mill" or "manufacturing" oper-
ation, and  Questions arose concerning
whether certain operations at these facil-
ities are  covered by the regulation, and
whether Hie regulation applies to all mill-
tog and  manufacturing operations fchafc
process ore or materials that contain as-
bestos. The definition of "asbestos mill"
8s added to clarify  that the regulation
covers ore  crushing and conveying  of
Gfibsstoo tellings to disposal piles but doss
  The  definition  of "commercial  as-
toestos" is added to distinguish between
asbestos that is produced as a product
and asbestos that occurs as a  contain-
taant ingredient in other materials, and
to make it clear that materials that con-
tain asbestos as a  contaminant only are
raot covered. Questions were raised con-
cerning the applicability of the standard
to  manufacturing  operations that  use
Sale and vermicullte. As indicated on
page @ of t&e background information
report  for  the   proposed  standards
(AFTD-0783),  talc  miaes  were  not
covered by the proposed standards; this
was also intended to indicate that manu-
facturing operations that use  talc or
®&ier materials contaminated  with as=
toestos were not covered by the asbestos
standard. In addition,  the information
available to the Agency at the time of
promulgation  (Aprt! 3, 2673) did  not
demonstrate that  the mining and mill-
JffiB of such materials or manufacturing
operations  using  such  materials  were
major sources of asbestos emissions. The
Department of the Interior and the De-
partment of Health, Education and Wei-
fere are studying  the  health effects of
asbestos in talc. The revisions promul-
gated  herein merely clarify the regu-
lations promulgated April 3,1073, and do
mot involve prejudgmento concerning the
outcome of investigations now underway.
   Asbestos is also a contaminant in taco-
SJita ore. SPA  ot this time believes that
asbestos releases from tho milling of such
ores ohould bo covered  by the hazardous
 Qir pollutant regulations and intends in
the near future to propose for comment
regulations which would accomplish this.
 ©Qcnuoo the revisions here being promul-
 gated  are  only  clarifications  of  the
Agency's intentions at the time the Initial
 hazardous  air pollutant regulations for
 asbestos were published and because they
 ore not teeins proposed for comment, EPA
 feallovea <&c& Jfe to not appropriate to In°
tailings disposal piles. This was explained
ta the preamble to the promulgated regu-
lations  <88 FR .3821 > and on pages 80
and Si  of the background  information
report (AFTD-ISOS). The definition ex-
cludes the milling of ores that  contain
asbestos minerals only as a contaminant
as previously discussed under the defini-
tion of  "commercial asbestos." Ao noted
earlier,  tho Agency intends to  propose
regulations eovering  fcsconlts  miUini?
operations.
   The definition of "manufacturing" is
added to clarify that the regulation ap-
plies to only those sources within  the spe-
cified categories of affected manufactur-
tog facilities  Oiat process commercial
asbestos  into & product.  Operations
which  process  (cut,  shape,  assemble,
mix, or otherwise  odte?)   a   manu-
factured  product that contains com-
mercial asbestos at a  separate  location
are not intended to be covered by the
regulation, and are classified as fabricat-
ing rather than manufacturing opera-
tions. The information available to SPA
prior to promulgation was that new con-
struction  sites   were  the  only major
courceo of asbestos emissions from fabri-
cation operations and that these sources
were adequately regulated by Occupa-
tional Safety and Health Administration
otandards. This was explained in the pre-
 amble to the promulgated regulation (38
FR 8821) and on page 32 of the back-
 ground  information   report   (AFTO-
 JS03).
   Some Questions have arisen concern-
 ing what operations constitute  demoli-
 tion. The definition of "demolition"  is
 added  to clarify that demolition occurs
 only in situations where load-supporting
 structural members are wrecked or re-
 moved. Accordingly, the standard does
 not apply to  remodeling and renovation
 operations in   which load-supporting
 structural members are not wrecked.
   The  time allowed owners or operators
 to notify the Administrator prior to com-
 mencement of a demolition operation is
 changed from 20 days to 10 days, and the
 time basis' for the notification is clarified
 to  be  the postmark date of  the notice.
 Experience has shown that 20 days' no-
 tice io  not necessary to provide oumcient
 time for affective  enforcement of the
 regulation, and  the shorter time will be
 more convenient to demolition  contrac-
 tors.
    Some questions have arisen concerning
           M of fehia firtofelQ oototo
terials on pipeo, boilers, ®r Scad-oupport-
ing structural members had to be wet-
ted and stripped off prior to demolition.
The wording in 8 8152(d)(2)(i) of the
promulgated regulation states that the
friable asbestos material has to be re-
moved, but  does not specify the proce-
dure- to be  used. A statement is added
to clarify that  it is not necessary for
friable asbestos material to lite removed
or stripped  from boilers, pipes,  or load-
supporting structural members prior to
the removal of  these items os  units or
in sections, provided  (hat Hie  asbestos
material  exposed  during removal  is
wetted. As required in 0 31.22(d>(3) (ill).
such units or sections must subsequently
be  carefully iowered o?  tetea to tho
ground level.
  A paragraph is  added to clarify  that
the regulation  is not violated when un-
comblned water is  the oole  reason o
source fails to meet the no-vislble-emls-
slons requirement. This  mabea the no-
vislble-emisslons  regulation  consistent
with other similar Agency regulations.
  The Agency  is presently studying tho
extent of asbestos emission from dumps
of asbestos  tailings and open storage of
asbestos ores, disposal of asbestos waste
material, and asbestos fabricating oper-
ations. Beryllium and mercury emissions
resulting from the incineration of sewage
sludge are also being studied. These in-
vestigations are nearing completion and
the Agency will determine whether it is
necessary to regulate these sources  of
hazardous  pollutants  to  provide  an
ample margin of  safety to protect the
public health. The revisions to the reg-
ulations  promulgated   herein   merely
clarify the regulations promulgated April
S, 1973. and do not preclude subsequent
revisions to the regulations as indicated
by the studies described above.
   The  Agency finds  that good  cause
exists for not  proposing these revisions
and for making them effective upon pub-
lication since (1) the revisions make cer-
tain clarifications, but do not change the
substance  of   the  national  emission
standards  for asbestos, beryllium, and
mercury; and  (2) there  is a  pressing
need to  promulgate these revisions so
 that the asbestos standard can be uni-
 formly Interpreted by industry personnel
 and enforced by the Agency. Therefore,
 the Administrator has determined that
 it is unnecessary  to publish a notice of
 proposed rulemaking or delay the effec-
 tive date of this amendment and for the
 reasons cited has not done so.
   The  amendment of these regulations
 is  promulgated pursuant to section 112
 of the Clean  Air Act, os amended (42
 U.8.C.  X8S7c-7),  and is effective  upon
 promulgation.
   Dated: April 29.1674.
                     JOHN QUABLES,
                Acting Administrator.

   Pert 81.  Chapter S, Title 40. Code of
 Federal Regulations is amended by re-
 vising Subparts A and B as follows:
      Subpart A—Sonera! Provisions
   1. Section 31.02 is amended by revis-
               te) to rscsd GO foJlowo:
   C2S3DTOC!. V@3>  09.' CJ@.

               111=33
                                                                       . C3AV 0,

-------
G6!.§§
  (cl "Alternative method" means any
method of sampling and  analyzing for
an air pollutant which is not a reference
method or  an equivalent method but
which has  been demonstrated to the
Administrator's satisfaction to produce.
in specific cases,  results  adequate for
his determination of compliance.
  SufeporS IS—National Emission Standard
             tor Asbestos
  2. Section 61.21 Is amended by adding
paragraphs (g). (h), (i), and  (J). The
added paragraphs read as follows:
  (g) "Asbestos mill" moans any facility
encased In the conversion or any inter-
mediate step in the conversion of asbestos
OP?  into  commercial asbestos. Outside
storage o£ asbestos materials is not con-
sidered & part of such facility.
    "Commercial asbestos" means any
variety of asbestos which is produced by
extracting asbestos from asbestos ore.
  U) "Manufacturing" means the com-
bining of commercial asbestos, or in the
case of woven friction products the com-
bining of textiles containing commercial
asbestos, with any other material(s), in-
cluding commercial  asbestos, and the
processing of this combination  into  s
product as specified in 8 61.22(c).
   (J) "Demolition" means the wrecking
or removal of any load-supporting struc-
tural member.

  S. Section 61.22 is amended by revising
paragraphs (a). (4>. and by adding paragraph (g).
The revised and added paragraphs read
as follows:
 § 61.22  Emiosiom standard.
   (a) Asbestos  mills:  There shall be  no
visible  emissions to  the outside air from
any asbestos mill except as provided in
           (?) of this section.
            (!) SMable csbeotca nmt«r!als, used to
          insulate or fireproof an> boiler, pipe, or
          load-supporting structural member, shall
          be wetted and removed from any build-
          ing, structure, facility,  or installation
          subject to this paragraph before wreck-
          ing  of load-supporting structural mem-
          bers is commenced. Boilers, pipe, or load-
          supporting structural members that are
          insulated or fireproofed with friable as-
          bestos materials may be removed as units
          or in sections without stripping or  wet-
          ting, except that where the boiler,  pipe,
          or load-supporting structural member is
          cut  or disjointed, the exposed friable as-
          bestos materials shall be wetted. Friable
          asbestos debris  shall  be  wetted  ade-
          quately  to  insure that such debris re-
          mains wet during all stages of demolition
          and related handling operations.
              O      O      O      O     O
            «!)  Any owner or operator of a demo-
          lition operation who intends to demolish
          a building, structure, facility, or installa-
          tion to which the provisions of this para-
          graph would be applicable but which has
          been declored by proper State  or  local
          authority to be structurally unsound and
          which Is in danger of imminent collapse
          is exempt from the requirements of this
          paragraph  other than the reporting re-
          quirements   specified   by   paragraph
          (d) (i)  of Oils section and the wetting
          of friable asbestos debris as specified by
          paragraph ^e following information:
    (J)  Kasne of owner or operator.
    (Si) Address of owner or operator.
    (iii)  Description   of  the   building.
 structure,  facility, or installation  to ba
 demolished.
    Uv>  Address or location of the build-
 tog, structure, facility or installation.
    
                                                    PART
CXJSICTOQ,
                                          co, cc®. 07-=ra«@flv, CSAV 8,  5970
                                                        111-34

-------
hazardous air pollutants- (NESHAPS) to
the State of Washington on February 28.
7975, EPA la today amending  40 CFR
61.04 Address. A Notice announcing this
delegation was published on April 1,4975
(40 FR 14632).  The amended {61.04  la
net forth below.               -  .
  The Administrator finds good cause for
Tnaifir)£r thj* rulemaking effective imme-
diately as the change is an administra-
tive change and not one of  substantive
content.  It  imposes no additional sub-
stantive burdens on the parties  affected.
  This  rulemaking is  effective Imme-
diately, and is Issued under the authority
of section 112 of the Clean  Air Act, as
amended. 42 U.S.C. 1857c-7.
  Dated April 21,1975.
                ROGER STULOW,
       Assistant Administrator for.
        Air and Waste Management.

  Part 61 of Chapter I, Title 40 of the
Code of Federal Regulations  Is amended
as follows:
      Subpsrt A—General Provisions •
  i. Section 61.04 Is revised to read as
follows:
§ 61.04  Addret*.   .
  (a) All requests, reports, applications,
submlttals, and other communications to
the Administrator pursuant to this part
shall be  submitted In duplicate and ad-
dressed to the appropriate Regional Of-
fice of  the Environmental  Protection
Agency, to the attention of the Director,
Enforcement Division. The regional of-
rlces are as follows:
  Region  I (Connecticut, Maine, Mew Hamp-
shire, Massachusetts, Rhode  Island, Ver-
mont), John F. Kennedy Federal  Building,
Barton, Massachusetts 02203.
  Region  n (New York, New Jersey,  Puerto
Rico. Virgin  Islands), Federal Office  Build-
in g,  38 Federal Fl«za (Foley Square), New
Yorfc. N.T. 10007.
  Raglan in (Delaware, District of Columbia,
Pennsylvania. Maryland. Virginia, We»t Vir-
ginia), Curtis Building,  Sixth  and Walnut
8t»8*V«, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania ISrOfl.
  Region IV (Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Mis-
elwtppl, SaBtueky,  North Carolina,  South
Carolina,  Tenneeeee), Suite 300, 1421 Peach-
tote  Street, Atlanta,  Georgia 30309.
  Region V  (Qllnola. Indiana, Minnesota,
Vleblgan, Ohio, Wisconsin), 1 North Wacker
Drive, Chicago, Illinois 00606.
  Region   VI  (Arkansas,  Louisiana,  New
Mexico, Oklahoma,  Texas), 1600  Patterson
Street, Dallas, Texas 7B201.
  Region  VH (Iowa. Kansas, Missouri. Ne-
braska), 1780 Baltimore Street, Kansas City,
Uiawurt 68108.
  Region vm (Colorado, Montana, North Da-
kota, Bontb  Dakota, Utah, Wyoming), 106
Lincoln Towers, I860 Lincoln street, Denver,
Colorado  80903.
  Region XX  (Arizona,  California, Hawaii,
Nevada, Ouam, American Samoa), 100 Cali-
fornia Street. San Francisco, California Mill.
  Region X   (Washington.  Oregon,  Idaho,
Alaska). 1300 Sixth Avenue,  Seattle. Wash-
ington 08101.
   (b) Section 112 (d) directs the Admin-
istrator to delegate to each State, when
appropriate, the authority to Implement
and *nforo« the national emission stand-
ard* tor hazardous air pollutants for sta-
tionary  aourcw located in  cueh  State.
     RULES  AND  REGULATIONS

AQ Information required to be submitted
to EPA under paragraph (a) of this sec-
tion, must also be submitted to the ap-
propriate State Agency of any State to
which  this authority has been delegated
(provided, that each specific  delegation
may exempt  sources from a certain fed-
eral or State reporting requirement). The
appropriate  mailing  address  for those
States whose delegation request has been
approved is as follows:
  (A)-(Z) [reserved).
  (AA)-(W)  [reserved).
  WW-Waahlngton;  State ot Washington,
Department of Ecology, Olympla, Washington
88504.
  (XX)-(ZZ)  [reserved].
  (AAA)-(DDD)  [reserved],
  [FR Doc.76-10798 Filed 4-24-7S;8:4fl am)
     PCDfRAL HOISTH. VOL 40,  NO.  81-

          -WOAY, AMU 95.  1t75
5               {FRL 438-8]

  FART 61— NATIONAL EMISSION STAND-
  ARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS
  Delegation of Authority  to State of Cali-
    fornia on Behalf of Bay Area, Monterey
    Bay Unified, Humboldt County and Del
    Norte County Air Pollution Control  Dis-
    tricts
    Pursuant  to the  delegations of  au-
  thority for national emission standards
  for  hazardous   air pollutants  (NES
  HAPS) to the State  of California  on
  behalf of the Bay Area and Monterey
  Bay Unified Air  Pollution Control Dis-
  tricts (dated May 23, 1975). and on be-
  half of the Humboldt  County and  Del
  Norte County Air Pollution Control Dis-
  tricts (dated July 10. 1675), EPA is to-
  day amending ,40 CFR 61.04, Address,
  to reflect these delegations. Notices  an-
  nouncing these  delegations  are pub-
  lished today in the Notices Section of
  this issue.  The  amended { 61.04  is set
  forth below. It adds  the addresses  of the
  Bay Area, Monterey Bay Unified,  Hum-
  boldt  County, and  Del Norte County-
  Air Pollution Control Districts, to  which
  must be  addressed all reports, requests
  applications, submlttals, and  communi-
  cations pursuant to  this part  by sources
  subject to the NZSHAPS located within
  these Air Pollution Control Districts.
    The Administrator finds good  cause
  for foregoing prior public notice and for
  making this rulemaking effective imme-
  diately in that  it is an administrative
  change and not one of substantive con-
  tent. No additional substantive burdens
  are Imposed on the parties affected. The
  delegations which are reflected by  this
  administrative amendment were  effec-
  tive on May  23, 1975 (Bay  Area  and
  Monterey Bay Districts) , and on July 10,
  1975 (Humboldt  County and Del Norte
  County  Districts),  and it  serves -no
  purpose  to delay the  technical change
  of this addition of the Air Pollution Dis-
  trict addresses to the  Code of Federal
  Regulations.        :
    This rulemaking is effective immedi-
  ately. and is issued under the authority
  of section 112 of the Clean Atr Act. as
  amended. 42 UJ5.C. 1857c-7.
    Dated : September 6. 1975. .
                BrAWnr W. LZCRO,
           Assistant Administrator for
                          Enforcement.
    Part 61 of Chapter X, Title 40 of the
  Code of Federal Regulations is amended
  as follows:
     1. In 1 61.04 paragraph (b) is amended
  by revising subparagraph (F), to read as
  follows:

  fi 61.04  Address.
       ItDMAl MOUTH, VOL 40, NO. 177-

           -THUMDAY. fOTIMktK 11, 1*75
     
-------
I               (FBL 4*8-4)

 PART 61— NATIONAL  EMISSION STAND-
 ARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS
 Delegation of Authority to State of Cali-
   fornia  on  Behalf  of Kern County end
   Trinity County Air Pollution Control Dte-
   tricti
   Pursuant to the delegation of author-
 ity  for national emission standards for
 haeardous air pollutants  (NESHAPS) to
 the State of California on behalf of the
 Kern County Air Pollution Control Dis-
 trict and the Trinity County Air Pollu-
 tion Control District, dated  August 18.
 1975. EPA is  today amending 40 CFR
 61.04, Address, to reflect  this delegation.
 A Notice announcing this delegation is
 published today  at 40 FR 45221. The
 amended 5 61.04  is set forth below. It
 adds the addresses of the Kern County
 and Trinity County Air  Pollution Con-
 trol Districts, to which must be addressed
 all  reports,  requests,  applications, sub-
 mittaLs,  and communications pursuant
 to this  part by sources  subject to  the
 NESHAPS located within these Air Pol-
 lution Control Districts.
   The Administrator finds good cause for
 foregoing prior public  notice and  for
 making  this rulemaking effective Im-
 mediately in that it is an administrative
 change and  not one of substantive con-
 tent. No additional substantive burdens
 are imposed on the parties affected. The
 delegation which  is reflected by this ad-
 ministrative amendment was effective on
 August 18, 1975, and it serves no purpose
 to delay the technical change of this ad-
 dition of the Air  Pollution Control Dis-
 trict addresses to the Code  of Federal
 Regulations.
   This rulemaking is effective Immedi-
 ately. and is issued under the authority
 of Section 112 of the Clean Air Act, as
 amended. 42 U.S.C. 1857c-7.
   Dated: September 25, 1975.
              STANLEY W. LEGNO,
         Assistant Administrator for
                        Enforcement,
   Part 61 of Chapter I,  Title 40 of the
 Code of Federal Regulations Is amended
 as follows:
   1. In S 61.04 paragraph (b) is amended
 by  revising subparagraph F, to read as
 follows:
 8 61.04  Addrew.
                                             RULES AND REGULATIONS
                                          Trinity County Air Pollution Control DU-
                                        trict. Box AJ, WOTOTUle, CA 98093.
                                          (FB DOC.7B-M373 Filed 9-M>-1»:8:46
  F— CAlUornJ* —
  Buy ATM Air  Pollution Control DUtrlrt.
930 Elltt 8t.. Baa Fr»ncl«co. CA 04100.
  Dtl NorU County Air Pollution Control
DUtrlct.  CourthouM, Crncent   City,  CA
986.11.
  Humboldt County Air Pollution Control
DUtrlct, 8600 8. Bronlw»y. Eur»k». CA 98001.
  Kern County  Air Pollution Control DU-
trlct, 1790 Flower Bt. (P.O. Box 997), B»ker»-
neld. CA 93303.
  MonUny  B»y trnlHcd Air Pollution Control
DUtrlct. 430 Church St. (P.O. Box 487) , B»-
---- OAt3901.
        MDMAl UOISTtt, VOL 40, NO.  It I— WIDNISOAY. OCTOBER 1, 1»7S
                                                      111-36

-------
                                                   AND
   tljla 40—Projection of Envlronmonl

     CHAPTER  I—ENVIRONMENTAL
         PROTECTION AGENCV
              |FmL 031-3]

 PART SI—NATIONAL EMISSION STAND-
 ARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS
  Amendments to Standards for Asbestos
              and Mercury

  On October  25. 1974  (39 FR 38004).
 pursuant to section 1S2 of the Clean Air
 Act. as amended, the Administrator pro-
 posed amendments to national emission
 standards  for the hazardous air  pollu-
 tants asbestos and  mercury.  The  Ad-
 ministrator also proposed amendments to
 Appendix B. Test Methods, of this part.
  interested persons representing Indus-
 try,  trade  associations,  environmental
 groups, and Federal. State and local gov-
 ernments participated In the rulcmnklng
 by  sending comments to the  Agency.
 Commentators  submitted  40   letters,
 mrtny with multiple comments. The com-
 ments have been considered, and  the
 proposed amendments have been reeval-
 mated. Each comment,  some of  which
 were submitted by more than one party,
 has been separately addressed in writing
 by the Agency. The Freedom of Informa-
 tion Center. Room 202 West Tower, 401
 M  Street, SW, Washington. D.C.  has
 copies of the comment letters  received
 and & summary of the issues and Agency
 responses available for public inspection.
 In addition, coples-of the issue summary
 and Agency responses may be obtained
 upon written request from the EPA Pub-
 lic Information Center (PM-215). 401 M
 Street.  S.W.,  Washington. D.C.  20460
 (specMy Public Comment Summary—
 Proposed Amendments to National Emis-
 sion Standards for Hazardous Air Pol-
 lutants—Asbestos and Mercury). Where
 determined by the  Administrator to be
 appropriate, changes  have been made to
 the  proposed amendments, and the  re-
 vised version of the amendments  to the
 national emission standards for asbestos
 and mercury is promulgated herein.  The
 principa!  changes   to  the  proposed
 amendments and the Agency's responseo
 to the major comments received are sum-
 marized below.
  Copies of 3ackgroun& Information on
 National Emission  Standards for Haz-
 ardous Air Pollutants—Proposed Amend-
 ments  to  Standards for  Asbestos  an&
 Mercury (EPA-450/2-74-009a) which ex-
 plains the basis for the proposed amend-
 ments are available on request from the
 Emission Standards and Engineering Dl=
 vision,  Research Triangle Park, Worth
 Carolina 2771i, Attention: Mr. Don R.
 Qoodwia..                 -  .
               ASBESTC3

  ' CWAWCUO SO PROPOSES AMENDMENTS

  Manufacturing. The Agency received
 numerous) comments otatlng  that  the
 proposed amendments should apply  only
 to asphalt concrete manufacturing plants
 that use asbestos. This was the Agency'o
 intent.  Section Ql.22(c)  has beep revised
 by tho addition of the wording, "that use
"commercial asbestos."
           Demolition e,n&  Renovation.  A com-
         ment WBO received during rovlcw of the
         amendments within tho  Agency  that
         ducti can be iaiulutcd  with amounts of
         friable asbestos material similar to those
         on boilers, tanks, reactors, turbines, fur-
         naces  and  structural  members,  and
         should be covered by the demolition and
         renovation regulations. Since demolition
         and  renovation operations can involve
         ducts insulated with appreciable quanti-
         ties of friable asbestos material, "ducts"
         has been added to the  list of apparatus
         that are covered by the amendments.  .
           The comment was made that the quan-
         tity of friable asbestos material proposed
         as the minimum  amount  for establish-
         ing  renovation operations as major
         sources of asbestos subject to  the pro-
         posed  amendments was arbitrary, but
         should also  apply  to demolition opera-
         tions. The Agency  explained In the pre-
         amble to the proposed amendments that
         this  amount of asbestos is typically con-
         tained in a  four-unit apartment build-
         ing, which is the maximum size for apart-
         ment buildings excluded from the demoli-
         tion provisions. Therefore, the minimum
         quantity of friable nr.bc.stos material cov-
         ered by  the demolition and renovation
         provisions Is essentially equivalent. The
         Agency considered  applying regulations
         only to demolition operations  in which
         more than a specified amount of friable
         asbestos  material was involved, prior to
         promulgation of demolition provisions on
         April 3, 1973 (38 PR 8820). This approach
         was rejected primarily because it would
         complicate   enforcement   procedures.
         However, the Agency realizes that certain
         commercial   buildings  contain  smaller
         amounts  of- friable asbestos  -material
         than the lower size cutoff  limit proposed
         for renovating operations.  On  reevalua-
         tion, the Agency  concluded  that  the
         available information justifies changing
         the proposed amendment to allow exemp-
         tion of demolition  operations  involving
         less  than 80 meters of friable asbestos
         pipe insulation and less than  IS square
         meters of friable asbestos material used
         to insulate  or fireproof  any duct, boiler,
         tank, reactor, turbine, furnace  or struc-
         tural member. The owner or operator of
         a demolition operation desiring this  ex-
         emption must notify the Administrator,
         at least 20 days prior to beginning demo-
         lition. of the  measured  or estimated
         amount of friable asbestos material  in-
         volved in the demolition. This will permit
         the exception to be implemented without
         requiring prior inspection of every  site
         by Agency personnel, which would be an
         excessive enforcement burden. This dif-
         fers from the reporting requirements of
         the renovation provisions  of the amend-
         ments. The  nature of renovation opera-
         tions necessitates a greater familiarity on
         the port of the operator with the quanti-
         ties  of friable asbestos materials present
         than for demolition operations. For this
         reason, the  Agency believes that it is  not
         necessary to require reports from all ren-
         ovation operations in order to ensure ef-
         fective enforcement of the renovation
         provisions that apply to only forger reno-
         vation operations.
   Several comments were received which
 otatcd that operating muchlnrry could bo
 damaged by wetting procedures during
 certain renovation operations. The wet-
 ting during rcnof atlon of a heated boiler.
 near sensitive electric  equipment,  and
 over operating machinery in an  Indus-.
 trial plant were mentioned as specific ex-
 amples.  One comment  also stated  that
 portable local exhaust  ventilation  sys-
 tems are effective  alternatives to wet-
 ting. The proposed amendments have
 been -changed to allow  the  use of local
 exhaust ventilation systems when dam-
' age to equipment  from wetting  Is un-
 avoidable, provided that the system cap-
 tures  the asbestos  paniculate material
 produced during the removal of  friable
 asbestos material and discharges no  visi-
 ble emissions from  its exhaust. The Ad-
"mlnistrator  will make determinations,
 upon  request, of  whether damage  to
 equipment  from wetting  would be  un-
 avoidable.
   Several comments were received which
 stated that the proposed frequency for
 submitting to the Agency written notices
 of intention to perform repetitive reno-
 vation work at a single facility was ex-
 cessive. One com merits tor suggested that
 definitions  for "emergency renovation"
 and "routine maintenance renovation"
 be included, and"that a yearly filing of
 intention to renovate should be allowed
 for each industrial plant. It is evident
 from the comments received  that some
 plants perform renovation  operations
 very frequently, such  as twice a week.
 The proposed reporting requirements for
 such plants would be excessive. The pro-
 posed amendment  has  been changed so
 that these requirements are reduced, and
 the applicability of the requirement is
 more clearly defined by adding more de-
 tailed language and definitions for "plan-
 ned renovation" and "emergency renova-
 tion"  operations.  Additionally, the ap-
 plicability of the amendment has  been
 clarified by specifying  how the quanti-
 ties  of  asbestos Involved  in "planned
 renovation" and "emergency renovation"
 are to be determined. The basic charac-
 teristic that distinguishes the two types
 of renovation operations is the degree of
 predictability of their occurrence. The
 amount of friable asbestos material that
 will be removeH  or stripped within  a
 given period of time  can  be predicted
 •for planned  renovation operations, In-
 cluding both scheduled and non-sched-
 uled operations, whereas no such predic-
 tion can be made for emergency renova-
 tion operations. The given period of time
 for predicting 'purposes has been speci-
 fied to be between  30 days and one year
 for planned  renovation operations in-
 volving  individually non-scheduled op-
 erations. A reporting time  shorter  than
 30 days would require the  submission
 and review of a large number of reports.
 and predictions over periods longer than
 one year could give inaccurate  predic-
 tions  of triable asbestos material to be
 removed. Xn emergenqy renovation oper-
 ations,  the amount of friable asbestos
 material that is subject to the amend-
 ment is the total amount of such mate-
PEBBQAI. QB6ISTBQ. VOL. 49, WO. m— VUetBAV.

                      111-37
                                                                              HO,

-------
inSaJ that wfll tea removed o? stripped as o
!?«sult of ®»e individual emergency.
  One commentator stated that the pro-
jpnssd amendment  cohering  reramiteoa
sould tea circumvented by the carrying out
S>£ saiaU  gtortlons, which are individually
sot subject to the amendment, of a larger
         . Section 31.17 has been added
      e Csneral  Provisions to explicitly
        Shis potential circumvention aad
fea apply to general to circumvention of
    otaadas^s pFosaulgntsd isader (Ms
  ©ao  (2)<7i)  of She
         amendments was inconsistent
oasd Q&eald fes revised. This oeetlon s>e-
       tecA Ssteble asbestos material ra=
       feisa fouttdiogs greater than 80
        foeig&t  tee temsported  60 the
           dust-Sght ehutss or contain-
ora.' The eited teccnslstency arises be-
eauee  6Mo  requirement applied  at  oil
heights, taeluding those less than SO feet,
Sor a building SO  feet or gretaer In height,
whereas K did aot apply to buildings less
<3&aa 80 [feat Sa height. The requirement
fees tesea chanced co that  It applies only
to materials that have been removed or
ofcrlppsd  at aore  ton  SO ffeat above
Craumd level.
  Ss^eral mioor changes have been made
fca psaponee to comments.  Languase has
fessn added to allow delivery of BotSees
®? intention to Feaovate or U-;molish to
Iffije Administrator  by means other than
(Sie US. mall. There is a minor clarifying
feaguage chance between Q61.22(d)(2)
  to apply
©aly to opray-oia toculotlon and Qreproof-
tesg material that contains more £hoa eiae
        oobS3fec3 by weight.
aeafcs would have applied directly to all
waste disposal cites that accept asbestos
waste from any emission source covered
Eader the asbestos standard. The Ageacy
estimated that approximately  2500  dis-
posal oites would bs covered. Review of
tSaese proposed amendments within the
Agency (Indicated that enforcement would
foave required a disproportionate com-
ealtment of  Agency  resources. Alterna-
te means of controlling asbestos emis-
sions from  waste  disposal oites were
(Saerefore examined.
  The number of acceptable waste  62s-
pc3a3 sites that meet the criteria in 0  81.-
22(J)(8)  of  toe proposed amendments,
which are cimilar to the criteria for oan-
Sfcary landfills, has Increased cSgniQconUy
"dthla «he past esveral  years and  the
fe-ead is continuing la that direction.
"ffhis ^ead to noted In a recent publica-
tion  ("Waste Aue," January XS75). This
indicates that acceptable sites (i.e..  pri-
vate oad EJUzrfclpaJ sanitary  Sand£Llls)
which 2o!low practicss that reduce  as-
fesstoa emissions will be available for  dis-
possl  @f  osbestos-coatoining  waste.
Therefore, it was determined that an ef-
fective means of reducing emissions from
waste disposal sites  without undue  en-
forcement burdens  would be  to require
g^ready-regulated asbestos wests genera-
tors  to  dispose  of asbestos-containing
wastes at properly operated disposal sites.
Tais is provided for ia the amendments
herein promulgated.
  The Aceacy's greatest concern Ss with
fiispossJ sites which  accept Barge guan->
£3QQ3 of  asbestos waste. Xn saost  coses,
eompaaiea ofoich generate large  quan-
®8Sos '<§£ DB&QStQs-coato,laing wests  also
©wn and operate their OOTJ disposal siteo
feseauoe @f esaveniencG and esoaossiics.
iPor esasple, all ^omeotic aobestos mills
©perote  toeir own tailings disposal aJtes.
The  Agency aaticipatss that these large
waste Generators  will operate their  dis-
posal cites in  the future in compliance
oith @ie progocad 0 81.22(1) in order to
Elect ^je requirement that they dispose
@? their waste at a  acceptable sites.
  Saactive disposal sites may also be  ma-
jor emission sources if they contain large
amounts of  asbestos waste. Xt is likely
@jat at inactive sites  containing small
amouat3 of asbestos waste the asbestos is
eo7Qf£d by aon-asbestos waste, and the
ehanee of oigniflcant asbestos emissions
to cmaa. n  was decided to fsguire  that
those inactive sites which are  tanown to
eoatoin targe Quantities of asbestos com-
ply with the (standards specified ia  cec-
ftioa QLSrSU)  to  reduce  asbestos omis-
oions. ^Ms  eategory  of  asbestos  waste
disposal oiteo IB usually operated by the
coufces  ®iat Generate $h
                                         fealnlng wastes, as aoted above. Accord-
                                         tegjly. the amendments promulgated here-
                                         in apply to JnocQve disposal cites that
                                         have previously fesen os^rated by certain
                                         sources covered by the esbestes stand-
                                         ard. IThe owner of each an inactivated
                                         cSfce must comply oitii the amendments
                                         Fesordless  of whether  or  not he gener-
                                         ated the waste or operated the disposal
                                         oite when it was DcUve. This category of
                                         cites includes asbestos mill tailings dis-
                                         posal sites, and the large disposal cites
                                         at asbestos manufacturing and fabricate
                                         ins plants which have caused concern
                                         >n tae past. The owners or operators of
                                         graying, demolition oad renovation  op-
                                         erations have not operated disposal sites
                                         in the past and are not expected to do BO
                                         in the future. Hue to the nature of such
                                         operations, toe wastes  generated are de-
                                         posited at waste disposal sites which ac-
                                         cept  mostly  non-Bsbestos-contalning
                                         waste. As a Fault,  the asbestos waste is
                                         efiectively  covered, hereby  preventing
                                         emissions even in open dumps. For these
                                         reasons, Inactive waste disposal sites that
                                         have been used by spraying, renovation
                                         and demolition are not regulated.
                                           The amendments promulgated herein
                                         wfll control inactive asbestos waste  dis-
                                         posal sites that contain large quantities
                                         of asbestos waste. The Agency's enforce-
                                         ment resources will bs more effectively
                                         utilized since approslmately 2000  waste
                                         disposal sites will not bs directly regu-
                                         lated by the promulgated amendments.
                                         This should facilitate enforcement  and
                                         protection of toe public health.
                                           The comment was made that the pro-
                                         posed permanent  posting of  warning
                                         signs at inactive asbestos waste disposal
                                         sites would  be overly restrictive.  The
                                         •warning signs were Intended primarily to
                                         warn the general public of the  potential
                                         hazards that could result from creating
                                         dust by such disturbances as walking on
                                         exposed asbestos wcste. Xf the disposal
                                         site is properly covered over as required
                                         by toe alternative methods of complying
                                         with the proposed amendment for waste
                                         disposal sites,  ouch minor disturbances
                                         will not generate asbestos emissions. Ac-
                                         e&rdingly.  the proposed amendment has
                                         fessn changed, and  warning signs are not
                                         required if on  inactive disposal cits ap-
                                         plies and properly  maintains a covering
                                         of  compacted  aon-asbestos-cont&lning
                                         material at least 00 centimeters  (ca.  2
                                         feet) in depth, or at least 15 centimeters
                                         «ea. Q inches)  ia depth with a cover of
                                         vegetation. The proposed amendment
                                         would have also required  that active as-
                                         tesstos waste disposal sites post warning
                                         signs.  The  amendments promulgated
                                         herein do not apply directly to active dis-
                                         posal Bites, and  the specified operating
                                         practices for acceptable disposal sites do
                                         aot require toe posting of warning signs
                                         provided oa appropriate cover of at least
                                         IS centimeters (ca. 3 inches) of non-as-
                                         fcsstcs-containing material is applied to
                                         the active portion of the  site at the end
                                         ®f each operating  day. Comments were
                                         Srsceived  th&t  suggested the  Agency
                                         o&ould allow the KSS cS existing natural
                                         feorriero oo substitutes for fences that are
                                         Intended to deter access to Dome tyg&s of
                                         oabestos waste fiispcsal cites. The Agea=
DO®!STDQ, V@l. 00, M@. H W—


              111-38
                                                                              DO,

-------
• @57 ogress (SicS oaFtein aaturoJ barriers,
 ot2«a OD fissp rovlaea ond oteop cllfis, 623
 fee as eSective os fences ia deterring oc-
 ©S23. The proposed amendment has bsea
 ehanged to suspend fee requirements for
 Sences, oad also warning signs, whea a
 aaturs! fearrter provides ea adequate de-
 terrent to public access. Upon request
 and  oupply of expropriate information,
 She Administrator will determine wheth-
 er a specific type of fence or a natural
 Carrier adequately deters access to fee
 General public.  2n response  to another
 ©orameat.  fee proposed amendment for
           asbestos  waste disposal sites
     fesen revised to allow fences to be
       either along  fee property line of
 an afiectsd source feat contains a waste
       I site or along the perimeter of fee
         site itself. Either ^pe of fence
        t She necessary deterrent to public
      : to fee dispose! site.
   gsveral comments were received oa fee
          S»rohibitioa of  iaciaeratioa of
            ffl&a&  previously   eoataiaed
            asbestos. One commentator
            fee ^rohSbitioa seemed un°
          bscQuse asbestos to feermally
.(3s3fQded ot a temperature of 600° C. Taa
 AsQffley eonsldered:  (o) fee uncertainty
 @»at feo fesd asaterial to oa  Jaciaerator
 wffl 63 unKormly heated to fee oosibus-
 tkoa  eiaambsr temperature, (&) fee ua-
 @srt^iaty isonceraing fee dGcompositioa
 temperature of asbestos, aad  (e) fee re-
 oialts of a steels gas test feat detected
 emissions  of asbestos from a sintering
 process  to which fee tsmper&ture ot-
 toinsd WES well above 300° C,  in evsJuat-
 tog Qse comment The Agency concluded
 (Smfc fee available  data do  aot Justify
             s proposed regulation on
         feat fee osbestss is thermally
         l ia fee combustion process. An-
 ofeer comment suggested feat incinera-
 iSon oaould be permitted, provided feere
 ore ao visible emissions of asbestos par-
 (aculate matter from fee incinerator. Za=
 goraatioa presented to fee Agency after
 gs-oposal  todicatsd feat come cmaa Sa=
 eSnorcitofB, cmch  as feose operated by
 osfesate maaufocturJag plonta, coa
                    oa
          t&afc previously l^eld eomsjer-
@2oS csbsatea SJGS &eea deleted. ^JQ pro-
vtoieas e? toQ omendmeato for @»e d!s-
gssal of osbestca-coatalnias wests mo,ts=
stole opply Ja particular to fee dlsposol
©? eaataJaera feat pravlouQly  held eosi-
        oobsstoa. Thero^ore, fee^e eoa-
        ©aa  te2  Jaclnerated under  fee
             provided fee incineration
                aot  diccSxarse  visible
       effiHSJGatatoro cusseotsd feat fee
     SS?A woratog lobelo toe attached to
          ®f oototaa woote Sa odditSoa
              Jabals opscifled 8a resulo-
               ^s W.S. Saportsaaat of
       ©asupatSoaal Safety aad JSealfe
                              Agency
       feat  toofe SobeJs adequately eoa=
                                               eommeat^toro
                                                  Glterao^ve method of cosa=
                                             lacSuded Sa ®ie csbestcs
                                              csseadmeata,
                                      itot the wests bs formed iato non-friablQ
                                              tea  dsanged to  accommodate
                                             other Saaa pellets. The preclsa
                                      oiae and shape of the  processed, aoa=
                                      Msble waste 5s aot important, ead &Q
                                      cmeadment  has been reworded  to es-
                                             permit ffise forming of asbestos
                                             iato pallets or any other shapes.
                                        A comment was made during  review
                                      uithia the Agency that asbestos-eontain-
                                      tog wastes  subject  to the  proposed
                                      amendment  are sometimes used to sur=
                                      ?GCS ra&dways  and that this practice
                                      should be prohibited. The Agency agrees
                                      £hat  the  use  of  asbestos-containing
                                      wastes oa  roadways can cause asbestos
                                      omissions similar to those caused by fee
                                      ace of asbestos tellings  on roadways,
                                      •c?hJch  2s  prohibited by fee  asbestos
                                      otaadard. Veihiculsr traffic on roadways
                                      eaa pulverise asbestos waste and liberate
                                            gh&t eaa become airborae ia &e
                                           uss of  asbsstos-contalnlns
                                          feerefore beea prohibited from
                                             proposed  amendment for
                                              at Q3b£3ta3 mills included
                                      vteioa rstiulrlns  ao visible emissSono  to
                                      ae @utside air from fee deposition  of
                                      asbestos ore tellings onto a disposal pile.
                                      Aa alternative method of compliance
                                      required  £h&t  fee  waste be adequately
                                      wotted wife D dust suppressant esenfe
                                      prior to  deposition. Two commentators
                                      ototsd that e,a exemption from fee  wet-
                                      &ng requirement   of  the  alternative
                                      sajethod is needed when Use temperature
                                      at fee  disposal site is below freeing, to
                                      prevent freezing  of fee  tailings sad per-
                                      mit continued  operation of  fee asbestos
                                      mill at such low temperatures. The inves-
                                      tigation o&rrled out by the Agency prior
                                      to proposal of  fee amendment indicated
      coa&olling partScuSate emissions
      fee  destositioa operation. Sa  su=
       to fee oomments received,  &o
Agency  furfeer  tavestigated fee  ©old
^eifeer operational problems of disposal
        for wetted asbsstss toiliago.
         osbsstos mills feat
        under sold  weather oondi^ons
and have instilled tailings wetting oyo=
fessjo,  with o flrza feot is experienced ia
designing oystezas to suppress dust gen-
cafi  with oswaml aon-asbestos mlnerd
mSaSng  facilities  feat  opersie wetting
oyotoms for crushing and conveying opsro
ofeSoas. The  investdgation revealed feat
cavercJ Canadian osbastos mills are pres-
        parissen^as ^ife wet  tellings
        oyoteras to ostend eperatSon to
             oubotantially balow frssz-
             ^e Agency is aware of ao
             jot acs operated in o eon-
        moaner Gt temperatures  kSSow
   i°C  (X8°!?). Aoeordingly, fee Agency
   - ©aaclufiefl feat wet tailings disposal
oyotasao for osbsstes sdlls ore not avail-
     for ^isposa! oits temparaturso below
     °C  a8°i?), and fee proposed amend-
                                      ment has b$ea  changed to provide on
                                      GsemjyUoa for wetting of tailings bslow
                                      feis temperature. Only 022 existing do-
                                      sasstic osbestoa  mill ic  expected to use
                                      KM exemption to o oigniScant  estent.
                                      An eii&mination 0f hourly temperatures
                                      reprsentaUve of  fee  Jeca-Uon of feat
                                      E>lan, and esteading over s period'of one
                                      year, showed  feat hourly temperatures
                                      ore below 3.5 °3P for approximately 7 per-
                                      cent of the fetoe.
                                        Asbestos  emissions c& osbsstcs mill
                                      tailings disposal piles a?e contributed by
                                      ate tiling  conveying cperatSoa,  the
                                      deposition operation, and wind entrain-
                                      ment of asbestos-containing p&rticulate
                                      from the surface of fee disposal pile. The
                                      first emission source is subject  to pre-
                                      viously promulgated regulations  (38 FR
                                      8820), and the latter two sources are sub-
                                      ject  to  fee amendments  promulgated
                                      herein. The major e&urces of asbestos
                                      emissions from  process S®B streams at
                                      asbestos  mills  asmaly effluents from
                                      crushers, dryers and milling equipment,
                                      ore also covered by fee previously prom-
                                      ulgated  regulations  (S3 I?a 3820).  The
                                      amendments  promulgated  herein,  in-
                                      cluding  on  exemption from netting of
                                      asbestos tailings at temperatures below
                                      -©.6° C (IS°2"), together with fee stand-
                                      ards promulgated on Aprfl 3,1073 (38 FB
                                      8820), represent upe of fee fcsst available
                                      technolcsy for control c2 emlcsiosis from
                                      asbstos mills. This is consistent wife the
                                      determination of fee Administrator feat
                                      best available technology should te used
                                      to control  major  sources  of asbestos
                                      emissions to protect fee public health
                                      with an ample margin of safety.
                                        Ttoe reporting format of Appendix  A
                                      has been changed by  the addition of
                                      paragraphs "C" and "D",  to accommo-
                                      date the addition of dispose! of csbestos-
                                      contalniag  wastes and certain  inactive
                                      osbcstcs • waste disposal  cites  to fee
                                      amendments. The additional 3aforma°
                                      &on required is essential for determining
                                      compliance wife  fee rssula&ons.  Ap-
                                        computer form&t  which  will
                                        more effective enforcsment of fee regula-
                                        laoas. Section 81.24 tes bssn svvtesd to
                                        reflect fee oddition&l reporting
                                                         &n& Fabrication. One
                                         comment questioned  fee  aeed for in-
                                         cluding asphalt concrete manufacturing
                                         plants in the proposed amendments. The
                                         rationale for including asphalt concrete
                                         plants as major  sources of asbestos is
                                         discussed, to fee background  informa-
                                         tion document for fee proposed amend-
                                         ments (SPA-450/3-7
-------
 major sources, and the regulations pro-
 mulgated herein apply to such sources. •
 Tae Agency received two comments that
 £he Individual emission sources wflthin
 o.a asbestos asphalt •concrete plant which
 OK subject to the proposed amendments
 should be specified. The Agency feels that .
 revisions we  raot necessary.  Only com-
 ponent operations that may emit asbes-
 tos are- covered  by  the [provisions; for
 example, tS no asbestos is added to the
 aggregate firyer, the emissions from 4he
 dryer alone are aot covered..
  The possibility that the enforcement
 of the amendments promulgated herein
 #or" asphalt concrete plants  may be Sa
 eonSict  with  (Sae enforcement of new
 oouree  performance otandards for as-
 phalt concrete plants was raised by one
 commentator. It is possible that both the
 sew source performance standard and
 fche national emission standard for asbes-
 tos trill apply simultaneously to emissions
 from some operations  at some new and
 modified plants. Where this  occurs, the
 visible  emission standard promulgated
 herein  applies  feo asbestos  particulate
 matter, even  though it Sa more restric-
     ihnn the opacity  regulation of the
      source  performance' standard. A
 iaore stringent standard to justified when
 osbsstcs  is being processed  because af
•£Sse hossu'dous mature of asbestos.
  Comments were receivea (hat the pro-
 gtesed  definition of "fabricating" needed
 Gs> fee clarified. The Agency reviewed the '
 definition and determined that changes
 to e»e definition are not necessary. S"abrt-
 eating Includes  any type of  processing,
 Gse8udin§ field fabrication, performed oa
 manufactured  products  that  contain
 commercial asbestos.  The Agency  DC-
 baowSedges that come component proc-
 esses o? asbestos fabricating  operatioas
 eoidd Generate visible  emissions in ouch
 o manner that  the visible emlssioas do
 aot ooataia  asbestos generated  by the
 process,  though  the commentators Sid
 aot cits any specific examples. The Agea-
 ey  has observed  this type of process in
 asbestos naanufacturing  operations. For
 esample, visible  emissions  of organic
 materials are cosae&mes generated dur-
 Sag the curing of osbsstoa friction prod-
 taefca  is  opsratioras where  asbestos to
 bound  lato a matrix  of aon-asbeatcs
 material  but  feae asbestos is  sot &ass-
 tered into the  emission  sfream. Such
 operations ore in compliance with toe
 otandard of no visible emissions eoatela-
 tog portSeulate  asbestos ssatarial.
   One  commentator stated   that oose
 asld   fabrication  operations  release
 oisnifleant  amounts  of  asbestos',  fae
 Acency's lavestigation prior  &> proposal
 ©f the amendments showed that there is
     Esaited Seld fabrication  of asbsatca
          other than insulating prefiacto.
     fcbFSeottoa of friable oabasteo la-
         ons  determined  to  fee too 0nly
       castes fleld  fabricatloa ooarce,
 oad fchio to regulated by ps-ohlblting the
    a? ouch raateriols  after the
tor recommended that the Agency  im-
pose a standard of 0.03 Krain per cubic
foot for asbestos emissions In addition to
the rao-vlslble-errusslon otandard. U is
the Judgment of the Agency 4ha«, there
are no sufQclen-tly reliable emision meas-
urement techniques to provide a basis for
such a numerical standard and the  set-
ting of numerical standards should be
delayed until accurate  asbestos measur-
ing techniques are available.
  Demolition and. Renovation. Comments
were received which  suggested that the
proposed  renovation  provisions  should
aot apply to operations carried out with-
in buildings, or  to operations regulated
by the Occupational  Safety and Health
Administartion  (OSHA) -for worker ex-
posure to asbestos. The Agency recognizes
that there may be less asbestos emis-
sions from stripping  of friable asbestos
materials  within a structure than from
stripping in an unenclosed area. However,
oabestDS from  the stripping operation
carried out within a building or structure
can be discharged into the outside air
from building ventilation  systems, wia-
dows and doors. Further, the disposalof
friable asbestos  waste  materials gener-
ated by renovation operations, which In-
cludes  the transport  of waste materials
to a disposal site, is  on emission source
that needs to be controlled regardless of
whether the renovation is performed la
the outside  air or in buildings.  Zn  the
judgment  of the Administrator, the con-
ferol of such asbestos emissions is neces-
sary and is part of the best available con-
trol technology. The OSHA regulations
(SB era 1S10.83B) require feat, ". . . to-
cofar QS practicable .  .  .," asbestos mate-
rial be removed while wetted effectively
to prevent emission of asbestos in excess
of the specified OSHA exposure limit, but
also specifically require that employees
ohall be provided with respiratory etjoip-
ment for all spraying, demolition and re-
moval of asbestos materials. The purpose
of the OSHA standard, to protect  em-
ployees' health, can be achieved by the
use of  respiratory equipment,  oven ia
those situations where wetting is  aot Im-
plemented and emissions may produce
concentrations in excess of the OSHA ex-
posure limit. The extent to which the re-
sttfting concentrations in the outside air
are protective  of public health Us  un°
Imown. Accordingly,  the proposed rerao-
TO,tins provisions do  not enempt opera-
tions that are controlled by OSSA regu-
        Xn the judgment of the
        ®»e comment did aot contain suf •
 ffielent iaformatioa to justify tocSudlag
 <^!&er 62*9gor1e3 of csbostos Seld f obrica-
          e osseafisseate. One coznmeato=
  Two commentators stated that the al-
ternative to the we'ttlng requirement in
the demolition provisions at sub-freezing
temperatures should be allowed  at all
temperatures. Xn contrast, another com-
mentator  ouggested that  ouopensSon of
£hQ wetting requirements at oub-freez-
Bag tesspamturea chould fea rabject fee o
grarmit procedure fchat  would discourage
toaolltSca at sub-freezing temperatures.
Tije alternative wns proposed because, In
Oie  judgzaent  of ®>e Asency,  oorher
catfoty oould be unduly jeopardised by
tee unsafe footing caused by lee foraia-
fcSon froan water use under freezing con-
StSono. The proposed alternative Is less
           on  demolition  contractors
      a oscond course of action that wag
considered,  namely the  prohibition of
demolition under freezing conditions. The
proposed  alternative  suspends  only  a
portion of  fehe  wetting  requirements
under freezing conditions. Pipes, ducts,
boilers, tanks, reactors,  turbines,  fur-
naces and structural members insulated
or fireproofed with friable asbestos ma-
terials must be removed from-the build-
ing in Esctioas, to the maximum extent
practicable, before wrecking of the build-
ing.  The stripping of  asbestos materials
from the  previously  removed sections
must be accompanied by wetting at all
temperatures, and the resulting asbestos
waste  materials must be  wetted at all
temperatures. These  procedures do not
jeopardize worker safety. Therefore, the
promulgated demolition  provisions are
based on  the use of  the bast available
emission control methods at all tempera-
tures, and these methods are different for
oon-freezing and freezing conditions.
  Another  comment indicated   that
sprayed fireproofing was the  only  type
of asbestos material that could cause as-
bestos emissions to the atmosphere dur-
ing  demolition  operations,  and  that
molded insulation is not readily released
Into the air. The  Agency has Inspected
both types of materials and has found
(that some types  of  molded insulation
and piaster  that contain  asbestos are
friable. Therefore, buildings  containing
these  materials   are  covered  by the
amendments promulgated herein.
  Comments  were received  that the
Agency has  a responsibility  to  develop
asbestos measurement methods and de-
termine by use of measurement methods
whether demolition is a major source of
asbestos emissions. The Agency  keeps
abreast of aewly developed measurement
techniques in the  asbestos industry, and
the  development  of  asbestos measure-
ment technKjues is~currently being fund-
ed by the Agency. Ho new information on
measurement techniques was received in
«he  comments.  The  Agency previously
made  the  determination  that building
demolition is a major source of asbestos
emissions, and ao aew information has
been submitted to demonstrate that it is
not  a major source. Demolition and ren-
ovation operations generate  short-term
exposures of urban populations to asbes-
tos.  Since  promulgation  of  the  demoli-
tion regulations  on April  8,  1873, new
biological evidence supporting the signif-
icance of single short-term exposures of
asbestos has been obtained. One-day in-
halation exposures in animal experiments
have produced  an Increase  in  the in-
cidence of mesothelioma. (Wagner. J. C.,
Berry, G., and Timbrell. V., "The SSects
of the Inhalation of  Asbestos in Bats",
3f.  J. Cancer 29, pp. 252-269, 1S74). A
copy of this article Is available for inspec-
tion at the Public Xnfonnatlon Reference
Center, Sicom 2
-------
                                                   AM© CI©yLA¥ll©K!§
 toe  demolition ccurcsa aow covered foy
 fee  asbestos standard as major courco
 were aot defined as major sources by Si®
 Nations!  Academy ®f Science) (NAS)
 ctudy. whica was cited toy the Agency oo
 a tesis Sor  toe  demoliftoa resula&lca,
 The NAS  study, did not define categories
 ^d desnoUtJon cad renovatioa '
omoafimeats are aot emission otaadards
       at Cife£3te3 emissions  must bs
       8a detsrmlnias compliance  with
   . iresialatioaB.  Coasreaa hcs  opscifled
     SS'A  chould oet emission otsadardo
 ffor  feGEirdous  air  ipoUutaats.  S?A.
eharged with implementoB tills requSrs-
saeat,  l^ea aetsrmiaed that (Sse term
 "emicsioa  otaadard" Jncludes worS prac-
 tice requirements de3>gaod to limit emis-
 oioas. The sjosition token by the Admin-
 tote-otor ©a $his iosue Jn toe promulffS"
 ^oa  9?   ®io  origtaal  regulations oa
 QQteaafeso @a Apry Q, W3 (88 ff^ 8820)
 to aaehaage^ here. The demolition  and
           ffesulationo s-equlre  certain
                 60 be followed. These
           eoatrol ore required becauoe
                   ot this time of pre-
                        1073.1070, 
-------
   1 SbSetSea to toe prcsm£3so&2d ams^-  te purpose and 'also for toe  purpose d£
offlsUFias 6bat emi&dons fe*oa She eited
method  of  eJeonins bass ore
osatrolled. Accordincly, U
feciSB aiat how fe£3a eSeoaed Ja 4&e
aor  tescsltesd  fees aofc tesea
       ®»s  GsaendEJaatei
             ware secaJvod oMca
      JQ proposed waste di-.-«osQl
      uauSd probobSy preclude Q
      of ooste csbesto)  eeoaeaJ,
                       to the  Asoney'o
       comply
tea available. Further. She pipe
os^ratlon that is coavea&ionally
out during  compaction at the
    can  cdtsraBtlwely be performed oafi
             (jos cleoxia^ egtsipmeat, c,S
            ranastoor.
           so PHOFOSSB

  The proposed  (SeSnifcSoa a?
dryer" hes been revised to Indicate
eleos-ly tost  only  cSudse (flryln
              ^irec^y Esented
       Bases ore covered by ihe
    4. ^32 cuaeadsaerit ficss ma% appSy
       (Siafc  are SndlFss^ly iheofesfi,
OD cscondary
             analysis obouJd fes
                  vaFJotSoao to
          saorcus^  eeatsat  QTO aet os°
        feo ^ory ol^iSflconay. oad (saa
Ajjeaey feeSieveo ®»dt ?Sie Dd^ed caafc  to
to
                                                      •DS>uld
                                                                         £a°
                                     oes-e o^svoJuoted, cad ffibie
                                 tees &sea cSioased •cjteepe appro-
                                 ^Rhe  csro?K»sd cssaoa  0.3.8 of
                         ESethed 363 oselfled o W percsit colu-
                              o? cfemaeus ehloride co oa
                                (Siat 36 CTDS  taappropstote to cs-
                                oay  calutioa  stsresai&ise.  3^ie
                                 asrsss, dad 4he rsgulresaea^ too
                                fileted.  /aao^ser  eesasaeat  c®s-
                                Oat gtee ssguS2=ed BSS of mercuric
                            prspare &e mereug? stessS
                              assassary tescause @i
                          the method doss not demimd such puri&y.
                              (Sse method SIES Eissa ebanged  to
                                       cojament ^TCB  madle SUiot
                                   cnSutions ohould mot te3
                                  ipteaac coatza^ness. TBse
                         to Sa CisaenaJ  copeemeat ^S^i Shis and
                         o afcstesaeafe to tois effect Jisas bssa added
                                                  oad
                                   ocsartolaed &EQ of
                         omeuafei ®? Eaerauffy."" A isaajor oourae of
                         m&f&uxf  eoatamlna^oa  ©sersro  c^iess
                         camplo oolu&ons cad reasents eome tofco
                         ©oateefc ^& 8aepeur^=ctsatesalnnted enn-
                         totooxa. & ecsnment indicated Slot a os$e-
                         eSfle guaaa^ ohould be otatsd to lafilcata
                                             to ©onsidered "s3g=
                                       Agency bslleveo toat ®»e
                                       f oa osnouat of mercury
                                                  Fi&te  because
                              oa cmouat would be wsry filfflctalt to
                                   Tbs saepcury sonteanlantion of
                                    eoa fee reduced' to oa tesls-
                                  osaouat &y  pst»per!y eleaalns
                              eoatstoera before use. The proposed
                                    Bses (Sserefore  bsea ehanged
                                    Siot cample ©oatatoera caal]
                                     eSecaaed before use fey sta-
                                  siiMc D£3d, ^ollo^ed
                               dtetilled water.  Another
                                   (Sxot ^5se
                                  p^n^ysfa ®f  caercufy 2a
                                fea (SleJtoeated oad
                              soasus=s3
                                     cso
                                        feoo
                                        fcu
                                     53? etsbSe  sae&as-
af ctodge KM escu? ewo?
                      G
                                                     olth oa osaple
                                             . IJS»o saassJajuai oSJowible
                                                                                        of Sae ambient
                                                                                             s>sr cubic
                                                                          -day ovenase,  oad
                                                                     tSito CsveJ ohcsald ^2  Cower,
                                                                        evolssated  iai^e cramaeats, but
                                                                                   prsssnted ffliat and aot been
                                   of
               ©oacenferaaoa. ^Jtottier
             otated thot Sse restrictive
                                    -
ose rfudse Saclneratioa oad drying plauts
<61@ mot regireGsnt ®»e "worst case" saete-
ofologlcol sonditlons, oad  gllscussed  a
opsclflc GsSsttos focility as om example.
    Ageacy oaoSyaed this commealcon-
topography at the specific site menttoned
to £he eomsaent rasd cc3)d@ded that, evea
wiiah o mercury emissioa of S200 granis
Etar day. She public will be pwntscted with
oa ample margin of safety c& £he  cited
facility. A copy of &ie Asency response
to this comment & available for  inspsc-
Mon Qt. £he Public Information Reference
Osater, Scorn 3QOC  Waterside Mall, <101
Efi St.. Wash.. B.C. 20480. The  Ageacy
tJEO'CTo o>f ao [Judge incineration or drying
fcellSty whers the ambieat guideline level
a* (Kue Eaicrcsrcffli of  mercury per  eubic
saeter. 30-day averose, will be exceeded.
The follotTins comments otatSas fehat the
Es?opocsd esaissioa Jtoilt is too otrin^ent
or t&at  oddittonal  otudies  are  aesded
before proaulgatlon were  received:
  a. ^Ilse  proposed  emission toait ESTO-
v3deo on eseeasiY? crfety I cctor for come
                                               gScato woo eaSeuloted, 657 BESS
                                                      modeling (»scaaSg«s£3
              pa? aay oa
              p2£i
©a a 5?oax'8y feacSo 051153 sae cauaTO oosa
  2. The proposed emission Sisnit ohotsld
be based on plant size, olloMns tester
emissions for leader plants.
  3. *xhe intent of the proposed amend-
ment seems to be to limit the size of new
plants  and require  disposal  of cludge
by alternative  methods.
  •3. 'She resrulation oeams to be esces-
oively stringent in order  to simplify the
odiaainistrGtSoa of £5ie otanda?d for saul-
MpSe coarces.
  E>. Tlsere is not enough Information to
Justify promulftatiag the amendment at
6Ms  3me;  fee promuluation  chould be
delayed aa£U further studies  ore  laade.
  3&j coaferost, csveral tsomments sus-
       &hat &s proposed emission Jimit
      o lenieag. iince fcbe emissioa iimi-
       to retotsd to oa ambient eoocen-
        fit would  fee Inappropriate to
     aisher esaicoiona for larger plants.
           ^laat ioeotion, it aould be
           to ouseSfy a  different Qmlc-
atsm iimSta^on for eoch iprecent or future
       iccotioa  ohlch   reflected  Socal
              conditions. Moreover, oec-
      X2 af Q>e  Act provides for  a na-
       otoadard. and £he AdmlniBferator
Kaos cat fi^ia ctondord at a Sevel  which
\^ffl prevent exceeding the opeclSed safe
ambient Xerol ot  a!l  Soeaaons. The
Aseacy determined ^iat 6here  is  suffi-
cient SaformatSon to justify promuteat-
tog Gmissloa insulations for aludsre in-
eineratora  oad ao data
wera pyesaatsfl ISsafe would jwsafy eaang-
        mercury cmicsSoa Mxali. of 3200
                                                   ®, DC®. .•

-------
of the national tmlnclon olnndard for
jncrr.ury. While Uic  Rtnncliird docs not
include  BjK.-r.lal provisions  lor  multiple
sources, it docs provide  e largo  safety
factor at muny Biter,  and  thin provides a
mcn-iurc of protection against the mul-
lll)le source problrm. The Aticncy  known
of no Socatlon where existing  multiple
sources  of mercury will  cause  the am-
bient guideline level of one mlcrogram
of mercury.per cubic  meter, 30-day aver-'
age, to  be exceeded. The Agency must
approve all new construction or modifi-
cation  of sources  regulated  by  the
mercury standard. During the review of
such  construction or modification, the
Agency  will assess the Impact  that the
new or modified sources have on the
ambient mercury concentration.  It the
Agency  discovers a  situation  where  &
source can cause the guideline ambient
concentration to be exceeded,  the na-
tional emission standard will be recvalu-
nted. In addition, local planning agencies
have the  capability to prevent multiple
source  pollution  problems   through
proper land use planning. The Agency
urges these local agencies  to  consider
the Impact of multiple sources on such
problems  as mercury air  pollution when
making planning decisions.
  Comments were received that  ques-
tioned whether all sludge Incineration
and drying plants are major sources of
mercury  emissions that must demon-
strate compliance with the standard. All
of these facilities have the potential  to
emit mercury: the amount of mercury
that  is  emitted depends  upon  the
mercury content of  the  sludge and the
sludge Incineration or drying rate. Ac-
cordingly, all  such facilities must dem-
onstrate compliance with  the* emission
limitation promulgated herein.
   A  comment was  received  that £he
economic impact of the proposed amend-
ments on some large facilities may bs
large, since there may be few or no alter-
natives for sludge disposal. The Agency
estimates that the largest mercury emis-
sion from an existing sludge incinerator
0r dryer is approximately 900 grama per
day. which is approximately one-sixth o?
the maximum allowable emission. The
time period over which  sludge Genera-
tion would increase  in excess of, six-fold
should  provide sufficient !ead  time for
planning an economically feasible alter-
nate disposal method, itf 8t Ja  required.
The Agency therefore does not foresee o
significant economic impact for the nea?
future  at any sludge   incineration  or
drylnn plant.
   Several comments otatsd that other
sources ouch as ore processing  plants,
ffljercury   compound   manufacturing
planta.  Snduotria!  waste   incinerators,
coal-fired power  plonto,  ond   rooms
painted with mercury-containing pninto
ohould  be investigated and regulated  &
accessary. The Agency previously inves-
tigated mercury emissions from non£er-
pous smelting plants, secondary mercury
production  plants,  eosl«flred   power
plants,  and  oolld  wasto  incineration
plants,   onfl   determined  that  these
eoureea  do mot  emit mercury in ouch
           that they ore Sikely to catssa
     oabient  mercury eancentretaoa to
exceed one mlcro&ram per cubic meter.
Tho Apency  htw n-KUlatod ail sources
tho£  may  rcn.".onably bo  expected  to
cniifie an  ambient mercury concentra-
tion of as much tin one mlcroKram per
cubic meter,  30-dny average.  However,
the Agency will continue a policy of In-
vestigating any source of mercury that
it has reason  to believe has the potential
•to endanger the public health.
  Another comment  stated  that  the
Agency should give specific suggestions,
or references  should be provided, for dis-
posing of mercury-containing Kludges on
Sand  in a manner that would protect
water resources. The  Agency's  Office of
Water and Hazardous Materials is pre-
paring technical publications on various
alternatives for  the disposal of sludges,
and such  materials should be  available
in the near future.
  Several  comments were made on the
mercury  collection efficiency  of water
scrubbers. One commentator  suggested
that the mercury collection efficiency of
individual water scrubbers should be as-
oumed to  be  aero for  purposes of deter-
mining   compliance,   until  positively
.proven otherwise. Another commentator
stated that the proposed .sludge sampling
method should  take  into account the
amount of mercury that would be col-
lected by a scrubber. The Agency has de-
termined  that the requirements  of the
standard  are adequate. No credit for
mercury removed  by  water scrubbers Is
allowed when compliance is .determined
by  sludge sampling and analysis; how-
ever, if the mercury stack,measurement
method Is used to determine compliance,
only  the amount of mercury' emitted  to
the outside air is measured and any mer-
cury collection by the  system is taken
into account. The Agency has determined
that sludge  sampling and analysis can
be  used as an alternative method to de-
termine  maximum mercury  emissions,
because it is sufficiently accurate. The
method is also  inexpensive when com-
pared to ® complete stack test.  •
  The following comments were received
which suggested changes, to Method  IDS
for sludge sampling:
  I.' A S percent potassium permanganate
solution is  difficult to prepare, and  e,
gaturated solution should be required.
  S. Potassium permanganate should tea
msed to stabilize mercury solutions.
  3.  HydroJtylamlne  hydrochloride can
be  used in place of the uncommon salt
sodium chloride-hydroxylamlne  sulfate
to  reduce excess  potassium psrmansa-
aate.
  Solutions of 5 percent potassium psr-
mansanate  can be  prepared at room
&ssnperatfure. The Agency has no experi-
ence to. using potassium permanganate
to  stabilize  mercury  solutions, and has
210%  uesd hydroxylamlne  hydrcchlorlde
 to  reduce excess  potassium permanga-
 nate. The method hcs proved to be sat-
 isfactory  without the  use of the suggested
 £sag for
the proposed standards and in the  pre-
amble (39 FR, 38064)  to the proposed
standards.
  The energy impact resulting from the
control of Asbestos waste disposal opera-
tions at asbestos emission sources and at
\vastc disposal sites is expected to be in-
significant since this waste Is already col-
lected and deposited at waste disposal
sites. Only a relatively  small quantity of
additional waste material is generated as
a result of better  control  of  partlculate,
emissions from manufacturing and  fab-
rication sources covered by the standard.
The major energy Impact of the amend-
ments is that resulting  from  the opera-
tion of fabric filtration devices at manu-
facturing and fabrication plants.  It is
estimated that approximately 170  bag-
houses of 1000 acfm capacity will be re-
quired to comply with  the amendments.
The operation  of these control devices
will require  the consumption  of 2.5  mil-
lion kilowatt hours per year, which Is
equivalent to 3900 barrels per year of
Number 6 fuel ofl at the power generat-
ing station.  The energy impact resulting
from the NESHAP8 amendment Is small
and Is justified by the increased control
of asbestos emissions.
  There is no energy Impact that results
from the regulation of mercury emissions
from sludge incinerators and dryers.
  Effective upon promulgation.
(See.  112 end no oi She Clean Air Act, as
amended (<\2 UJ8.C. S387C-7 and 9))

  Dated: October 3, 1975.

                    JOHK QDAttLES,
               Acting Administrator.

  ?art  61 of Chapter  X. Title 40 of the
Code of Federal Regulations  is amended
 as follows:
   I. The table of  sections is amended as
 follows:
 Sec.
        Cubport A—Eonorol Provisions
 61.17  Circumvention-
   SubporZ B—Notional Emloolon Standard tier
                A&boatoa
 31.23  Waste dlspos&l oltes.
    Subport E—National Emission Standard fer
                 KJorcury
     o       o       o       o       o
 31.84  Sludge campling.
 31.86  Smlcoloa monitoring.
          Appondln O—Toot Mothodo    <>
 Motbod  108—Method fc? dotennlna&loa  of
       mercury  ia  tmEtewatcr  treatment
       plani Dscroge oladgco.
                               PSBCQA!. CB6ISTGB, VOL  418, NO. 790—TUESBAV, OCtOBGB  14, W8
                                                     111=43

-------
  3.  The authority eltatiom c& Has
of {he fcable of sectioBs Son Sfert 01 to
       to reed as follows:
           : Ssea. 312 ood 110 of &JQ "dacm
Air Act. -co amended by esc. 0(Q) IE? Pssto. £,.
91-SOO. 04 Stot. 1678 (02 O.S-C. BQ57e-3. 5LDS7
o-9).
      Sss&paifj A — @S?»G?Dll

  8. Section SI. 3d SB amended by sevSsSag
           4c)  and adding paragraph
    . "JTfcie revised JMMJ added paragraphs
     DO follows:
9 (5O4  Samaras Oca! onxS amaffyuteall
    cxfes.
  ?e) c^xe Administrator may, after ao=
    to %he awaer or operator. withdraw
approval  @f  an   alternative  method
craated under paragraphs  (o),  (b)  or
 of this section. Where the tost results
tasiag an alternative method do not od«= '
guately iadlcate whether a  source  is in
sompli&ace with o standard, the Ad-
ministrator may require the vise of the
s-eference method  or its e Method 105 to Appendix B to this
pert is hereby approved by the Adminis-
trator QS  on  alternative method for
sources subject to g Sl.S2(S)) .
  , (15), (r), (s>.
   ) . ort!ag stare-
              KusjbsEs ora t^-ecbed or feaken out
         c?a es el tided.
           4aJ "Planned  jrcsnoTStloa'* caeaas  o
         !f@nom£loa opsraiJon,  o?  o aumber of
         orach (spsratloas, Ja which Qie amount
         o2 {Triable asbestos material that oill be
         removed or stripped wlUiln a given ps-
         ricd of time can be predicted. Operations
         ^jat ore individually non-scheduled ore
         Jacluded, provided s number of each op-
         erations ean fes predicted to cseur during
         o Elven period of time based on operating
         espealeace.
           •to) "ESaergency rsiovation" mezisis D
                    operation that  reaults from a
                ,  usnespscted event, and So mot a
                  renovation. Operations aeesssl-
         toted by aoa=reutlne fallure3 of equip-
         ment ore included.
            le asbestos materials used for tosula-
         ttoa or Sreprooflns from any pipe, duet.
         fcaller, Sank, reactor,  feurbine,
         or structural member.
             and  , (h),and
          (1>. The  revised and added paragraphs
                 follows:
prohibited, except for fesmpora^
ways on an area of asbestos ore deposits.
Tt»e deposiaon of asbestos tellings or as-
tastos-containins  oaste on  roadways
eovered with snow .  , (e) @r (h) of «hls csction to
  (11) The manufacture of asphalt con-
crete.
  (d)  Demolition  and renovation: The
requirements  of  this  paragraph  shall
apply  to  any owner or operator of a
demolition or renovation operation who
iatends Co  demolish any  institutional,
commercial, or industrial building (in-
cluding apartment buildings having more
than  four  dwelling units),  otructure.
facility, installation, or portion thereof
which  contains any pipe, duct, boiler,
tank, reactor, turbine, furnace,, or struc-
tural member £hat is insulated or fire-
proofed with friable asbestos  material,
escept as provided in paragraph (d) (1)
of this section; or who intends to reno-
vate any Institutional, commercial, or in-
dustrial building, structure, facility, in-
stallation, or portion thereof where more
than 80 meters   the notification requirements of par-
csrsjph (d)(!)(ii) ore Eaet.
   (ii) Written notification shall tea post-
marked or delivered to the Administrator
aa least 20 days prior to commencement
of demolition and shall include the in-
formation required by paragraph (d) (2)
of this section, with the exception of the
information required bv paragraphs 
 (§)  (111),  (vi). (vll). (vill), and (is), and
ohall  ctate the measured or  estimated
amount of friable asbestos material used
for  insulation and flreprooflng which is
present, techniques of estimation ohall
63 exploited.
   (2) Written aoftce of intention to de-
molish or renovate  shall  be  provided to
the  Administrator by the owner or opera-
 tor of the demolition or renovation oper-
ation. Such  notice ohall be  postmarked
or delivered to the Administrator at least
 10 days prior to commencement of demo-
C3K23AI GG©ISVCa,
                                                   09, C5O. flW — WESDA7, ©C?©OEQ  DO, 5973

                                                   XII-44

-------
JIUon.  or  as  early as possible  prior to
commencement of emergency demolition
subject, to paragraph (d) (8) of  this csc»
ilon, and  its  early as possible  prior to
commencement of renovation. Such n&->
dice shall include the following Informs
yon:
   0)  Name of owner or operator.
    or  (d)(4)(vil) of  this
section.
  (ill) Pipes,  ducts, boilers, tanks, re-
actors, turbines, furnaces, or structural
members that are  insulated  or fire-
proofed  with  friable asbestos materials
may be taken  out of any building, struc-
ture,  facility,  or installation subject to
this'paragraph as units or in sections
provided the  friable asbestos materials
exposed during cutting or disjointing are
adequately  wetted  during  the cutting
or  -disjointing  operation.  Such  units
shall not be dropped or thrown to the
ground,  but shall  be  carefully lowered
to ground level.
   
-------
                                                    AND  SiGULA¥!©NS
Qti.W>,-arG& of Siis section, such faiJ-
isre tfiujU not be a violation of such emis-
c*on requirements.
  (h)  Fabricating:  "Saere tfhafl bs  ao
visible emissions to  £he outside sir, es-
eept as provided in paragraph (f ) of this
csction. from "any of  the  following op-
erations if they use commercial asbestos
or £rom  any building or  structure to
•cy&lch attch operations ore conducted.
  (1) The fabrication c£ cement building
products.
  <2>  The fabrication of friction prod-
ucts, except  those operations  that pri-
marily install asbestos friction materials
ma motor vehicles.
  13) The fabrication of cement or aili-
sate board Sor ventilation  heeds; weas;
sSectrical panels;  laboratory furniture:
feultiheads, partitions aad callings 2or
marine construction;  and  Sow control
devices for the molten metal Industry.
  (1) Insulating: Molded insulating ma-
terials which are friable and wet-applied
insulating materials which are  friable
after drying . Installed after the effective
date of these regulations, shall contain
mo commercial asbestos. The provisions
of this paragraph do not apply to insu-
Hating materials which are spray applied;
ouch  materials  are  regulated  tmftez
                                     shall be labeled with &  warning label
                                          states: *
    and (ii) of this section.
or on alternative disposal method which
h&s  received prior  approval by ttes  Ad-
saiatotrator:
   (i) Treatment of aobestoa=contsilaJBg
CTOflfee Enateriol with water :
    @f
   <©) After  costing, all osbestca-ecsi-
tolatos  waste saaterial e&all  be ceaSed
toto Isati-tSsht esjotoinerB -cjhlle -cyet, oad
      eontoiners oStoll fee  fieposltsd oi
       disposal sites which are
    cccordaace
                                             Opaning or Brcmtilng Container
                                          3reat±ang AsbestoE Is HazariSouB
                                                  to Your
                                     Alternatively, warning labels  opeclfied
                                     £>y Occupational  Safety  and  Health
                                     Standards of the Department of Labor.
                                     Occupational Safety ond BesJtfa Admin-
                                     istration  (OSHA)  under 29 CFR. 1910.-
                                     <33a(B> (2) (M) may be used.
                                        (ii)  [Processing of asbestos-containing
                                     \3csts  materi&l into non-friable  forms:
                                        (A)  All  asbestos-containing   waste
                                     matsrial shall be formed into non-friable
                                     g&llets or other shapes and deposited at
                                     <3rost£  disposal sites  which are operated
                                     in accordance with the provisions of
                                     fl 81.25.
                                        (B)  There shall be  no visible emis-
                                     sions to the outside air from the collec-
                                     tion   and  processing  of   asbestos-
                                     containing  waste material, except as
                                     specified in paragraph (f ) of this section.
                                        (4)  For the purposes  of  this para-
                                     graph  (j),  the  term, all  asbestos-con-
                                     taining waste  material  as  applied to
                                     demolition  and  renovation  operations
                                     covered by paragraph  (d)  of  this  sec-
                                     tion includes only friable asbestos waste
                                     and control device asbestos waste.
                                        (is)  Waste disposal for asbestos mills:
                                     The ocmer or operator of ony eource
                                     covered under the provisions  of #ara-
                                     graph (a) of this section shall meet the
                                     tolJowins standard:
                                        (1>  There ohall be  no visible emlo-
                                     aions to the outside air, except as pro-
                                     vided in paragraph (k) (3) of this section,
                                     during the  collection, processing, pack-
                                     05105,  transporting  or  deposition of
                                     any asbestos-containing  waste  mate-
                                     rial which is generated by such source.
                                        (2) All asbestos-containing waste ma-
                                     terial   ohall  be  deposited   at  waste
                                     disposal cites which are operated in ac-
                                     cordance  with the provisions  of B 31.25.
                                        t3) Bather than meet the requirement
                                     of paragraph   <1)  and (ii), «nr  see an
                                     alternative  disposal siethod w&lch has
                                     received prior approval by the Admln-
«S>
             EKatotoers  -spseSSed
            0>(§)(i)(S)  of  (mis cscaoa
   of this section. Such waste
ohall  be subsequently  processed either
as opeclfled la paragraph   of
6hl8 ooetlon or as apeclfled in paragraph
1j><8>  of this cecf3on.
  
  • All asbestos-containins -cvoste material ohall be adequately allied, with o oettlnc agent recommenfisd by the manufacturer of the agent to effectively «l> and this paragraph. The cSffns ohall display the foJlowing legend Sn the lower panel, with letter siaes and styles of a visibility at least equal to those specified in this paragraph. So Hot Greats Dust Qreatblag Anbeotcs la Hcsss-floiso to Your EaoHh £J c The perimeter of the sits shall be fenced in a manner adequate to deter access by the General public, oacept as specified in paragraph «!) of this oection. «1 ) Warning signs and fencing are not required where the requirements of paragraphs (1) (5) .(i) or (ii) of this sec- tion are met, or where a natural barrier adequately deters access by the general public. Upon request and supply of ap- propriate information, the Adminis- trator will determine whether a fence or a natural barrier adequately defesrs ac- ssss to the general public. (S) Sather than meet the requirement
    -------
    has  received prior  approval by the
    Administrator.
      (i)  The   asbsstos-contalnlns  waste
    material shall be covered with at least
    15 centimeters (ca. 3 inches)  of com°
    pacted  non-asbestos-contalnlng  mate-
    rial,  and a cover of vegetation shall tea
    grown end maintained on the area ade-
    quate to prevent exposure of the asbes-
    tos-containing waste material; or
      (ii) The  asbestos-containing  waste
    material shall b® covered with at least 80
    centimeters (ca. 2  feet) of  compacted
    non-asbsstos-containing material  end
    maintained  to prevent  exposure  of th®
    asbestos-containing waste;  or
      (ill) For inactive waste disposal sites
    for asbestos tailings. & resinous or pstro-
    leum-based dust suppression agent which
    effectively binds dust and controls wind
    erosion shall bs applied. Such agent shall
    b€ used as recommended for  the pertlc-
    ular asbestos tailings by the dust sup-
    pression  agent  manufacturer.  Other
    equally effective dust suppression agents
    mDy to tased upon prior approval by the
    Administrator. For purposes of tills para=
    graph, waste crankcase oil Is not con-
    sidered a dust suppression agent.
      "?. 1^0 first sentence ia  0 81.23 Is re-
    vised as follows:
    1 61.83
      Xf air-cleaning is elected, as permitted
    by  08@1.22(f> and 81.22 (d) (4) (iv),  the
    requirements of this section must be met.
    000
    
      @. The first sentence in  0 81.24 is  re-
    vised and ^designated as paragraph  (e)
    and new paragraphs  (c)  and (d)  are
    added as follows:
      (c) Wcs eourcG3 subject, to fl8 81.22(J)
      d6i.33<&):
      U) A brief description of each process
    material.
      (2) The average weight of asbestos?
    containing waste  material disposed of,
    measured In feg/day.
      (3) The  emission control  methods
    used In oil stages  of waste dispose!,
      (4) The type of disposal site or incin-
    eration site used  for ultimate disposal,
    the name of the site operator, and  the
    same and location of tho disposal site.
      (6) ye? cc«FC£3 mibjecfc to 0 61.22(1):
      U) A brief description of tho oite.
      (8) The method or methods used to
    comply with She otondard, or alternative
    procedureo to bo used.
      (o) Such information  oh&H  accom-
    pany the InfoFSic&loa required by 0 Ql.lQ.
    The information deocrlbed In this oectlon
    shall be reported using the format of
    Appendix A of this part.
      8. A new section 31.23 Is added to sub-
    part 3  as follows:
     | 61.85 WooSe dUopooa! olteo.
      In order to be an acceptable site for
    dispose! of  asbestos-containing  w&ste
    material under 031.22  (j) and (to, an
    active waste disposal stte shall meet the
    requirements of this section.
      (o) There shall be no visible emissions
    to tho outolde air  from any active waste
      dispose! site where asbestos-containing
      waste material has been deposited, escept
      &s provided in paragraph (e)  of thio
      section.
        (b) Warning oigns shall be displayed
      at ell entrances, and along the property
      line of the site or along the perimeter of
      the sections of the site where asbestos-
      containing  waste material !s deposited,
      at intervals of 100 m (ca. 330 ft) or less
      except as specified in paragraph (d)  of
      this section. Signs shall be posted In such
      a manner and location that & person may
      easily  read the legend.  The  warning
      signs required by this paragraph  shall
      conform to the requirements of 20" s 14"
      upright format signs specified In 28 CFR
      1910.143(d) (4) and this paragraph. The
      signs shall  display the following legend
      In the  lower panel, with letter sizes and
      styles of B visibility at least  equal  to
      those specified In this paragraph.
                    Waorn Dtopoan. Baa
    
                       Csoo.to Bus*
             ia Hes^reouo to Tour Health
    
                     notation
    
            1" Eaao Eon?, Gothic or Block
    
            %•• Sana Eortf, Gothic orStooS
    
                         Gothic
      Spacing between lines shall ba
      equal to the height of the upper of the
        (c) The perimeter of the disposal site
      shall be fenced in order to adequately
      deter access to the general public except
      co specified in  paragraph (d)  of this
      osctSoa,
        (d) Warning  signs  and fencing sra
      not required where the requirements of
      paragraph  (e) (1)  of  this section &re
      met,  or where o  natural banie? cSe=
      qu&tely  deters  access to  the  general
      public. Upon request and supply of ap-
      propriate information, the Administer-
      to? will determine whether & fence o? a
      natural barrier adequately fietesa cecess
      to the general public,
        (e) Rather  than meet flie require-
      ment of paragraph (a)  of this section, an
      otrae? or opar&tor may elect to snesS
      the requirements of p&mgr&ph (e) U> o?
      (e) (3) of this section, or may use aa oS°
      teraofelvo control method fo? ezntoloau
      from active waste  disposal  sites which
            ?ecelved  prior  approval  by the
        (1) -At thQ G&d of each operating day,
      o? at  least once every 24-hour period
      while the oite is in continuous operation,
      £&o  aobsstoo-containins waste  materieS
      which was deposited  at the site during
      t&e  operating day or previous  24-hour
      period shell be covered with at least IS
      centimeters (ca. 6 inches) of compacted
      non-osbestoa-containlng material.
        (3) At the end of each operating day,
      OF at  least once every 24-hour period
      while the disposal site is In continuous
      operation, the asbsstos-contalnlag waste
      material which was deposited &t the site
      during the operating day or previous 24-
      hour period shall bs covered with a res-
      toous a? petroleum-based dust  suppres-
      otea agent which eSectSvely binds  dast
    end controls wind erosion.  Such agent
    shall ba used es recommended for the
    particular dust by the dust suppression
    egent manufacturer.  Other squally ef-
    fective dust suppression agents may ba
    used upon prior approval by the Admin-
    istrator. For purposes of this paragraph.
    waste cr&nkcase oil is not considered a
    dus? suppression agent.
    
             I — National gm&oion Standard
      10. Section 31.30 is revised to read as
    follows:
    
    g 61.5®  Applicability.
    
      The provisions of •Oils subp&rt are ap-
    plicable to those stationary sources which
    process mercury ore to recover mercury,
    use mercury chlor-alkall cells to produce
    chlorine gas and alfeall metal hydroxide,
    and incinerate or dry w&stewater treat-
    ment plant sludge.
    
      11. Section 61.31 is amended by adding
    paragraphs (1) and (m) cs follows:
    g 61.51  E>afiffll»!«Kw.
         o      o       o      o       o
       (1) "Sludge" means sludge produced by
    B treatment plant that processes munici-
    pal or industrial waste waters.
      (m) "Sludge dryer"  means a device
    used to  reduce the moisture content of
    sludge by heating to temperatures above
    QS8C Cca. 130°F)  directly with combus-
    tion gases. .
    
      J2. Section  81.53 is revised  to read as
    follows:
    
     § (Sl.Sg  Emigoioa ottanda«S.
    
       <&) Emissions to the atmosphere from
    mercury ore  processing  facilities and
    mercury cell chlor-olk&U plants shall not
    exceed 2300 grams of mercury per 24-
    hour period.
       (b) Emissions to the atmosphere from
     sludge- Incineration plants, sludge drying
    plants, o? a combination  of  these that
    process  wasteweter treatment  plant
    sludges  shall  not exceed 3200 grams of
    mercury par 24-hour period.
    
       13. Section 31.33 is amended by adding
     paragraph (d) eg follows:
    
     i 61. S3   Sdoeh campEissc.
         o      o       o      o       o
       (d) Sludge  incineration and  drying
     plants.
       (i) Unless & waiver of emission testing
     is obtained under Q 31.13, each owner or
     operator of a source subject to the stand-
     ard in 0 31.32(b) shall test emissions from
     that source. Such tests shall be conducted
    • in  accordance with the procedures set
     forth either in  paragraph (d)  of this
     section or In Q 31.34.
       (2) Method 101 in Appendix B to this
    part shall bg used to test emissions as
     follows:
       (i) The test shall be performed within
     80 days of the  effective date of  these
     regulations in the case of an existing
     source  or a new source  which  has an
     initial startup date preceding the effec-
     tive date.
       (11) The test shall be performed within
     SO days of startup In the case of a aew
     source  which  did not have  on initial
     startup date preceding toe effective date.
    DD©is?aa,
                                                            111=47
                                                                                   14,
    

    -------
       (8)  The Administrator shall be noti-
     Qed at least 30 days prior to an emission
     test, so fcbat he may at his option observe
     the test.
       (4)  Samples shall be taken over such
     s period or periods as are necessary to
     determine  [Accurately  toe  maximum
     emissions which will occur in a 24-hour
     period: Ho changes shall be made in toe
     operation which would potentially in-
     crease emissions above the level deter-
     mined by toe most recent stack test, an-
     Ql toe aew emission level has been esti-
     mated by calculation and the results re-
     started to the Administrator.
       (5)  All samples shall be analyzed, and
     mercury  emissions  shall  be determined
    • within SO days after toe stack test. Each
     determination shall be reported to toe
     Administrator by a  registered letter dls-
     S»atched before the close of toe next busi-
     ness day following  such  determination.
       (3)  JRscords  of emission test results
     aad other date needed to determine total
     omissions c&all be retained at toe source
     aad shall be made available, for inspec-
             toe Administrator, for a miai-
        . Sections 31.54 and 31.35 are added
      (a)  As  oa  alternative  means So?
    demonstrating  compliant with Q 31.33
    d»), oa owner or  operator  may \ase
    Method 105 of Appendix 3 and the proce-
    dures specified  in this section.
      a) A sludge test shall be conducted
    ulthia 80 days of the effective date of
    ghese regulations m the case of an eslst=
    flag source or a new source which has an
    Haitie! otertup date preceding  toe effec-
    tive (Sate; or
      (2) A sludge test shall be conducted
    within 90 days of startup in the case of Q
    aew source which did not have an initial
    oterfcup  date preceding toe effective fiats.
      (fo>  The Administrator shall be ncyfc&Jefi
    at least  §0 days prior to a sludge sampling
       t, oo that he may at his option observe
                                             (2)  The maximum • 24-hour  period
                                           oludge incineration or drying rate shall
                                           be determined by use of a flow rate meas-
                                           urement device that can  measure  the
                                           mass rate  ot sludge charged to toe in-
                                           cinerator or dryer with  an (Accuracy of
                                           :£5  percent over its operating  range.
                                           Other methods of measuring sludge mass
                                           charging rates may foa used if they have
                                           received prior approval by the Admlnis-
                                           fe-ator.
                                             (3)  The handling, preparation, and
                                           analysis of sludge samples shall  be ac-
                                           complished according to Method 105 In
                                           Appendix B of this part.          '
                                             (d)  The mercury  emissions snail be
                                           determined  by use  of  toe following
                                           equation :
      Eoo=Mercury omlcolono,
      e  oMercury ooncantratlon of oluflfje on o
             cSry colldo baslo. pj/g (ppm).
    •  <§  =§ludg8 ohcjgtng rota, ha/floy.
    
      (e) Mo chaoses in the operation of a
    plant ohall  be made after a  sludge test
    has  been conducted which would poten-
    tially increase emissions cbove toe level
    determined  by the most recent oludge
    fe£3t, until  toe new  emission level has
    been estimated  by calculation and toe
    results reported to the Administrator.
                                     (f) All sludge samples shall be ana-
                                   lyzed for mercury content within 30 days
                                   after the sludge sample is collected. Each
                                   determination shall be reported to  the
                                   Administrator by a registered letter dis-
                                   patched before the close of the next busi-
                                   ness day following such determination.
                                     (3) Records of sludge sampling, charg-
                                   8ns rate determination and other data
                                   seeded  to  determine mercury content
                                   of wastewater  treatment plant sludges
                                   shall be retained at toe source and made
                                   available, for inspection by toe Admin-
                                   istrator, for B minimum of 2 years.
    
                                   § SI.55  Emission mosuaorfng.
    
                                     (a) Waste-water treatment plant sludge
                                   incineration and drying  plants. All such
                                   sources for which mercury emissions ex-
                                   ceed 1800 g/day, demonstrated either by
                                   stack sampling according to 0 81.53 or
                                   sludge  sampling according  to  8 81.54,
                                   shall monitor mercury emissions at Sater-
                                   vals of at least onos per year by use of
                                   Method 105 of Appendix 3, c? toe proce-
                                   dures spscifled in 0 81.6 @S  this oectSoa, orad OJQ
    oaolysJs ohall be performed according to
    paragraph (e) (8) of Oils eection.
      (i) The sludge chall be sampled after
    (Sewaterins and before incineration  or
    drying, at  a location that provides a
    representative cample of toe sludge that
    to charged  to the incinerator or dryer.
    Slight eoosecutive  grab samples ohall  be
    ®btaiaed at intervals of between <18 oad
    SO  mlmstso and thoroughly mixed toto
    ®ae oasxsple. Sach of toe eight grab oass=
         ohaSl have a volume of at Beaut §00
           not saoro Qion <300 ml. A total of
                      osapto  shall  &e. ab-
                  on operating period of  34
    foouso. W&sn toe 24-hour operating ps=
    ficfi 2a aot  ooatiauous,  1S>e total CG^=
    jsllns period ohall ao4 oscesd ^2  houra
    after ^o Qrot crab oosaple io ©btaSas^,-
    Sosaples ohall not bo bsposod to any eoa°
                    result ia
         A Hot 9f regional sfflcos IB gravlfod 1n 081.65.
    
         A,
    •j,  JJfoRWtotlen/loeotqon
    
                        8	Q
                                            tho BESO and oddresus e? QQ^ c§(§
    -------
                                RULES AND  REGULATIONS
               Pup 1-18     41                         	•
                          15  20    zr                n*m47
    
              44      46  	-	
              Art*'Cod*   47  Rioter    54      W
    
            3.  Source Description - Briefly state the nature of the sourct (e.f., *Oi1or-
               •Ifcall Planf or  'Machine Strap').
               Dup 1-18     4 ?      	;	„__
                          15zO   21Description
              61Continued                       79         W
    
           4.  Alternative Milling Address - Indicate in alternative
               mailing address  If correspondence Is  to be directed
               to a location different than that specified above.
    
               Cup 1-18      4  3      	
                           15   20    21    WSStf  Street or Box Hunter        45    80  •-
    
               Dup 1-18 •     4  4      	 '37   S3   	 "
                           15   ?0    21         CT£y38   stau   4l  zip   W Bff
    
           5.  Compliance Status - The emissions from this source     can     cannot nect
               the emission limitations contained In the National Emission Standards on or
               prior to 90 days after the effective  date of any standards or aacndoenU
               which require the submission of such  Information.
    
    
    	   '                      signature of Owner. Operator or Other Responsible Official
    ROTE:  if the emissions from the source win exceed those limits set by the National
    Emission  Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants,  the source will be In violation and
    subject to Federal enforcement actions unless granted a natter of compliance by the  '
    Administrator of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  The Information needed for
    such waivers Is listed In Section II of this fore.
    
    
        B. PROCESS INFORMATION. Part B should be completed separately for each point of
           emission for eacn hazardous pollutant. [Sources subject to 61.22(1) Bay o»1t
           number 4. below.]
    
           Dup 1-13    	     0 0     5	   	
                      1?   T6   1718  TT    20      5CC      77 28   ft       W   5T
                                                                  NEDS X Kef    U   SIP
               •UOAI uoisrn, VOL 40, NO. 19»—TUISDAY. OOOIEI  u.  1973
    
                                                 111-49
    

    -------
                             RULES  AND  REGULATIONS
    1.  Pollutant Emitted - Indicate the type of hazardous pollutant emitted by tha
        process.Indicate "AB" for asbestos, 'BE' for beryllium, or "HG" for mercury.
       32	33
       PoTTuTttnt
                         Regulation
                                                             EC
    Z.  Process Description - Provide a brief description of each process (e.g..
     '  '"hydrogen'end box" In a mercury chlor-alkall plant,  "grinding machine1 IB
        a beryllium machine shop).  Use additional sheets If necessary.
    
    50
    Dup 1-18
    5V
    Dup 1-18
    51
    
    
    Process Description - 74 a
    6
    19-
    6
    19"
    
    1
    20 21
    /»
    2
    20 21
    79
    r »
    ,
    50
    ro
    50
    V
    3.  Amount of Pollutant - Indicate the average weight of the hazardous material
        named in Item 1 which enters the process In pounds per month (based on the
        previous twelve months of operation).
        Dup 1-18    63
                  15   TO
                       ZT
    27
    
    29
    Ibs./mo.
    
    
    '36
    sr
    4.
    Control Devices
    ~Indicate the  type of pollution control devices, 1f any, used to reduca
        the emissions from the process (e.g., venturl scrubber, baghouse, Met
        cyclone) and  the estimated percent of the-pollutant which the device
        removes from  the process gas stream.
        Dup 1-18    6 4
                  19   70
                              2V
                                  .PRIMARY CONTROL DEVICE;
                                                66
                 Primary Device mime
                                                       70
                                       T4  Percent Removal
                                             Efficiency
    
    72
    79
              FEDERAL IICISTU, VOL 40. NO. W—TUESDAY,  OCTOBER 14, WS
    
                                      iir-so
    

    -------
                               RULES  AND REGULATIONS
    Dup 1-18 6 5
    15 TO
    
    
    21
    *•
    47 Secondary Device Name
    SECONDARY CONTROL Or.VlCtS:
    45
    
    64 66 70
    Pprcpnt Romnval
    I EFFIC.
    72 79 80
                                                   Efficiency                -   •
    
           b.  Asbestos Emission Control  Devices Only
               1.   If • baghouse Is specified  In Item 4a. give the following
                    Information: —
    
                    • The air flow permeability In cubic feet per ninute  per square
                      foot of fabric are*.
    
                      A1r flow permeability «	cfm/ft2
    
                    • The pressure drop In  Inches water gauge acrqss the  filter
                      it which the baghouse 1s  operated.
    
                      Operating pressure drop •     -       Inches w.g.
    
                    • If the taghouse material  contains synthetic fill  yarn, check
                      whether this material is  /  /  spun /  / or not spun.
    
                    • -If the daghouse utilizes  a felted fabric, give the  minimum t
                      thickness In Inches and the density In ounces per square yard.
    
                      Thickness • 	Inches    Density • ;	oz/yd
    
               11.  If a wet collection device  1s specified in Item 4*. give the
                    designed unit contacting energy  in Inches water gauge.
    
                    • Unit contacting energy •	Inches w.g.
    
    C.  DISPOSAL  OF  ASBESTOS-CONTAINING HASTES.  Part C should be completed  separately .
        for each  asbestos-containing waste generation operation arising from sources
        subject to  «61.22(s). (c). (e). and  (h).               .
    Dup 1-13
    A B
    32 33 34
    Pollutant
    00 5
    16 17 18 19 20 SCC
    Regulation 48 49
    EC
    
    27 28 29 30" 71
    NEDS X Ref CS SIP
              KDtRAl  REGISTER. VOL 40,.NO.  W—TUESDAY. OCTOBER 14. 1975
    
                                          111-51
    

    -------
                           RULES  AND  REGULATIONS
    
    
    1.  Vatte Generation - Provide a brief description of each protest that
        generates asbestos-containing watte  (e.g. disposal of control device wattes),
       ED         Process Description           79    W
    
    2.  Asbestos  Concentration • Indicate the average percentage asbestos  content  •
        of these  materials.
    
        Dup 1-18    61          ASBESTOS CONCEKTRATION;            _
                  15 — ?o  21 - ft     4T»     4*8
    3.  Amount of Hastes • Indicate the average weight of asbestos-containing wastes
        disposed of , measured 1n kg/day.
    
        Dup 1-18   62       _       kg/day        _  .
                  19 — 70    21 - 17  29 -       J4    W
    
    4.  Control Methods - Indicate the emission control methods used 1n all  stages
        of waste disposal , from collection,  processing, and packaging to transporting
        end deposition.
    
        Dup 1-18   63       _ Primary Control Method _
                  19   TO    21                                ?3
                                                               /
    
       45                                                           79    W
    
        Dup 1-18   6  4       _ - _
                  15   Zi)    21                                   SO
    
    
       si    ;               ;                    r^                79     w
    
    5;  Haste Disposal - Indicate the type of disposal site (sanitary landfill,
        open, covered) or Incineration site  (municipal, private) where the waste
        1s disposed of and who operates the  site (company, private, -municipal).
        State tt\e name and location of the site (closest city or town, county,
        state).
    
        Dup 1-18   6  5            7YPE OF SITE;                  ' _
                  15   20  21                        J3    3"5                   50
    
    
       si                                              79      ro
            KDERAl MOUTH, VOL 40. NO. 199—TUESDAY. OCTOBEt  14. 197S
    
                                  111-52
    

    -------
                              RULES AND REGULATIONS
    
    
            Dup 1-18    < 6             OPERATOR I
                     15   70      TT~           Z»     31                     M
           6}            .                                     n
    
            Dup 1-18    6 7             LOCATION;
                     IB   2b      tl              79
           31                                                            70
    
    
           7i                        :   79     sr
    D.  WASTE DISPOSAL SITES.   Part D should be completed separately for each asbestos
        waste disposal site subject to section 61.22(1).
    
        Dup 1-13     _      0 0     5   _ . _  _
                   14    16   17   18  TT  ZV~.    5CC       27  2B   29     M    3T
                                                                NEDS X Ref  CS    SIP
    
         » B      ^_____ _
       32   33    3?    Regulation         T8   W
      Pollutant                                EC
    
                   WASTE DISPOSAL SITE
        _                  _
      5T3                                          gfc     17
    
        1.   Description - Provide  a brief description of the site. Including Its size and
            configuration, and the distance to the  closest city or town,  closest
            residence, and closest primary road.
    
        Dup 1-18    6 1      _ SITE DESCRIPTION _ •     _
                 is   zb   21                            37   Si          :         5o
    
    
       si                                                  79      ro
    
        Dup 1-18    6 2       DISTANCE;        TOWN:         _ "     KM
                 15   Zb 21            29 35         34    3?      ;    TO  42   T3
              RESIDENCE:        ' _   ' K M         ROAD:          ' _
                            54  55        BO  6z ,  63   61!           59   71        75
       K M
     77   78
              MDIRAL RtCISTtR, VOL 40, NO.  199—TUESDAY, OCTOIEI 14, 1»7S
    
    
                                         111-53
    

    -------
                             RULES  AND  REGULATIONS
    
    
            2.  J[n*tt1vat1on - After the  iUi>  H  1tiact1vel*d, Indicate the method or methods
               u^To*'comply with the standard  and send a  ml of the actions that will be
               undertaken to maintain the Inactivated  site.
    II.
               Oup 1-18    6 8       _ MnH/c     SITE; _
                         15   ?0    21                                              52
              51                           '                   79
            WAIVER OF COMPLIANCE.  Owners or operators of sources unable to operate In
            compliance with the National Emission Standards  for Hazardous A1r Pollutants
            prior to 90 days after the effective date of any standards or amendments which
            require the submission of such Information may request a waiver of compliance
            from the Administrator of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency for the
            time period necessary to Install appropriate control devices or make
            modifications to achieve compliance.  The Administrator may grant a waiver
            of conpHance with the standard for a period not exceeding two years from
            the effective date of the hazardous pollutant standards, If he finds that
            such period 1s necessary for the Installation of controls and that steps
            will be taken during the period of the waiver to assure that the health
            of persons will "be protected from Imminent endangerment.
    
            The report Information provided 1n Section 1 must accompany this application.
            Applications should be sent to the appropriate EPA regional office.
    
            1.  Processes Involved - Indicate the process or processes emitting hazardous
                 pollutants to which emission controls are to be applied.
    
            2.  Controls
    
                 a.  Describe the proposed type of control device to be added or
                    .modification to be made to the process to reduce the emissions
                    of.hazardous pollutants to an acceptable level.  (Use additional
                    sheets If necessary.)
    
                 b.  Describe the measures that will be taken during the waiver period
                    to assure that the health of persons will be protected from
                    Imminent endangerment.  (Use additional  sheets If necessary.).
    
            3.  Increments of Progress - Specify the dates by which the following
                 Increments of progress will be met.
    
                 • Date by which contracts for emission control systems or process
                  modifications Mill be awarded; or date by which  orders will be
                  Issued for the purchase o'f the component parts to accomplish
                  emission control or process modification.
              riDERAL MOISTfR, VOL 40,  NO. 199—TUESDAY, OCTOBER  14, 197S
    
                                          111-54
    

    -------
          Dup  1-16
                Ooto of InHlotlon of on-t1lo conotructlon or  Inslollotton o?
                emliilon control equipment or.preconB chongo.
          Bap 1-1C
                      17
                                              TO  61   KQ/UY/VR£6  SO"
                Dote  by which on-slte construction or Installation 6? emission control
                equipment or process modification 1e to be completed.
          Dup 1-16
                                           sr
                                              TO  Si   KO/UY/Yk€6   SET
             •  Date by which final compliance  Is to be achieved.
    
          Dup 1-16      047
                                                         "SO   61   RO/DY/YR
                                                                    T6   BiJ
          HAIVER OF EMISSION TESTS.  A waiver of emission testing  may be  granted to
          owners or operators of sources of beryllium or mercury pollutants  If, 1n
          the judgment of  the Administrator &f the environmental Protection  Agency
          the emissions from the source comply with the appropriate standard or If
          the owners or operators of the source have requested a waiver of compliance
          or have been granted a waiver of compliance.
    
          This application should accompany the report Information provided  1n
          Section I.
          1.
    Reason - Stote the reasons for requesting a waiver of emission  testing.
    Yf the reason stated Is that the'omissions from the source  ore  within
    the prescribed limits, documentation of this condition must be  attached.
          Bate
    
            APPENDIS  B—TEST METHODS
      18. Method 10S  Is added to Appendix B ao
    follomi:
    METHOD  108. METHOD POU  DETERMINATION OP
      MEHCUHV IN WASTEWATKB TREATMENT PLANT
      SEWAGE SLUDGES
      1. Principle  and applicability.  1.1 Prin-
    ciple—A  v/elghed  portion  of  the  "sewage
    oludge samplers digested  In op.ua regla for
    2 minutes  at  S5°C, followed by  oxidation
    with  potassium  permanganate. Mercury In
    the digested sample Is then measured by the
    conventional opectrophotometer cold vapor
    technique. An alternative digestion involving
    tho use of an autoclave la  described In para-
    graph   from each end.
                                      The cell la otrapped to & burner for oupport
                                      and aligned In the light beam to (jive the
                                      manlmum  tranomtttance. NOTE: Ttfo S.I cm
                                      s  8.1 cm (ca. 3" a 2") cards witji 2.B cm
                                       (CD. 1") diameter holea may be placed over
                                      each end 'of the cell to aonist in positioning
                                      the cell for maul mum  tranamlttaTice.
                                        3.1.8  Air  Pump—Any  perlotoltlc  pump
                                      capable of delivering 1 liter or air per minute
                                      may toe uoed. A Masterfiex putnn with elec-
                                      tronic" opeed control has been  found to be
                                      oatlofactory. (Regulated compressed  air can
                                      be uocd In an open one-pneo aystem.)
                                        2.1.8  Plowmeter—Capable of  measuring
                                      an air flow of 1 liter per minute.
                                        3.1.7  Aera'.lon  Tubing—Tygon tublrg la
                                      I'ood for passage of the mrrcv.ry vapor from
                                      the o&mple bottle to the absorption cell and
                                      return. Straight glass tubing terminating in
                                      a coaroo porouo frit la used  for aparglng a!r
                                      l"to the oampie..
                                        3.1.8  Drying Tube—IS cm long a 18 cm
                                      diameter  (ca. 3" long n %" diameter)  tube
                                      containing  30 (jramc of the dealcrant mag-
                                      nealum perehlorate. The npparatuo is nssem-
    blcd an ohoon In Figure !05  1. In place of tho
    m>(;nenlum pcrclilornto drying tube, a amall
    reading lamp with SOW bulb may be tioed to
    prevent condensation of mo:ature Inolde tho
    cell. The lamp in positioned ao M not to Inter-
    fere with  the measurement and to ohlne on
    tho absorption  cell maintaining the air  lem-
    pornture about 6*C above ambient. •
      3. /Jeopenlo. 8.1  Analynlo.
      8.1.1  Aqua  Hegla—Prepare Immediately
    before uoo by carefully adding three volumes
    of concentrated HCI to one volume of con-
    centrated UNO,.
      3.1.2  Sulfurtc Acid.  O.CH—Dilute 14.0 ml
    of concentrated oulfurlc acid to 1.0 liter.
      3.1.3  Stainous Sulfatc—Add 36 R crtan-
    nous oulfate to 250  ml  of 0.5N sulfurtc acid.
    This mixture Is a svspcnslon »nd should be
    st'rred  contlnuourly during U'e. Btannoua
    chloride may be used In place of the atannous
    snilfete.
      3.1.4  Bodhim   Chloride—Hydroxylamlie
    Sulfate Solution—D'ssolve  12 (Tarns of  90-
    dlum chloride and 12 prams  of hy^roxylamlne
    Biilfote  in distilled  water and dilute to  100
    ml.  Hydroxylamlne  hydrochloride  mav be
    used in place of the hydroxylamlne aulfats.
      3.1.5  Potassium Permanganate—8%  aolu-
    tton. w/v. Dissolve 6 frriana of T-otp»slum per-
    mancnnate In 100 ml of distilled water.
      3.1.8  Stock  Mercury  Solution—Dissolve
    0.1354 prams of reagent grade mercuric  chlo-
    ride  (Assay >B6'*> In  76 ml of  distilled
    water. Add 10 ml of concentrated rltrlc acid
    and adjust the volume to  100.0 ml. 1 ml = l
    me? H».
      3.1.7  Working  Mercurv   Solution—Ms^e
    oucces'lve dilutions of the rtocti mercury
    dotation to obtain a working standard con-
    taining 0.1  ,,g per ml. This  working standard
    n"d the dilutions of the stock  mprcury PO!U-
    tlon  should  be prepared fresh d-Ily.  Acidity
    of  the-  working  otandard should be main-
    tained at 0.16% nitric acid. This acid should
    be  added to the flask ca needed before  the
    addition  of  the  aliquot. Mercuric  aolutlona
    ohould not be prepared In plastic containers.
      '<3. Procedures. S^mpleo tor mercury analy-
    els   are subject  to  contamination  from  a-
    variety  of  sources.  Extreme care  muat be
    taVen to  prevent contamination. Certain in-
    terferences ma; occur during the  analysts
    procedures. Extreme caution must be taken
    to avoid Inhalation of mercury.
      4.1  Sample  Handling and Preservation.
      4.1.1  Because of Uie esrtreme senaltiTrtty
    of  the  analytical procedure  and  the  om-
    nlpre'eice of mercury, core must  be-token
    to  avoid  ostraneouo ^contamination.  8am-
    .pling devices,  aample containers, and  re-
    agenta  ahould  be oscert'lne^  to be  frt>e of
    significant omounta of mercury; SS>o txaiiplo
    ahould  not be exposed to  any condition In
    the laboratory  that  may result In contact or
    airborne   mercury   contamination.   Sample
    contalnero to be uoed fcr collection end  ohip-
    ment of mercury oamoleo should be properly
    cleaned  before  u°e. Theoe  »hould be rln-ed
    with at  leflot  2O%  7/7  HNO, followed by
    dt«tllled water.
      0.1.3  While  the aample  may be annlyzed
    without drying, it hoo been  found to be more
    convenient to analyze a dry sample. Moloture
    may be driven  of? in a drying oven at a tem-
    perature  of BO°C.  No  al?nlflcant mercury.
    lossei havo been observed by using this dry-
    i-ig atep.  The dry aample ahould be  pulver-
    l7.e^ nnd thoroughly mlzed before the aliquot
    Is weighed.
      4.3 . XnterfereacQa.
      02.1  Sriterferences  that may occur in
    oludge camples ore aulSdes.  high copper, bigh
    rhl^rldes. etc.  A dlscuaslon of possible in-
    terferencea and a6pge?ted preventatlve meoa-
    ureo to be token la given In  Reference (S) (7).
      4.3.3  Volatile  materials  trhlch  absorb a£
    the 353.7 "am will cause  a  positive Interter-
                                      PBDQQAt  DE6IStEU. VOt. CO, MCS.  099—TUESDAY. OC»O.:a  1',
                                                                111-55
    

    -------
                                                     (mil AWP
    ones,  Xn order  60  remove  any interfering
    volatile materials, the deed  cSr cpaee 8a tho
    BOD botao obould  bo purged with nltecgon
    bsfore the addition of otonnoua ouliats.
      <3.S   Handling  Sample Mercury  ¥aporo
    ACtor AacJyois.
      Q^.l  Ssecauce off  ®K> toslc nature of mer-
    cury  vapor, precaution  must bo  toliea to
    ovoid  Ita  laholo,tlon- Stiorefore,  a bypoos
    ohould  bo  included in 45»e  analysis oystsm
    60 oithc? want the mercury vapor Into on
    oszhauBt bead c? poos the vapor through come
    abccyblag Eisdla, ouch ca :
      (a) equal volumes ot 0.1N KMNO, and 10%
      (b) 0.28% iodine la a 8% KX colutloa.
    
    A opecldly treated charcoal ttiat ^*U1 cfccorb
    mercury vapor So alco available from Barne-
    boy cad Cheney, B. Oth Avo. and North Oao°
    Qidy St, Columbus, Ohio 03216. Catalog We.
    860-18 c? No. 680-23.°
      <3.<3 Calibration.
      &A.I  "SToneier 0.
    oliquoto ttf
    eoatotolE3 0 to S.O
    (E? SOO-ssil
                          l.D, 3.0. 8.0 ana 10 sal
                             morcury  colutlon
                         of mercury to
               SOD bottlea.  Afie onoug^
                to cosh bottlo %o malio a total
              10 mL AfisS 6 ml of aqua regla and
    5&C3.4 2 E&inutS3 la Q witor both at 98°C. Allai?
    ?&Q casaj>lo to cool cud cdd  SO ml diatuiofl
          oafl IB  ml of ESMnO0 coluUon %o each
          cad rotura to Sxo  trater bat£> for 80
            . Cool cad Ciflfi Q ml of ccdlum ohlo-
                        oulfato  colutloa to  so-
         Qio QSCK3  panaaasonoto. Afifi 60 isil cJ
            Crater. •XteaUng oach bottlo ISKSlvtd-
    w\My, cfld 6 ml  ^ otannouo '-•u.ate colutloa
    oiiMSi smmedlataly  attach  tho bottlo  4o  4So
    cara&oa appcfatuo. At %hla po'nt, £ho oamplo
    fa cSio'wcfi to  ctaa6 qultoly without, mcauci
              *X1io olswUotiag pum?, w5ilch  hca
               bssn  cajuatefi  60 a roto c? 1
                to ollo^cfi to rua oontinuouoly.
      0 Mcattoa of trofio names o? opociae
         £053 act otaiDtauto onaoramoaS by
         absorbcaca, DO oshlbltsd oJtber oa the
    cpsctrophotometor c? Sio recordor, will in-
    CT2CC2  and reach mwUmum ultbin  80 C3c-
    onda. Aa coon co iho s\xx>rder pan lovolo ofi,
    opproslmatol; 1  mlnuts, opsn  tiio
    voJvo and oontiauo  the csrotion
    obcorbanco sxTturoa to a to  minimum '
    Clocs tho bypKn volvs,  remove tho fritted
    Sublng  from the BOD bottle and continue
    the aeration. Proceed trlth Che stand&fds and
    conctruct a atandard curve by plotting peak
    height veroua mtcrograms of mercury.
    •  <\£  Analysis.
      <1.8.1  Weigh triplicate 05g± 0.001 g por-
    tions of dry cample and place In bottom of
    a SOD bottle. Add 8 ml of distilled trater
    aad 6 ml of aqua rogla. Heat 3 mlnuto In a
    crater bath at WO. Cool and add 60 ml £lo-
    ttllcd  WGtor  and  U ml  pota&ttum  E>ar-
    maugonato colutlon  to each cample' bottle.
    Mis thorou^ily and place In the watar bath
    loi 30 mlnuteo at 06°C. Cool and add 3 ml of
    codlum cblorlde-hydrosylQmlne tmlfcto to ro-
    $ues thQ OJiceao pormanganatc. Add B8 ml of
    dlatllled" uatsr.  Treating each  bottle  Iffidl-
    vldually, odd 8 ml of atcnnoua oulfato cad
    ImmedlatQly  attach the  bottlo  to tho  oofo-
    %lon apparatus. With e&ch oomple, ooattnuo
    DO  described to  jpcragraph <3.<1.1  d3  @ita
    iststhod.
      Q.85  Aa  dtarnatlvo digestion  proesduro
    «ialng an autoclave may alco ba u£sd. Xa Siio
    mothcfi B ml cJ eoncantzutsd H,@O. cad a ml
    c? concentrated SHO0 era added to tho 02
                                                                                            B.3  Calculate tbe mercury concentration
                                                                                          In the camplo by the formula:
                                                I3romo c2 cample.  B ml of oaturatsd KMaO,
                                                colutlon cso added and t&o bottle ta cavorsa
                                                with a plocs e£ aluminum foil. Tlw
                                                DTO autoclaved cS 131 "C and 2.1 &g/csas (ca.
                                                IB pc&Q) 2o? IB mlnuteo. Cool, mc&o up to o
                                                voluaao cJ JOO mi with  distilled TO,to?, cafl
                                                c&& 3 sal cf codlum chlondo-byfirosytoffliao
                                                oulfato colutloa to  reduoo the oaocca $ar-
                                                mangonato.  Srurgo tho dead ci? opaoo rvOTa
                                                oontlnuo CD deccrlbed !n p[^csrcj>h 6.4.1 cS
                                                  9.
                                                                 '8.1  Oleoouro  «5»o
                                                                                                           wt. of the aliquot in g
    
                                                                                             85  Eteport mercury concentrations ao fol-
                                                                                           lows: Selott 0.1 pg/g; bettTesn 0.1 and 1 pg/8.
                                                                                             the aecrest 0.01 pg/g; between 1 and 10
                                                                                                to nearest 0.1  PS;  above 10 pg/g. to
      3. Pfeclatora en<2 eccwtacy. 8.1  According
    %o the provisional method In reference num-
    ber 6. the following btandard deviations on
    repllc&tc Dsdlment  camples have  been re-
    corded at the Indicated levels: 029 «g/g±0.02 .
    and O.Q2 p5/g±0.03. aecovery of mercury at
    tbece levels, added aa methyl mercuric chlo-
    ride, tyes 07 and B<\%, respectively.
      7. References.
      1. Bishop,  -
    corptlon  •KsdialqiK,0  Atomic  AteorptSoa
    Newsletter 3, 101 (SSS7) .
      S.  AnolyQcol Quality  Ooate-oJ lLaboratsTy
    (ASCL), ISivlronaienfev! yrotccMoa Agency.
    Olnclnnati.   Ohio,  °Hormry  to  Ssdlmaat
    (Cold  ?apc?  Techaiqtso) ,°   !?ro7loloacS
    Method, Aprfl ISTZ.
      9.  Kopp. cj.  5?, SioasboUom. Sfi.  C.  aofl
    Lobrins, iL B. "OoSd  ?apo7 Method fo? Bs-
    tormlnlJog SSereusy,"  3ouraoJ  AW57A,  S4.  1
    '(1073). pp. EO-SB.
      7. c°Monoc! oS MeSioflD tcs Ohea>lC2l Aad-
    yslo  of  Water aafi ^7osti3,D Egnvlrcamoatd .
    Protection Asency,  S>A-a38/2-7
    -------
                                                   •ULES  AND IEGULATIONS
    8
       PART 61—NATIONAL EMISSION STAND-
          ARDS  FOR HAZARDOUS  AIR POLLUT-
          ANTS
            Delegation of Authority to State of
                      New York
          Pursuant to the delegation of authority
       for national emission standards for haz-
       ardous atr pollutants (NESHAP8) to the
       State of  New York on August  6. 1B7S.
       •PA la today amending 40 CPR •l.OV
       Address, to reflect this delegation. A No-
       tice  announcing this delegation Is pub-
       lished  elsewhere  In  today's  FEDERAL
       REGISTER. The  amended i 61.04, which
       adds the address of the New  York De-
       partment of Environmental Conserva-
       tion, to which all reports, rcnucsts. appli-
       cations, submittals, and communications
       to the Administrator pursuant to this
       part must also be addressed, Is sol forth
       below.
          The Administrator finds good cause for
       foregoing prior public  notice and for
       making this rulemaking effective imme-
       diately  in that  it is an administrative
       change and not one of  substantive* con-
       tent. No additional substantive  burdens
       are imposed on the parties  affected. The
       delegation which is reflected by  this ad-
       ministrative amendment was effective on
       August 6, 1975. and it serves no purpose
       to delay  the technical change of this
       addition of the State address to the Code
       of Federal Regulations.
          This rulemaking is effective Immedi-
       ately, and Is issued under  the authority
       of Section 112  of  Uie Clean Air Act.  as
       amended.
       43 U.3.C. 1867C-7
    
          Dated: October!, 1075.
                      STANLEY W. Lcano,
                   Assistant Administrator
                           for Enforcement.
    
          Part 61 of Chapter I, Title 40 of  the
        Code of Federal Regulations is amended
        as follows:
          1. In 61.04 paragraph (b) is amended
        by revising subparagraph  (HH) to read
        as follows:
        §61.01   Address.
          (HH)—New York: New York State Depart-
        ment of Environmental Conservation, 60 Wolf
        Road. Albany, New York  12233,  attention:
        Division ot Air Raiourcei.
         |PR Doc.75-27581 Piled JO-14-76;8:46 am)
    
    
           ffOIHAt MOItTM. VOL 40, NO. 100-
    
            -JWIONftOAT.  OCTOItl IS. It7S
    PART 61—NATIONAL EMISSION STAND-
      ARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUT-
      ANTS
    Delegation of Authority to State of Colorado
      Pursuant to the delegation of author-
    Ky for national emission standards for
    hazardous air pollutants (NESHAPS) to
    the State of Colorado on August 27. 1075.
    EPA Is  today amending 40 CFR 61.04.
    Address, to reflect this delegation. A No-
    tire  announcing this delegation is pub-
    lished today in the Federal Reclster. The
    nmended } 61.04, which adds the address
    of the Colorado  Air Pollution Control
    Division to which all reports, requests,
    applications,  submittals, and communi-
    cations to the Administrator pursuant to
    tills  part must also be addressed, is set
    forth below/
      The Administrator  finds  good  cause
    for foregoing prior public notice and for
    making this rulemaking effective Imme-
    diately in that It is an administrative
    change and not one of »ub.-lantlve con-
    tent No additional substantive burdens
    are Imposed on the  parties affected. The
    delegation which  is reflected by this ad-
    ministrative amendment was effective on
    August  27, 1075,  and it serves no pur-
    pose  to delay the  technical change of
    this  addition of the State address to the
    Code of Federal Regulations.
      This rulemaking  is effective immedi-
    ately, and Is Issued under the authority
    of Section  112 of the Clean Air  Act, as
    amended. 42 U.S.C. 1857c-7.
      Dated: October 22. 1075.
    
                  STANLEY W. LECRO,
               Assistant Administrator
                       /or Enforcement.
      Part 61 of Chapter I. Title 40  of the
    Code of Federal Regulations Is amended
    as follows:
      I.  In 8 61.04 paragraph fb) is amended
    by revising subparagraph (O) to read as
    follows:
    § 61.01   AcMrrxK.
         •      •      •      •      •
      (b) • •  •
      —State of Colorado, Colorado Air
    Pollution  Control Division,  4210 East
    llth Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80220.
        •      •      •      •      •
     |FB Doc.75-29237 Filed 10-30-75:8:45 am]
         KQERAl MOUTH, VOL 40. MO. S11-
    
                  r,  OCTOUI 11. ws
                                                              111-57
    

    -------
    )               IFH1, 479-41
    
     PART ©S—KIATOWAl EM!SS!0N STAN8>
     AOTJS PTO HAZARDOUS A!K POLLUTAOTS
    
       KtolegoiagaD ol Authority «o Washington
       Pursuant  to secUosi  H2(d) of  the
     Clean Air Act, as amended, the Regional
     Administrator of  Region X.  Environ-
     mental Protection  Agency (EPA), dele-
     gated (to the State of Washington De-
     partment of Ecology on  February 28,
     1975,  the authority  to  implement and
     enforce the  program Sot national emis-
     sion standards for hases-dous air pollu-
     tants  (WESHAPS). The delegation was
     announced Sn the  FCOSTIAL HECIBTER on
     April 1. 1073 «SO TO 14332). On April 25,
     S878 (40 TO,  18189)  the Assistant Admin-
     istrator for Air and Waste Management
     promulgated a change to CO CFB 61.04,
     Address,  to reflect  the delegation to the
     State of Washington.
       On  September 22 an<3  23.  1975, the
     State  Department  of Ecology requested
     EPA's concurrence in the State's sub-
     delegation of the NESHAPS  program to
     four local air pollution control agencies.
     After  reviewing the State's request, the
     Regional Administrator determined that
     the sub-delegations meet all the require-
     ments  outlined in EPA'o  delegation  of
     February 28,  1975. Therefoie, the Re-
     gional Administrator on October 15,1975,
     concurred in the sub-delegations to the
     four local agencies listed below with the
     stipulation that all tbe conditions placed
     on  She original delegation to the State
     shall elso apply to the  sub-delegations
     to  <£he  local  agencies.  SPA  is  today
     amending 40  CFR 81.0e noted that the delegation to
     (the YCCAA applies cnljr to demolition
     projects  containing  asbestos.   Other
     source categories  located   !n  Yaldma
     County subject to the WESHAPS regula-
     tion should  continue to  address all cor-
     respondence to the Department of Ecol-
     ogy. The amended csction &  oeft forth
     below.
       The Adssiinlntratos- ISnda good cause for
               prior  public  notice and  for
              fc&to Fulemaktac  GBectivs to-
     mediately fin that it to csi administrative
     change and  not one of oubstoitSve con-
     taut. No  additional oubsto&tlve burdens
     are impooed on the partieo aBected. The
     doleBQWono  which  ana eeflected by thlo
     administrative Dmenfiment  wsro  offe«"
     Mve on September  33 to  aia YCCAA and
     ©epfeambar 2S to the otto ^»r©3 Dsenclss.
         8& OQFVSS no waeful purpose to delay
         tGctotcoJ cfecaasQ cS Gto addJtSon of
          RULSS  AN© 8E6UILATONS
    
    the local agency addresses to (*I
    of Federal Regulations.
      This rulemaklns is effective tausedi-
    atcly, and to Issued under the authority
    of oection 112 of  the Clean Air Act, ao
    amended. 42 U.S.C.  1857c-7.
      Dated: December 16, 1975.
    
                 STANLEY W. LECBO,
               Assistant Administrator
                        for Enforcement.
      Part 61 of  Chapter X, Title 40 of the
    Cede of Federal Regulations is amended
    as follows:
      1.  In  581.04. paragraph (b) (WW) &
    revised to read BO follows:
                                                                                  "jj fl
    PAKT
      (b)  "  °  °
      (WW) (1) Washington: State of Wash-
    ington, Department of Ecology, Olym-
    pic. Washington 98504.
      (li)  Northwest Air Pollution Author-
    ity, 207 Pioneer Building,  Second and
    Pine Streets. Mount Vernon, Washing-
    ton 68273.
      (ill)  Puget Sound Air Pollution Con-
    trol Agency. 410 West Harrison Street,
    Seattle. Washington 88119.
      (iv)  SpoUane County  Air Pollution
    Control Authority, Worth 811 JeSerson,
    Spokane, Washington 99201.
      (v) Yakima County Clean Air Author-
    ity. County Courthouse. Yaklma, Wash-
    ington 98901.
     |FS Doc.7B^3<116J Piled 13-17-76;0:<16 oan|
    
    
    
       C30GBA!, QSOISTSU, VOL. CO, WO. 244-
    
                            10.
         FOR MAZAK&OUS AIR P0ULU7AWTS
              @t Authority to State @? Maine
               to toe delegation of author-
    ity tor national Emission Standards for
    Hazardous Air Pollutants  (WE3HAPS)
    to Qie State of Maine on  November 3,
    1975, EPA Js  today  amending  40 CFR
    61.04, Address, to reflect this delegation.
    A Notice announcing this delegation 8s
    published today  in  &te FEDERAL  BBS-
    23TEK.' The amended 8 81.04, which adds
    •£he address of the Maine Department of
    Environmental Protection to TChich oil
    srgposrts,  ?equests,   aopUcations,  sub-
    mltrtals, and communlestions to the Ad-
    ministrator pursuant to this port gamt
    also be addressed, is oet forth below.
      The Administrator Qads good cause
    for foregoing prior public, notice and tor
    snaking 'this  srulematdng  effective im-
    mediately 'in  that it is an administer-
    tlve change and not one o£ substantive
    content. No additional substantive bur-
    dens are imposed on the parties affected.
    The delegation which is reflected by fehis
    administrative amendment was effective
    on October 7, 1975, and  it serves  no
    purpose to  delay the technical change
    of this addition of the State address to
    the  Code of federal Regulations.
      This zulemaking  is eSective  immedi-
    ately, and 3s issued under the authority
    of Section 212 o£ the Clean Air Act, as
    amended.
    (42 VS.C. S8S7C-7)
    
                        §2. 1975.    •  •
    
                          W. LSGRO,
                        Administrator
                        HOT Snforcement.
    
      Port 81 .«rf iDaapfesr X, TSUe B©s 5® ZJoc.  ?8-S6033 oppeofing oloa-
                                            •arbers to  -aio  EJoacso csefcSoa <§£
                                                       DC6ISTEQ. VOL 48,
    
                                                          , ©QeaCADEQ 80,
                                                          111-58
    

    -------
                                                       AM©
    PART Sa—MATTOONAI.  EMISSION  STAND-
      ARBJg (7@K MA2AKIMUS AUK  POLLUT-
      ANTS
       ©slegation o? Authority to the State of
                   Michigan
    
      Pursuant to the delegation of authority
    for national emission standards for haz-
    ardous air pollutant (NESHAPS) to  the
    State of Michigan on November 5, 1975.
    SPA is today amending 40 CPR 61.04.
    Address,  to  reflect this  delegation.'  The
    amended  Section 61.04, which adds  the
    address of the Air Pollution ConSJ-ol Divi-
    sion. Michigan Department of  Natural
    Resources to that  list  of  addresses  to
    which all  reports, requests, applications,
    submittals. and  communications to  the
    Administrator pursuant to this part must
    be sent, is set forth below.
      The Administrator finds good cause for
    foregoing prior  public  notice  and  for
    matting this rulemaklng effective Imme-
    diately in that  it is  an administrative
    change and not  one of substantive con-
    tent. No additional substantive  burdens
    are Imposed on the parties affected. The
    delegation which is  reflected   by  this
    administrative amendment was effective
    on November 5.  1975. and it nerves no
    purpose to  delay the  technical change
    of this addition of  the State address to
    the Code of Federal Regulations.
    
       This rulemaklng  is  effective  imme-
    diately, and is issued under the authortiy
    - be sent to the Director of tha State of
     Washington  Department  of  Ecology
     (DOE) will mow be sent to the Olympic
     Air Pollution Control Authority or the
     Southwest Air Pollution Control Author-
     ity. DO appropriate. The  amended sec-
     tion is set forth below.
       The  Administrator  finds  good cause
     for foregoing prior public notice and for
     siabing this rulemaklns effective imme-
     diately in that it is  EH  administrative
     ehanse and  not one of substantive con-
     tent. Wo additional substantive burdens
     are impoaed on  the parties affected. The
     delegations which are reflected by this
     administrative  amendment  were effec-
     tive on October 23.1876 and it serves no
     useful  purpose  to delay the  technical
     change of the addition of the local agency
     c^dreooso   to   &ie  Code  ©f  I^deraJ
                                                                                 Dar.7a-aa70 Filed J-SO-7Q;Q:<18 oral
                                               CCSDQAt GQOIOTOQ,
                                                                            01, KO. 2@ — TOMQS0AV.
                                                                                                         89, J976
                                                          111=59
    

    -------
                                                QUILIES AND DE©y8.A?!©NS
    PART .gj— NATIONAL EMISSION STAND-
      ARDS FO13 MA2AKSJOUS AIR POLLUT-
      ANTS
    Etetcgation ctf Authority to State of Oregon
      Pursuant to the delegation of author-
    ity  for national emission standard? for
    hazardous air pollutants (NESHAPS) to
    the State of Oregon  on November 10.
    5675, EPA is today amending 40  CFR
    61.04, Address, to reflect this delegation.
    A Notice announcing  this dclecntion is
    published today at 41 FR 7749 in the
    FaoERflt REGISTER. The amended  { 61.04,
    •a-hich adds the address of Oregon De-
    partment  of Environmental Quality to
    which all reports, requests, applicatioa*.
    QUbmlttnls, and communications pursu-
    ant to tills part must be addressed, Is set
    forth below.
      The  Administrator  finds good  cause
    for foregoing prior public notice and for
    mating this rulemaklng  effective  im-
    mediately in that it is an administrative
    change and not one of substantive con-
    tent. No  additional substantive burdens
    are imposed on the parties affected. The
    delegation which is reflected by this ad-
    ministrative amendment was effective on
    November 10. 1975, and it serves no pur-
    pose to delay the technical change of
    this addition of the State ad^vc^s to the
    Code of Federal Regulations.
      This rulemaking is  effective immedi-
    ately, and is issued under the authority
    of Section 112  of the  Clean Air Act, as
    amended. 42 U.S.C. 1857C-7.
      Dated:  February 11, 1976.
                   STANLEY W. LECIIO,
                Assistant Administrator
                       for Enforcement.
    
      Pert SI of Chapter X. Title 40 of the
    Code of Federal Regulations is amended
    QS follows:
      S. Sn fl 81.04 paragraph (b) is amended
    by revising subpara graph AV,  PQK1UAQV 20.
    PART
      AK0S TOR
      Pursuant to the delegation of author-
    ity' for national emission standards for
    hazardous air pollutants (NESHAPS) to
    Uie Commonwealth of Virginia on De-
    cember 30. 1876, EPA is today amending
    40  CFR  61.04, Atidress, to reflect this
    delegation. A Notice announcing this
    delegation is  published today at 41 FR
    8416  In  the  FEDERAL  REGISTER.  The
    amended Q (31.04, which adds the address
    of the Virginia State Air Pollution Con-
    trol Board to which all reports, requests,
    applications, oubmittals, and  communi-
    cations to the Administrator pursuant to
    this part must also be addressed, Js set
    forth below.
      The Administrator finds good cause
    for foregoing prior public notice and for
    making this rulemaking effective imme-
    diately in that  it  is an administrative
    change and not one of substantive con-
    tent.  No  additional substantive burdens
    are imposed on tee parties affected. The
    delegation which is reflected by this ad-
    ministrative amendment was effective on
    Decem&a? 80, 1978, and 16 osrves no pur-
    pose  to ifleSay •Sue technics!  etoange of
    tills address to the Code of IF^es-al Bss-
    ulations.
      This rulemektos to oSeotlvc Immedi-
    ately, and to feiissd ratte ghe authority
    of section J12 c2 4he Cteon Air Act, as
    amended, 43 VM.C. 38570-7.
      Dated: February 21, 1078.
    
                  SVAWLET W. LSORO,
               Assistant Administrator
                       for  Enforcement.
      Part @1 of  Chapter S, Title 5
      Pursuant to ttie delegation of author-
    Jty for National Emission Standards for
    Hazardous  Air  Pollutants  (NESHAPS)
    to the State -of Connecticut on Decem-
    ber 0,  B075. EPA is today amending 40
    CFR 31.04. Address, to reflect tills dele-
    gation. A Notice announcing this delega-
    tion is published today at (41 FR 11874)
    an the FnoEnfli.  REGISTER. The  amended
    0 01.04.  which adds the address to the
    Connecticut  Department  of  Environ-
    mental  Protection  to  which all reports.
    requests, applications, submlttals,  and
    communications to  the  Administrator
    pursuant to this part must abio be ad-
    dressed, is  set forth below.
      The Administrator fin&s good cause
    for foregoing prior public notice  and
    HOT malting this rulem&king eSectlva im-
    mediately in that  It  Ss ©a admSnlstira-
    6!ve change and not ono of substantive
    content.  KJo  additional   oiabsftantdve
    burdens are imposed on the parties af=
    ftected. The delegation which is reflected
    by  this administrative amendment  was
    effective on  December 9. 1975, end  !&
    serves no purpose to delay the technical
    change of this addition of the State ad-
    dress to the Code of Federal  Regula-
    tions.
      This  rulemaklng  !s effective  immedi-
    ately. and is Issued under the authority
    of Section  112 of the Clean Air Act, as
    amended.
    (02 UB.C. 18670-7)
      Dated:  March  15, 1676.
                             tooao,
           Ql @f (Dtopter X. "MfeSe 40 of the
    ©sde e>f EteflercS E&ssiitefetoso JQ csaead^
    Do 2oUitws:
      to 0 81.04 paragraph (to)  Ss amended
       revWag subparagnsph (Jffi) to read as
        0      O      O      O      0
       (b)  o  o  o
    
       (H)  State of Connecticut, Department
    af Environmental Protection, State Offce
                       Comaeciaasft  (33118.
        O      O      O      O      o
                        lO-Se-fQjOiflSDsn)
                                               KMGAl DO@lSlfBQ,
                           . OH,
    
                           02,
                                                          111=60
    

    -------
                                                 tULES AND IEOULAT1ONS
    17
      .HART 61— NATIONAL EMISSION STAND-
         ARDS FOR  HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUT-
         ANTS
        MtegMton of Authority to ComitionwMtth
                 •of Massachusetts
         Yumant to  fee delasatkm of  au-
      thority tor National Bmfesion  Stand-
       ards  for Hazardous  Air  Pollutants
       CNESHAP8)  to the Commonwealth of
       Massachusetts on January 23, 1976, EPA
      . to today  amending 40 CFR 61.04, "Ad-
       dress, to reflect this delegation. A Notice
       announcing this delegation is published
       In the Notices section of today's FEDERAL
       Bxaxsna. The amended { 61.04,  which
       adds the address of  the Massachusetts
       engineering,  Division  of  Air Quality
       Control,  to which  all reports, requests,
       applications, submlttals, and communi-
       cations to the Administrator pursuant to
       this part must also be  addressed, is set
       forth below.
        . The Administrator finds good cause for
       foregoing prior  public notice and  for
       piaMng fou  rulemaklng effective  Im-
       mediately in that it is an administrative
       change and not one of substantive con-
       tent No additional substantive burdens
       are imposed on the parties affected. The
       delegation which IB reflected by this ad- .
       ministrative amendment was effective on
       January 23, 1976, and it serves no pur-
       pose to delay the technical change of **M«
       addition of the State address to the Code
       of Federal Regulations.
         This rulemaklng is effective Immedi-
       ately, and is issued under the authority
       of Section 112 of the Clean Air Act. as
       amended.
       42O8.C.1857C-7.
         Dated: May 3, 1976.
                                                                                                 (VBLUfr-3)
                               . LBOKO,
                   Assistant Administrator
                           of Enforcement.
    
         Part 61 of Chapter I. Title 40 of the
       Code of Federal Regulations to amended
       as follows:
         In 1 61.04- paragraph  Is amended
       by  revising subparagraph (W)  to read
       as follows:
       161.04  Addren.
           .eo      e      «      •
         (b) • • •
         CW>  Massachusetts Department  of
       environmental  Quality  Engineering,
       Division  of  Air  Quality Control.  600
       Washington street, Boston, Massachu-
       setts 02111..
        . rVBDoo.Te-ta8Mru«dS-ls-76;8:4eain)
                        EMISSION STAND-
      ARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUT-
      ANTS
      Oetofatton of Authority to State of New
                  Hampshire
      Pursuant to the delegation of author-
    ity for National Emission Standards for
    Hazardous Air Pollutants (NE8HAPS) to
    the State  of New Hampshire on Febru-
    ary 17, 1976, EPA is today amending 40
    CFR 61.04, "Address," to reflect this dele-
    gation. A Notice announcing this delega-
    tion is published in the Notices section of
    today's FsonAL Rzaxsrn. The amended
    1 61.04. which adds the address of the
    New Hampshire Air Pollution Control
    Agency to  which ell reports, requests, ap-
    plications, 810)01111818, and communica-
    tions  to the Administrator pursuant to
    this part must also be addressed is set
    forth below.
    
       The Administrator finds good cause for
     foregolnp prior public  notice  and for
     making this rulemaking effective imme-
     diately in that  It is  an administrative
     change and not one of substantive con-
     tent. No additional substantive burden.'.
     are imposed on the parties affected. Tlie
     delegation which is reflected by tliis ad-
     ministrative amendment was elTectlve on
     February  17. 1976, and it serves no pur-
     pose to delay the technical change of this
     addition of the State address to the Codo
     of Federal Regulations.
      This  rulemaklng Is effective immedi-
     ately, and is issued under th? authority
     of Section 112 of the Clean Air Act. as
     amended. 42 U.8.C. 1857C-7.
       Dated:  May3, 1976.
                   STANLEY W. LECRO,
                Atsittant Administrator
                       '• tor Enforcement.
      Part 61 of Chapter I, Title 40 of the
     Code of Federal Regulations is amended
     as follows: ''
      In  ( 61.04 paragraph (b) is amended
     by revising  subparagraph (EE) to read
     as follows:
     § 61.04
    Addrow.
      •
       (b)  '  * •
        New Hampshire Air Pollution
     Control Agency. Department of Health
     and Welfare, State Laboratory Building.
     Hazen Drive. Concord, New Hampshire
     03301.
      (PHDoc.7e-1883J Filed 6
                                 «5 »m|
                                             •OJSTM.  VOL 41, MO. t4—IHMSOAV, MAY 11. 1*7*
                                                           111-61
    

    -------
                                                         ff«?> Qgt
                                             D3ont«psy Hay \ga!Scd Air Pollution Control
                                           Dlotrict, 020 Churcfc St.. (P.O. Sos 087). BQ:
                                           llnoB.CA 93901.        •   "
                                             Mortnern Sonoma  County Air Pollution
                                           Control District, 3813 Cbanate  iftfl, 'Sonto
                                           Rosa. CA 65404.
                                             Trinity Count; Air Pollution Coaferol Dis-
                                           trict. Bos A3, Weavervllle. CA 63093.  .
                                             Ventura County Air Pollution Control Dlo.
                                           trlct. 025  E. Santa Clara Qt, Vontnyo, CA
                                           63001.
          dX — NATIONAL EMISSION STAND-
             ®K WA2ARTOUS AIR POLLUT-
      ANTS
    G22ieg3lion of Authority do State -
                                                                                                               §K KSHUUOT-
                                                                                                    OP Atrraosr? Y «> SHE
                                                                                                      ov OEoncift
                                                                                       Part 31 of Chapiter I, Title 40. Code of
                                                                                                       o, to omsaded DO Sol-
                                                                                       S. In 0 61.04, paragraph (b) (W Ss re-
                                                                                          to ?esd as toilows:
                                                                                       61 M           '
                                                                                       {b)  o o o
    
                                                                                       (it) Stoto of Georgia, Sovlronmontoi Pro-
                                                                                     ^cstioa 2MWlc3oa, DoparteaonS o? natural !So-
                                                                                     courooa. 070 WocSilngftoffl  Gfecofc, Q.W, at-
                        OS0
                                                     BO.'
                o       0,0       o
           Ess.TO-HTOJS JTiaca 0-ao-TO;0:03 csaj
                                                          111-62
    

    -------
    (PAR?
      AQ
      ANTS
          MA2ARB&U8
                                  PSULOT-
            ©a Botoolf ©5 Proof?®.
      Son JEQ0uin,  and SJoeroFnofift©
                                                 Q(U)1L08
    C±^KficelE® Coaaty At7 FolluilOQ Coafero) Qt> '
               ty Ccii?Stet>^o, WbloEi, OA 08403
             53ay CaJOcfl Air IPolluStea eoateaJ
      iBto&le«, OSO Ciatssca SJ. (1P.O. Sec COT),
            . &a eseoi
              aosaa Couaty Aiy IPolluifoa Con=
      •&ol Dlcitele?, OSiS e&csiBfes IM, Scato iBori,
               to the delesaQoa of outbor-
       2o> ao,4!onal emission (standards So?
                                        to
        State of California on toahalf of
          Qss Meadcclno ©sisafcy AS? PoSlu-
                                                        Afr FoHutioa Coatetfl
                                               0231 Steefctea Slvfl, QocaiaaafeR)
                                       <3A 0888?
                                       oa decquia ©sniaSy Air Polluteoa OsateaS
                                       Otr&Jct, 2C9J G. ffloaaltaa Qfe. {!?.O.  J2sa
                                       C803) . ©teststea. OA 9S301
    oafi
           CesifcFoi Bfotelefe, (Safesfi nsossfo 29.
       6, E?A te today csaeadtag <30 CFR
    OJ.94. A&Are&B, to reflect (&is delegation.
    A Notice armouaclag  && (Selesation to
    EKBbllshed today to Kie MoMce  Sscfelon
    ©2 a!s issue. T&e omeaded 0 81.04 to set
    Scrtto below. 2fe Dfids £he addresses of £he
           Count?,  Mendcclao County, Sara
                  y. oad Sacramento County
    AS;? SPollmfeioa CosvteoX XJlsteicts, to which
    onast 63 oMrosoed oH F99®Fto.
                                       OCS9S
    
                                         O
                                                                 ®E3t?a3 ©to-
                                            C33 B. CsaCa ©too CO, Vcate/G, Ofl
                                                                      538
                                                            0,
    EteatteHS pursuaat to tots part by sources
    cnsbject to ®>e NSSHAPS located withto
            lF Polluaoa Coaferol
                       to oa
    OK) teagcocfi ®a (
                     to roSeefcsd fey ®»So Qd=
          ostfi to
                                        oo
    01
                         2, "jfJ^lQ fl®,
      a. 5M 0 @i.@3 gcsc5FC,$& (fe) to rwaate°l
                              P ft® ifOC^S CO
                                                           | PHI, 807-2 1
    
                                                    2— NATI1©^3AL EMISSION
      HA)-(S)
                P^iufttaa ©eate«3 Sto&tsl, CCD
                                        ANTS
                                      (Sologallon  at  Au4horl«y te  itolo of fioll-
                                        Oernlo on iodoK ef Modoro  Bounty Air
    amending <30 CFR 81.04. Address, to re-
    flect this delegation. A Kotice announc-
    ing this delegation is published today in
    the notices section of this issue of the
    FEDERAL REGISTER,  Environmental Pro-
    tection Agency. FRL 596-3. The amended
    It 61.04 is set forth below. It adds  the ad-
    dress of the Madera  County  to which
    must be addressed ell reports, requests.
    applications, submittals. and  communi-
    cations pursuant to this part  by  sources
    subject to the NESHAPS located within
    Air Pollution Control District.
      The Administrator  finds good cause
    for foregoing prior public notice  and for
    making this rulemaking effective imme-
    diately  in  that it is an  administrative
    change and not one of substantive con-
    tent.  No additional substantive burdens
    are imposed on the parties affected. The
    delegation which is reflected by this ad-
    ministrative amendment was effective on
    May 12. 1976. and it serves no  purpose to
    delay the technical change of this addi-
    tion of the Air Pollution Control  District
    address to the  Code of Federal Regula-
    tions.
      This rule making  le effective immedi-
    ately. and is issued under the authority
    of Section 112  of the Clean Air  Act, as
    amended H2 U.S.C. 1857C-7).
      Dated: July 27, 1976.
                       PAUL DEPALCO,
                Regional Administrator,
                         Repion IX, EPA.
    
      Piirt 61 of Chapter I. Title 40 of the
    Code of Federal Regulations is amended
    Qr follows:
      !. In 8 SI. 00 paragraph 
    -------
                                   P©UJUnT-
                                             PAKT @S— NATIONAL EMISSION STAND-
                                                       HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTAKiTS
                                               8. 3y  revising 861.15 to read as fol-
        So?
                to She
              ote Btollutaate (HBZSHAPS) ta
           . Vtesla SsSaads ea JSS-
    HAPS Joeatefl wlthSa Air Polluaoa Con-
    teol District.
       Oa July 3,1076. SPA amended 00 CFR
    01.00, AMresa,  to  reSect deleBBtSon of
    authority  tor HESHAPS to  the State
    of  California on behalf of the  Sacra-
    manto Count? Air Pollution Control Dls-
         . ©y toSto- ®« Jrily 80, W19, Volin T.
    Oreenlaw, M.D., fSofiroraerato Cousity Air
    Pollution Control Officer,  notified EPA
    •Jhat  the  cddress published  at  16 B.  Cedar  Aveaue.  Fresno.  OA
      93702
    Humboldt County Air Pollution Control Dis-
      trict, 9600 B. Broadway. Euretse. CA 95801
    Kern County Air Pollution Control  District,
      X700 Flower  St. (P.O.  ®on ©97),  BoJjestj-
      fleld. CA 93302
    ESadera  County Air Pollution  Control Dto-
      fcrlct, 135  W. 7c3eznite Avenue,'Madero. CA
      93837
    Hendoclno County Air Pollution Coatrol Dis-
      trict, County Courthouca, UtlQh, CA 95483
    Montoroy Bay QnlSed Air Pollution Control
      District, 020 Cnurcb Bfc. (P.O. Son <1Q7),
      Sollaca, CA 93901
    Northern Sonoma County Air Pollution Con-
      trol Dlotrlct. 8313 Cnanata Ed., Santa Etoca,
      CA 95C04
    Socrosnento County Air Pollution  Control
      Dlotrlct, 8701 Sroncfr  Center Sload, Qae-
      ramonto.  CA 06327
    Can deoqula County Air Pollution Control
      District.  8301 EJozlotoa Oft.  (P.O. EOH
      3009). gtoc&ton, CA 05201
    Btonlolauo County Air Pollution Control Dis-
      trict.  020 Scenic Drive, Modesto, CA 96360
    Trinity County Air Pollution Control Dlotrlct,
      Bos AJ. WeoTCr^Ulo, CA 96093
    Vonturo County Air Pollution Control Qlo-
      %rict.  Q23 E. Santo Clara St.. Venture, CA
      33001
                                                                                       [FIS Q»c.7S-27173 PJlofl 0-1&-78;0:
    -------
                                        D^ILOS
                                                            Dg@y!LA'ini©K!§
         @MA(F?ER
          FOR WEW STATIONARY
          SI—NATIONAL EMISSION STAND-
    ARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POlLtyTANTi
            oRd Ap$ileoti@R6 Prom ©porafauro
        ©f Kleo SsasTeoo; Address Ouongss
               OP AUTHORITY so SHE SXASB
                 OF ALABAMA
      The Bmeadments below institute car-
    tola address changes for reports and ap-
    plications required from operators of new
    sources. EPA hes detested to the State
    of Alabama authority to review aew and
    nnodlfled sources. Tae delegated author-
    Sty Includes &he review under 00 era Part
    SO for the standards of parformance for
    taew otntionory eourceo ond review under
    <30 CFR Part Q8  for national emission
    cftaradards So? hazardous air  pollutants.
      A notice announcing  the delegation of
    authority to published oteswhere in this
    tosue  of ths FEDERAL  KEOXQTEB.  These
                 provide that oil reports, re-
    She delegated ?ev!ewa •will now be oeafe
    tastead to the Ai? Pollution Control Di7i=
    oSon.  Alabama.  Air Pollution Control
    Commission.  S
    Store change oad  not one of substentivQ
    eontent.  No additional substantive biar=
    (Seas are imposed on fthe partteo
    'S^e delegation which to ireSected
    Odmlnistrative omendmexit wao
    ®s> August 8. E978. ond it earvos ES p
    pose  to  deloy the  technScoS  ehsjaga
        addition of the Stats adctfG^Q to
                       to
          cafi to toswsd wades-
    ®2 csstioao in, UZ, oafl SOJ of too Oecssi
    Air  Aet.  DO asjesdsd  
    -------
                                           are required to be captured and con-
                  B—ENVIRONMENTAL
             PROTECTION AGENCY
          OUBCHAFTEra C—SIR PROSOAMO
                  [PRL 818-11
    PART SI—NATIONAL EMISSION
    AKDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS
           Standard for Vinyl Chlorido
      On December  24,  1975, under section
    312 of the Clean Air Act, as amended (42
    U.S.C. 1857), the Environmental Protec-
    tion Agency (EPA)  added vinyl chloride
    to the list of hazardous air pollutants
    WO FR  59477) and proposed a national
    omission standard for it  (40 FR 59532).
    The standard covers plants which manu-
    facture    ethylene   dichloride,   vinyl
    chloride, and/or polyvinyl chlort^s.
      EPA decided to regulate vinyl chloride
    because it has been implicated as  the
    causal agent  of angiosarcoma and other
    oerious disorders, both carcinogenic and
    Qoncarcincgenlc, in people with occupa-
    tional exposure and in animals with ex-
    gjertmental exposure to  vinyl  chloride.
    Seasonable  extrapolations  from  these
    findings cause concern that vinyl  chlo-
    side may cause or contribute to the same
    or similar disorders at present ambient
    air levels. The purpose of the standard is
    tea  minimize  vinyl  chloride  emissions
    grom all  known  process and  fugitive
    omission sources In ethylene dichloride-
    Tinyl chloride and polyvinyl  chloride
    plants to the level attainable with best
    available  control technology. This will
    Slave the effect of furthering the protec-
    tion of public health by  minimizing toe
    health risks to the people living In the
    vicinity of these plants and to any addi-
    tional people who are exposed as a result
    @£ new construction.
      Interested  parties participated in the
    sfulemaking by sending comments to EPA,
    The comments have been carefully con-
    oidered,  and where determined by the
    Administrator to be appropriate, changes
    have been made to the regulation as pro-
                    OF SHE STANDARD
      3n ethylene  dichloride-vinyl chloride
    plants, the standard limits vinyl chloride
    emissions from the  ethylene  dichlorlds
    and vinyl chloride formation  and puri°
    Scation processes to 10 ppm. For the ox-
    57Chlorinetion  process,  vinyl chloride
    omissions are limited to 0.3 g/kB of ethyl»
    one dichloride product.
      In polyvinyl chloride plants,  the stand°
    ord limits vinyl chloride emissions from
    equipment preceding and including the
    otrlpper In the plant process  flow to 10
    9pm. Emissions from equipment follow-
    te»B the otrlpper 'are to be controlled by
    ofcrlpping dispersion resins to 2000 ppm
    on
    -------
    <3fc£UQ£SJS  8a Cte5>fesr ? ©£ Volume Z of
    6he S£ea<2ar<2 Support and Environmen-
    tal Impact Statement. Comments on the
    proposed standard have resulted in only
    one major change to the economic im-
    pact analysis.  EPA estimated that there
    uould be four plant  closures as & result
    of the promulgated standard. Of the four
    plants identified as possible closure can-
    didates, one has given notice that it no
    tonger produces polyvinyl chloride and
    fthe other three have indicated that they
    So not intend to close as a result of the
    otendard.
      The economic Impacts of the promul-
    Cnted standard may be summarized as
    follows: The total capital cost for  exist-
    ing plants to meet the standard is esti-
    mated to be $198 million, of which $15
    million  is  for ethylene dichloride-vinyl
    oalorlde  plants and  $183 million  is for
    polyvinyl chloride plants. EPA estimates
    Chat these plants will have to spend $70
    million per year to maintain the required
    omission  levels, in  addition,  the  total
    capita! cost for existing plants  to  meet
    £he EPA's 1983 water effluent guideline
    Uteiltations is  expected to be $83 million
    and the  total annualized operation cost
    to 017 million. The costs to  the Industry
    of meeting the OSHA standard cannot be
    Quantified at this time, but  they are ex-
    pscted to overlap to some degree with the
    easts to  meet SPA's  fugitive  emission
    regulations. The costs of meeting the
    fugitive emission regulations are Included
    to the total costs cited above for meeting
    She promulgated regulation. Broken out
    osparately, the capital cost of  meeting
    Oie fugitive emission regulations  is $37
    million and the  annualized cost is 025
    million.
      The standard is not expected  to deter
    ©onstructlon of new  ethylene dlchlorlde-
    vtayl chloride plants or most types of
         polyvinyl chloride plants. For one
         of polyvinyl chloride plant  (disper-
    oton process)  that represents 13 percent
    ©? the industry production, the standard
    would significantly  deter the construc-
    tion of smaller plants.
      .2t is estimated that the price  of poly-
    vinyl chloride resins will rise by approxi-
    mately 7.3 percent In order to maintain
    Decontrol profitability and also to re-
    saver the total annualized control costs
    necessitated by the standard at ethylene
    bichloride-vinyl chloride plants and poly-
    vinyl chloride plants.  This increase is
    estimated  to translate into a maximum
    consumer price Increase in  goods  fabri-
    cated from polyvinyl chloride resins of
    approximately 3.3 percent.  Recovery of
    affluent  annualized  costs plus  mainte-
    nance of precontrol  profitability is esti-
    mated to add  approximately 2 percent to
    polyvinyl chloride resin prices and result
    Ja an  additional maximum  consumer
    pylca Increase of I percent.
              PUBLIC  PARTICIPATION
       HJuring the public comment period, 50
    comment letters on  the proposed stand-
    ard were received. There were  24 from
    (Industry: 3 from environmental groups;
    18 from Federal, State, and local agon-
    cies; and  0 from individual citizens. Ao
              y csefcaon  XS2(&> U> (3)  a? Mae
    Act, a public hearing w&s held an the
    proposed standard on February 3,  1976,
    in Washington, D.C. Presentations  were
    made  by  the .Environmental Defense
    Fund, the Society of the Plastics indus-
    try. Inc., Dow Chemical Company,  Dia-
    mond Shamrock  Corporation, and Air
    Products and Chemicals, Inc. Copies of
    the comment letters received, the public
    hearing record,- and a summary of the
    comments   with   EPA's  responses  are
    available for public inspection and copy-
    ing at the EPA Public Information  Ref-
    erence TJnit, Room 2922 (EPA Library).
    401 M Street, 8W., Washington. D.C. In
    addition,  copies  of the comment .sum-
    mary and Agency responses may be ob-
    tained upon  written  request from the
    Public  Information  Center   (PM-215).
    Environmental Protection Agency, 401
    M  Street, SW.. Washington, D.C. 20460
     (specify Standard Support and Environ-
    mental  Impact   Statement.  Emission
    Standard for Vinyl Chloride. Volume ID.
    SIGNIFICANT COHSHEWTS AND CHANGES so
           SHE  FnoposnD  REGULATION
       (1) Decision to list vinyl chloride as a
    hazardous air pollutant. In general, the
    commenters did not contest EPA's  deci-
    sion to list vinyl chloride as & hazardous
    air pollutant. However, three comment-
    ers (two companies  and one Federal
    agency)  argued that EPA placed undue
    emphasis on factors suggesting that vinyl
    chloride presented  a  health  risk  and
    ignored factors suggesting that no sig-
    nificant risk was involved. Under section
     112, however, EPA could remove  vinyl
    chloride from the list of hazardous air
    pollutants only if information were pre-
    sented to  EPA  that  shows  that  vinyl
    chloride is  clearly not a hazardous air
    pollutant. As discussed more fully in the
     comment summary, the commenters did
    not provide conclusive evidence that vinyl
    chloride is not &  hazardous air pollutant
    which causes or  contributes  to death or
     serious illness, nor did they conclusively
    prove that the health risk factors em-
     phasized by EPA were insignificant.
       Several other commenters  agreed with
    EPA's decision to list vinyl chloride as &
     hazardous air pollutant, but  argued that
     EPA had overstated the health problem,
     the emission levels,  and the projected
     ambient air concentrations  around un-
     controlled plants. With regard to the al-
     leged overstated health  problem, the
     commenters stated, for example, tlmt the
     TJ.S. worker EPA discussed  as  having
     been exposed to vinyl chloride levels low-
    .er  than  those usually encountered in
     polyvinyl chloride production has been
     dropped from the National  Institute of
     Occupational Safety and Health's listing
     of  workers  with angiosarcoma.  EPA
    " 'agrees that there are Questions concern-
     ing the level  of  exposure and in  some
     cases the  pathology  of these cases not
     involved  directly in  polyvinyl chloride
     and vinyl chloride production. These un-
     certainties  are stated  in the  appropriate
     footnotes of the Scientific and Technical
     Assessment Report on  Vinyl Chloride and
     Polyvinyl  Chloride  (STAR)   where the
     anaiosarcoma cases are listed. However,
     8a oplta eg thecs uacertalntieo, Sa vtou of
    fche  gtfteslble exposure  patterao,
    cases cannot be Ignored to the evaluation
    of the potential public health problems.
      With regard to the alleged overstated
    emission levels,  the uncontrolled emis-
    sion levels reported by EPA were based
    on 1974  data. .This (jualincatlon  was
    stated wherever emission data were pre-
    sented. EPA recognizes  that emissions
    have been reduced since that time, and
    stated this  in the' preamble to the  pro-
    posed standard. EPA  decided not  to
    gather more  recent  data  on emission
    levels, because these emission levels are
    expected  to change, and gathering the
    data would take considerable time, both
    on the part of EPA and on the part of
    Industry. Since the purpose of the stand-
    ard is to minimize emissions, these more
    current data would not affect the stand-
    ard itself. The 1974 emission levels  were
    also used in diffusion modeling to project
    maximum  ambient air  concentrations
    around uncontrolled plants. These maxi-
    mum air concentrations would probably
    be lower if 1976 emission levels were used.
    This would reduce the relative Impact
    of the standard below that described in
    the Standard Support and Environmen-
    tal  Impact Statement,  but would  not
    aSect the basis of the standard itself.
       (2)  Approach  for Regulating  Vinyl
    Chloride  Under  Section  112.  Two ap-
    proaches  other  than using best avail-
    able control technology were suggested
    by the commenters for regulating  vinyl
    chloride under section 112. The first was
    to ban polyvinyl  chloride  products for
    which substitutes are currently available
    and to gradually  phase  out other poly-
    vinyl  chloride  products  as  substitutes
     are developed.
       In the preamble to the proposed stand-
     ard EPA specified its reasons for not set-
     ting & zero  emission limit for  vinyl
     chloride, as follows: (1) There are bene-
    ficial uses of vinyl chloride products for
    which desirable substitutes  are not read-
    ily available; (2)  there  are  potentially
    adverse health  and environmental im-
    pacts from substitutes which have not
     been thoroughly studied;  (3) there are a
    number of employees, particularly in the
     fabrication industries, who  would be-
    come at least temporarily  unemployed;
     and  (4) control technology is available
     which is capable of substantially reduc-
     ing emissions of vinyl chloride into the
     atmosphere.
       EPA agrees that substitutes do exist or
     could be manufactured for most poly-
     vinyl chloride uses. However, in general.
     these substitutes do not have some of the
     more  desirable  characteristics of poly-
    ' vinyl chloride, such as nonfiammability.
     If vinyl chloride and polyvinyl chloride
     were  banned,  other substitutes  with
     these  more  desirable   characteristics
     would likely be developed. There is a risk
     that these substitutes would also  have
     adverse health or environmental effects.
     Since  control measures are available
     which  con reduce vinyl  chloride emis-
     sions by 90 percent or more, it does not
     seem prudent to reduce emissions by the
     remaining percentage and  take the risk
     of introducing  net? untested chemicals
                                    R9QQAI Da©I070Q, VOL  4), MO. 8©S—TOUQ8BAV, ©€?0DBQ 21, SQ76
                                                          111=67
    

    -------
    eommenters was 60 base the standard for
    each individual emission point on  cost
    versus benefit Several of  the fugitive
    emission sources were named specifically
    DO ones for which the costs  of control
    t?ere substantially higher than the bene-
    gits. Although EPA did determine & cost-
    feeneflt  ratio for  the controls required
    ffor & number of emission  points, EPA
    <3oes not believe such & ratio is an appro-
    priate basis on which to set a standard.
    (Section ill of  the Clean Air Act provides
    fior the  development of standards based
    @n bast control technology  (considering
    eastsi. Even under section 111, however,
    otandards are  not based on & fine  bal-
    ancing of costs versus  benefits. Instead,
    easts are considered  to terms of the of=
    Sordabllity of the control technology re-
    quired to  achieve a given emission level
    and  the  economic impact of possible
    otandards  on  the  industry  in  ques-
    felon. Unlike section 111, section 112  does
    aot explicitly  provide  for consideration,
    @f costs, oo it  would clearly be inappro-
    priate to consider costs to a greater ex-
    tent under section 112 than  would be
    <3one under section 111. As discussed to
    •J&e preamble  to the proposed standard
    SOT vinyl chloride, EPA believes  coats
    may be considered under section 112, but
    @aly to a very limited  extent; i.e., to
    assure that the costs of control technol-
    ogy Eire not grossly  disproportionate to
    ^he  amount   of   omission   reduction
    achieved.  Xa   eomparison  with  other
    omission points, the eosts of  controlling
    <3»e fugitive emission sources mentioned
    by the  commenters  are relatively small
    ©ompared with the amount of omissioH!
    reduction achieved.
      Ssveral  commenters  recommended
    ceding  to toe regulation a provision for
    excess  omissions during startup, shut-
    <£»wa, oad malfunction. SPA considered
    ^ais comment, and decided  that  this
    addition is aot necessary  for the vinyl
    oaloride standard. Startup and shutdown
    
    -------
                                                 [»g§
     Sag oyotsm would to pstoted to (She 2re°
    'iguency of  calibration. Therefore. S*A
     JIDS included in toe promulgated stand-
     ard requirements for the frequency of
     calibration and procedures to be carried
     ffiut in tho calibration of the monitoring
     instruments.
       The portable hydrocarbon detector re-
     quired by the proposed standard was re-
     quired  to  have a sensitivity  of 8 ppm:
     Comments were received indicating that
     Instruments in this sensitivity range are
     delicate and require continuing mainte-
     nance.  The portable hydrocarbon detec-
     tor Is required for. leak detection and for
     saeasuring vinyl chloride concentrations
    .toside the equipment .before opening it.
     A  5  ppm sensitivity  is not  needed in
     cither case,  and the  required sensitivity
     laas been changed to 10 ppm In the pro-
     mulgated standard.
       The  proposed standard contained  a
     otagle regulation  for compressors. The
     promulgated standard has separate regu-
     Jbtions ffor  rotating  and  reciprocating
     -
     EauJgatsd otandard.  The definition for
     Mto viayl chloride service" (080.81(1))
     &as bean clarified by  statins  that  it
     saeaais equipment that  contacts  vinyl
     ahloride  ao well  oa equipment that con-
     teina vinyl chloride.  This would include
     ouch equipment as agitators.
       Words have  been added in 08 81.82,
     01.93.  and 61.04 to clarify that the 20
     •rapm Gssiisoion limits do not have  to to
     fiaet when  equipment has already been
     ©pened in compliance with ths regula-
     feSon for  opening of equipment. Equip-
     ment  that  has  met  the opening  of
     equipment regulation can contain more
     6han JO ppm vinyl chloride and would be
     fin violation  of the standard  if this
     otatement were  not  included.
       The  requirements  for stripping  poly-
     vtayl  chloride resins to opecifled  levels
                          OOQl.CKHo), 08.0"?
       AoXSXii). and  B1.70(c) (2) (1)  co that
       Easaourement of the vinyl chloride levels
       to the resins  is to be made immediately
       after stripping is completed rather than
       as the resin Is.- being transferred out of
       the stripper. This allows a plant to carry
       out operations in & stripper after strip-
       ping has been completed but before it is
       transferred out of the stripper. This  is
       consistent with the original Intent of the
       standard.     •   '            ^
         The regulation for loading and unload-
       ing lines in g61.65(bXl)  has been re-
       vised to  clarify that it applies only to
       lines that are disconnected after  each
       Heading or unloading operation. Perma-
       nently installed pipelines that are opened
       tafrequently  for inspection or  mainte-
       nance, for example, are covered by the
       opening of equipment regulation rather
       than the loading  and unloading line
       regulation.
         The regulation for  inprocess wsste-
       water in  the proposed standard could
       have been misinterpreted to require in-
       dividual   treatment   of  wastewater
       streams.  Section 61.85(b)(BXi)  of the
       promulgated   standard  elariSea  that
       wasteweter streams that are required to
       be treated (i.e., those containing greater
       than 10 ppm vinyl chloride) can be com-
       bined to  be  treated.  However, waste-
       water streams that contain greater than
       10 ppm vinyl chloride cannot be  com-
       bined with wastewater streams that con-
       tain less  than 10 ppm vinyl chloride be-
       fore treatment;  i.e., dilution  eannot be
       used to meet  the standard.
         The commenters recommended several
       changes- in the  emission limits  which
       have not been  incorporated into the
       promulgated  standard. These ore dis-
       cussed in the following paragraphs.
         2t was  recommended that the require-
       ment  for double  mechanical oeals  on
       pumps, compressors, and agitators be re-
       moved because the single seals currently
       used on this'equipment have small emis-
       oions and are more reliable than double
       mechanical seals. EPA is aware that each
       fugitive  emission source,  ouch  ca one
       pump, token  by itself causes relatively
       QmaU omissions. Fugitive emissions coa-
       oidered  ea a whole  are  o  significant
       cource of emissions, however, and the in-
       tent of @ie otandard is to reduce these.
       Double mechanical seal pumpa &re com-
       snonly used in the  industry for emission
       reduction. (Seallesa pumps or  equivalent
       oyotemo are available as options to double
       mechanical seals.
         The  commentera  recommended in-
       creasing  the  averaging time  for the 10
       ppm  limits and  the emission limits for
       reactor opening and stripping to 30 days.
       Some of the commenters  apparently
       thought that  the 10 ppm limits had to be
       met on an instantaneous basis. However,
       oince the performance test for determin-
       ing compliance consists of three runs for
       a minimum of an  hour each, the  aver-
       aging time for the 10 ppm limit is at least
       three  hours,  increasing the  averaging
       time to 30 days for any of the emission
       limits would  permit higher peak emls-
       oion levels. EPA has determined that this
       2s neither desirable nor necessary.
         ©ome  commenters requested that the
                levels for dispersion resins  be
     made £he oame as for c£her resins end
     others requested that they be made less
     stringent. EPA decided not to make the
     standard for stripping dispersion resins
     the same as for other resins because there
     is  sufficient evidence to indicate that
     these resins are more  difficult to strip
     than other resins. With regard to mak-
     ing the stripping  levels for  dispersion
     resins less stringent, only one of the eight
     manufacturers of dispersion resins spe-
     cifically commented that the dispersion
     resin  standard  should  be made less
     stringent. Only two of several  grades of
     dispersion resins made by this company
    . cannot meet  the 2,000  ppm limit. The
     proposed standard takes into considera-
     tion  that some resins are more difficult
    •to atrip than others by providing for
     averaging among different  resins.
       (5) Testing,  reporting,  and record-
     Steeping.  There  are several  relatively
     minor changes in the testing, reporting,
     and recordkeeplng requirements. A pro-
     vision has been  added  to § 61.67  which
     requires that stock gas samples taken
     with Test Method 106 are to be analyzed
     within 24 hours. This is consistent with
     the requirements in  the proposed Test
     Method 106. The promulgated standard
     also 'specifies that in averaging the re-
     sults of the three runs required by Test
     Method 108, a time-weighted average Is
     to be used.
       One comments? requested  that the
     osygen content and moisture content be
     specified fof the 10 ppm concentration
     standards. The proposed standard specl-
     Sed that the vinyl chloride concentration
     is to be corrected  to 10 percent oxygen
     (wet basis) if combustion is used as the
     control  measure.  3n the  promulgated
     otandard, this requirement has been ex-
     panded to all control measures.
       A  provision has been added to the
     promulgated standard which states that
     if a reactor is also used as a stripper, the
     reactor opening emissions may be deter-
     mined immediately following the strip-
     ping operation. Sf  a reactor Is also used
     as a stripper, the resin Is in the reactor
     when it is opened. This means that vinyl
     chloride in the resin which has already
     been  stripped to acceptable  levels can
     escape from &te resin and become part
     of the reactor opening  loss. 2t is SPA'S
     intent that once a resin has been stripped
     to the required levels,  that  additional
     controls are not required. Under the new
     provision, vinyl  chloride escaping from
     the resin after it  has  been stripped to
     acceptable levels is not  counted as part
     of the reactor opening loss.
       A  section requiring continuous moni-
     toring of stack emissions has been added
     to the promulgated standard.  The con-
     tinuous monitoring of  stack  emissions
     was  required in  the  proposed  standard.
     The  addition of a specific paragraph  for
     emission  monitoring  serves  only  to
     clarify the requirement.
       The standard has been revised so that
     the Initial report requires a "description"
     rather than a "detailed description"-'of
     the equipment  used  to  control fugitive
     emissions. Several commenters pointed
     out  that a detailed description .would
     contain proprietary  information. EPA
     agrees that a detailed dessriptica Sa (Sis
    CC31B7DQ, V@L 01. WO.
    
    
                   111=69
                                                                                    81.
    

    -------
                   to unnecessary. 2f addi-
     tional taformatiora to needed, SPA esa
     obtain 36 under section 114 of the Act and
     (2»e plant can request confldentlEl fcreat-
    - meat la accordance 'with 40 CPR Part 8
     go?  information  26  believes  to  to
       The proposed standard required thafe
     o semiannual report be submitted every
    •a®0 deys.  T&e  promulgated  standard
     opeeifles dates for the submitted of the
     ffspos-ts. n also specifies that the first
     oemiannuel report doss not have to to
     submitted until at least six months after
     tehe initial report is submitted.
    '   The standard has been revised to eJim-
     Saate the requirement to record the causa
     @? any leal: detected by the vinyl chlo-
    •side detector, the action taken to repair
     &ie leak, and the amount of time re-
     quired to  repair the leak. SPA  is eon-
     earned only that leaks are detected and
     repaired. That this has been done can be
     established by looking at the strip chart
     Jrscord  of measurements made  by the
     vinyl chloride detector, 'ffhese records are
         required for the portable hydrocar=
         detector however.
       Several  commentators recommended
     ©lafc the companies be allowed an extra
     too weeks to submit to EPA data from
     die initial  performance test. They  oSso
     recommended  that they submit the date
     by regular mall rather than registered
     ssall. EPA has not adopted either of these
     ffssommendatlons.  A source  is supposed
     to tea ta compliance with the standard
     •cyithln 00 days of the promulgation 'of
     @»e standard. The standard requires that
     <$ie emission tests  ba done withis ©no
     00 day period, and permits an extra 39
     days for determination of results.  ISa
     purpose of using  registered  mail  8s to
     document the fact  that emission data
     Baave been sent and received. This way
     if the results are lost in the mail, thera
     trill be no question that they were seafe.
        «<3)  Test method. Test Method 108 has
     fceen changed  to recognize that on a gas
     ehromatograph equipped with a Chrom=
     osorb 103 column,  acetaldehyde ssay
     taterfere with the vinyl chloride  peats.
     .When Q sample is expected to  contaia
     oeataldehyde, a secondary column ES do
     ocribed in section 4.3.2 must be employed.
     Mass  spectrcscopy or another absolute
     .analytical technique is required to con°
     arm fcha  vtoyl chloride peak obtained
     ^th the gas chromatograph. only if pasIS
     irssolution with the secondary column to
     aot successful.
        Sn oection 4.1.4, oluminized Mylar baso
     ©an be subotltuted for Tedlar bags. EPA
     sew has SQta to allow thio substitution,
     provided that the oamples ore analysed
     within 24 hours of collection.
        Xn oeetion  8,1.8  of  Teat  Method  JOQ
     She requirement to use "oxygen Bas" hoo
     teean replaced with "oxygen gas or air. GO
     required by the detector." Several com-
     snantors stated that most ffno chromato-
     graphc are dosi^ned to'use hydrogen and
     ota1 for  their flame detectors. When used
     to this  way. they are capable of detect-
     toS 0.8  ppm vinyl chloride in air. This is
     consitive  enough for monitoring the 10
     B>pm  omission limits  stipulated in the
       _. CmUS AM© Dli©pyYOTI©Kl§
    
    "JDa sjcfcSon (3.4 of Test Method 203 the
    requirement for an automatic integrator
    Ems been replaced with a requirement for
    a disc integrator or planimeter for saeas~
    mrtos peak area.  This change  is 2n re-
    oponse to s> comment which states that
    automatic integrators are unnecessarily
      A new section  8.5 has been added to
    Test Method 108 which  requires deter-
    mination cf the water vapor content of
    fthe sampling bag by measuring the am-
    bient temperature and pressure near the
    bag. The vinyl chloride concentration of
    £he bag can  then be reported on o dry
    fessis. A provision for checking the rigid
    container for leaks  has  been added to
    csction ?.<} of Test Method 108.
      The only change in Test Method 107 la
    (Sis provision in Section  5.3.2 for use of
    Carbopak C as well  as Carbopak A.  •
      Aurraoninr:  Sactlon  J12 of tho  Cloaa Air
    Act ca added by coc. ly-
            viayl chloride pleats.
     01.69 Bqulvdont equipment and proosfiurea.
     OS. 07 smloaion toots.
     OS .60 ianlcoloa monitoring.
     QIJSS Jaltlal ?oport.
     01.70 Esmlonnijal raport.
     Q1.71 saocordiseaplng.  .
                 Soctloa 313 of tho Cloca Ai?
     Act co oddcfl by C3c. ? Pub. i>. ei-eoo, 04 Stat. 1687, and
     by !Pwb. &. 0SS-018, oca. 9(a) (0). G3 Sta«. 280
     (lasticizer/&Huent  mix-
       CTa) "Latex resin™ means a resto which
     b produced by a polymerization process
     uhich initiates from free radical catalyst
     oStes and is sold undried.
       U) "Bulk resin' °means Q resin which
     to produced by a polymerisation process
     Sa which no water is used.
       
    -------
                                                       ANB GE©UIAYI]©N§
    characteristics ouch as BOD, COD, TSS.
    and pH. usually for the purpose of meet-
    ing effluent guidelines and standards; it
    (goes not include any process the purpose
    of which io to remove vinyl chloride from
    water  to meet  requirements of  this
    oubpart.
       (1)  "In  vinyl chloride  service" means
    Ghat a  piece of equipment  contains or
    contacts either & liquid that is at least
    SO percent by weight vinyl chloride or B
    pas that is at least 10 percent by volume
    vinyl chloride.
       (m) "Standard operating procedure"
    means a formal written procedure offi-
    cially adopted  by the plant  owner or
    operator and available on & routine basis
    to those persons responsible  for carrying
    eut the procedure.
        "Stripper"  includes any vessel in
    which residual vinyl chloride is removed
    from polyvinyl  chloride resin, except
    toullt resin, in the slurry form by the use
    ©2 heni and/or vacuum. Xn the ease of
    feultt  resin,  stripper taclufles ony vessel
    which ta  w. Thto  requirement doss sios
    .opply  to  equipment  that  has  been
    ©paned, to out of operation, nnd met the
    requirement to OQS.S8(b) before being
       (&» Oxychlorinafcion reactor:  Sacepfc
     CD provided in Oei.OBfo). emissions of
     tflsiyl chloride to fehe atmosphere  from
     each oxychlorination reactor ore xiofc feo
     onceed 0.3 8/&S the BOO jjsreent ethylsno
     bichloride product from  fcSva osychlori-
    gfi!.f«3   F«ti!«-i«n  sl:indnr<1  for  vinyl
        rliluritic  plunls.
      An owner or operator of a vinyl chlo-
    ride plant shall comply with the require-
    ments of this section and 8 61.65.
      (a i Vinyl chloride formation and puri-
    fication:  The  concentration  of  vinyl
    chloride in all exhaust gases discharged
    to the atmosphere from any  equipment
    used in  vinyl  chloride formation and/or
    purification is not to exceed 10 ppm, ex-
    cept as  provided  in g 61.65(a). This re-
    quirement doss not apply to  equipment
    that has been opened, is out of operation,
    and met the  requirement in 8 61.65  before being  opened.
    § 61.A4   EliiinBiim t-limriurd for polyvinyl
          Reactor:  The following  require-
    ment apply  to reactors:
      <1>  The concentration of vinyl chlo-
    ride In  all exhaust gases  discharged  to
    the atmosphere from each reactor is not
    to exceed 10 ppm, except as provided  in
    paragraph   of  this section and
    §31.65(0).
      (2> The reactor opening loss fross each
    reactor  is not to  exceed 0.02  g vinyl
    chloride.'Kg  (0.00002 Ib vinyl chloride/
    Ibi  ofc polyvinyl  chloride  product, with
    the product determined on a dry solids
    basis. This requirement applies  to any
    vessel which  is used as a reactor or  as
    both a  reactor  and a  stripper.  In the
    bulk  process, the  product measa the
    gross  product of prepolymerization and
    postpolymerization.
      (3>  Manual vent  valve discharge: Ex-
    cept for an emergency manual vent valve
    discharge, there is to be no discharge  to
    the atmosphere from any manual vent
    valve on a polyvinyl chloride reactor  in
    vinyl  chloride service. An  emergency
    manual vent  valve discharge means  a
    discharge to the atmosphere which could
    not have been avoided  by taking meas-
    ures to  prevent the discharge. Within  10
    days of any discharge to the atmosphere
    from any manual vent valve, the owner
    or operator of the source from which the
    discharge occurs shall submit to the Ad-
    ministrator a report in writing contain-
    ing information  on the source,  nature
    and cause of the discharge, the date and
    time of the discharge,  the approximate
    total vinyl chloride loss during  the dis-
    charge, the method used for determining
    the vinyl chloride  loss, the action that
    was taken to prevent the discharge, and
    measures adopted to prevent future dis-
    charges.
       (b)   ©tripper:  The concentration  of
    vinyl chloride in all exhaust gases dis-
    charged to the  atmosphere  from each
    ofcripper to raot to exceed 10 ppm, except
    as provided Sa 061.88(o). This  require-
    ment ticso not apply to equipment, that
    has beoxi opened, is out of operation, and
    mefc the requirement SB 0 3i.S3(B») (Q)  (!)
    before feetog  opened.
       (c)   Bfltatas.  welshing,  and  holding
    containers: The concentration  of vinyl
    ehloride to oil exhaust gases discharged
    to  toe  atmosphere from each
    weighias, @? Bioldtoff contotoar to
    <3&J@rlde  corvtes
    stripper (or &e reactor if the plant has
    no stripper) in the plant process flow is
    not to exceed 10 ppm, except as provided
    in 8 31.65(a>. This requirement does not
    apply  to  equipment that  has  been
    opened, is out of operation, and met the
    requirement  in  {! 61.65(b) (6) (i)  before
    being opened.
      (d)  Monomer  recovery  system. The
    concentration of vinyl chloride in all ex-
    haust gases -discharged  to  the  atmos-
    phere from each monomer recovery sys-
    tem is not to exceed 10 ppm, except  as
    provided in fi 61.65(a>. This requirement
    does  not apply  to equipment that has
    been opened, is out of operation, and met
    the requirement in 6 61.65(b) <6> (i) be-
    fore being opened.
      (e) Sources following the stripper(s) :
    The  following  requirements apply  to
    emissions of vinyl chloride  to  the  at-
    mosphere from  the  combination of  all
    sources following the stripper (s) [or  the
    reactor's)  if  the plant has no strip-
    per(sO in  the  plant process flow  in-
    cluding but not limited  to, centrifuges,
    concentrators, blend tanks, filters, dry-
    ers, conveyor air discharges," baggers,
    storage containers, and inprocess waste-
    water :
       (1) In polyvinyl chloride plants using
    stripping  technology to control vinyl
    chloride emissions, the weighted average
    residual vinyl chloride concentration in
    all grades  of polyvinyl chloride resin
    processed through the stripping opera-
    tion  on each calendar  day, measured
    immediately after the stripping opera-
    tion is completed, may not exceed:
       (i)  2000 ppm for polyvinyl chloride
    dispersion resins, excluding latex resins ;
       (ii) 400 ppm for  all  other polyvinyl
    chloride resins,  Including latex resins,
    . averaged separately  for each type of res-
    in; or
       (2) In  polyvinyl chloride  plants con-
    trolling  vinyl  chloride  emissions with
    technology other than stripping or in
    addition to stripping, emissions of vinyl
    chloride to  the  atmosphere may  not
    exceed :
       (1)2 B/fcB  (0.002 Ib/lb) product from
    the stripper(s)   tor reactor(s)  if  toe
    plant has  no otripper(s) ) for dispersion
    polyvinyl chloride resins, excluding latex
    resins, with the product determined on o
    dry solids basis;
       (ID 0.0  B/TJE  (0.0004 Ib/lb)  product
    from the strippers [or reactor(s) if  the
    plant has ao stripper(s)] for all other
    polyvinyl chloride resins, including latex
    resins, with the product determined on
    a dry solids basis.
    
    § 61.65   Emiisoion MundHiiJ  for  rOliylcne
          diclilortde,  viiny! j-liloridc and poir-
          viny! riiSoridlp jplunio.
                                                                            An owner or operator of an ethylene
                                                                          dichloride, vinyl  chloride,  and/or poly-
                                                                          vinyl chloride plant shall comply  with
                                                                          the requirements of this section.
                                                                            (a) Relief valve discharse: Except for
                                                                          an  emergency relief discharge, there is
                                                                          to be no discharge  to the atmosphere
                                                                          from any relief valve on ony equipment
                                                                          to vinyl  chloride service. An emergency
                                                                          relief discharge means a discharge which
                                                                          could not have been  avoided  by taking
                                                                          Eaecoures to prevant fche fiiocfearBe. With-
                                                                          to 20 ifloyo of Day irelSaf volve discharge,
                                                      on.  cc®.  80s—TWUQSOAV, ©swsoaa a«,
                                                          111-71
    

    -------
                                                OWES AM®
    dhe owner or operator of fche eource from
    which the relief valve «ilscharge occurs
    ohall submit to the Administrator  a re-
    jiort In  writing containing Information
    en the source, nature and cause of the
    discharge, the date and time of the dis-
    charge, toe approximate total vinyl chlo-
    slde loss during the discharge, the meth-
    od used for determining the vinyl  chlo-
    rtde loss,  the action that was taken to
    prevent the  discharge,  and  measures
    adopted to prevent future discharges.
      (b) Fugitive emission sources:
      (1) Loading and unloading lines: Vinyl
    chloride emissions from loading and un-
    loading  lines which are opened to the
    atmosphere  after each loading  or un-
    loading operation are to be  minimized
    ns follows:
      (0  After  each  loading or unloauXs
    operation  and before opening  a  loading
    or unloading line to the atmosphere, the
    quantity of vinyl  chloride In all parts of
    cosh leading  or unloading  line that are
    t® be opened  to the atmosphere is to ba
    [reduced oo that the parts combined con-
    toin no greater than 0.0038 m° (0.13 ft")
    ©£ vinyl ehloride, at standard tempera-
    tore and pressure; and
      (li) Any vinyl  chloride removed from
    a loading or unloading line  in  accord-
    once with paragraph  (b)(l)(l)  of this
    csction is  to be ducted through a control
    oystem from which the concentration of
    vinyl chloride in  the exhaust gases does
    abt exceed 10 ppm, or equivalent as pro-
    vided in 8 61.S6.
      (2) Slip gauges: During loading or un-
    loading operations, the vinyl chloride
    emissions from each slip gauge in vinyl
    ehloride service are to be minimized by
    ducting any  vinyl chloride  discharged
    Sstan the slip gauge through a control
    system from •which the concentration of
    vinyl chloride In  the exhaust gases does
    mot exceed 10 ppm, or equivalent as pro-
    vided In 6 31.38.
       (3) Leakage from pump, compressor.
    ond agitator seals:
      (i) Rotating pumps:  Vinyl chloride
    emissions from  seals  on all rotating
    B>umps in vinyl chloride service are to be
    Eainlraisefi by installing sealless pumpa,
    pumps with double mechanical seals, or
    cguivoloafc OB  provided  Sn  0 01.S3.  2f
    (SoublQ mechanical seals are used, vinyl
    chloride emission from the seals are to
    tsa minimized by  maintaining the pres-
    oure between  the two seals so that any
    Eaafe that occurs Is into the  pump; by
    (atactlng any  vinyl chloride between the
    too seals through & control system from
    which  the concentration of  vinyl chlo-
    side In the exhaust gases does  not ex-
    seed iO ppm; or equivalent as provided
    to 0 81.88.
       (11) Reciprocating pumps:  Vinyl chlo-
    inlde emisolojjo «rom cealo on all recipro-
    eating pumps to vinyl chloride service
    CM to bo minimized by installing double
    ©utboard seals, or equivalent aa provided
    fB  0 31.03. 2£ double outStoard oeals QFQ
    cased, vinyl chloride omissions from the
    csals are  to be minimised b? maintaining
     @ie pressure between the two  oeals oo
    £SjBt any Seals th&t scours  80 8nto the
     !°>ump; by fiucyas oay vinyl chloride bo°
    G\7coa C&o 600 ccoto faMw»ah o
    oystem from which the concentration of
    vinyl chloride in the exhaust gases does
    not exceed  10 ppm; or  equivalent as
    provided in § 01.36.
       (til)    Rotating   compressor:  Vinyl
    chloride emissions from seals on all  ro-
    tating   compressors  in  vinyl  chloride
    service are to be minimized by installing
    compressors  with double  mechanical
    seals, or equivalent as provided in § 61.66.
    If double mechanical seals are used, vinyl
    chloride emissions from the seals are to
    be minimized by maintaining the pres-
    sure between the  two seals  so that any
    leak that occurs is into the  compressor;
    by ducting  any vinyl chloride between
    the two seals through a control system
    from which  the concentration of vinyl
    chloride in  the exhaust gases does  not
    exceed 10 ppm; or  equivalent as provided
    inS61.66.
       (iv)  Reciprocating compressors: Vinyl
    chloride emissions from seals on  all re-
    ciprocating compressors in vinyl chloride
    service are to be minimized by installing
    double  outboard seals, or equivalent as
    provided in  8 61.36.  II double outboard
    seals are used, vinyl chloride emissions
    from the seals are to be minimized by
    maintaining the  pressure between  the
    two seals so that any leak that occurs is
    into the compressor; by ducting  any
    vinyl  chloride between the  two seals
    through a control system from wniah the
    concentration  of  vinyl chloride  in  the
    exhaust gases does not exceed 10 ppm; •
    or equivalent as provided in g 61.66.
       (v) Agitator: Vinyl chloride emissions
    from seals on all agitators in vinyl chlo-
    ride service are to be minimized by in-
    stalling  agitators  with double mechani-
    cal seals, or equivalent as provided in
    0 31.66. If double  mechanical seals are
    used, vinyl  chloride emissions from the
    seals are to be minimized by maintaining
    the pressure between the two seals so
     that any leak that occurs is into the  agi-
    tated vessel; by ducting any vinyl chlo-
    ride between the two  seals through  a
     control  system from which the concen-
     tration  of vinyl chloride in the exhaust
     coses does not exceed 10 ppm; or equiva-
     lent as provided in 0 31.36.
       «})  Lmttase from relief valves: Vinyl
    chloride emissions due to leakage  from
    each relief valve  on equipment in vinyl
    chloride service are to  be minimized by
    installing a rupture disk  between the
     equipment and the  relief valve, by con-
     necting the relief valve  discharge  to a
     process line or recovery system, or equiv-
     alent as provided  in § 81.86.
       , all gases
     which are manually vented from equip-
    ment ia vinyl chloride service are to be
     ducted through a control  system  from
     which the concentration of vinyl chloride
     in the  exhaust Bases does not exceed  10
     ppm; or equivalent as provided In 6 81.86.
       (3)  Opening  of   equipment:  Vinyl
     chloride emissions  from  opening  of
     equipment  (including loading or unload-
     ing lines that are not opened to  the at-
     mosphere after each loading or unload-
     taB oparatioa) are to  be minimized as
     follows:   •    •  •  .-.•.•••
       tt)  Mora owning any equipment for
                                     chlo-
    ride is to be reduced BO that the equip-
    ment contains no more than 2.0 percent
    by volume vinyl chloride or 0.0950 nv (25
    gal)  of  vinyl chloride,  whichever  is
    larger, at  standard  temperature and
    pressure; and
      (ii) Any vinyl chloride removed from
    the equipment in accordance with para-
    graph  (b) (6) (i) of this section is to be
    ducted through a control system  from
    which the  concentration of vinyl chlo-
    ride in the exhaust gases does not exceed
    10  ppm, or equivalent as provided in
    § 61.66.
      (7)  Samples: Unused portions of sam-
    ples containing at least 10 percent by
    weight vinyl chloride are to be returned
    to the process, and sampling techniques
    are to be such that sample containers in
    vinyl  chloride service are purged into a
    closed process system.
      (8) Leak detection  and elimination:
    Vinyl  cWoride emissions due to  leaks
    from  equipment in vinyl chloride service
    are to be minimized by instituting and
    Implementing  &  formal leak  detection
    and elimination program. The owner or
    operator shall submit a description of
    the program  to  the  Administrator  for
    approval. The program is to be sub-
    mitted within  45 days of the effective
    date of these regulations, unless a waiver
    of compliance is granted under 8 61.11.
    If a waiver of  compliance is granted, the
    program is to be 'submitted on a date
    scheduled  by  the Administrator.  Ap-
    proval of a program will be granted by
    the Administrator provided he finds:
       (i)  !t includes a reliable and accurate
    vinyl chloride monitoring system for de-
    tection of major leaks and identification
    of the genera] area of the plant where &
    leak  is located. A vinyl chloride monitor-
    ing system means a device which obtains
    air samples from one or more points on
    a continuous  sequential basis and ana-
    lyzes the camples with gas chromatog-
    raphy or, if the owner or operator as-
    sumes that all  hydrocarbons measured
    are vinyl chloride, with infrared spectro-
    photometry flame  ion  detection, or an
    equivalent or alternative method.
       (ii) It includes a reliable and accurate
     portable hydrocarbon detector to be used
    routinely to find small leaks and to pin-
    point the major Seaks  indicated by tho
     vinyl  chloride  monitoring  system.  A
     portable hydrocarbon detector means a
     device which measures hydrocarbons
     with a  sensitivity of at least  10  ppm
     and is of such design and size  that it can
     be used to measure emissions from local-
     ized points.
       (ill)  It provides for an acceptable cali-
     bration  and maintenance schedule for
     the vinyl chloride monitoring system and
     portable hydrocarbon detector.  For tho»
     vinyl chloride monitoring system, a daily
     span check to to be conducted with  o
     concentration of vinyl  chloride equal to
     the concentration  denned as  a leak ac=
     cording to paragraph (b) (8) (vi) of  this
     (section. The  calibration  is to be dono
     with either:       .       •    •    " ••
       
    -------
                                                        ANIe)
      (Bi A calibration gas cylinder contain-
    ing  the appropriate concentration  of
    vinyl chloride. If a calibration gas cylin-
    der is used, the analysis must be trace-
    able to the National Bureau of Stand-
    ards or to a Bravlmetrically calibrated
    vinyl chloride permeation tube.
      (iv) The location and number of points
    fco be monitored and the  frequency of
    monitoring provided for in the program
    are acceptable  when they are compared
    with the number of pieces of equipment
    to vinyl chloride service and the size and
    physical layout of the plant.
      (vi Kt contains an acceptable plan of
    action to be taken when a leak is de-
    tected.
        St  contains  & definition of leak
    which is acceptable when compared with
    6he background concentrations of vinyl
    chloride In the areas of the plant to be
    monitored by the vinyl chloride monitor-
    Ins system. Measurements of background
    concentrations  of  vinyl  chloride  In the
    areas of the plant to be monitored by the
    \rtnyl chloride monitoring system are to
    bs included with the description of the
    program.  The  definition of leak  for  a
    Given plant may vary among the differ-
    ent areas within the plant and is also to
    change over time  as background  con-
    centrations in  the  plant are reduced.
      <9) Xnprocess wastewater: Vinyl chlo-
    ride  emissions  to the atmosphere from
    inprocess  wastewater are to be reduced
    as follows:
      (i)  The concentration of vinyl chlo-
    si<3e in each inprccess wastewater stream
    containing greater than 10  ppm vinyl
    eWoride measured  immediately  as it
    leaves & piece of equipment and before
    being mixed with  any other inprocess
    wostewater stream is to be reduced to no
    more than 10 ppm by weight before being
    mixed with any other inprocess wastewa-
    fear stream which contains less than 20
    ppm vinyl chloride: before being exposed
    &o the  atmosphere,  before  being dis-
    charged to a wastewater treatment proc-
    ess: or before being discharged untreated
    as a wastewater.  The  paragraph  does
    apply to water  which is used to displace
    vinyl chloride from equipment before it
    So opened to the atmosphere in accord-
    ance  with 0 81.84) <8> of this section, but does not apply
    to water which is used to wash out equip-
    ment after the equipment has  already
    tesan opened to the atmosphere  In ac-
    cordance  with  i 31.84(a) (2)  or para-
    Cjraph (b) (8) of this section.
      (ii> Any vinyl chloride removed  from
    &IQ inprocess wastewater in accordance
    with paragraph (b) (9) (1) of this  section
    Ho to be ducted  through a control system
    ifrozn  which  the concentration of  vinyl
    oMorlde in the exhaust Bases does not
    Qflceed 10 ppm, or equivalent on provided
    la 0 01.33.
       The requirements in paragraphs
    (bun. (b)(2>. (b)(8), (b><6>.  (b)(7)
    and    of  thio section are to be in-
    corporated  into  a standard  operating
    procedure, on? made available upon re-
    quest for  inspection by the Administra-
    tor. The standard operating procedure ts
    to Include provisions for measuring the
    vinyl chloride  to  equipment £*3.78 sa°
    01250 geJ in volume for which am mis-
    sion limit is prescribed to 0 81.85(5i(i) (A) or (g) ((5) (i) (B).
    
    § 61.66   Equivalent equipment and pro-
         redurcs.
    
      Upon written application from an own-
    er or operator, the Administrator may
    approve use of equipment or procedures
    which have  been  demonstrated  to his
    satisfaction to  be equivalent In terms of
    reducing vinyl  chloride emissions to the
    atmosphere to those prescribed for com-
    pliance with a specific paragraph of this
    subpart. For an existing source, any re-
    quest for using an equivalent method as
    the initial measure of control is  to be
    submitted  to the  Administrator within
    30 days of the effective date. For a new
    source, any request for using an equiva-
    lent method is to be  submitted to the
    Administrator  with the application for
    approval of construction or modification
    required by § 81.07.
    § 6! .67   Emission Ocsto.
      (a) Unless a waiver of emission testing
    is obtained under  g 61.13.  the owner or
    operator of a source to which this subr
    part  applies shall test emissions  from
    the source.
      (1) Within 90 days of the effective date
    in the case of an existing source or  a
    new source which  has an initial startup
    date preceding the effective date, or
      (2) Within 90 days of  startup in the
    case of  a new  source, initial startup of
    which occurs after the effective date.
      (b) The owner or operator shall pro-
    vide the Administrator at least 30 days
    prior notice of  an emission test to  afford
    the  Administrator the opportunity  to
    have an observer present during the test.
       Any emission test  is to be con-
    ducted while the equipment being  tested
    is operating at the maximum production
    rate at which the  equipment will be op-
    erated and under  other relevant condi-
    tions as may be specified by the Adminis-
    trator based on representative perform-
    ance of the source.
      (d) Each emission test is to consist
    of three runs. For the purpose of deter-
    mining emissions,  the average of results
    of all runs is to apply. The average is to
    be computed on a  time weighted basis.
       All  samples are to be analyzed
    within 24 hours, and vinyl chloride emis-
    sions are to be determined within 30 days
    after the emission test.  The owner or
    operator shall report the determinations
    to  the  Administrator by a  registered
    letter dispatched before the close of the
    next  business day following the deter-
    mination.
      (f) The owner or operator shall  retain
    at the plant and  make available,  upon
    request, for inspection by the Adminis-
    trator, for a minimum of 2 years records
    af emission test results and  other data
    needed to determine emissions.
      (g)  Unless otherwise  specified,  the
    owner or operator shall  use test Test
    Methods in Appendix B to this part for
    each  test  as required by paragraphs
    (g)(l),  (g)(2),  (g)(3).   (g)(4),  and
    (g) (5) of this section, unless an equiva-
    lent  method or an alternative  method
    has been approved by the Administrator.
    If the  Administrator finds  reasonable
    grounds  to dispute the results obtained
    by an equivalent or alternative method.
    he may  require the use  of a reference
    method.  If the results of the reference
    and  equivalent  or  alternative methods
    do not agree, the results obtained by the
    reference method prevail, and the Ad-
    ministrator may notify   the  owner  or
    operator that approval of the  method
    previously considered to be equivalent or
    alternative is withdrawn.
      (1) Test Method 106 is to be used to
    determine  the vinyl  chloride emissions
    from any source for which an emission
    limit is prescribed in 8§61.62'a)  or  (b)
    8 61.63 .  or pg 81.64(a) (1) ,  (b) , (c) , or
    (d> ,  or from any control system to which
    reactor emissions are  required  to  be
    ducted in 8 61.64 (2) or to which fugi-
    tive emissions are required to be  ducted
    in  08 61.65 (iii, (b)(2i,  (b><5>,
    (b«8Mii>,or (b)(9;(li>.
      (i)  For each run, one sample is to be
    collected. The sampling site  is to be at
    least two stack or duct diameters down-
    stream and one half diameter upstream
    from any  flow  disturbance  such as  a
    bend, expansion, contraction, or visible
    flame. For a rectangular cross section an
    equivalent  diameter is to  be  determined
    from the following equation:
                          -
                           length-f width
    
    The sampling  point  in  the duct is  to
    be at the centroid of the cross section.
    The sample is to be extracted at a rate
    proportional to the  gas  velocity  at the
    sampling point.  The  sample  is to  be
    taken over a minimum of one hour, and
    is to contain a minimum volume of  50
    liters corrected to standard conditions.
       (11) For gas  streams containing more
    than 10  percent oxygen, the concentra-
    tion of vlnyle chloride as determined  by
    Test Method 106 is to be corrected to 10
    percent  oxygen  for determination  of
    emissions by using the following equa-
    tion :
                  _r
                  ~ c *
    wlioro:
              l^Tlie concentration of vinyl rliloriili- in
                 the exhaust saws, corrected to 10 IUT-
                 percent oxygen.
             C>°The concentration of vinyl chloride a?
                 measured by Test Method I0t>.
            20.9° Percent oxygen In the ambient nlr ut
                 otand.ird conditions.
            10.9=I'crcent oiygen In Hie nmblonl nir nt
                 ctandard conditions, minus the lu
                 poreont oxygen to which the corrrc-
                 tlon |9 being made.
       Percent Oj» Percent oxygon In thn exhfinst gns ft)
                 measumf by Reference Method 3 in
                 Append! i A of Fort 60 of I his diopter.
    
      (Hi)  For those emission sources where
    the emission limit is prescribed in terms
    of mass rather than concentration, mass
                                  PG9GQAI QCaiCTQQ, V91. 01,  KO.  803—THURSDAY, ©CTODBB 81, 1974
    
    
                                                          111-73
    

    -------
    emissions in tsg/100  kg product QFQ to
    &e  determined by using the  following
    equation:
                tCt (2.60) Q IP-"} [lop]  :
                           -
    ohere:
    2.CO
    10-«
           lS vinyl chloride/100 hg product.
          Ttea eoncentrctiou ol vinyl chloride es measured
           by Tat Method 103.
         =I>endty of vinyl chloride at ono atmosphere and
           2B°C In hs/m'.
          Volumetrlc flow rote In m'/hr 03 determined by
          • Hf(crcn« Method 2 of Appendii A to Part 60
           of this chapter.
         > Conversion factor for ppm.
          Production
                                               ; is oSso used as a stripper, the deter-
                                           mination may be' made immediately fol-
                                           Sowing ffiis stripping operation.
                                             (5)(U)  of 4his section, the reactor
                                           opening loss is to be  determined using
                                           the following equation:
                                                  C=
          W (2.60)  (10-°) (Cb)
                   YZ
                                           where:
                                              t»'
                                            2.60
       (3) Test Method 107 is to be used to
    (Satermine the  concentration  of  vinyl
    eWoride In each inprocess wastewater
    ofeeasn  for  which an emission  limit is
    prescribed in 0 31.35(b) (8) (1) .
       (3) Where a stripping operation is
    wed to astaln the emission limit In 8 61.-
    CXHe), emissions  are  to  be determined
    \asing Test Method 107 as follows:
       (i) The number of strippers and sam-
    ples and the types and grades of resin to
    fe2 sampled are to be determined by  the
    Administrator for each Individual plant
    Dt the  time  of the test  based on  the
    plant's  operation.
       (11) Each sample is to be taken imme-
    diately  following the stripping operation.
       (ill)  The  corresponding  quantity  of
    material processed by each stripper is to
    bs determined on a dry solids basis and
    by a method submitted to and approved
    by the  Administrator.
       (iv) At the prior request of the Ad-
    ministrator, the owner or operator shall
    provide duplicates  of the samples  re-
    Oiuired  in paragraph (g) (3) (i) of this
    section.
       «i)  Where control technology  other
    than or in addition to a stripping opera-
    tion is used to  attain the emission limit
    in Q 61.84(e). emissions are to be deter-
    mined as follows:
       (i) Test Method 106 is to be used to
    determine atmospheric emissions from
    oil of the process equipment simultane-
    ously. The requirements of paragraph
      (1)  of this section are to be met.
       (ii) Test Method 107 is to be used to
    determine  the  concentration of vinyl
    chloride  in  each  inprocess  wastewater
    o&ream subject  to the emission limit pre-
    oedbed  in g 81.84(e). The mass of vinyl
    ahloride ia leg/100 kg product to each
    ta process wastewater stream is to be de-
    termined by  using the following  equa-
     tion :
              ,.     1C. ff  10-°1 11001
                           ~.-   --
      C'nr = tn vinyl rhloriile/100 ka prortu<-|.
        C'd*»thp conceitlruiion ot vinyl clilorldc un ni'-aturvd
            by Teat Mrlhod 107.
        /? -water flop rate In I /Mr, determined In nccnrdiuiro
            ollh a method r/liU'.li hoa been ouhmlllerl u>
            and approved by tho Admlnlatralor.
       >0^°Coi>»ornlon lector formim.
        X**l'rodurUon roto (ftp/fir) determined In word-
            Qnro with o method which hna bi't-n 8Ul>nilll<>d
            tind approved by the AdrtBiilsiiuloi.
    
        <5) The reactor opening loss for which
     on emission limit is prescribed In { 01.64
      is to be determined. The number
     ®£ reactors for which the determination
     to to be made is to be specified by the
     Administrator for ench individual  plant
     Qfc the time of the determination based
     ®n 6he  plonfo operation. For o  reactor
    *hg vinyl chloride emissions/kg product.
     Capacity of the reactor In m'.
     Density of vinyl chloride at one. atmosphere and
      Z0° C In tic/mi.
     Converolon factor for ppm.
     ppm by volume vinyl chloride as determined by
      Test Method 109 or o portable hydrocarbon
      detector wblch measures hydrocarbons
      with a  oenoltlvlty of at  leant 10 ppm.
     Number of batches since the  reactor wes lest
      opened to the atmosphere.
     Averose bu ol polyvlnyl chloride produced per
      bftlcn In thonuinlier on»atcl»ejpinc? the reactor
      won las I opened to the nlmuophere.
                                             (A)  If Method 106 is  used to deter-
                                           mine the concentration of vinyl chloride
                                           (Cb), the sample Is to be withdrawn at
                                           a constant rate with a probe of sufficient
                                           length to reach the vessel bottom from
                                           the manhole. Samples are to be taken
                                           for 5 minutes within 6 inches of the ves-
                                           sel  bottom,  5 minutes near the vessel
                                           center, and 5 minutes near the vessel top.
                                             (B) If a portable hydrocarbon detec-
                                           tor is used to determine  the concentra-
                                           tion of vinyl chloride  (Cb),  a  probe of
                                           sufficient length to reach the vessel bot-
                                           tom from  the manhole is to be used to
                                           make the measurements. One measure-
                                           ment will be made within 6 inches of the
                                           vessel bottom, one near the vessel center
                                           and one near the vessel  top. Measure-
                                           ments are to be made at each location
                                           until the reading is stabilized. All hydro-
                                           carbons measured are to be assumed to
                                           be vinyl chloride.
                                             (C) The production rate of polyvtnyl
                                           chloride (Z)  is to be  determined  by a
                                           method submitted to and approved by the
                                           Administrator.
                                             (ii) A calculation based on the number
                                           of evacuations, the vacuum Involved, and
                                           the volume of sas in the reactor is hereby
                                           approved by the Administrator  as an al-
                                           ternative method for determining reac-
                                           tor opening  loss for postpolymerization
                                           reactors  in   the  manufacture  of  bulk
                                           resins.
                                            § 61.68   Eo»oi«io, 6 61.63(a),
                                            and 9 31.8<>(a)(l), (b), (c).and (d), and
                                            for any control system to which reactor
                                            emission  are required to  be ducted in
                                            Ofll.85(2>, .
                                            (b)t8Hli).and (&»<9).
                                              , the
     dally span check is to be conducted with
     a concentration of vinyl chloride equal
     to  10  ppm. For the emission source for
     'which an emission limit is prescribed in
     § 61.62<3). (b)(4), (b)(5).
     (b)(6),  (b>(7), and  (b) (8) are  being
     implemented.
        (b)(l)  In the  case of  an existing
     source or & new  source which has an
     initial startup date preceding the effec-
     tive date, the statement is to be submit-
     ted within 80 days of the effective date,
     unless a waive? of compliance is granted
     under 9  31.11, oJons  with the Informa-
     tion required under  9 81.10. Xf  a waiver
     of compliance is granted,  the statement
    ..is to  be oubmittsd on  a date scheduled
     by the Administrator.
        (2)  In the case of  a new source which
     did not have an initial startup date pre-
     ceding the effective date,  the statement
     is to  be  submitted within  BO days of the
     initial startup date.
        (c)  The  statement is to  contain  the
     following information:
        (1)  A list of the equipment installed
     for compliance,
        (2)  A description of.the physical and
      functional  characteristics of each piece
      of equipment.
        (3)  A  description   of  the  methods
     which have been incorporated into the
     standard operating procedures for mea^-
     uring or calculating the emissions for
     which emission limits  are prescribed in
      §861.65  (b> QHi) and (b)(6)(i).
        (4)  A  statement that  each piece of
      equipment is  installed and that each
     piece  of  equipment and each procedure
      is being used.
      § f>1.70   So'nii.inDiunJ report.
      (a) t2) is to be determined.  The number
      source to which this subpart applies shall
      oubintt to the Administrator on Septem-
                                           aa©i8?BQ. VOL 4i..Ko.  aes—TMUQSDAY,  OCTODCQ 21,
                                                           111-74
    

    -------
    fear 15 cmd March 16 of each year a, report
    to writing  containing the information
    required by this ssctlon. The first semi-
    annual  report Is to be submitted follow-
    ing the flrot full 8 month reporting period
    of ter the initial report Is submitted.
      (b)  as the ease of aa existing source
    or o new osurce which  has an initial
    otartup dat® gwecedlns the eGective date,
    ®je first report is to be submitted within
    S80  dayo  of She effective date,  unless a
    waiver  of compliance is  granted under
    0 81.11. Xf  Q  waiver  of  compliance is
    Granted,  fche first report  is to be sub-
    mitted  on a date scheduled by the Ad-
    ministrator.
      (3) Sn the case of a new source which
    Sid not hove an initial startup date pre-
    ceding the effective date, the first report
    Us to be submitted within 180 days of the
    initial startup date.
      (c)  Unless  otherwise   specified,  the
    owner or operator  shall  use the Test
    Methods  in Appendix 3 to this part to
    conduct emission tests  as required by
    paragraphs (c>(2>  and  (c)(3)  of this
    csction, unless an equivalent or an alter-
    native' method  has been approved by the
    Administrator.  Xf  the  Administrator
    finds reasonable  grounds to dispute  the
    results  obtained by an equivalent or al-
    ternative method, he may require the use
    of a reference  method. If the results of
    £he reference and equivalent or alterna-
    tive  methods  do not  agree, the  results
    obtained  by the  peference method pre-
    vail, and the Administrator may notify
    Mje  owner or operator that approval of
    ®>e  method previously considered to be
    equivalent or alternative  Is withdrawn.
    - (1) The  owner or operator shall  in-
    clude in (the report a record of any emis-
    sions which averaged over  any hour
    period  (commencing on  the hour)  are
    to excess of  the emission limits pre-
    ceribed in 8§ 81.S2(a)  or (b). 0 81.63(a),
    as- B881.34(&>(1), (b), (c).or (d), as tor
    any  control system  to  which  reactor
    emissions are required to be ducted Sn
    0 81.(8>(U).ar
    (to) (®)(il). The emissions are to be meas-
    ured in  accordance with 0 81.88.
      (2> In polyvinyl  chloride  plants  for
    which a stripping operation is  used to
    attain the  emlsison level prescribed in
    08l.84fe>. the owner or operator shall
    laclude in  the report a record  of  the
    vinyl chloride  content in the polyvinyl
    chloride resin.  Test Method 107 is to be
    wsed to determine vinyl chloride content
    as follows:
      (1) 2f batch stripping Is used, one rep-
    resentative sample of polyvinyl chloride
    rain to to be taken from  each  batch of
    ppch grade of resin Immediately follow-
    ing  the  completion  of  the stripping.
    ond grade  and the data  and time  the
    teatch is  completed. The  corresponding
    quantity  of material  processed  in each
    ofcrlpper batch Is to be recorded and Iden-
    tified by  resin type and  Grade and  the
    date and time the batch is completed.
       ill. gf continuous  stripping is used,
    ana  representative sample of polyvlnyl
    chloride  resin  Is  to  be taken  for each
            f  rcoin B>r»osDosd or ot  tatervalo
      The corresponding quantity  of
    Polyvinyl chloride resin processed by the
    otrlpper's), identified by the resin  type
    and grade and  the time  and date it
    represents.
       (3)  The owner or operator  shall in-
    clude in the report a record of the emis-
    sions  from each reactor  opening  for
    which an emission limit Is prescribed in
    0 61.84(a) (21. Emissions are to  be deter-
    mined in accordance with § 61.67 (5>.
    except that emissions  for each reactor
    ore to be determined. For a reactor that Is
    cteo ucsd DO D otripper, the>determlnatlon
    asay be made immediately following the
    stripping operation.
    
    § 61.71  Kecordtseeping.
    
      (B)  The  owner or operator of  any
    source to which this subpart applies shall
    retain the following information at the
    source and make it available for inspec-
    tion by the  Administrator for a  mini-
    mum of two. years;   -
      (1) A record of the leaks detected by
    the vinyl chloride monitoring system, as
    required by 8 81.65(b) (8), including the
    concentrations  of  vinyl  chloride  as
    measured, analyzed, and recorded by the
    vinyl chloride detector,  the location of
    each measurement and the date and ap-
    proximate time of each  measurement.
      (2)  A record  of  the  leaks  detected
    during  routine  monitoring  with  the
    portable hydrocarbon detector and the
    action taken to repair the leaks, as re-
    quired  by  8 61.65(b)(8>,  Including  a
    brief statement explaining the location
    and cause of each  leak detected with
    the  portable hydrocarbon detector, the
    date and time of the leak and any action
    taken to eliminate that leak measured in
    accordance with § 61.68.
      (3)  For the  relief discharger,  fr2;n
    reactors subject to  the  provisions of
    §81.65(a>. a daily operating  record for
    each reactor, including  pressures  and
    temperatures.
      2. Appendix B Is amended by adding
    Test Methods 106 and 107 as follows:
      METHOD  106—DETERMINATION  OF VINYL
        CHLORIDE FBOM STATION ART  SOURCES
    
                  SWTBODCCTION
    
      Performance of this method should not oe
    attempted by persons  unfamiliar with the
    operation of a gas chromatograph, nor by
    those who are unfamiliar  with source sam-
    pling, as there ore many  details that are
    beyond the scope of this presentation. Care
    must bo onerclsed to  prevent  exposure  of
    campling personnel to vinyl chloride, a car-
    cinogen.
      1. Principle and Applicability.       *
      1.1 An Integrated bog sample of stack gns
    containing  vinyl  chloride  (chloroethylene I
    to oubjected  to chromatographic analysis.
    using Q flame lonlzotlon detector.
      13 The method Is applicable to the meas-
    urement of vinyl chloride In stack gases from
    othylene tilchlorlde. vinyl chloride and poly-
    vinyl chloride manufacturing processes, ex-
    cept where the vinyl chloride Is contained In
    partlculate matter.
      2. Songe end Sensitivity.
      The lower limit of detection will vary ac-
    cording to the cbromatograph used. Values
    reported Include 1 x  10-' mg and 4 x  10-T
    ing.
      3. Interferences.
      £3.--taldehyde, which can occur In  some
    vinyl chloride sources, will Interfere with the
    vinyl chloride peak from the Chromosorb 103
    column. See sections 0.3.2  and e.4. If reaolu-
    tlon of the vinyl chloride  peck la still not
    satisfactory  for a particular- sample,  then
    chromatograph parameters can  be further
    altered  with prior approval of  the Admln-
    lotrator. If alteration of the chromatograph
    parameters falls to resolve the vluyl chloride
    peak, then supplemental confirmation of the
    vinyl chloride peak through an absolute
    analytical technique, ouch  as mass spectro-
    acopy, must be performed.-
      Q.  Apparatus.
      0.1  Sampling (Figure 1).
      <1.1.1  Probe—Stainless oteel,  Pyrex (jlaea.
    sr ToSon SublQQ according &> otaeb tomjtar-
                                                       01. wo. sas — TOUOSOAY,
                                                                                      21,
                                                           111-75
    

    -------
        o, cacfe cguippsS trHb o clooo weal
    &> FOBIOVO paniculate motto?.
      o,  an^ laiosonaoee tho  TOCUUKI toe &pm
    CSio dag eeatolnor. Protect tho bag gontainos*
    Ssom oualigM.  •
       6.3  Sample oto?ago. Sample bags muat bo
    Kept  out of Slroct oualight. Whon at all poa-
    oi&ls, daciyol3 io to bo performod wlthto SXS
    Hoiiro of oosaplo coMoction.
       (3.8  Sample yocowry. With o pioee of Tef-
    tan tubing £a aroo asore than
    81. The aves-oge valuo for aiocs two areaa
    v.'ill be used to' compute the bag concentra-
    tion.
       Compare the ratio of Ma to Aa. for tho vinyl
    chloride sample witb the oame ratio  for tho
    standard peaft 7;blch io clccaot in height. AB
    a  guideline, if  these  ratios dlfier by moro
    than  10%. the vinyl chloride poet stay net
    be pure  (posoibly acetalfienyde in prooent)
    and the secondary column ohould &o em-
    ployed (cse Essticn <15^).
       6.5  Heesuro the ambient tempe?aturo and
    barometric pressure near tho  bag. (Aoaursio
    the relative  humidity to bo  100  porcent.)
    From a water oatvs'&tlon vapor pressure table,
    determine  the record  and water vapor con-
    tent of the bcs.
       7. Calibration and Staadortia.
       7.1   Prepnretico of vinyl chloride ctaad&fd
    gas mixtureo.  Hvociioto a oistcon-Sach cquaro
    Tedlar bag thot  bos pcisaofl  a locls ehostS
     (deocribsd in Ejctloa 7.<3) oad Et2to» ia ^
    liters of nitrogen. While the boQ io auiag. ^^
    tho O.Q ml oyrlnge to inject 300^1 o£ SD.S+ %
    vinyl chloride ttwouch &&s ^TOll c? tSio bog.
    Upon  •CTithdraulns too  ajs^ago arafiio, to=
    mediately  cover the yoaulting tecSo  ^ith o
    piece of odaeoivo tope. OTito oivco o esacoa"
    tratlon of 30 gtpm of via?] cMo?l&). Za a Htso
    aianner use the ctaer oyringo to pyoporo Silu-
    tiona  having  ao aad  8 ppsa  viayl calorido
    concentrotiono. I?ioco  ooeh 633 oa o  osaost^a
     ourfoco  ond   oJtssTiatoljr iSoprccs
    aldoo of the bog C9 timso to fu?oapoaoeo
     occur ID the ctocc-ace o3 vJayl  eSaloTide.
     tain eoadltiosio. t7ith the cqulpsaoat
     ing osTOffigesa  Moats-ocdts? to Eaetloa 3.8,
     the 'sample tcop 2or 80 oacoaflo ots ^o
     100 ml/Blin wltei oaQ of «ao vtayl
     calibrotson aiHatta-eo oad activate -flho
     valro. rjocora tiio injection timo.  Select
     pesft  ^ot eo?s=C3stoa&)  to  Viayl  chlosldo.
     Meoauro tho aiotanco oa SSw Ghost from ®iC>
     iajoctlea tiao to tao ®sao 06  watcli tho 5cx£s
                                                                        .
                                                        tho cacT* 03x3, io aoflraod co
                                                        time. JScswa.
                                                          7.8  KroporatSoa
                                                        bratlon eufvo. Maho  o CQO
                                                                     §3 coea crtcsadc^d poo
                                                                     Gx^sloa 9.8} .
                                                                          icoo ilso
                                                                          feo Bslca loves !^QD
                                                                        liao SgK6 &co eocscfi.
                         tosses
     coOo Csco ESS cs£o(«lCJ3to
                                                        obavo. !7J«da fc&o cosapMsso l®33 ?«» DO ccs
                                                        ot tao sote a? iQ9 tal/EaSa wS® caa^ otoffl
                                                        (joo  siofcuro ona oat8\?oto Sfeo camslo v
                                                                 , ftSio eencoafcrofcieao @£ vaayl
                                                              vJoetoa, CSo  otfeoa^ntos' ccrtaac,
                                                              psotj  o?c3»
                                                                tosaipjpciiaso,
                                                          , cdHitc? oca Sac? ffato. @ao?t
                                                                                               a?,-
                                                                  2SS-76
    

    -------
          by &o Qttonua£si cot^ng. Kapsat until
     too iajcstion aroca oro tTithln 6%. then plot
     taoca points TO C0. When a»o otber concen-
     •teatloaa Baavo  bean {plotted, drou a omootb
     ourve through the points. Perform calibra-
     tion daily, or  before and after each est of
    .teog  samples,  ^rhlcfaavor la more  frequent.
    ..  ?.oo MC conQticuto
                                                                                c=doroc=^K by tbo EavlroosoAUl Preto«cioo Aoocc7<
                                Equation 106-1
         =The sample pooh eras.
      The attenuation lector.
       3.3  Vinyl chloride concentrations, rrom
     ®>e  calibration curve described In Section
     7.3,  above, select  the value  of  Ce  that cor-
     responds to A,. the sample  peek area. Cal-
     culate C. as follows:
                     PtT,(l~
    CTbare:
    
     3ot =
    
     C^
    
     C,
                                Equation 106-2
               water vapor conlcut of tbr tun Bumble,
      y,
                     .
          Tho concentration of vinyl chloride In tho b?3
            camplrln pptn.
          Tho conornirBilon of vinyl ohlorldi> ludlostod by
            tho (jao cliroinntotrropli. In pptn.
          Tho roti-rpnea prpoauro, thf laboratory  pnonro
            Kjordod Ourlns collbtatlon, mm lln.
          Tbp oaoiple loop Ipoiiuroture ou tno  obcoluta
            caalo ni Uir Uuir of onalysLa, "K.
          Tho loborutory proasuro at lime of annlypls, nun
            Ha.
          Tho  rofcronco  tamnoratun,  the  sample  loop
            tosaporoiuni recorded during caUbrellon, °K'
        0. Eloforoncas.
        S. Srown. D. W.. Loy, E. W. and Stephen-
      con, M. H. "Vinyl Chloride Monitoring Near
      4S»o B. V. Goodrich Chemical Company  in
      Louisville, Kontuctsy." Seglon IV, TJ.8. Envi-
      ronmental  Protection  Agency. Surveillance
      and Analysis Division, Athens, Georgia. June
      £M. J974.
        3. "Evaluation of A Collection and  Analy-
      tical Procedure for Vinyl Chloride In Air."
      &y O. D. Clayton and Associates. December
      88, 1074.  EPA Contract No. 38-02-1408, TEoK
      Order No. 2, EPA Stoport ON. 73-VCL-i.
      *$S. "Standardisation of Stationary  Souroo
      limlnolon Mothoa for Vinyl Chloride," by Mld-
           Roaaarch XrtoUtuto. 1978. EPA Contract
                                NO. 7.
    METHOD 107—DErnnniNATiow os? VIMYT. CHIO-
      oraQ CONTENT  OP LNPEOCESO  WASTHWATEB
      SAMPLES. AND VDTTI. CEII.OQIDE COMTKNT 07
      POL7VZN7L CHLOCUDE RESIN, SLOBBY. WET
      CAIiZ. AKD Xi&TEX SAilPLES
    
                   ZNTBODUCnON
    
      Barformcnce of tola method should not be
    attempted by  parsons. unfamiliar  with the
    operation of a gas chromatograph,  nor by
    those who ore  unfamiliar with sampling, as
    there are many details that ore  beyond the
    ocope of  this  presentation.  Care  must be
    OEorclsed  to  prevent  exposure of  sampling
    personnel to ulnyl chloride, a carcinogen,
      1. Principle """ Applicability.
      1.1  Tho baslQ for this method relates to
    the vapor equilibrium which lo established
    between SVCM,  PVC, resin,  water, and air
    in a closed gystem. It bos been demonstrated
    that the  SVCM  in a  PVC resin  will equili-
    brate in  a closed Tacael quite rapidly,  pro-
    vided that tho temperature of the PVC resin
    'to  maintained  above  the  glass transition
    temperature of that specific resin.
      13  Tola procedure is suitable for deter-
    mining tho vinyl chloride monomer (VCM)
    content  of  inpzoceso wastewater  samples.
    a&d  the  residual  vinyl  chloride  monomer
     (SVCM)  content of polyvlnyl chloride (PVC)
    rosins,  wet cake, slurry, and lotos samples.
    !t cannot be used for polymer In fused form,
    such cs sheet or cubes. !f a resolution of the
    vinyl chloride  peak is not satisfactory for  a
    partlcul&r  sample,   then   chromatograph
    parameters may be  altered  with  prior ap-
    proval of the Administrator.  If there is rea-
    oon to believe that some other .hydrocarbon
    with an  identical  retention  time is present
    in  the sample, then supplemental  confirma-
     tion of the  vinyl chloride  peak through an
    absolute analytical technique, ouch  as m&co
    ojpectroocopy, should bo performed.
      3. Stance and Sonoltlvlty.
      Tho lowor limit of detection of vinyl chlo-
    rido tTill Vary according to  the cbromatc-
    Cjraph sscofl.  Valuta reported  Sswlufio
    mg and 4X10-' mg. With proper calibration,
    the upper limit may be extended cs needed.
      3. Precision and Reproduclblllty.
      An Intel-laboratory  comparison  between
    seven laboratories  of three resin samples,
    each split into three parts, yielded a standard
    deviation of 2.63% for a sample with a mean
    of 2.0D ppm, 4.10% for a'sample with a mean
    of 1.66 ppm, and 6.29% for a sample with a
    mean of 62.66 ppm.
      <1. Safety.
      Do not release vinyl chloride to the labora-
    tory atmosphere during preparation of stand-
    ards. Venting or purging vrith VCM/alr mix-
    tures must bs held  to  a minimum.  When
    they are required, the vapor must be routed
    to  outside air. Vinyl  chloride, even  at low
    ppm levels, must never be vented Inside tho
    laboratory. After viols have been  analyzed,
    the pressure within the vial must be vented
    prior to removal from the Instrument turn-
    table. VleJs must bo vented into an activated
    charcoal tube using & hypodermic  needle to
    prevent rele&oe of vinyl chloride  into tbo
    laboratory atmosphere.  The charcoal  must
    be  replaced prior  to  vinyl  chloride break-
    through.
      S. Apparatus.
      S.I  Sampling.
      BJ.l   Bottles—SO ml  (3 cz). •Btth  waxed
    lined screw on tops, for PVC  samples.
      a.15   Vials—SO ml Hypo-vlals.i sealed with
    Teflon faced Tuf-Bond discs for water sam-
    ples.
      SJJ3  Electrical  tape—or equivalent,  to
    prevent loosening .of bottle  tops.  •
      8.2  Sample  recovery.
      B.2.1   Vlals-^Wlth seals and caps, Perkln-
    Elmer Corporation No. 105-0118, or equiva-
    lent.
      6.223   Analytical   balance—Capable   of
    weighing to £0.001 gram.
      B.3.3.  Syringe.  100  pi—Precision  Ssrlea
    "A" No. 010025, -or equivalent.
                                                                                               9 Mention of trade aameo on specific prod-
                                                                                             ucts does not constitute endorsement by too
                                                                                             Qswlreamoafea!
                                      CCMQAi OBI8TQQ,
                                                              CS, K9.
                                                                   111-77
    

    -------
      8.3XJ  ^Sld  Gsalsr. SPertiln-Elmer Ho.  108-
    3103 or equivalent.
      03   Analysis.
      0.8.1  fitao  cBstwnatograph — Portsln-Elma?
    ©arporatioa  Model  !?-40  head-opace oaa=
    BsTsar, No. JC4-C001. or equivalent.
      0.3.2  Cbromatogrophlc   column — Stain-
    tsca oteGl.  S  six 3.2  mm,  containing 0.4%
    Ocyftoooa HfiCO on Carbopak A. Perbln-Blmer
    iiUn-£lmep No. 106-0103, or equivalent.
      0.3.8  Sspta — Sandwich  typa.  to?  auto-
    naatlo dosing, 13 mm, Perhln-Elmer No. 105-
    aeoa,  or equivalent.
      3.3.3  integrator  . recorder — Hewlett <•
    Stoctxard Model 3380A, or equivalent.
      6.3.7  Filter drier assembly  (8)— Perkm-
    nimer No.  2230117, or equivalent.
      3.3.8  Soap fllm flowmeter — Hewlett Pacts-
    cs& No. 0101-0113, or equivalent.
      8.4   Calibration.
      0X1.1  Siegulatoro — tot  required  goo cyln-
      6. Steagento.
      <3.1   Analysis.
      3.1.1  Hydrogen gas — zero grade.
      6.1.3  Nitrogen gas — sero grade.
      0.15  Air — sero grade.
      Q.2   Calibration.
      G.2.1  Standard cylinders  (ft) — one  oach
    ®! SO, SCO, 3000, and 0000 ppm vinyl chloride
    to altrogsn, with certified analysis.
      V.  Procedure.
      7.1   Sampling.
      "J.1.1  PVC  oampllns— Allow  the rosin or
    cSwrry to Sow from a tap on the tanls or oUo
    vsatll tho tap line hao been well purged. Eo-
    t~afl a GO ml cample bottlo  under tbo top, ail,
    cafl Uznaoeiatoly tightly  cop tbo bottlo. Wrap
    ctecfcrlcal tope around tho  cap and bottlo to
    jjpovone  tao top from  loosoaing.  Place  on
    GSoatlfytog labol on oaca bottle, and record
    CSo data, time, cad oomplo location both on
    G&o bottlea and la o log boob.
      f.1.3  Water campling1 — Prior to use, *J»o
    CO  ml vlalo  (without  tho dlcca)  must bo
    capped with  aluminum  toll and muffled at
    COtTC JOF at least one  hour to destroy or
    jrosoovo any organic  mattor that could la-
    testers with analysis. At tho campling  loca-
    
    -------
                                 IDLES  AND REGULATIONS
    purged (Into hood) for several minute* prior
    to filling vials. After purging, reduce the flow
    rate to approximately 600-1000 cc/mln. Place
    end of tubing Into vial  (near  bottom) and
    after one minute slowly remove tubing. Place
    aeptum In vial aa soon at possible to mini-
    mize mixing air with sample. After the stand-
    ard vials are sealed. Inject  100^1 of distilled
    water.
      8.2  Preparation of cnromatograph calibra-
    tion curve.
      Prepare two 50 ppm. two 600 ppm, two- 2000
    ppm. and two 4000 ppm standard  samples.
    Run tbe calibration samples In  exactly the
    aame manner as regular samples.  Plot A.,
    the Integrator area counts for each standard
    sample  vs Ct,  tbe  concentration of vinyl
    chloride  In  each standard  aample. Draw a
    line of beat fit through the points.
      B. Calculations.
      9.1  Response factor.
      From the  calibration  curve described In
    Section 8.2.  above, select  the value  of  C.
    that corresponds to A. for each  sample. Com-
    pute the response factor, Rr, for each sample,
    as follows:
    
                     Ri=7T  Equation 107-1
                          v»
      0.3 Residual  vinyl chloride monomer con-
    centration, or vinyl chloride monomer con-
    centration.
      Calculate Cr»« as follows:
                 _A.P.(M,V
                 •
                               Equation 107-2
    
    
           Concentration of vinyl chloride In tbe temple,
            In ppm.
           Laboratory atmosphere pressure, mm Bf.
           Room temperature, *K.
           Molrculor weight of VCM (82.8).
           Volumo of vapor phase (vial volume lea (ample
            volume).
           Wfijln ol sample, nams.         .
           Oa>oAnitnnt (82,840).
           Ilenry'i  Law constant  tor VCM la PVC at
            (WO. K-tMXVT*-K, tar VCM In 1 ee
            (approilmnte) wastowater aample at W°C,
            )r-5.oxio-«-Ji:..
       Tk<*EqulUhratlon temperature, *K.
      If tbe foUowlnn conditions are met. Equation 107-2
    can be (UnpUBed as foDowi:
      L Ti  -22-0 (285° K).
      t. Ti-90-0(80rK).
    .  S. P.-7K mm. Hf.
    wtaere:
      C i. -
       Ti
       M,
       V,
        /t
        lf
                                                  where            ^-
                                                    V,-Vlal volume, cc (23.6).
                                                    t. Sample contains lass than 0.6% water.
                                                         	'*•
                                                       rte — TnT
                                                           «/
                  L197X10-»-f
                                                                             5.988 X10-»\
                                                                                  m,
      Tbe following general equation can be used (or any
    sample which contains VCM,
                                                                             Equation 107-3
    
                                                                             can be used (o
                                                                         PVC and/or water.
                                                                        7-,+ K. (1-7-5)7-,]
                                                             f [.
                                                                     m,
                               Equation 107-4
     where:
      T.-Totalsolidt.
      Note: Km must be determined.
      Results calculated  using  Equation  107-4
     represent concentration based  on the total
     sample. To obtain results  based on dry PVC
     content, divide by TS.
      For » 1 cc (approdmate) wastewaUr sample, Equation
     107-4 can be simpUQed to tbe following:
    
                                ao66xlo_)-|
                                      •       J
                               Equation 107-5
    
       10. References.
       1. Residual Vinyl Chloride Monomer Con-
     tent of  Polyvlnyl Chloride Resins and Wet
     Cake Samples, B. P. Goodrich  Chemical Co.
     Standard Test Procedure No. 1005-T. B. P.
     Ooodrlch Technical Center, Avon Lake, Ohio.
     January  80, 1976.
       3. Berens. A. R..  "The Solubility of Vinyl
     Chloride In Polyvlnyl Chloride,"  ACS-Dlvl-
     slon of  Polymer Chemistry, Polymer  Pre-
     prints IS (2) :  197, 1974.
       8. Berens, A. R.,  "The  Diffusion of Vinyl
     Chloride In Polyvlnyl Chloride,"  ACS-Dlvl-
     alon of  Polymer Chemistry, Polymer  Pre-
     prints IS (2) :  203, 1974.,
       4. Berens, A. R., L  B. Crlder. C. J. Toma-
     sek and J. M. Whitney,  Analysis  for Vinyl
     Chloride In PVC Powders by Head-Space Qaa
     Chromatography." to be published.
    
    - (PR Doc.70-30849 Piled 10-20^76:8:46 am]
                  NOUAL MOItm, VOL 41. NO. MS—TMUMOAY,  OCTOMR *1,  1*7*
                                           111-79
    

    -------
                                                QPILSS AMD Qd©m)(LA?0©Kl§
          SJ — NATIONAL EMISSION
             m MA2AC3(S3)Ui ASK
      ANTS
               ®J Authority  to  State 0J Coll-
      tenife  ©a  [Behalf  ©?
      Pursuant to the delegation of author-
    Sty  for  motional emission standards tor
    hazardous air pollutants (WESHAPS) to,
    fcSie Statf of California on behalf of fehe
    Ganta Barbara County Air Pollution Con-
    tool  District, dated September 87, 1673,
    EPA Is today amending  00 CFR 81.04.
    Address, to reflect this delegation. A  No-
    tice  announcing this  delegation is pub-
    Stoned In tho Notlcea section of this laoue
    of the PUBERAL REGISTER. The amended
    0 61.00 IQ set forth below. U adds the od-
    <3ress of the Santa Barbara County Air
    Pollution Control District to which must
    be addressed  all reports,  requests,  ap-
    plications, oubmlttals. and communica-
    tions pursuant to this part by sources
    (subject to the NESHAPS located within
    Air Pollution Control District.
      The Administrator finds good cause for
    tforegoing prior public notice and  for
    making  this rulemaking  effective  im-
    mediately in that it is an administrative
    change and not one of substantive con-
    tent. Ho additional substantive burdens
    ore imposed on the parties affected.  The
    delegation which is reflected by this ad-
    ministrative amendment  was effective
    on September 17.  1676 and it serves a©
    purpose to  delay  the technical  change
    of this addition of the Air Pollution Con-
    erol  District's address to fche Code off
    IP*ederal Regulations.
      This  ralemakins Is effective immedi-
    ately. and is issued under the authority of
    csction O2 of  the  Clean Air Acfc, DO
    osnendsfS (C3 HJ.S.C. SSB7c-7) .
      Dated: October 20. SOT3.
                 PAW. DE FALCO.  Jr.,    \
      !?art 81 of Chapter X, Title 40 of ®ie
       1. to  001.00  paragraph  <3>   is
    emended by revising oubparogmph P to
    read as follows:
       (b)  ° °
       iotiicB
       Pursuant  to  the  delegation  of  au-
     thority for national emission otanderds
     for li&zardous air pollutants (NESHAPS)
     60 the Plma County 53caJth Etepartment
     ©n behalf of the Pima County Air PoJIu-
     6Son Control District, dated October  7.
     flB7fl. EPA is today  amending 40 CFR
     Ol.Ofl.  AddresB. to reflect this delegation.
     A document  announcing this delegation
     te published today ot 41 FR in toe Notices
     cscfcJOBJ of ®ila Issue. The amended 0 01 01
     b oet forth teslow. It odris the address of
    the Pima County AirPollution  Control
    District to which must be addressed all
    reports, requests,  applications,  submit-
    to Is,  and  communications  pursuant
    to  this  part  by  sources  subject  to
    the NESHAPS located within  the  Air
    Pollution Control District.
      The Administrator flnds good  cause
    for foregoing prior public notice and for
    making this rulemaking effective Imme-
    diately  in that  it is  an administrative
    change  and not one of substantive con-
    tent. No additional substantive  burdens
    ore imposed on the parties affected. The
    delegation which is reflected by  this ad-
    ministrative amendment was effective on
    October 7, 197S and it serves no  purpose
    to delay the technical change of  this ad-
    dition of the Air Pollution Control Dis-
    trict's address to the Code of  Federal
    Jffiegulotions.
      This rulemaklriB is effective immedi-
    ately, and is issued under the authority
    ®f Section 112 of  the Clean Air Act.  as
    oxnendefi (42U.8.C. 1857c-7).
    
      Dated: November is, 1678.       ^
    
                      K.  L. O'CONNELL.
          Acting  Regional  Administra-
            tes Environmental Protection
            Agency,  Region  IZ.
                                               Part  61  of Chapter I. Title 40 of the
                                            Code of Federal Begulatlons is amended
                                            QB follows:
                                               1. In  0 SLO
    should read  "(1.250 gal)  in volume tor
    which an emls-".
      4. .  eighth line,  ftrst wc?d
    dfcould read "snatostoTO".
      (b> On tfdpQ <3358Q. oaiWdle ecJiMnm, in
    g 61.03'n'
                                                           111-80
    

    -------
    Jines Insert the following "fi6l.6 (2)
    or to which {fugitive emissions are re-
    tjuired to be ducted in".
       On page GCGCaOSQ 3. 5OT6
    PflKT SB—WATOONAL EMISSION STAND-
    ABB)S TOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS
    ©aloga&ion of Authority (o Stole of Callfcxr-
      miq.ori  IBehQljl ei^Sar^ Diego County Air
      Pursuant to the delegation of author-
    Ey 2or national emission standards for
    hasardous air pollutants (NE8HAP8) to
    ®je State of California on behalf of the
    San Diego County Air Pollution Control
    District, dated November 8, 1976, EPA fa
    today amending 00 CPR 91.04, Address,
    to reflect this delegation.  A Notice an-
    nouncing this delegation is published in
    fcha Notices section of this issue, under
    EPA 
    -------
          Oa=-KIAT«0)KlftL  EMISSION  OTAN0-
                     rity «o gfcrto off VoirasnJ
               to fche delegation of author -
    f&y tor National Emission standards for
    ISosas-fioua Air Pollutants (StfESHAFS) to
    8s part  must also be addressed, is set
    fforth  below.
      The Administrator finds good cause for
    foregoing  prior  public  notice  and for
    mo kins this rulemaking effective imme-
    diately in that it is  an administrative
    efaange oad not one of substantive con-
    fisat. Wo additional substantive burdens
    ore imposed on the  parties affected. The
              which is  reflected by this ad-
                amendment was effective on
    ©spterabar 3, 1073, and It serves no pur-
    [£3se to delay the technical change of this
    odditlea of the State address to the Code
    ©3 Federal Regulations.
      This sTSlemaklns  is effective Immedi-
    ately. and Is issued  under the authority
    atf Section 112 of the Clean Air Act. os
    osnended.  42 0.S.C.  i847c-7.
      IDated: December 17, 1876.
               JOHW A. S. MCOLEWMOW, .
                 Regional Administrator.
      Part 81 of Chapter I, Title 40  of the
    Code of Federal Regulations is amended
    QS follows:
      2n g 61.04 paragraph (b)  is amended
    toy revising subparagraph (UU) to read
    DS follows:
    0 (SI.®*  Address.
    (XTJJ)— Stota of Vermont, Agency of Entfron-
    raonteS Protection. Bos <189, Montpeller, Voy-
         05302.
    
        • o      o      o      o      o
        JDS BSO.T7-B40 Filed 1-0-77:0:08 osa|
    CCSCOA8, E308TOQ,
                             02, K)@.
    
                             o,
          (SMAPTER B—SMVIKONMEMTAL
              PROTECTION A@ENCV
                      ffl—AIR PC3OBRAMS
                        373-^3]
    
              NEW SOURCE KEVIEW
        BalegoJIon of Authority to the State of
                  S®«jth Carolina
    
       •jfhe amendments below Institute cer-
        a Gfiarsss ctoeases Sor reports and ap°
     ^£2,Mosjs FG^uS?ed f rosa spsrotosfD of aew
             EPA to <3sJG3Dtsfl fea @»a Stote
       South  Carolina authority to swiew
        and modified sources. The delegated
    authority  Includes the reviews under 40
    CFR Part 52 for the prevention of sig-
    nificant deterioration.  It also  includes
    &ie review under 40 CFR Part 80 for £he
    otandards of performance for new oto-
    feionary sources and review under 40 CFR
    Pan 61 for national emission standards
    S?or hazardous air pollutants.
      A notice announcing the delegation of
    authority  is published elsewhere in She
    notices section of this issue  of the PSD-
    EOAL REGISTER. These amendments pro-
    vide that  all reports, requests,  applica-
    tions,  submittals,  and  communications
    Esreviously required  for the  delegated
    reviews will now be sent to the Office of
    Environmental Quality Control, Depart-
    partment  of Health and Environmental
    Control,  2600  Bull  Street,  Columbia,
    (South Carolina  29201, Instead or EPA's
    Region IV.
      The  Regional  Administrator  flnds
    oood  cause for foregoing  prior public
    notice and for matins  £hte nstemsfeing
    effective immeSfeateiy 8a ®mt K h oa o$=
    Eiinlstratlve change end not one of sub-
    etentive content. No additional  substan-
    tive burdens are imposed on the parties
           3. The delegation which is:
        by  this administrative
         sSecUve )
     0 (
                                                                              PART  @1 — KIATIONAL EMISSION STAMEV
                                                                                AKDS FOK  HAZARDOUS AJK
                                                                                ANTS
                                                Adldfeaoo.
                                                  0
                                           KSBGBAl QG6ISV2R,  V-
                                                                              K^j tcz nattona! emission standards for
                                                                              hazardous oir pollutanfej 'NSSHAF3> 63
                                                                              Qie City  el?  Philadelphia oa Sgptcmber
                                                                              80. 1S76. EPA is today amending 40 CFR
                                                                              91.04. Address, to reflect this delegation.
                                                                              For a Notice announcing this delegation,
                                                                              see  FB-Doc. 77-3712 published in the
                                                                              Notices section of today's FEDERAL RSCEJ°
                                                                              SEQ. The emended 5 81.04. which adds the
                                                                              address, of the Philadelphia Department
                                                                              of Public Health. Air Management Set-
                                                                              tees. to which all reports, requests, op-
                                                                              plications. submittals. and  communica-
                                                                              tions  to the Administrator pursuant ts>
                                                                              this part must also be addressed, is set
                                                                              forth below.
                                                                                The Administrator flnds good cauca
                                                                              for foregoing prior public notice and for
                                                                              making  this rulemaking  effective  im-
                                                                              B&ediately in that it is an administrative
                                                                              change and not one of substantive con-
                                                                              tent.  No additional substantive burdens
                                                                              ore Imposed on the parties  affected. The
                                                                              delegation which Is resetted by this Ad-
                                                                              ministrative amendment tnta effective oa
                                                                              September  30, 1D7S, and  It  serves ao
                                                                              purpose  to  delay the  technical change
                                                                              of this address to  the Code of Federal
                                                                                This  rulematiina is effective Immedi-
                                                                               ately, and is issued under the authority
                                                                               of section 112 of the Clean Air Act. oo
                                                                               amended. <12 U5.C. 1857C-7.
                                                                                Dated:  January 23.1977.
    
                                                                                           1      A. K. aSoBoss.
                                                                                     Acting Regional a.dmtnis&G&i?.
    
                                                                                Pa^t  81 o2 Chapte? X. Titls <$ of ^a
                                                                               Cede of Federal Begul^&ons is emended
                                                                               os follows:
                                                                                i.  In  6.61.04. paragraph (b) is amended
                                                                               by revising Subparagraph (KH) feo :
                                                                               co follows:
    
                                                                               g SI.®«  AdWtasoo. '
                                                                                (b)
      
    -------
                                                 CMU1S
    amended  0 Ql.fcJ. ahteh addo  tec ad-
    dress of the Pennsylvania DspaftmeaS
    a? SaTlronmental Resources, Bureau e3
    Air Quality and Notes Control, to w
    all reports,  requests, application,
    saifctels. aad ceajssuaicatioao to tea
    gafetotFoto? pursuoae
    Dica te addressed. (a cs5 ferte fesltev?.
       The Administrator finds good cause for
    foregoing prior public  notice  and  for
    making this rulemaking effective  imme-
    diately in that it is an administrative
    change and  not one of substantive con-
    tent.  No additional substantive burdens
    ere Imposed on the parties affected. Tho
    delegation which is reflected by this Ad-
    ministrative amendment was effective on
    September 30.  1976. and  it serves ao
    purpose to delay the technical change
    of this address to the Code  of Federal
    Regulations.
      This  rulemaking  is effective  immedi-
    ately. and is issued under the authority
    of section 112  of the Clean Air Act, as
    amended, 43 U.S.C. 1857c-7.
       Dated: January 25. 1977.
                          A. R. MORRIS.
            Acting Regional Administrator.
    
       Part  81 of Chapter I. Title 40  of  the
    Code of Federal Regulations is amended
    as follows :
       I. Xa 8 31.04. paragraph 'b>  Is amended
    by revising Subparagraph   to read
    as follows:
    §61.0=0
      (NH)(Q) Commonwealth o! Pennsylvania
     (OHCopt for City of Philadelphia and  Alle-
     gheny County)
    
     Pennsylvania Dspartment of  Environmental
      Rccourcoa,
     Bureau o£ Air Quality and Notoe Control,
     Post Omco Bon 2033.
     Hoirloburg, Pennsylvania 17123.
         7G©EQAl DE@l$YEn, VOl. 42, NO. 24
    
            PBIDAV, PEQQUABV 4,
              PQOTdCTIIQN
                           AIR
     Oioat to £9 elajtfy teat teQ demolition aad
                ppovtaiosia  of toe  oobaofcca
               apply ahen triable  osteaataG
               uced for Jaoulatlon oad firs-
              ore eomoved Xrom aon-loo^-
                atfuctural members, oueh DO
      tSteder cssfctoa 112 of tee CJeaa Air Act.
    QO  amended,  42 U.S.C. 1857c-7, -(tee
    °££t"). ©»e Administrator of the Envl-
               ^Protection  Agency prosiul-
          6&£ aattonoJ emission otandard for
                  air pollutant  asbestos ©a
          3,1973 (33 FR 3820). Amendments
            otandard were j>roznulsated  on
         3,1874 (80 FR 1S3B8) and on Octo-
        1C,  1975 «10 5?R -3B292).  The ctonfi-
    Offd does aot include D deflniUon for the
    torn "otructural member", ond questions
    Ikive arisen ooacernlng whot sonstltutes
    o otructuroJ EaQmber. The definition of
                gaasibgr" to therefore being
          69 09 CiPEI Q1.81 to clorKy fcSiat ithe
    ctoadord chiles feo feoth too^-oappoftlng
    cmfl  Esa-iaciia-auKaJFJtos   o&Hsfearal
                   tittsr  ®it^o?y tocSudes
         Stems as eeEifflgs oad aoa-Icad-oup-
            walls.
          prooaible to the proposed emend-
                  §8064, October 25, 1974)
         were  promulgated on October  S3,"
       5. clearly otatsd thp.t EPA intended to
           aon-Joad-supportins   otructural
              Ko  eontrmr  totsnt was ea-
            at the time of final promulga-
    tion. The amendment promulgated below
    @SariSes SPA's intent and should answer
           gueatioas on the applicability of
        otaadard.
           Administrator  finds that a pre-
                 public comment period on
    (Mo amendmont would be "Improctieable,
    tsanecsBory, or contrary  to the public
    Interest" within the meaning of 5 U.8.C.
    033 (b) (©) fescauss the rulemaJslns clari-
    Sso  aad interprets an existing  rg^ala-
    5Mon, Sceo aot alter the intended content
    ©£ th&t iregiilatlon,  and enables S>A to
    aa?orce fehe existing otandard in & con-
    content and proper manner. -Also, the Ad-
    Eainistrato? flnds th&t this  rulem&klng
    o&ould  &3 eSectlve upon promulgation
    without a 80-fisy  deferral  within tee
    eaeaaing of 8  U.8.C. 853(d). tescause of
    (Sse immediate effectl^eneas  rsgulred by
    csstlon 112(b) (1) (C) of tee  Act ead tee
                                                                               re-
                                             cobajtoo otoafiord feo decorative ©saaass.
                                             ^a»e ^ordo of the current otandard do not
                                             opply to ouch coatings. SPA is  propcs-
                                             Cag amendments to the asbestos otandard
                                             clcewhere in tete issue of the
                                             Qooiorcn to regulate ouch
                                                              tove been
          ya. OJoaa  Air Act oo oaofl by esc.
    0(a) Of l?Ub. L. OS-aCKi, 04 Qtat. less (43 OJ3.C.
    80970-7); coc. 184, Oloan Air Act, oo  oflflcd
    Ciy OCC. 
    -------
                                               RULES  AND REGULATIONS
    FART 61— NATIONAL EMISSION STAND-
      ARDS FOR  HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUT-
      ANTS
          ttofion V Addrvu; Correction
      Section  61.04 paragraph (a) IE  cor-
    rected by  changing Region V OllinoU.
    Indiana.  Minnesota,  Michigan. Ohio.
    Wisconsin), 1 North W acker Drive, Chi-
    oago, Illinois 60606 to Region V CXUinois.
    Indiana.  Minnesota,  Michigan. Ohio,
    Wisconsin). 230 South Dearborn Street,
    Chicago, Illinois 60604.
      Dated. March 21.  1977.
                OEORCI R. ALEXANDER.
                 Regional Administrator
      |P» Doc.TJ-*4 to read
    •sfeUowi:
    1(1.04
       o»
      (TT) Wwoondn—
      UoonUL D*p*rtm*m oJ Natun! RCMUIOM,
      fJO. Bm m:. MKiUor. Wuaontla 6*707.
       fW Doe.T!-S406 FUM »-4»-Tr;«:«» Mb)
         li&IITtK VO:  42, NO  «1
    
    •WIDNtSOAT, MMCM  SO, 1*77
                                                         111-84
    

    -------
      SECTION  IV
    PROPOSED AMENDMENTS
           IV
    

    -------
    ENVIRONMENTAL
       PROTECTION
         AGENCY
         ASBESTOS
    
     Hazardous Air Pollutants Proposed
       National Emission Standards
           SUBPART B
           IV-B-l
    

    -------
                                                     PROPOSED
      ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION
                  AGENCY
    
               £40CFRPnrt61]
                 (PRL 084-3]
    
     RATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS FOR
        HAZARDOUS  AIR POLLUTANTS
       Proposed Amendments to Asbestos
                  Standard
      Wotlce IB hereby given  that under the
    authority of section 112 of the Clean Mr
    Act.  as amended, the Administrator  is
    proposing to amend  the  national emis-
    cion standard for asbestos.
    
      ButaiAiiT or PROPOSED AKSITDMINTS
    
      The proposed amendments would ex-
    tend  coverage  of the demolition  and
    renovation provisions (40 CPR 6U2(d))
    to all  materials  which are  friable  and
    contain more than one percent asbestos
    by weight. The current provisions apply
    only to insulation and fireproofing ma-
    terials. The proposed amendments simi-
    larly would extend the coverage of the
    asbestos spraying provisions  (40  CFE
    C1.22(e)> by prohibiting all  materials
    •prayed  on buildings, structures,  struc-
    tural members, pipes and conduits which
    contain more than one percent asbestos
    by weight. The  proposed  amendments
    specify that materials sprayed on struc-
    tural members are covered.
    
                  DISCUBSIOK
    
      On  April 6,  1973, under  Section 112
    'of the Clean Air Act, as amended, the
    Administrator promulgated the national
    emission standard for asbestos. Amend-
    ments to this  standard  were  promul-
    Oated  on May 3. 1974  (39 FR 15396)
    and  on October 14, 1976 (40 FR 48292).
    One of the provisions of the standard
    limits  asbestos   emissions, from  the
    uprayinj ol materials to insulate or fire-
    proof  buildings,  structures, pipes  and
    conduits, The standard prohibit* the use
    of euch materials which contain more
    than  one  percent  asbestos on  a  dry
    weight basis. At  the time the standard
    was  promulgated, EPA did not know of
    uses other than fireprooflnt and insula-
    tion  for asbestos-containing spray-on
    materials that were major sources of as-
    bestos emissions   during application  or
    later  removal  through  renovation  or
    demolition. Recently it has come to KPA's
    attention that certain types of decora-
    tive spray-en materials which contain
    from 29 to 64 percent asbestos by weight
    have been sprayed on ceilings in residen-
    tial  buildings and  may  be applied  in
    the  same manner in the future. These
    materials  are  sometimes  friable  and
    therefore would be a major source of as-
    toeitos emissions  during  renovation and
    demolition operations. The use of such
    opray-on materials U considered  a ma-
    jor  oource of asbestos  emission!  be-
    eauae: (1) There are asbestos emissions
    resulting from   over-spray during  the
    spray-on application of such materials
    nhirh could bt-  emitted to  the atmos-
    phere directly and  cause  exposure  to
    th«  aenoral public;  <2>  thlc over-spray
    material could contaminate the building
    ventilation -air  and  therefore pose  &
    health hazard to persons who breathe it;
    <3> the spray-on materials may deteri-
    orate with time and thereby contaminate
    the ventilation air when they fall  off
    points of application; and (4) if the
    materials  become friable  after appli-
    cation, they would cause asbestos emis-
    sions to the atmosphere when the build-
    ing  or   structure  is  renovated  or
    demolished.
      For these reasons EPA is proposing to
    prohibit the  spraying of all  materials
    which contain asbestos in excess of one
    percent by weight on buildings, struc-
    tures,  structural members, pipes,  and
    conduits.   This  prohibition   includes
    spray-on application  of paints, decora-
    tive sprays, and weatherprooftng.
      An amendment is also being proposed
    which would extend the coverage of the
    demolition and renovation provisions to
    Include the proper removal of all friable
    materials which contain in excess of one
    percent asbestos prior to renovation or
    demolition of buildings, structures,  facil-
    ities,  or  installations  Currently,  the
    standard  applies only to the removal of
    flreprooflng or insulation which is friable
    and contains greater than  one percent
    asbestos. Proper removal  of such mate-
    rials is considered  necessary  to reduce
    asbestos emission during renovation and
    demolition operations to a minimum.
       EPA feels  that it is urgent that the
    persons or firms who still apply or manu-
    facture  asbestos-containing   spray-on
    materials be advised as early as possible
    of EPA's Intent to regulate such applica-
    tion and  of  the potential hazard asso-
    ciated with the use of such products. In
    order to fully Investigate all aspects and
    possible impacts of the proposed amend-
    ments, EPA  is  requesting that all in-
    terested persons submit factual informa-
    tion  related to  the  proposed require-
    ment; during the comment period. Fac-
    tual information is specifically requested
    on the following areas of  interest:
       1. Information about spray-on  mate-
    rials which contain greater than one per-
    cent asbestos by weight; asbestos sub-
    stitutes for use in spray-on  materials:
    the availability  of  spray-on  materials
    which contain less than one percent as-
    bestos; and technical and economic im-
    pact*  which  could  result from  imple-
    menting the proposed amendments.
       2. Information  concerning the mag-
    nitude of potential emissions of asbestos
    during spray  application of  asbestos-
    containing materials: methods of reduc-
    ing emissions of asbestos during applica-
    tion;  and  the  friability of  spray-on
     materials after they have been applied.
       8. Information  on  the renovation or
     demolition of buildings, structures, facil-
     ities, or installations which contain fri-
     able  asbestos   materials   (containing
     greater than one percent asbestos); and
     methods  of removal and  wetting  of the
     friable asbestos materials.
       It U expected that the requested in-
     formation will allow EPA to assess the
     economic  effects and technical aspects
     of the proposed requirements. The final
    amendments win reflect the conclusions
    drawn from evaluation of  all available
    factual Information. EPA will limit the
    scope of coverage of the final amend-
    ments if the data obtained during the
    comment period justify such a change.
      The proposed amendments are as fol-
    lows:
      1.  The definitions of the  terms "reno-
    vation,"  "removing,"  and  "stripping"
    would be changed by deleting the phrases
    "to insulate or fireproof" and "for  In-
    sulation or fireproofing."  This would
    broaden the  applicability of the terms
    to cover oil friable asbestos materials.
      2.  The paragraphs under the demoli-
    tion  and renovation  provisions would be
    changed by deleting the phrases  "insu-
    lated or flreproofed."  "insulate or fire-
    proof," "insulation  and  fireproofing."
    "Insulation or flreprooflng."  and   the
    word "insulate " This would broaden the
    applicability  of the provisions to cover
    all friable  asbestos materials.
       3.  The  spraying provision  would  be
    changed by deleting the phrase "to in-
    sulate or fireproof." This would broaden
    the  applicability  of  the spraying  reg-
    ulation to  cover the spraying of  all as-
    bestos-containing  materials.
             PUBLIC PARTICIPATION
    
       Interested  persons may participate in
    this rulemaklng  by submitting written
    comments  (in triplicate)  to the Emis-
    sion  Standards and Engineering Divi-
    sion, Environmental Protection Agency,
    Research Triangle Park. North Carolina
    27711, Attention:  Mr. Don R.  Goodwin.
    The  Administrator  will welcome com-
    ments on  all  aspects  of  the proposed
    amendments. All relevant comments re-
    ceived on  or before May 2, 1977,  will be
    considered. Comment* received will be
    available for public inspection and copy-
    ing  at the EPA Public Information  Ref-
    erence TJnlt, Room 2922 (EPA Library),
    401  M Street, 6W., Washington,  D.C.
     30460.
                 OTHER  ACTION
       Elsewhere in this issue of the FEDERAL
     REGISTER,  EPA is issuing  a final rule-
     ma'ttng action which' clarifies that the
     renovation and demolition  provisions of
     the  asbestos  standard apply to materials
     which contain greater  than one percent
     asbestos, are friable, and  were used  for
     fireproofing  or insulation  on non-load-
     support in E structural members, such  as
     some ceilings  and walls, as well as on
     load-supporting   structural   members.
     This amendment consists  of  adding a
     definition  for the  term  "structural
     member."
     (See. 112, Clean Air Act as added by sec. 4(t)
    Of Pub. L.  91-404,  84 Stat. 1685 (42 C.S.C.
     1867c-7); etc.  114  Clean Air Act. as added
     bT tec. 4(a) Of Pub. L. 01-404. 84 St»t  1687.
     and  amended  by Pub. L. 63-316, sec OiaU4),
     88 Sttt 28J (42 U.S.C. 1857C-9); tec. 301
    -------
               MOPOSED tULES
      Zt to  proposed to amend Part 61 of
    Chapter I, Title 40 of the Code of Fed-
    eral Regulations as follows:
    
     Vubpart B—National Emission Standard
                  for Asbestos
      I. Section 61.21 is amended by revising
    paragraphs (m>. .   (tiHDdP.
    
    <4>(iil>, (d)(4)(iv),  (e), and  (e>(2> to
    read as follows:
    
    |61.22  EmUnion standard.
    
    
       (d)  Demolition  and  renovation.  The
    requirements  of this paragraph shall ap-
    ply to any  owner or operator of a demoli-
    tion or renovation operation who intends
    to  demolish any institutional, commer-
    cial, or industrial building  {including
    apartment  buildings having  more than
    four dwelling units),  structure,  facility.
    Installation,  or  portion thereof which
    contains any  pipe, duct, boiler, tank, re-
    actor,  turbine,  furnace, or structural
    member that is covered or  coated  with
    friable asbestos materials, except as pro-
    Tided in paragraph  td'U'  of this sec-
     tion: or who intend? to renovate any
     Institutional,  commercial, or industrial
     buildinc, structure, facility,  installation.
    or portion thereof where more  than  80
     meters (ca 260 feet-  of pipe covered or
     coated  with  friable  asbestos materials
     are stripped  or  removed, or more  than
     IB square  meters ca. 160 square feet) of
     triable asbestos materials used to cover
     or coat any duct, boiler, tank, reactor,
     turbine, furnace, or structural  member
     are stripped or removed.
       <1)   The owner or operator of a
     demolition operation Is  exempted  from
     the requirements of this paragraph: Pro-
     vided, (a) The amount of friable asbestos
     materials  in  the  building  or portion
     thereof to be demolished is less than 80
     meters (ca. 260 feet) used on pipes, and
     less than 15 square meters (ca. 160 square
     feet) used on  any duct, boiler, tank, re-
     actor,  turbine,  furnace, or  structural
     member,  and (B)  the notification re-
     quirements of paragraph (d)(l)(li) are
     met.
       (ii) Written notification shall be post-
     marked or delivered to the Administrator
     at least 20 days prior to commencement
     of demolition  and  shall include the in-
     formation required by paragraph (d) (2)
     of this section, with the exception of the
     Information   required  by  paragraphs
      (4) (ii) of this section. Rather
    than  comply with  the wetting  require-
    ment, a local  exhaust ventilation and
    collection system may be used  to prevent
    emissions to the outside air. Such local
    exhaust ventilation ssytems shall be de-
    signed  and  operated  to capture the
    asbestos particulate matter produced by
    the stripping of friable asbestos  mate-
    rials. There shall be no visible emissions
    to the  outside  air from  such local ex-
    haust ventilation and collection systems
    except  as provided in paragraph  (f) of
    this section.
      • •     •*      •       •"       •
      (e) Spraying. There shall be no visible
    emissions to the outside  air from the
    spray-on application  of materials con-
    taining more  than 1 percent asbestos,
    on a dry weight basis, used on equipment
    and  machinery, except as provided  in
    paragraph (f)  of this section. Materials
    sprayed on buildings, structures, struc-
    tural members, pipes, and conduits shall
    contain less than 1 percent asbestos on
    a dry weight basis.
         •      •      •      •       •
      (2' Any owner or operator who intends
    to spray asbestos materials which con-
    tain  more than 1 percent asbestos on a
    dry   weight  basis on equipment  and
    machinery shall report such intention to
    the Administrator  at least 20  days prior
    to the  commencement of the spraying
    operation. Such report shall Include the
    following information: •  • •
         •      •      •      •       •
       |FR Doc.77-5980 Filed 3-l-77;B:45 am}
    UOtim. VOl 42,  NO. 41—W1DN1SDAY, MAtCH 1, 1tT7
    
    
                    IV-B-3
    

    -------
                                       TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                                (Please read laslructions on the reverse before completing)
    1. REPORT NO.
      340/1-77-020
                                                               3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION-NO.
    4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
      Environmental  Protection Agency
      National  Emission Standards for  Hazardous
      Air Pollutants
                5. REPORT DATE
                  June 1.  1977
                6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
    7. AUTHOR(S)
                                                               8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
    9. PERFORMING OHO •VNIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
                                                               1O. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
      PEDCo  Environmental, Inc.
      11499  Chester Road
      Cincinnati,  Ohio 45246
                11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.
    
    
                   68-01-4147 Task No.  15
    12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAML AND ADDRESS
      Environmental  Protection Agency
      Division  of Stationary Source  Enforcement
      Washington, D. C. 20460
                                                               13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
                                                                 Interim
                14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
    15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
    16. ABSTRACT
    
           This  manual  presents a compilation of the Environmental  Protection Agency
      National  Emission Standards for  Hazardous Air Pollutants  (NESHAP).  Since their
      inception  in 1971, the NESHAP  have been expanded and  revised  several times.
      This manual  is intended to serve as a convenient reference and source of current
      information  to those persons who will be working with the NESHAP regulations.
      The manual  includes the full text of the standards  as they appear now (June  1, 1977)
      with all  revisions, corrections, and additions where  applicable, and the full text
      of all  revisions  and other Federal  Register notices pertaining to the standards.
    17.
    
    a.
                                    KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                      DtSCRIPTOnr.
      Federal  Emission Standards
      Stationary Sources
      NESHAP  Regulations
      EPA Test Methods
                                                  I).IDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
    National Emission
    Standards for  Hazardous
    Air Pollutants
    Enforcement
                              c. COSATI Held/Group
                                                                               13B
    
                                                                               14D
    <<. ui:; PHI Hi) i ION si A ri.MI NT
     Release  Unlimited
                                                  19. SECURITY CLASS (This Report)
                                                    Unclassified
                                                  2O. SECURITY CLASS (This page)
                              21. NO. OF PAGES
    
                                  150
                                                                             22. PRICE
    EPA Form 2220-1 (9-73)
    

    -------